Industrial Hydraulic Valves Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control, Pressure Control, Sandwich, Subplates & Manifolds, Accessories Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Cat HY14-2500-frtcvr.indd, dd II Catalog HY14-2500/US Industrial Hydraulic Valves FAILURE OR IMPROPER SELECTION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE PRODUCTS DESCRIBED HEREIN OR RELATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE DEATH, PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE. • This document and other information from Parker-Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries and authorized distributors provide product or system options for further investigation by users having technical expertise. • The user, through its own analysis and testing, is solely responsible for making the final selection of the system and components and assuring that all performance, endurance, maintenance, safety and warning requirements of the application are met. The user must analyze all aspects of the application, follow applicable industry standards, and follow the information concerning the product in the current product catalog and in any other materials provided from Parker or its subsidiaries or authorized distributors. • To the extent that Parker or its subsidiaries or authorized distributors provide component or system options based upon data or specifications provided by the user, the user is responsible for determining that such data and specifications are suitable and sufficient for all applications and reasonably foreseeable uses of the components or systems. WARNING – USER RESPONSIBILITY The items described in this document are hereby offered for sale by Parker-Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries or its authorized distributors. This offer and its acceptance are governed by the provisions stated in the detailed “Offer of Sale” elsewhere in this document or available at www.parker.com/hydraulicvalve. © Copyright 2011 Parker Hannifin Corporation, All Rights Reserved OFFER OF SALE For safety information, see Safety Guide SG HY14-1000 at www.parker.com/safety or call 1-800-CParker. SAFETY GUIDE Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Catalog HY14-2500/US Industrial Hydraulic Valves intro-index.indd dd III Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Directional Control Valves Sandwich Valves Subplates and Manifolds Pressure Control Valves Flow Control and Check Valves A B C D Contents E Wherever in the world machinery is designed, manufactured or used, Parker is there to meet your hydraulic application requirements – with a broad selection of hydraulic components, worldwide availability and technical support, and above all — Parker Premier Customer Service. Arranged by product group, this catalog contains specifications, technical data, reference materials, dimensions, and ordering information on the complete line. When you are ready to order, call your local Parker Hydraulic distributor for fast delivery and service. Consult your Parker Hydraulic Sales Office for the location of the distributor serving your area (see listing at the back of this catalog). Catalog HY14-2500/US Industrial Hydraulic Valves intro-index.indd dd IV Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Alphanumeric Index TOC Series Page Series Page 2F1C…………….. Flow Control……………………………. E2 C4V………………. D.O. Check………………………………. E8 C4V………………. P.O. Check…………………………….. E12 C5P………………. P.O. Check…………………………….. E15 C5V………………. D.O. Check…………………………….. E18 CM……………….. Check…………………………………….. B5 CPOM…………… Dbl. P. O., Check…………………….. B13 D1SE……………. Solenoid Operated………………….. A41 D1V Subplates & Manifolds……………………….. C2 – C6 D1VA……………. Air and Oil Pilot Operated………… A31 D1VC……………. Cam, Cam Lever Operated………. A35 D1VD …………… Cam, Cam Lever Operated………. A35 D1VG……………. Cam, Cam Lever Operated………. A35 D1VHW…………. Solenoid Operated……………………. A2 D1VL…………….. Lever Operated………………………. A37 D1VP……………. Air and Oil Pilot Operated………… A31 D1VW…………… Solenoid Operated……………………. A2 D10P…………….. Oil Pilot Operated…………………. A205 D101VA………… Air Pilot Operated…………………. A201 D101VL…………. Lever Operated…………………….. A203 D101VHW……… P. O., Solenoid Controlled………. A188 D101VW……….. P. O., Solenoid Controlled………. A188 D111VW……….. P. O., Solenoid Controlled………. A211 D3A………………. Air Operated………………………….. A68 D3A Subplates & Manifolds……………………….. C7 – C8 D3C……………… Cam Operated……………………….. A71 D3D……………… Cam Operated……………………….. A71 D3DW…………… Solenoid Operated………………….. A63 D3DW Subplates & Manifolds……………………. C7 – C8 D3L………………. Lever Operated………………………. A73 D3L Subplates & Manifolds……………………….. C7 – C8 D3*P…………….. Oil Pilot Operated…………………. A106 D3P Subplates & Manifolds……………………… C9 – C13 D3W……………… Solenoid Operated………………….. A44 D3W Subplates & Manifolds………………………. C7 – C8 D31 Subplates & Manifolds……………………… C9 – C13 D31*A…………… Air Pilot Operated…………………. A102 D31*L……………. Lever Operated…………………….. A104 D31*W………….. P. O., Solenoid Controlled………… A78 D31NW…………. P. O., Solenoid Controlled………… A93 D41VW…………. P. O., Solenoid Controlled………. A114 D4L………………. Lever Operated…………………….. A124 D4P………………. Oil Pilot Operated…………………. A128 D4S………………. Directional Seat Valve……………. A223 D5S………………. Directional Seat Valve……………. A233 D6P………………. Oil Pilot Operated…………………. A153 D6 Subplates & Manifolds……………………… C14 – C18 D61VA………….. Air Pilot Operated…………………. A149 D61VL…………… Lever Operated…………………….. A151 D61VHW……….. P. O., Solenoid Controlled………. A136 D61VW…………. P. O., Solenoid Controlled………. A136 D8P………………. Oil Pilot Operated…………………. A177 D8 Subplates & Manifolds……………………… C14 – C18 D81VA………….. Air Pilot Operated…………………. A173 D81VL…………… Lever Operated…………………….. A175 D81VHW……….. P. O., Solenoid Controlled………. A160 D81VW…………. P. O., Solenoid Controlled………. A160 D9L………………. Lever Operated…………………….. A183 FM……………….. Dbl. Sandwich, Flow Control…….. B18 PR*M……………. See R4R……………………………….. D28 PRDM…………… D. O., Pressure Reducing………… B24 PRM……………… Pressure Reducing…………………. B29 PSB……………… EH Pressure Switch………………… C34 R*R, R*M………. See R4V*5, R6V*5…………………… D3 R1E02…………… Pressure Reducing…………………. D74 R4R……………… Pressure Reducing…………………. D26 R4S………………. Pilot Operated Sequence………… D36 R4U……………… Pressure Reducing, Unloading…. D19 R4V………………. Pressure Relief, Pilot Operated… D68 R4V*5…………… Pressure Relief, Vent………………… D3 R5R……………… Pressure Relief, Pilot Operated… D55 R5S………………. Sequence, Pilot Operated………… D65 R5U……………… Unloading, Pilot Operated……….. D60 R5V………………. Pressure Relief, Pilot Operated… D49 R6V*5…………… Pressure Relief, Vent………………… D3 RM……………….. Relief……………………………………. B36 RS*R, RS*M….. See R4V*5, R6V*5…………………… D3 S*M………………. See R4S……………………………….. D36 Subplate & Manifold Accessories & Installation…………………………………….. C19 – C33 UR*M……………. See R4U……………………………….. D19 US*M……………. See R4U……………………………….. D19 VB………………… Direct Operated Sequence………. D40 VBY……………… Pilot Operated Sequence………… D44 VM……………….. D. O. Pressure Reducing…………. D30 VS………………… Pressure Relief………………………. D16 ZDR……………… P.O. Pressure Reducing…………… B42 ZDV………………. Relief……………………………………. B45 ZNS……………… Counterbalance……………………… B49 ZRD……………… Dbl. Flow Control……………………. B53 ZRE……………… Dbl. P.O. Check………………………. B57 ZRV……………… Check…………………………………… B60 Catalog HY14-2500/US Industrial Hydraulic Valves intro-index.indd dd V Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Valve Function / Series Index Function/Series Page Function/Series Page Directional Control Valves D1SE……………. Solenoid Operated………………….. A41 D1VA……………. Air and Oil Pilot Operated………… A31 D1VC……………. Cam, Cam Lever Operated………. A35 D1VD …………… Cam, Cam Lever Operated………. A35 D1VG……………. Cam, Cam Lever Operated………. A35 D1VHW…………. Solenoid Operated……………………. A2 D1VL…………….. Lever Operated………………………. A37 D1VP……………. Air and Oil Pilot Operated………… A31 D1VW…………… Solenoid Operated……………………. A2 D10P…………….. Oil Pilot Operated…………………. A205 D101VA………… Air Pilot Operated…………………. A201 D101VL…………. Lever Operated…………………….. A203 D101VHW……… P. O., Solenoid Controlled………. A188 D101VW……….. P. O., Solenoid Controlled………. A188 D111VW……….. P. O., Solenoid Controlled………. A211 D3A………………. Air Operated………………………….. A68 D3C……………… Cam Operated……………………….. A71 D3D……………… Cam Operated……………………….. A71 D3DW…………… Solenoid Operated………………….. A63 D3L………………. Lever Operated………………………. A73 D3*P…………….. Oil Pilot Operated…………………. A106 D3W……………… Solenoid Operated………………….. A44 D31*A…………… Air Pilot Operated…………………. A102 D31*L……………. Lever Operated…………………….. A104 D31*W………….. P. O., Solenoid Controlled………… A78 D31NW…………. P. O., Solenoid Controlled………… A93 D41VW…………. P. O., Solenoid Controlled………. A114 D4L………………. Lever Operated…………………….. A124 D4P………………. Oil Pilot Operated…………………. A128 D4S………………. Directional Seat Valve……………. A223 D5S………………. Directional Seat Valve……………. A233 D6P………………. Oil Pilot Operated…………………. A153 D61VA………….. Air Pilot Operated…………………. A149 D61VL…………… Lever Operated…………………….. A151 D61VHW……….. P. O., Solenoid Controlled………. A136 D61VW…………. P. O., Solenoid Controlled………. A136 D8P………………. Oil Pilot Operated…………………. A177 D81VA………….. Air Pilot Operated…………………. A173 D81VL…………… Lever Operated…………………….. A175 D81VHW……….. P. O., Solenoid Controlled………. A160 D81VW…………. P. O., Solenoid Controlled………. A160 D9L………………. Lever Operated…………………….. A183 Sandwich Valves CM……………….. Check…………………………………….. B5 CPOM…………… Dbl. P. O., Check…………………….. B13 FM……………….. Dbl. Sandwich, Flow Control…….. B18 PRDM…………… D. O., Pressure Reducing………… B24 PRM……………… Pressure Reducing…………………. B29 RM……………….. Relief……………………………………. B36 ZDR……………… P.O. Pressure Reducing…………… B42 ZDV………………. Relief……………………………………. B45 ZNS……………… Counterbalance……………………… B49 ZRD……………… Dbl. Flow Control……………………. B53 ZRE……………… Dbl. P.O. Check………………………. B57 ZRV……………… Check…………………………………… B60 Pressure Control Valves PR*M……………. See R4R……………………………….. D28 PSB……………… EH Pressure Switch………………… C34 R*R, R*M………. See R4V*5, R6V*5…………………… D3 R1E02…………… Pressure Reducing…………………. D74 R4R……………… Pressure Reducing…………………. D26 R4S………………. Pilot Operated Sequence………… D36 R4U……………… Pressure Reducing, Unloading…. D19 R4V………………. Pressure Relief, Pilot Operated… D68 R4V*5…………… Pressure Relief, Vent………………… D3 R5R……………… Pressure Relief, Pilot Operated… D55 R5S………………. Sequence, Pilot Operated………… D65 R5U……………… Unloading, Pilot Operated……….. D60 R5V………………. Pressure Relief, Pilot Operated… D49 R6V*5…………… Pressure Relief, Vent………………… D3 RS*R, RS*M….. See R4V*5, R6V*5…………………… D3 S*M………………. See R4S……………………………….. D36 UR*M……………. See R4U……………………………….. D19 US*M……………. See R4U……………………………….. D19 VB………………… Direct Operated Sequence………. D40 VBY……………… Pilot Operated Sequence………… D44 VM……………….. D. O. Pressure Reducing…………. D30 VS………………… Pressure Relief………………………. D16 Flow Control and Check Valves 2F1C…………….. Flow Control……………………………. E2 C4V………………. D.O. Check………………………………. E8 C4V………………. P.O. Check…………………………….. E12 C5P………………. P.O. Check…………………………….. E15 C5V………………. D.O. Check…………………………….. E18 Terms of Sale and Warranty Limitations……. E21 Safety Guide………………………………………..E22 – E23 Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC D1.indd, dd A1 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION Series D1V (NFPA D03/CETOP 3, NG6 Mounting) TOC Introduction and Technical Information…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….A2 – A15 Series D1V………………………………………………………….. Solenoid Operated…………………………………………………………………………A17 – A28 Accessories……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….A29 – A30 Series D1VA and D1VP…………………………………………. Air and Oil Pilot Operated……………………………………………………………….A31 – A34 Series D1VC, D1VD and D1VG……………………………… Cam and Cam Lever Operated………………………………………………………..A35 – A36 Series D1VL………………………………………………………… Lever Operated……………………………………………………………………………..A37 – A38 Installation…………………………………………………………… Series D1V……………………………………………………………………………………A39 – A40 Series D1SE (NFPA D03/CETOP 3, NG6 Mounting) Series D1SE………………………………………………………… Solenoid Operated…………………………………………………………………………A41 – A43 Series D3 (NFPA D05/CETOP 5, NG10 Mounting) Introduction and Technical Information…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..A44 – A51 Series D3W…………………………………………………………. Solenoid Operated…………………………………………………………………………A53 – A61 Accesories………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… A62 . Series D3DW……………………………………………………….. Solenoid Operated…………………………………………………………………………A63 – A67 Series D3A………………………………………………………….. Air Operated…………………………………………………………………………………A68 – A70 Series D3C and D3D…………………………………………….. Cam Operated………………………………………………………………………………A71 – A72 Series D3L…………………………………………………………… Lever Operated……………………………………………………………………………..A73 – A74 Installation…………………………………………………………… Series D3……………………………………………………………………………………..A75 – A76 Series D31 (NFPA D05H/CETOP 5H, NG10 Mounting) Introduction and Technical Information …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. A78 Series D31…………………………………………………………… Pilot Operated, Solenoid Controlled…………………………………………………A79 – A91 Accessories………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. A92 Series D31NW……………………………………………………… Pilot Operated, Solenoid Controlled………………………………………………A93 – A100 Accessories…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. A101 Series D31*A……………………………………………………….. Air Pilot Operated………………………………………………………………………A102 – A103 Series D31*L……………………………………………………….. Lever Operated………………………………………………………………………….A104 – A105 Series D3P………………………………………………………….. Oil Pilot Operated………………………………………………………………………A106 – A107 Installation…………………………………………………………… Series D31, D3P………………………………………………………………………..A108 – A112 Series D41 (NFPA D07/CETOP 7, NG16 Mounting) Introduction and Technical Information………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… A114 Series D41VW……………………………………………………… Pilot Operated, Solenoid Controlled……………………………………………..A115 – A122 Accessories…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. A123 Series D4L…………………………………………………………… Lever Operated………………………………………………………………………….A124 – A127 Series D4P………………………………………………………….. Oil Pilot Operated………………………………………………………………………A128 – A131 Installation…………………………………………………………… Series D4………………………………………………………………………………….A133 – A135 Series D61 (NFPA D08/CETOP 8, NG25 Mounting) Introduction and Technical Information………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… A136 Series D61V………………………………………………………… Pilot Operated, Solenoid Controlled……………………………………………..A137 – A147 Accessories…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. A148 Series D61VA………………………………………………………. Air Pilot Operated………………………………………………………………………A149 – A150 Series D61VL………………………………………………………. Lever Operated………………………………………………………………………….A151 – A152 Series D6P………………………………………………………….. Oil Pilot Operated………………………………………………………………………A153 – A154 Installation…………………………………………………………… Series D61, D6P………………………………………………………………………..A155 – A158 Series D81 (NFPA D08/CETOP 8, NG25 Mounting) Introduction and Technical Information………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… A160 Series D81V………………………………………………………… Pilot Operated, Solenoid Controlled……………………………………………..A161 – A171 Accessories…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. A172 Series D81VA………………………………………………………. Air Pilot Operated………………………………………………………………………A173 – A174 Series D81VL………………………………………………………. Lever Operated………………………………………………………………………….A175 – A176 Series D8P………………………………………………………….. Oil Pilot Operated………………………………………………………………………A177 – A178 Installation…………………………………………………………… Series D81, D8P………………………………………………………………………..A179 – A182 Series D9L…………………………………………………………… Lever Operated………………………………………………………………………….A183 – A186 Series D101 (NFPA D10/CETOP 10, NG32 Mounting) Introduction and Technical Information………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… A188 Series D101V………………………………………………………. Pilot Operated, Solenoid Controlled……………………………………………..A189 – A199 Accessories…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. A200 Series D101VA…………………………………………………….. Air Pilot Operated………………………………………………………………………A201 – A202 Series D101VL…………………………………………………….. Lever Operated………………………………………………………………………….A203 – A204 Series D10P………………………………………………………… Oil Pilot Operated………………………………………………………………………A205 – A206 Installation…………………………………………………………… Series D101, D10P…………………………………………………………………….A207 – A210 Series D111 (NFPA D10/CETOP 10, NG32 Mounting) Series D111VW……………………………………………………. Pilot Operated, Solenoid Controlled……………………………………………..A211 – A219 Installation……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..A220 – A222 Series D4S (NG10, NG25, NG32) Series D4S………………………………………………………….. Directional Seat Valve…………………………………………………………………A223 – A232 Series D5S (SAE Flange) Series D5S………………………………………………………….. Directional Seat Valve, SAE Flange………………………………………………A233 – A247 Contents D1.indd, dd A2 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC D1VP Oil Pilot Operated • Subplate pilot or end cap pilot option. • Pilot pressure: 15.2 Bar (220 PSI) to 207 Bar (3000 PSI). D1VW Solenoid Operated Plug-In Conduit Box Style • Easy access mounting bolts. • Waterproof NEMA 4, IP67. • No tools required for coil removal. • 19 standard spool styles available. • Four electrical connection options. • Lights included (CSA approval for DC solenoids and lights). • Easy coil replacement. • Plug-In design offered with lights & other options. D1VW Solenoid Operated Hirschmann (DIN) Style • DIN Style (43650) Hirschmann. • 19 spool styles available. • No tools required for coil removal. • Easy coil replacement. • AC & DC lights available. (CSA approval for solenoids and lights). Application Series D1V hydraulic directional control valves are high performance, direct operated 4-way valves. They are available in 2 or 3-position styles. They are manifold mounted valves, which conform to NFPA’s D03, CETOP 3 mounting pattern. These valves were designed for industrial and mobile hydraulic applications which require high cycle rates, long life and high efficiency. Operation Series D1V directional control valves consist of a 4-chamber style body, and a case hardened sliding spool. The spool is directly shifted by a variety of operators including: solenoid, lever, cam, air or oil pilots. Introduction Series D1V D1.indd, dd A3 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION Electrical Connections TOC Series D1V valves may be configured in all popular electrical configurations including: Plug-in Conduit Box DESINA (DC only) Deutsch (DC only) D1VW Solenoid Operated Wire Lead Conduit Box Style D1VW Solenoid Operated DESINA Style D1VW Solenoid Operated Dual Spade Style • Easy access mounting bolts. • Waterproof NEMA 4, IP67. • No tools required for coil removal. • 19 spool styles available. • No lights available • Surge suppression standard. • 19 standard spool available. • No tools required for spool removal. • Easy coil replacement. • Wired to DESINA Spec (VDMA). • Lights included. • Dual spade connection (SAE Style 1B). • Easy coil replacement. • Surge suppression available. • 19 standard spool styles available. Explosion Proof Hirschmann (DIN) Metri-Pack (DC only) Dual Spade (DC only) Wire Lead Conduit Box Introduction Series D1V D1.indd, dd A4 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Features • Easy access mounting bolts. • 345 Bar (5000 PSI) pressure rating. • Flows to 22 GPM depending on spool. • Choice of five operator styles. • Rugged four land spools. • Low pressure drop. • Phosphate finished body. • CSA approved and U.L. recognized available. • Optional proportional spool available. • Optional painted body. D1VL Lever Operated • Spring return or detent styles available. • Heavy duty handle design. D1VA Air Operated D1VC Cam Operated • Low pilot pressure required – 4.1 Bar (60 PSI) minimum. • Choice of 2 cam roller positions (D1VC and D1VD). • Two styles available (D1VC and D1VG). • Short stroke option. Introduction Series D1V D1.indd, dd A5 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Introduction D1VW AC Solenoid Operated Soft Shift D1VW DC Solenoid Operated Soft Shift • 4 standard orifice sizes available. • 19 spool styles available. • AC Rectified or DC input. Series D1V D1.indd, dd A6 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Technical Information TOC Standard Spool Reference Data A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T Center or De-energized position is indicated by P, A, B & T port notation. A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T Maximum Flow, LPM (GPM) 350 Bar (5000 PSI) w/o Malfunction High Watt Low Watt Low Watt Model Spool Symbol DC AC DC A B P T Series D1V D1V*001 78 (20) 49 (13) 37 (10) D1V*002 78 (20) 45 (12) 68 (18) D1V*003 70 (18) 30 (8) 34 (9) D1V*004 37 (10) 30 (8) 68 (18) D1V*005 60 (16) 45 (12) 45 (12) D1V*006 79 (21) 49 (13) 52 (14) D1V*007 45 (12) 18 (5) 18 (5) D1V*008 49 (13) 45 (12) 37 (10) D1V*009 58 (15) 45 (12) 45 (12) D1V*010 13 (4) 11 (3) 15 (4) D1V*011 58 (16) 30 (8) 37 (10) D1V*014 45 (12) 18 (5) 18 (5) D1V*015 79 (21) 30 (8) 34 (9) D1V*016 60 (16) 45 (12) 52 (14) D1V*020 78 (20) 45 (12) 75 (20) D1V*026 37 (10) 11 (3) 7 (2) D1V*030 70 (18) 18 (5) 75 (20) D1V*081 32 (9) 26 (7) 30 (8) D1V*082 32 (9) 26 (7) 34 (9) D1.indd, dd A7 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Technical Information D1VA, D1VP, D1VC, D1VL Reference Data D1V*1 83 (22) D1V*2 83 (22) D1V*4 45 (12) D1V*8 45 (12) D1V*9 57 (15) D1V*20 # 53 (14) D1V*26 # 11 (3) D1V*30 # 19 (5) D1V*81 30 (8) D1V*82 30 (8) Maximum Flow, LPM (GPM) 350 Bar (5000 PSI) Model Spool Symbol w/o Malfunction A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T Center or De-energized position is indicated by A, B, P & T port notation. # D1VP only. A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T Manaplug – Electrical Mini Plug EP336-30 3 Pin Plug EP316-30 5 Pin Plug (Double Solenoid) EP31A-30 5 Pin Plug (Single Solenoid) Manaplug – Electrical Micro Plug EP337-30 3 Pin Plug EP317-30 5 Pin Plug (Double Solenoid) EP31B-30 5 Pin Plug (Single Solenoid) Electrical Cords – Mini Plug EC 3 Conductor, 6 ft. EC3 3 Conductor, 3 ft. EC12 3 Conductor, 12 ft. EC5 5 Conductor, 6 ft. EC53 5 Conductor, 3 ft. EC512 5 Conductor, 12 ft. Hirschmann – Female Connector 692915 Gray (Solenoid A) 1 – 1 692914 Black (Solenoid B) 1 1 – Hirschmann – Female Connector-Rectified (48-240 VAC) 1301053 Gray (Solenoid A) 1 – 1 1301054 Black (Solenoid B) 1 1 – Hirschmann – Female Connector-Rectified w/Lights (100-240 VAC) 1300712 2 1 1 Hirschmann – Female Connector w/Lights (Note Voltages) 694935 6-48 VAC or VDC 2 1 1 694936 48-120 VDC, 100-240 VAC 2 1 1 Desina – 12mm Connector 5004109 Monitor Switch Connector 1301903-N Series D1V Quantity Required A,C,D B,E,F H,K,M Maximum Flow, LPM (GPM) 350 Bar (5000 PSI) Model Spool Symbol w/o Malfunction D1.indd, dd A8 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Technical Information Series D1V TOC Insulation System Class F Allowable Deviation -15% to +10% for DC and AC rectified coils from rated voltage -5% to +5% for AC Coils Armature Wet pin type CSA File Number LR60407 Environmental DC Solenoids meet NEMA 4 and IP67 Capability when properly wired and installed. Contact HVD for AC coil applications. U.L. & CSA (EU) Class I, Div 1 & 2, Groups C & D Class II, Div 1 & 2, Groups E, F & G As defined by the N.E.C. MSHA (EO) Complies with 30CFR, Part 18 ATEX (ED) Complies with ATEX requirements for: Exd, Group IIB; EN50014: 1999+ Amds. 1 & 2, EN50018: 2000 ATEX & CSA/US (ET) Complies with ATEX EN60079-0, EN60079-1 Ex d IIC; CSA/US Ex d IIC, AEx d IIC for Class I, Zone 1, UL1203, UL1604, CSA E61241,1 Class II, Div 1 * Allowable Voltage Deviation ±10%. Note that Explosion Proof AC coils are single frequency only. Solenoid Ratings Explosion Proof Solenoid Ratings* Code Voltage In Rush Amps In Rush Holding Amps Watts Resistance Voltage Power Amperage VA @ 3MM Code Code D L 120 VDC N/A N/A 0.09 Amps 10 W 1584.00 ohms D Omit 120 VDC N/A N/A 0.26 Amps 30 W 528.00 ohms G Omit 198 VDC N/A N/A 0.15 Amps 30 W 1306.80 ohms J L 24 VDC N/A N/A 0.44 Amps 10 W 51.89 ohms J Omit 24 VDC N/A N/A 1.32 Amps 30 W 17.27 ohms K L 12 VDC N/A N/A 0.88 Amps 10 W 12.97 ohms K Omit 12 VDC N/A N/A 2.64 Amps 30 W 4.32 ohms L L 6 VDC N/A N/A 1.67 Amps 10 W 3.59 ohms L Omit 6 VDC N/A N/A 5.00 Amps 30 W 1.20 ohms Q Omit 100 VAC / 60 Hz 2.05 Amps 170 VA 0.77 Amps 30 W 19.24 ohms QD F 100 VAC / 60 Hz 1.35 Amps 135 VA 0.41 Amps 18 W 31.20 ohms QD F 100 VAC / 50 Hz 1.50 Amps 150 VA 0.57 Amps 24 W 31.20 ohms R F 24/60 VAC, Low Watt 6.67 Amps 160 VA 2.20 Amps 23 W 1.52 ohms T Omit 240/60 VAC 0.83 Amps 199 VA 0.30 Amps 30 W 120.40 ohms T Omit 220/50 VAC 0.87 Amps 191 VA 0.34 Amps 30 W 120.40 ohms T F 240/60 VAC, Low Watt 0.70 Amps 168 VA 0.22 Amps 21 W 145.00 ohms T F 220/50 VAC, Low Watt 0.75 Amps 165 VA 0.26 Amps 23 W 145.00 ohms U L 98 VDC N/A N/A 0.10 Amps 10 W 960.00 ohms U Omit 98 VDC N/A N/A 0.31 Amps 30W 288.00 ohms Y Omit 120/60 VAC 1.7 Amps 204 VA 0.60 Amps 30 W 28.20 ohms Y Omit 110/50 VAC 1.7 Amps 187 VA 0.68 Amps 30 W 28.20 ohms Y F 120/60 VAC, Low Watt 1.40 Amps 168 VA 0.42 Amps 21 W 36.50 ohms Y F 110/50 VAC, Low Watt 1.50 Amps 165 VA 0.50 Amps 23 W 36.50 ohms Z L 250 VDC N/A N/A 0.04 Amps 10 W 6875.00 ohms Z Omit 250 VDC N/A N/A 0.13 Amps 30 W 1889.64 ohms Explosion Proof Solenoids R 24/60 VAC 7.63 Amps 183 VA 2.85 Amps 27 W 1.99 ohms T 240/60 VAC 0.76 Amps 183 VA 0.29 Amps 27 W 1.34 ohms N 220/50 VAC 0.77 Amps 169 VA 0.31 Amps 27 W 1.38 ohms Y 120/60 VAC 1.60 Amps 192 VA 0.58 Amps 27 W 33.50 ohms P 110/50 VAC 1.47 Amps 162 VA 0.57 Amps 27 W 34.70 ohms K 12 VDC N/A N/A 2.75 Amps 33 W 4.36 ohms J 24 VDC N/A N/A 1.38 Amps 33 W 17.33 ohms “ET” Explosion Proof Solenoids K 12 VDC N/A N/A 1.00 Amps 12 W 12.00 ohms J 24 VDC N/A N/A 1.00 Amps 13 W 44.30 ohms Y 120/60-50 VAC N/A N/A 0.16 Amps 17 W 667.00 ohms D1.indd, dd A9 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION D1V Shift Limits, DC & AC Rectified 30 Watt TOC Example: Determine the maximum allowable flow of a Series D1V valve (#004 spool) at 138 Bar (2000 PSI) supply pressure. Locate the curve marked “004”. At 138 Bar (2000 PSI) supply pressure, the maximum flow is 57 LPM (15 GPM). At 207 Bar (3000 PSI), the flow is 49 LPM (13 GPM). Important Notes for Switching Limit Charts 1. For F & M style valves, reduce flow to 70% of that shown. 2. Shift limits charted for equal flow A and B ports. Unequal A and B port flows may reduce shift limits. 3. These charts do not show explosion proof performance. Consult factory for explosion proof duty. 4. Blocking A or B ports will reduce flow by 70%. D1VW*****L Shift Limits Performance Curves Series D1V D1.indd, dd A10 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Performance Curves TOC D1V Shift Limits, DC & AC Rectified 30 Watt Example: Determine the maximum allowable flow of a Series D1V valve (#008 spool) at 83 Bar (1200 PSI) supply pressure. Locate the curve marked “008”. At 83 Bar (1200 PSI) supply pressure, the maximum flow is 57 LPM (15 GPM). At 207 Bar (3000 PSI), the flow is 19 LPM (5 GPM). Important Notes for Switching Limit Charts 1. For F & M style valves, reduce flow to 70% of that shown. 2. Shift limits charted for equal flow A and B ports. Unequal A and B port flows may reduce shift limits. 3. These charts do not show explosion proof performance. Consult factory for explosion proof duty. 4. Blocking A or B ports will reduce flow by 70%. D1VW*****L Shift Limits Series D1V D1.indd, dd A11 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Performance Curves D1V Shift Limits, DC & AC Rectified 30 Watt Example: Determine the maximum allowable flow of a Series D1V valve (#081 spool) at 83 Bar (1200 PSI) supply pressure. Locate the curve marked “081”. At 83 Bar (1200 PSI) supply pressure, the maximum flow is 42 LPM (11 GPM). At 138 Bar (2000 PSI), the flow is 42 LPM (11 GPM). D1VW*****L Shift Limits Important Notes for Switching Limit Charts 1. For F & M style valves, reduce flow to 70% of that shown. 2. Shift limits charted for equal flow A and B ports. Unequal A and B port flows may reduce shift limits. 3. These charts do not show explosion proof performance. Consult factory for explosion proof duty. 4. Blocking A or B ports will reduce flow by 70%. Series D1V D1.indd, dd A12 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC PSI Bar 5000 4000 3000 2000 1000 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 345 010,026 030 007,014 021,022 003,004, 011,015 009 008 005,016,020 006 001,002 Supply Pressure L/M 0 GPM 10 20 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 40 50 60 70 80 83 Flow 081,082 D1V Shift Limits, AC 30 Watt Performance Curves Series D1V D1.indd, dd A13 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Performance Curves Example: Determine the maximum allowable flow of a Series D1V valve (#009 spool) at 83 Bar (1200 PSI) supply pressure. Locate the curve marked “009”. At 83 Bar (1200 PSI) supply pressure, the maximum flow is 75 LPM (20 GPM). At 207 Bar (3000 PSI), the flow is 68 LPM (18 GPM). D1VW*****F Shift Limits, AC Important Notes for Switching Limit Charts 1. For F & M style valves, reduce flow to 70% of that shown. 2. Shift limits charted for equal flow A and B ports. Unequal A and B port flows may reduce shift limits. 3. These charts do not show explosion proof performance. Consult factory for explosion proof duty. 4. Blocking A or B ports will reduce flow by 70%. Series D1V Soft Shift Limit Curves DC Power Supply D1.indd, dd A14 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Technical Information TOC Pressure Drop vs. Flow, High Watt The table to the right provides the flow vs. pressure drop curve reference for standard and high performance D1V Series valves by spool type. The chart below demonstrates graphically the pressure drop characteristics of the standard D1VW*****F and the high performance D1V. The low watt coil and other design features of the standard D1VW*****F accommodate a maximum flow of 50 LPM (13 GPM) at 345 Bar (5000 PSI). Series D1V Performance Curves – 30 Watt Coil D1VW Pressure Drop Reference Chart – 30 Watt Coil Curve Number Spool Shifted Center Condition No. P–A P–B B–T A–T (P–T) (B–A) (A–B) (P-A) (P-B) (A-T) (B-T) 001 3 3 2 2 — — — — — — — 002 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 003 2 2 1 1 — — — — — 1 — 004 2 2 1 1 — — — — — 2 2 005 2 3 1 1 — — — 5 — — — 006 2 2 1 1 — 6 6 6 6 — — 007 2 3 1 1 4 — 1 — — — — 008 5 5 5 5 5 — — — — — — 009 4 4 4 4 4 — — — — — — 010 3 3 — — — — — — — — — 011 3 3 1 1 — — — — — 8 8 014 3 2 1 1 4 1 — — — — — 015 2 2 1 1 — — — — — — 1 016 3 2 1 1 — — — — 5 — — 020 4 4 2 2 — — — — — — — 026 4 4 — — — — — — — — — 030 2 2 1 1 — — — — — — — 081 7 7 8 8 — — — — — — — 082 7 7 8 8 — — — — — — — Viscosity Correction Factor Viscosity 75 150 200 250 300 350 400 (SSU) % of ΔP 93 111 119 126 132 137 141 (Approx.) Curves were generated using 100 SSU hydraulic oil. For any other viscosity, pressure drop will change per chart. Pressure drops charted for equal flow A and B ports. Unequal A and B port flows may decrease shift limits. D1.indd, dd A15 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Technical Information Series D1V Pressure Drop vs. Flow, Low Watt The table to the right provides the flow vs. pressure drop curve reference for 10 watt D1V Series valves by spool type. The chart below demonstrates graphically the pressure drop characteristics of the standard D1VW*****L and the high performance D1V. The low watt coil and other design features of the standard D1VW*****L accommodate a maximum flow of 50 LPM (13 GPM) at 345 Bar (5000 PSI). Performance Curves – 10 Watt Coil Viscosity Correction Factor Viscosity 75 150 200 250 300 350 400 (SSU) % of ΔP 93 111 119 126 132 137 141 (Approx.) Curves were generated using 100 SSU hydraulic oil. For any other viscosity, pressure drop will change per chart. D1VW Pressure Drop Reference Chart – 10 Watt Coil Curve Number Spool Shifted Center Condition No. P–A P–B B–T A–T (P–T) (B–A) (A–B) (P-A) (P-B) (A-T) (B-T) 001 3 3 2 2 — — — — — — — 002 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 003 3 3 2 1 — — — — — 4 — 004 3 3 1 1 — — — — — 6 6 005 3 3 1 1 — — — 7 — — — 006 3 3 1 1 — 8 8 7 7 — — 007 3 3 1 1 5 — 4 — — — 1 008 5 5 6 6 7 — — — — — — 009 6 6 6 6 5 — — — — — — 010 4 4 — — — — — — — — — 011 3 3 1 1 — — — — — 11 11 014 3 3 1 1 4 — — 2 — 1 — 015 3 3 1 2 — — — — — — 4 016 3 3 1 1 — — — — 7 — — 020 7 7 4 4 — — — — — — — 026 6 6 — — — — — — — — — 030 2 2 1 1 — — — — — — — 081 9 9 10 10 — — — — — — — 082 10 10 10 10 — — — — — — — Catalog HY14-2500/US D1.indd, dd A16 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Notes A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC D1.indd, dd A17 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION General Description TOC Series D1VW directional control valves are high performance, 4-chamber, direct operated, wet armature solenoid controlled, 3 or 4-way valves. They are available in 2 or 3-position and conform to NFPA’s D03, CETOP 3 mounting patterns. Features • Soft shift available. • 19 standard spool styles available (for other spools – Consult Factory). • Proportional spools. • DC surge suppression. • Eight electrical connection options. • AC & DC lights available (CSA approval for solenoids and lights). • Internally ground. • Easy access mounting bolts. • Waterproof (meets NEMA 4, up to IP67 on some models). • Explosion proof. • CSA approvals. Technical Information Series D1VW B A B A P T Specifications Mounting Pattern NFPA D03, CETOP 3, NG 6 Mounting DIN 24340-A6 Interface ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A CETOP R35H 4.2-4-03, NFPA D03 Maximum P, A, B Pressure 345 Bar (5000 PSI) Standard 207 Bar (3000 PSI) 10 Watt CSA 276 Bar (3750 PSI) Tank: 103 Bar (1500 PSI) AC only 207 Bar (3000 PSI) DC/AC Rectified Standard 207 Bar (3000 PSI) AC Optional CSA 103 Bar (1500 PSI) Leakage Rates* Maximum Allowable: 100 SSU @ 19.7 cc (1.2 Cu. in.) per Minute/Land @ 49°C (120°F) 69 Bar (1000 PSI)* 73.8 cc (4.5 Cu. in.) per Minute/Land @ 207 Bar (3000 PSI)* *#008 and #009 Typical: Spools may 4.9 cc (0.3 Cu. in.) per Minute/Land @ exceed these rates. 69 Bar (1000 PSI)* Consult Factory 26.2 cc (1.6 Cu. in.) per Minute/Land @ 345 Bar (5000 PSI) Response Time Response time (milliseconds) at 345 Bar (5000 PSI) is 32 LPM (8.5 GPM). Solenoid Type Pull-In Drop-Out AC 13 20 DC 10 Watt 61 22 DC 30 Watt 51 21 • U.L. recognized available – Contact the division. • No tools required for coil removal. • AC rectified coils. Spool Center Condition Orifice Closed Open 2-Position Soft Shift Size Energize De-Energize Energize De-Energize Energize De-Energize S2 0.020 125 ms 920 ms 200 ms 275 ms 51 ms 100 ms S5 0.050 51 ms 675 ms 50 ms 27 ms 51 ms 21 ms D1.indd, dd A18 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Ordering Information Series D1V TOC NFPA D03 CETOP 3 DIN NG6 Code Description N Nitrile V Fluorocarbon E* EPR * Contact HVD for availability. D Directional Control Valve Basic Valve Actuator Spool Style Seal Solenoid Voltage 1V Code Description W* Solenoid, Wet Pin, Screw-in HW* Reversed Wiring * Valve schematic symbols are per NFPA/ ANSI standards, providing flow P to A when energizing solenoid A. Note operators reverse sides for #008 and #009 spools. See installation information for details. To configure per DIN standards (A coil over A port, B coil over B port) code valves as D1VHW***. Code Description A** 24/50 VAC D 120 VDC G 198 VDC J 24 VDC K 12 VDC L 6 VDC N*** 220/50 VAC P*** 110/50 VAC ** High Watt only *** Explosion Proof only. † Available in DIN only. Code Description Q** 100/60 VAC QD† 100/60 – 100/50 VAC R 24/60 VAC T 240/60 – 220/50 VAC U 98 VDC Y 120/60 – 110/50 VAC Z 250 VDC Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-Bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. Code Description Symbol B* Single solenoid, 2 position, spring offset. P to A and B to T in offset position. C Double solenoid, 3 position, spring centered. D† Double solenoid, 2 position, detent. E Single solenoid, 2 position, spring centered. P to B and A to T when energized. F‡ Single solenoid, 2 position. Spring offset, energized to center. Position spool spacer on A side. P to A and B to T in spring offset position. H* Single solenoid, 2 position, spring offset. P to B and A to T in offset position. K Single solenoid, 2 position, spring centered. P to A and B to T when energized. M‡ Single solenoid, 2 position, spring offset, energized to center position. Spool spacer on B side. P to B and A to T in spring offset position. Code Symbol Code Symbol 001 011 002 014 003 015 004 016 005 020* 006 026* 007 030** 00 8*, 081 009** 010 082 A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T b A B P T b a A B P T b A B P T b A B P T b a A B P T a A B P T a A B P T a A B P T * 008, 020 & 026 spools have closed crossover. ** 009 & 030 spools have open crossover. * 020, 026 and 030 spools only. † 020 and 030 spools only. ‡ High Watt only. D1.indd, dd A19 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Series D1V Code Description Omit* High Watt D** Explosion Proof, EEXD ATEX E** Explosion Proof, EEXME ATEX F† Low Watt L†† 10 Watt O** Explosion Proof, MSHA T# Explosion Proof, Ex d IIC ATEX/CSA U** Explosion Proof, UL/CSA * AC ambient temperature must not exceed 60°C (140°F). ** 60 Hz only on AC, no options. † AC only. †† DC and AC rectified only. # J, K and Y voltages only. Dual frequency on AC, no options. Valve Weight: Single Solenoid 1.36 kg (3.0 lbs.) Double Solenoid 1.6 kg (3.5 lbs.) Standard Bolt Kit: BK209 Metric Bolt Kit: BKM209 Seal Kit: Nitrile SKD1VWN91 Fluorocarbon SKD1VWV91 Solenoid Connection Tube Options Approvals Design Series NOTE: Not required when ordering. Manual Override Options Code Description Omit Standard T*† No Override P* Extended Manual Override w/Boot * Manual override options not available on explosion proof or soft shift. † DC/AC rectified only. Code Description Omit Standard Pressure 103.5 Bar (1500 PSI) AC 207 Bar (3000 PSI) DC H* High Pressure, AC only 207 Bar (3000 PSI) * Not available with CSA. Coil Options Electrical Options Code Description Omit No Options J** Diode Surge Suppressor Z† Rectified Coil † DC tube standard. ** DC only. DIN coil must have plug with lights. Valve Variations Shift Response and Indication Code Description Omit Standard Valve 3*† CSA US 4*# CSA Canada * Not available with AC high pressure tube. † B, C, H styles only. J, K, Y, U voltages only. C, G, W sol. connections only. Conforms to UL429. # Valve is derated. Code Description C* Leadwire Conduit Box D** Metric Plug (M12X1), DESINA E† Explosion Proof G†† Plug-In Conduit Box J# Deutsch (DT06-2S) M# Metri-Pack (150) P DIN with Plug S# Dual Spade W† DIN w/o Plug * No variations – See Plug-in. ** DC only, lights, diode surge suppressor, not CSA approved. † Not available with lights. †† Required for variations on conduit box style. Must have lights. # DC only, no lights, not CSA approved. Code Description Omit Standard Response S2* Soft Shift, 0.020″ Orifice S3* Soft Shift, 0.030″ Orifice S4* Soft Shift, 0.040″ Orifice S5* Soft Shift, 0.050″ Orifice I7** Monitor Switch Direct Op. End Stroke I8** Monitor Switch Direct Op. Start Stroke * Not available with 10 watt. AC DIN coil must include plug. ** Single solenoid models only. Not CE or CSA approved. Ordering Information Code Description Omit No Variations 5** Signal Lights 56* Manaplug (Mini) with Lights 7B* Manaplug (Micro) with Lights 1C* Manaplug (Mini) Single Sol. 5-pin, with Lights 1D* Manplug (Micro) Single Sol. 5-pin, with Lights 1M* Manaplug Opposite of Normal 4D† Twist & Lock Override (Old 5426, 33 Ford wiring) 4E† Push Manual Override (Old x5450) 4F Heavy Duty Detent 1P Painted Body 7Y* 4-pin M12x1 Manaplug, special wiring with lights (Old B755) * Plug-in Conduit Box ** Plug-in, DIN, or DESINA only † DC/AC Rectified only. Not available with soft shift. Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-Bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. D1.indd, dd A20 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Dimensions Series D1V TOC DC Plug-In Conduit Box Connector, with Lights, Double Solenoid DC Plug-In or Leadwire Conduit Box Connector, with or without Lights, Single Solenoid Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Note: 22.0 mm (0.87″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Note: 22.0 mm (0.87″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. D1.indd, dd A21 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC DC DIN with Plug Connector, Double Solenoid “P” Option Shown Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) DC DIN Connector, Single Solenoid “P” Option Shown Note: 22.0 mm (0.87″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Note: 22.0 mm (0.87″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Dimensions Series D1V D1.indd, dd A22 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC AC Leadwire Conduit Box Connector, without Lights, Double Solenoid, “C” Option Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Dimensions Series D1V Note: 22.0 mm (0.87″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Note: 22.0 mm (0.87″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. AC Leadwire Conduit Box Connector, without Lights, Single Solenoid, “C” Option D1.indd, dd A23 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC AC Plug-in Conduit Box Connector, with Lights, Double Solenoid, “G” Option Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) DC Plug-in or Leadwire Conduit Box Connector, with or without Lights and Extended Override Tubes, Double Solenoid Dimensions Series D1V Note: 22.0 mm (0.87″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Note: 22.0 mm (0.87″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. D1.indd, dd A24 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC DC Deutsch Connector, Double Solenoid Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) DC Deutsch Connector, Single Solenoid Dimensions Series D1V Note: 22.0 mm (0.87″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Note: 22.0 mm (0.87″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. D1.indd, dd A25 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC DC Desina Connector, Double Solenoid Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) DC Desina Connector, Single Solenoid Dimensions Series D1V Note: 22.0 mm (0.87″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Note: 22.0 mm (0.87″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. 87.8 (3.46) D1.indd, dd A26 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Explosion Proof, Ex d IIC ATEX/CSA, Double Solenoid Dimensions Series D1V Explosion Proof, Ex d IIC ATEX/CSA, Single Solenoid D1.indd, dd A27 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Phase Out Explosion Proof U.L. & C.S.A., Double Solenoid Explosion Proof M.S.H.A., Double Solenoid Explosion Proof, EEXD ATEX, Double Solenoid Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) 163.7 60.4 (6.44) (2.38) 130.8 (5.15) 304.4 (6.44) 3/4-20 UNF Thd. 3/4-20 UNF Thd. 38.0 (1.50) 113.0 (4.45) 15.51 (0.61) 7.5 (0.30) 46.0 (1.81) 73.0 (2.87) 74.7 (2.94) 69.9 (2.75) 19.4 (0.76) 15.5 (0.61) M20 x 1.5-6H Thd. Ground Stud with Lockwasher 100.9 (3.97) 42.8 (1.69) 131.7 (5.19) 100.6 (3.96) 7.5 (0.30) 46.0 (1.81) 73.5 (2.89) 141.0 (5.55) 324.7 (12.78) Note: 41.0 mm (1.62″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Note: 41.0 mm (1.62″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Dimensions Series D1V Note: 2 black wires 1 green wire 163.7 60.4 (6.44) (2.38) 130.8 (5.15) 304.4 (11.98) 94.4 (3.72) 18 Inch Lead Wires Standard 73.0 (2.87) 46.0 (1.81) 7.5 (0.30) 15.1 (0.61) 1/2″ NPT D1.indd, dd A28 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Dimensions Series D1V TOC DC Plug-in or Leadwire Conduit Box with Monitor Switch, with or without Lights, Single Solenoid Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Monitor Switch (Variation I7 and I8) This feature provides for electrical confirmation of the spool shift. This can be used in safety circuits, to assure proper sequencing, etc. Switch Data Inductive switch requiring +18-42 volt input. Outputs “A” and “B” are opposite; one at “0” voltage, the other at input voltage. During switching, “A” and “B” outputs reverse. Provides 0.4A switching current. For repetitive switch power-up conditions, please consult factory. Note: 22.0 mm (0.87″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. D1.indd, dd A29 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Accessories Series D1V Manaplug (Options 56 & 1C) Micro Connector Options (7B & 1D) Interface – Brad Harrison Plug – 3-Pin for Single Solenoid – 5-Pin for Double Solenoid Solenoid (Positive) Wire #2 (Red/White) Ground Wire #1 (Green) Solenoid (Negative) Wire #3 (Red/Black) 3-Pin Manaplug (Mini) with Lights Single Solenoid Valves – Installed Opposite Side of Solenoid DESINA Connector (Option D) M12 pin assignment Standard Hirschmann Plug with Lights (Option P5) ISO 4400/DIN 43650 Form “A” Conduit Box Option C – No Wiring Options Available Signal Lights (Option 5) — Plug-in Only – LED Interface – Meets Nema 4/IP67 Face View of Plug 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 DESINA – design Pin 1 and 2 connected 1 = Not used 2 = Not used 3 = 0V 4 = Signal (24 V) 5 = Earth Ground Pins are as seen on valve (male pin connectors) Pins are as seen on valve (male pin connectors) Pin #2 (Positive) (Negative) Pin #3 (Ground) Pin #1 D1.indd, dd A30 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Accessories Series D1V TOC Mounting Bolt Kits Sandwich Valve Dimensional Data All D03 Sandwich valves (starting with 31 Series) including CM2, CPOM2, FM2, PRDM2 and RM2 measure 40mm (1.58″) thickness. For additional technical information about Sandwich valves, refer to the Sandwich Valve Section of this Catalog. Bolt Kits for use with D1V Directional Control Valves, “ET” Explosion Proof & Sandwich Valves (D1V*-91, 82 & 70/75 Design, Solenoid Operated & D1V*-72 Design, Non-Solenoid Operated) Bolt Kits for use with D1V Directional Control Valves with Explosion Proof Coils & Sandwich Valves (D1V*-91, 82 & 70/75 Design) Except “ET” Coil Note: All bolts are SAE Grade 8, 10-24 UNC 2A thread (Metric-M5-0.8) Torque to 5.6 Nm (50 in-Lb). Note: All bolts are SAE Grade 8, 10-24 UNC 2A thread (Metric-M5-0.8) Torque to 5.6 Nm (50 in-Lb). Number of Sandwich Valves at 44.5mm (1.75″) Thickness Number of Sandwich Valves @40mm (1.58″) thickness 0 1 2 3 4 0 BK50 2.00 in. BK211 3.63 in. BK101 5.12 in. BK102 6.75 in. BK103 8.25 in. BKM50 50 mm — BKM101 130 mm BKM102 170 mm BKM103 210 mm 1 BK51 3.75 in. BK212 5.37 in. BK105 6.87 in. BK106 7.75 in. BKM51 95 mm — BKM105 180 mm BKM106 195 mm 2 BK52 5.50 in. BK213 7.13 in. BK108 8.62 in. BKM52 140 mm — BKM108 220 mm 3 BK53 7.25 in. BK214 8.87 in. BKM53 185 mm — 4 BK54 9.00 in. BKM54 230 mm Number of Sandwich Valves at 44.5mm (1.75″) Thickness Number of Sandwich Valves @40mm (1.58″) thickness 0 1 2 3 4 0 BK209 1.25 in. BK243 2.88 in. BK225 4.38 in. BK244 6.00 in. BK245 7.50 in. BKM209 30 mm BKM243 70 mm BKM225 110 mm BKM244 150 mm BKM245 190 mm 1 BK246 3.00 in. BK247 4.62 in. BK248 6.12 in. BK249 7.75 in. BKM246 75 mm BKM247 115 mm BKM248 155 mm BKM249 195 mm 2 BK250 4.75 in. BK251 6.38 in. BK252 7.88 in. BKM250 120 mm BKM251 160 mm BKM252 200 mm 3 BK253 6.50 in. BK254 8.12 in. BKM102 170 mm BKM254 205 mm 4 BK103 8.25 in. BKM103 210 mm D1.indd, dd A31 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Technical Information Series D1VA, D1VP General Description Series D1VA and D1VP directional control valves are high performance, 4 and 5-chamber, direct operated, air and oil pilot controlled, 3 or 4-way valves. They are available in 2 or 3-position and conform to NFPA’s D03, CETOP 3 mounting patterns. Features • Low pilot pressure required. D1VA – 4.1 Bar (60 PSI) minimum D1VP – 15.2 Bar (220 PSI) minimum Air Operated Shift Volume. The air pilot chamber requires a volume of 1.8 cc (.106 in.3) for complete shift from center to end. Pilot Piston. The pilot piston area is 506 mm2 (.785 in.2). Pilot piston stroke is 3.4 mm (.135 in.). Response Time. Response time will vary with pilot line size, pilot line length, pilot pressure, air control valve shift time and air valve flow capacity (Cv). Oil Operated Shift Volume. The hydraulic pilot chamber requires a volume of 0.7 cc (.042 in.3) for complete shift from center to end. Pilot Piston. The hydraulic piston area is 198 mm2 (.307 in.2). Pilot piston stroke is 3.4 mm (.135 in.). Response Time. Response time will vary with pilot line size, pilot line length, pilot pressure, pilot valve shift time and oil valve flow capacity (GPM). Dimensions – Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Specifications Mounting Pattern NFPA D03, CETOP 3, NG 6 Maximum Operating: 345 Bar (5000 PSI) Pressure Tank Line: D1VA 34 Bar (500 PSI) D1VP 207 Bar (3000 PSI) Maximum Flow See Reference Data D1VA: Air Minimum 4.1 Bar (60 PSI) Pilot Pressure Air Maximum 10.2 Bar (150 PSI) D1VP: Oil Minimum 15.2 Bar (220 PSI) Oil Maximum 207 Bar (3000 PSI) B A B A P T B A B A P T Oil Operated D1VP, Single and Double Pilot Note: 22.0 mm (0.87”) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. 43.0 (1.70) min. 22.0 (0.87) 9.0 (0.35) 40.5 (1.60) 0.56 (0.022) 3.3 (0.13) max. X &Y Ports 51.0 (2.00) min. 127.0 (5.13) 42.0 (1.65) 16.9 (0.67) 23.0 (0.91) 15.5 (0.61) 50.0 (1.97) 46.0 (1.81) 23.8 (0.94) See Note Y SAE #4 1/4 BSPP (90) or D1.indd, dd A32 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Ordering Information Series D1VP NFPA D03 CETOP 3 Code Description N Nitrile V Fluorocarbon Code Symbol 001 002 004 008* 009** 020* 026* 030** 081 082 * 008, 020 and 026 spools have closed crossover. ** 009 and 030 spools have open crossover. Oil Operator A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T Code Description Symbol Single operator, two position B# spring offset. P to A and B to T in offset position. Double operator, C three position, spring centered. D Double operator, two position, detent. Two position, spring centered. E# P to B and A to T in shifted position. Single operator, two position, H# spring offset. P to B and A to T in offset position. Two position, spring centered. K# P to A and B to T in shifted position. # D available with 020 and 030 spools only. B & H available with 020, 026 and 030 spools only. E & K not available with 020, 026 and 030 spools. This condition varies with spool code. A B P T A B P T A B P T Valve schematic symbols are per NFPA/ANSI standards, providing flow P to A when energizing operator X. Note operators reverse sides for #008 and #009 spools. See installation information for details. Directional Control Valve Actuator Spool Style Design Series NOTE: Not required when ordering. Seal 1V Basic Valve Variations D P Valve Weight: 1.90 kg (4.2 lbs.) Standard Bolt Kit: BK209 10–24×1.25 Metric Bolt Kit: BKM209 M5–0.8x30mm Seal Kit: Nitrile SKD1VP Fluorocarbon SKD1VPV Code Description Omit Standard P10* Monitor Switch 4F Heavy Duty Detent 90 BSPP Threads * Not available on C and D styles. Not CE or CSA approved. Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-Bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. D1.indd, dd A33 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Ordering Information Series D1VA NFPA D03 CETOP 3 Code Description N Nitrile V Fluorocarbon Code Symbol 001 002 004 008* 009** 081 082 * 008 spool has closed crossover. ** 009 spool has open crossover. A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T Code Description Symbol Single operator, two position B spring offset. P to A and B to T in offset position. Double operator, C three position, spring centered. D Double operator, two position, detent. Two position, spring centered. E P to B and A to T in shifted position. Single operator, two position, H spring offset. P to B and A to T in offset position. Two position, spring centered. K P to A and B to T in shifted position. This condition varies with spool code. A B P T b a A B P T b a A B P T b A B P T a A B P T a A B P T b Valve schematic symbols are per NFPA/ ANSI standards, providing flow P to A when energizing operator A. Note operators reverse sides for #008 and #009 spools. See installation information for details. Directional Control Valve Actuator Spool Style Design Series NOTE: Not required when ordering. Seal 1V Basic Valve Variations D Valve Weight: 1.60 kg (3.5 lbs.) Standard Bolt Kit: BK209 10–24×1.25 Metric Bolt Kit: BKM209 M5–0.8x30mm Grade 8 bolts required Seal Kit: Nitrile SKD1VA Fluorocarbon SKD1VAV A Code Description Omit Standard P10* Monitor Switch 90 1/4 BSPP Threads * Not available on C & D styles. Not CE or CSA approved. Air Operator Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-Bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. D1.indd, dd A34 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Dimensions Series D1VA TOC Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Air Operated D1VA, Double Pilot Air Operated D1VA, Single Pilot 117.8 (4.64) 104.55 (4.12) 192.5 (7.58) 61.6 (2.43) 51.95 (2.05) 23.8 (0.94) 23.0 (0.91) 38.5 (1.52) 46.0 (1.81) 1/8 NPT Typ. Note: 22.0 mm (0.87″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Note: 22.0 mm (0.87″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. or 18-28 BSPP D1.indd, dd A35 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Technical Information Series D1VC, D1VD, D1VG General Description Series D1VC, D1VD and D1VG directional control valves are high performance, 4-chamber, direct operated, cam controlled, 4-way valves. They are available in 2-position and conform to NFPA’s D03, CETOP 3 mounting patterns. Features • Choice of 2 cam roller positions (D1VC and D1VD) • Two styles available (D1VC and D1VG) • Short stroke option Specifications Mounting Pattern NFPA D03, CETOP 3, NG 6 Maximum Operating: 345 Bar (5000 PSI) Pressure Tank Line: 34 Bar (500 PSI) Nominal Flow 32 LPM (8.5 GPM) Maximum Flow See Reference Data Force Required D1VC, D1VD: 107 N (24 lbs.) to Shift D1VG: 36 N (8 lbs.) Maximum Cam Angle 30° NFPA D03 CETOP 3 Code Description N Nitrile V Fluorocarbon Code Description Omit Standard P05 Short Stroke P10* Monitor Switch Code Symbol 001 002 004 008* 009† 081 082 * 008 spool has closed crossover. † 009 spool has open crossover. Code Description Symbol Two position, B spring offset operator at “A” port end. Two position, H spring offset operator at “B” port end. Code Description C Cam (90° to mounting surface) D Cam parallel to mounting surface G Cam Lever Ordering Information A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T Valve Weight: Type C & D 1.44 kg (3.2 lbs.) Type G 1.6 kg (3.7 lbs.) Standard Bolt Kit: BK209 1–24×1.25 Metric Bolt Kit: BKM209 M5–0.8x30mm Seal Kit: Nitrile SKD1VC Fluorocarbon SKD1VCV Valve schematic symbols are per NFPA/ ANSI standards, providing flow P to A when energized. Note flow paths reverse sides for #008 and #009 spools. Directional Control Valve Actuator Spool Style Design Series NOTE: Not required when ordering. Seal 1V Basic Valve Variations D * Not CE or CSA approved. Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-Bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. D1.indd, dd A36 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Full Valve Type Pre-Travel Spool Over-Travel Travel Standard 2.00 9.06 2.03 Valve (0.079) (0.357) (0.080) P05 0 7.06 4.03 Short Stroke (0) (0.278) (0.159) Cam Operated D1VC and D1VD Cam Lever Operated D1VG Full Valve Type Pre-Travel Spool Over-Travel Travel Standard 6.95 39.63 10.00 Valve (0.27) (1.56) (0.39) P05 0 30.12 18.40 Short Stroke (0) (1.19) (0.72) Over-Travel Full Spool Travel Pre-Travel 209.7 (8.26) 46.0 (1.81) 23.0 (0.91) 23.8 (0.94) 79.1 (3.11) 52.0 (2.05) 38.5 (1.52) 38.5 (1.52) See Note Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Note: For D1VD, Cam Rotated 90° Over-Travel Full Spool Travel Pre-Travel 46.0 (1.81) 23.0 (0.91) 23.8 (0.94) 52.0 (2.05) 38.4 (1.51) 165.9 (6.53) 38.5 (1.52) Note: 22.0 mm (0.87″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Note: 22.0 mm (0.87″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Dimensions Series D1VC, D1VD, D1VG D1.indd, dd A37 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION General Description TOC Series D1VL directional control valves are highperformance, 4-chamber, direct operated, lever controlled, 4-way valves. They are available in 2 or 3-position and conform to NFPA’s D03, CETOP 3 mounting patterns. Features • Spring return or detent styles available • Heavy duty handle design Specifications Mounting Pattern NFPA D03, CETOP 3, NG 6 Maximum Operating: 345 Bar (5000 PSI) Pressure Tank Line: 34 Bar (500 PSI) Maximum Flow See Reference Data Force Required to Shift Lever 25 N (5.6 lbs) Operator Dimensions Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Lever Operated D1VL A B P T Note: 22.0 mm (0.87″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. 149.5 (5.89) 46.0 (1.81) 23.0 (0.91) 50.0 (1.97) 150.6 (5.93) 15.5 (0.61) 15.5 (0.61) 38.6 (1.52) 23.8 (0.94) 85.5 (3.37) 8.9° Full Shift 46.0 (1.81) See Note Technical Information Series D1VL D1.indd, dd A38 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC NFPA D03 CETOP 3 Code Description N Nitrile V Fluorocarbon Operator Location (A or B Port End) Code Operator Type For Valve Style B C D E H K N L Lever (Standard) B B B A B B B LB Lever (Alternate) A A A N/A A N/A A Code Description Omit Standard P10* Monitor Switch * Not available on C,D or N styles. Not CE or CSA approved. Code Symbol 001 002 004 008* 009† 081* 082 * 008 and 081 spools have closed crossover. † 009 has open crossover. Code Description Symbol Two position, spring offset. B P to A and B to T in offset position. C Three position, spring centered. D Two position, detent. Two position, spring centered. E P to B and A to T in shifted position. Two position, spring offset. H P to B and A to T in offset position. Two position, spring centered. K P to A and B to T in shifted position. N Three position, detent. A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T This condition varies with spool code. Valve Weight: 1.60 kg (3.5 lbs.) Standard Bolt Kit: BK209 10–24×1.25 Metric Bolt Kit: BKM209 M5–0.8x30mm Grade 8 bolts required Seal Kit: Nitrile SKD1VL Fluorocarbon SKD1VLV Valve schematic symbols are per NFPA/ ANSI standards, providing flow P to A when energizing operator A. Note flow paths reverse sides for #008 and #009 spools in three position valves. Directional Control Valve Operator Type and Location Spool Style Design Series NOTE: Not required when ordering. Seal 1V Basic Valve Variations D Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-Bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. Ordering Information Series D1VL D1.indd, dd A39 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION Fluid Recommendations TOC Premium quality hydraulic oil with a viscosity range between 32-54 cst. (150-250 SSU) at 38°C (100°F) is recommended. The absolute operation viscosity range is from 16-220 cst. (80-1000 SSU). Oil should have maximum anti-wear properties and rust and oxidation treatments. Fluids and Seals Valves using synthetic, fire-resistant fluids require special seals. When phosphate ester or its blends are used, FLUOROCARBON seals are required. Waterglycol, (95/5) water-in-oil emulsions, and petroleum oil may be used with NITRILE seals. Temperature Recommendation Recommended oil temperature: -29°C to +71°C (-20°F to +160°F) Ambient temperature: AC High Watt ambient temperature cannot exceed 60°C (140°F). DC High Watt, DC Low Watt and AC Low Watt ambient temperature cannot exceed 71°C (160°F). Filtration For maximum valve and system component life, the system should be protected at a contamination level not to exceed 125 particles greater than 10 microns per milliliter of fluid. (SAE Class 4 or better, ISO Code 16/13). Tank Line Surges If several valves are piped with a common tank line, flow surges in the line may cause unexpected spool shift. Detent style valves are most susceptible to this. Separate tank lines should be used when line surges are expected in an application. Recommended Mounting Position Valve Type Recommended Mounting Position Detent (Solenoid) Horizontal Spring Centered Unrestricted Spring Offset Unrestricted Silting Silting can cause any sliding spool valve to stick and not spring return, if held shifted under pressure for long periods of time. The valve should be cycled periodically to prevent sticking. Flow Path Data *Note: On valves with 008 or 009 spool, A and/or B operators reverse sides. Flow paths remain the same as viewed from top of valve. Single Pass Operation Valve flow ratings are for double pass operation (with equal flow in both paths). When using these components in single pass applications, flow capabilities may be reduced. Consult your local Parker representative for details. Double Solenoid. With solenoid “A” energized, flow path is P→A and B→T. When solenoid “B” is energized, flow path is P→B and A→T. The center condition on a spring-centered valve exists when both coils are de-energized, or during a complete shift, as the spool passes through center. Detent and Spring Offset. The center condition exists on detent and spring offset valves only during spool crossover. To shift and hold a detented spool, only a momentary energizing of the solenoid is necessary. The minimum duration of the signal is approximately 0.1 seconds for DC voltages. This position will be held provided the spool center line is in a horizontal plane, and no shock or vibration is present to displace the spool. Single Solenoid. Spring offset valves can be ordered in styles B, E, F, H, K and M. Flow path data for the various styles are described in the order chart. Electrical Failure Should electric power fail, spring offset and spring centered valves will shift to the spring held position. Detented valves will stay in the last position held before power failure. If main flow does not fail or stop simultaneously, machine actuators may continue to function in an undesirable manner or sequence. Torque Specifications Torque values recommended for the bolts which mount the valve to the manifold or subplate are as follows: #10-24 thread (M5-0.8) torque 5.6 Nm (50 in-lbs). D1V Operator A Operator B Installation Information Series D1V D1.indd, dd A40 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Installation Information Series D1V TOC Mounting Pattern — NFPA D03, CETOP 3, NG 6 Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) M5-0.8 (10-24) UNC-2B thread x 10.40 (.410) min. thread depth 4-holes O 7.5 (.295) max. P.A.B. & T ports O 3.86/4.27 (.152/.168) x 4.00 (.160) min. depth 0.56 (0.022) 4.80 (0.190) R. max. typ. 4 places 0.28 (0.011) 0.28 (0.011) A A A A A B B B 5.10 (0.200) 0.75 (0.030) S S L B B P T 12.70 (0.500) 31.75 (1.250) 31.00 43.00 (1.220) (1.70) min. 25.90 (1.020) 15.50 (0.610) 21.50 (0.850) 30.20 (1.190) 33.00 (1.300) 40.50 (1.594) 51.00 (2.000) min. D1.indd, dd A41 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Technical Information Series D1SE General Description Series D1SE directional control valves are equipped with a wet pin armature solenoid, drain-free, tapered poppet valve and compatible with the standards DIN NG6, CETOP 3, and NFPA D03. Due to the 3/2 way design, port A is either connected with P or discharged in the tank. The neutral position (solenoid not activated) is taken automatically by a return spring. This position remains until the solenoid is energized. The valve poppet including activation lever and armature of the solenoid are located in the pressurized oil chamber of connection T. The valve poppet is designed such that there can be no differential area in its axial operational direction (opening, closing). Thus it is statically pressure-balanced so that the valve can be switched in both flow directions even under pressure. The unit has an all-steel design, the important functional inner parts are hardened, the poppet and seat are ground. Features • Low leakage poppet design. • Fits NFPA D03 mountng. • Pressure balanced. Ordering Information Weight: 0.8 kg (1.76 lbs) Coils for repair Design Series NOTE: Not required when ordering. D 1 Directional Control Valve Basic Valve Seat Valve Wet Pin Armature Solenoid, Flanged Spool Solenoid Voltage Solenoid Connection Without Plug S Seal DIN NG6 CETOP 3 NPPA D03 E Style B W Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-Bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. Code Description K 12V J 24V U* 98V G* 205V * For alternating current use plug with rectifier. Voltage Ordering Code 12V 7329700 – 12V 24V 7329700 – 24V 98V 7329700 – 98V 205V 7329700 – 205V Code Description N Nitrile V Fluorocarbon Code Description 30 83 D1.indd, dd A42 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Specifications Series D1SE TOC General Design Directional poppet valve Actuation Solenoid Size DIN NG6 / CETOP 3 / NFPA D03 Mounting Interface DIN 24340 A6 / ISO 4401 / CETOP RP 121-H / NFPA D03 Mounting Position Unrestricted Ambient -25°C to +50°C (-13°F to +122°F), Temperature observe permissible duty cycle Hydraulic Max. Operating 350 Bar (5075 PSI) (P, A, and T) Pressure Fluid Hydraulic oil in accordance with DIN 51524 / 51525 Fluid Temperature -25°C to +70°C (-13°F to +158°F) Viscosity Permitted 10…500 cSt / mm²/s (46…2318 SSU) Recommended 30…80 cSt / mm²/s (139…371 SSU) Filtration ISO 4406 (1999); 18/16/13 (meet NAS 1638: 7) Internal Leakage 3-5 DPM per seat Maximum Flow 20 LPM (5.28 GPM) (at Δp = 10 bar) Static / Dynamic Step Response Energized: approx. 50 ms De-energized: approx. 60 ms Electrical Characteristics Duty Ratio See Diagram Max. Switching 2000 1/h Frequency Protection Class IP 65 in accordance with DIN 40050 (plugged and mounted) Code K J U* G* Supply Voltage 12 VDC 24 VDC 98 VDC 205 VDC Tolerance Supply ±10% ±10% ±10% ±10% Voltage Current 1.95A 1.1A 0.25A 0.13A Consumption Power Consumption 23.4 W 26.4 W 24.3 W 26.6 W Solenoid Connector as per EN 175301-803 Connection Min. Wiring 3 x 1.5 mm2 recommended Max. Wiring Length 50m (164′) recommended * For a silicon bridge rectifier, set up apart from unit for connecting to a 50 or 60 Hz power supply, 110 V~(98=) or 230V~ (205V=). With electrical connections the protective conductor (PE ) must be connected according to the relevant regulations. D1.indd, dd A43 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Technical Information Series D1SE M8 22.0 (0.87) 14.0 (0.55) 45.0 (1.77) 45.0 (1.77) O-ring 9.25 x 1.8 NBR 90 Sh A A P 9.0 (0.35) B 62.0 (2.44) 5.0 (0.20) 58.0 (2.28) 35.0 (1.38) P A B T Ø BK375 4x M5x30 6.8 Nm ± 15% Nitrile: SK-D1SE-70 DIN 912 12.9 Fluorocarbon: SK-D1SE-V70 Surface Finish The space necessary to remove the plug per EN 175301-803, design type AF is at least 15 mm. The torque for the screw M3 of the plug has to be 0.5 to 0.6 Nm. Dimensions Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Performance Curves Duty Cycle vs. Ambient Temperature 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Rel. ED % ” 5 min. 86 30 104 40 122 50 140 60 158 176 °F 70 80 °C Ambient Temperature 0 Performance Curve p-Q 0 10 2.6 20 5.3 30 7.9 40 10.6 50 13.2 Flow Q 58 4 116 8 174 12 232 290 PSI 16 20 Bar Pressure Drop LPM GPM Seal D3.indd, dd A44 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Introduction Series D3 Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Application Series D3 hydraulic directional control valves are high performance, direct operated 4-way valves, available in 2 or 3-position. They are manifold mounted which conform to NFPA’s D05, CETOP 5, ISO NG10 mounting patterns. These valves were designed for industrial and mobile hydraulic applications which require high cycle rates, long life and high efficiency. Operation Series D3 directional control valves consist of a 4-chamber style body, and a case hardened sliding spool. The spool is directly shifted by a variety of operators including: solenoid, lever, cam, or air pilot. D3W Solenoid Operated Conduit Cavity Style D3W Solenoid Operated Hirschmann (DIN) Style • Wired in cavity. • Easy access mounting bolts. • 22 spool styles available. • Three electrical connection options. • AC and DC lights available. • CSA approved. • Available in low-watt DC version. • DIN Style (43650) Hirschmann. • 22 spool styles available. • No tools required for coil removal. • Easy coil replacement. • AC and DC lights available. • CSA approved. • Available in low-watt DC version. Features • Easy access mounting bolts. • 345 Bar (5000 PSI) pressure rating. • Flows to 40 GPM depending on spool. • Choice of four operator styles. • Rugged four land spools. • Low pressure drop. • Phosphate finish body. • CSA approved and UL recognized available. • Proportional spool available. D3.indd, dd A45 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Introduction Series D3 Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC D3L Lever Operated • Spring return or detent styles available. • Heavy duty handle design. • High flow, low pressure drop design. D3A Air Operated • Low pilot pressure required – 4.1 Bar (60 PSI) minimum. • High flow, low pressure drop design. • Choice of 2 cam roller positions (D3C and D3D). • Short stroke option. • High flow, low pressure drop design. D3C Cam Operated D3.indd, dd A46 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Introduction Series D3DW Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Application Series D3DW hydraulic directional control valves are high performance, direct operated 4-way valves, available in 2 or 3-position. They are manifold mounted which conform to NFPA’s D05, CETOP 5, ISO NG10 mounting pattern. These valves were designed for industrial and mobile hydraulic applications which require high cycle rates, long life and high efficiency. Operation Series D3DW directional control valves consist of a 5-chamber style body, and a case hardened sliding spool. D3DW Solenoid Operated Hirschmann (DIN) Style • Easy access mounting bolts. • No tools required for coil removal. • 22 spool styles available. • Signal lights available. • CSA approved. D3.indd, dd A47 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Technical Information Series D3 Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Maximum Flow, LPM (GPM) 350 Bar (5000 PSI) w/o Malfunction Model Spool Symbol D3W D3W*F† D3DW D3*1 150 (40) 78 (20) 130 (33) D3*2 150 (40) 78 (20) 115 (30) D3*3 150 (40) 78 (20) 120 (31) D3*4 150 (40) 59 (15) 130 (33) D3*5 150 (40) 78 (20) 130 (33) D3*6 150 (40) 78 (20) 130 (33) D3*7 50† (13) 59# (15) 70† (18) D3*8 50‡ (13) 59# (15) 39 (10) D3*9 39 (10) 59# (15) 75 (19) D3*10 115 (30) N/A 75 (19) D3*11 115 (30) 59# (15) 130 (33) D3*12 95 (24) 59 (15) 75 (19) D3*14 50† (13) 59# (15) 70† (18) D3*15 150 (40) 78 (20) 120 (31) D3*16 150 (40) 78 (20) 130 (33) D3*20 150 (40) 78 (20) 130 (33) D3*21 115 (30) N/A 120 (31) D3*22 115 (30) N/A 120 (31) D3*26 115 (30) N/A 75 (19) D3*30 39 (10) 59# (15) 75 (19) D3*81 115† (30) N/A 130 (33) D3*82 115† (30) N/A 130 (33) D3 Spool Reference Data A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T D3A, D3C, D3L Spool Reference Data (Four Chamber Body Only) Model Spool Symbol D3*1 150 (40) D3*2 150 (40) D3*4 150 (40) D3*8 50 (13) D3*9 39 (10) Model Spool Symbol D3W D3W*F† D3DW D3*20 150 (40) D3*26 115 (30) D3*30 39 (10) D3*81 115 (30) D3*82 115 (30) Center or De-energized position is indicated by P, A, B & T port notation. † 3000 PSI Max. ‡ 2900 PSI Max. # 1500 PSI Max. Maximum Flow, LPM (GPM) 350 Bar (5000 PSI) Model Spool Symbol w/o Malfunction A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T Center or De-energized position is indicated by A, B, P & T port notation. A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T Maximum Flow, LPM (GPM) 350 Bar (5000 PSI) w/o Malfunction Maximum Flow, LPM (GPM) 350 Bar (5000 PSI) w/o Malfunction D3.indd, dd A48 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Performance Curves Series D3 Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC D3W-30/32 DC and AC Rectified Shift Limits D3W-30/32 Low Watt DC and AC Rectified Shift Limits Example: Determine the maximum allowable flow of a D3W Series valve (20D) at 150 Bar (2175 PSI) supply pressure. Locate the curve marked “20D”. At 150 Bar (2175 PSI) supply pressure, the maximum flow is 98 LPM (25 GPM). At 345 Bar (5000 PSI), the flow is 72 LPM (18.5 GPM). PSI Bar 5000 4000 3000 2000 1000 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 345 Supply Pressure LPM 0 GPM 10 20 30 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 40 50 60 70 80 Flow 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 8 20D, 26D 30D 12 10, 21, 22, 26 7, 14 9, 30 8, 9, 30 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 15, 16, 20 11, 81, 82 0 LPM 0 GPM 10 20 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 40 50 60 70 Flow 3000 2000 1000 PSI Bar 50 100 150 200 Supply Pressure 4 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 15, 16, 20 7, 8, 9 11, 12, 14, 30 Important Notes for Switching Limit Charts 1. For F & M style valves, reduce flow to 70% of that shown. 2. Shift limits charted for equal flow A and B ports. Unequal A and B port flows may reduce shift limits. 3. These charts do not show explosion proof performance. Consult factory for explosion proof duty. 4. Blocking A and B ports will reduce flow to 70% of that shown. D3.indd, dd A49 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Performance Curves Series D3 Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION D3W-30/32 AC Shift Limits TOC D3W-30/32 Soft Shift Limits (High Watt Coil Only) PSI Bar 5000 4000 3000 2000 1000 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 345 Supply Pressure LPM 0 GPM 10 20 30 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 40 50 60 70 80 Flow 90 100 110 120 6 7, 8, 14 9 11 2 12 20D, 30D 1, 3, 4, 5, 15, 16, 20, 30 1, 6, 20 3, 4, 5, 15, 16, 30 Important Notes for Switching Limit Charts 1. For F & M style valves, reduce flow to 70% of that shown. 2. Shift limits charted for equal flow A and B ports. Unequal A and B port flows may reduce shift limits. 3. These charts do not show explosion proof performance. Consult factory for explosion proof duty. 4. Blocking A and B ports will reduce flow to 70% of that shown. D3.indd, dd A50 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Performance Curves Series D3 Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC D3DW-40/41 Shift Limits D3W-30/32 Soft Shift Response Response Time* Signal to 95% spool stroke measured at 172 Bar (2500 PSI) and 65 LPM (17 GPM). Soft Shift Option Energize De-energize S3 400 650 S4 320 550 S7 160 370 * For reference only. Response time varies with flow, pressure and oil viscosity. Important Notes for Switching Limit Charts 1. For F & M style valves, reduce flow to 70% of that shown. 2. Shift limits charted for equal flow A and B ports. Unequal A and B port flows may reduce shift limits. 3. These charts do not show explosion proof performance. Consult factory for explosion proof duty. 4. Blocking A and B ports will reduce flow to 70% of that shown. D3.indd, dd A51 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Technical Information Series D3 Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION Pressure Drop vs. Flow TOC The table shown provides flow vs. pressure drop curve reference for D3 Series valves by spool type. The chart below demonstrates graphically the performance characteristics of the D3. The low watt coil and other design features of the standard D3W*****F accommodate a maximum flow of 78 LPM (20 GPM) at 207 Bar (3000 PSI). D3W and D3DW Pressure Drop Reference Chart Curve Number Spool Shifted Center Condition No. P–A P–B B–T A–T (P–T) (B–A) (A–B) (P-A) (P-B) (A-T) (B-T) 1 5 5 2 2 — — — — — — — 2 4 4 1 1 2 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 5 5 2 3 — — — — — 1 — 4 4 4 3 3 — — — — — 1 1 5 6 5 2 2 — — — 2 — — — 6 6 6 2 2 — 4 4 2 2 — — 7 5 4 2 1 3 — — — 3 — 1 8 8 8 7 7 6 — — — — — — 9 5 5 4 4 7 — — — — — — 10 5 5 — — — — — — — — — 11 5 5 2 2 — — — — — 10 10 12 5 5 2 2 11 — — 10 10 10 10 14 4 5 1 2 3 — — 3 — 1 — 15 5 5 3 2 — — — — — — 1 16 5 6 2 2 — — — — 2 — — 20 5 5 2 2 — — — — — — — 21 5 4 — 1 — 9 — — — — — 22 4 5 1 — — — 9 — — — — 26 5 5 — — — — — — — — — 30 5 5 2 2 — — — — — — — Viscosity Correction Factor Viscosity 75 150 200 250 300 350 400 (SSU) % of ΔP 93 111 119 126 132 137 141 (Approx.) Curves were generated using 110 SSU hydraulic oil. For any other viscosity, pressure drop will change per chart. Note: For 81 and 82 spools, consult factory. Performance Curves D3.indd, dd A52 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Notes TOC D3.indd, dd A53 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Technical Information Series D3W Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Interface NFPA D05, CETOP 5, NG 10 Max. Operating P, A, B: Pressure 345 Bar (5000 PSI) Standard CSA 207 Bar (3000 PSI) Tank: 103 Bar (1500 PSI) AC Standard 207 Bar (3000 PSI) AC Optional DC/AC Rectified Standard CSA 103 Bar (1500 PSI) CSA File Number LR060407 Leakage Rates Maximum Allowable: 100 SSU @ 19.6 cc (0.38 Cu. in.) per Minute/ 49°C (120°F) Land @ 69 Bar (1000 PSI)* 35 cc (2.19 Cu. in.) per Minute/ Land @ 207 Bar (3000 PSI)* Specifications General Description Series D3W directional control valves are high-performance, 4-chamber, direct operated, wet armature, solenoid controlled, 3 or 4-way valves. They are available in 2 or 3-position and conform to NFPA’s D05, CETOP 5 mounting patterns. Features • Worldwide, high flow, low pressure drop design. • Soft shift available. • 22 spools available including proportional. • DC surge suppression available to protect electrical equipment. • Three electrical connection options. • AC & DC lights available. • Easy access mounting bolts. • Explosion proof availability. • CSA approved. • No tools required for coil removal. • Rectified coils available for high flow AC applications. Response Time (ms) Signal to 95% spool stroke measured at 172 Bar (2500 PSI) and 75 LPM (20 GPM) Solenoid Type m sec AC Energize 21 AC De-energize 35 DC Energize 110 DC De-energize 85 B A B A P T * #008 and #009 Spools may exceed these rates, consult factory D3.indd, dd A54 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Ordering Information Series D3W Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC NFPA D05 CETOP 5 NG 10 Wet armature solenoid Code Description N Nitrile V Fluorocarbon Code Description E# 24/60 – 24/50 VAC Y 120/60 – 110/50 VAC T 240/60 – 220/50 VAC K 12 VDC J 24 VDC D# 120 VDC U# 98 VDC Z# 250 VDC # High Watt Coil only. Code Description Symbol Single solenoid, 2 position, B* spring offset. P to A and B to T in offset position C Double solenoid, 3 position, spring centered. D† Double solenoid, 2 position, detent Single solenoid, 2 position, E spring centered. P to B and A to T when energized. Single solenoid, 2 position. Spring offset, F** energized to center position. Spool spacer on A side. P to A and B to T in spring offset position. Single solenoid, 2 position, H* spring offset. P to B and A to T in offset position. Single solenoid, 2 position. K Spring centered. P to A and B to T when energized. Single solenoid, 2 position, spring offset, energized M** to center position. Spool spacer on B side. P to B and A to T in spring offset position. * Only spools 20, 26 & 30. ** High Watt Coil. † Only spools 20 & 30. A B P T b A B P T b a A B P T b A B P T b A B P T b a A B P T a A B P T a A B P T a This condition varies with spool code. Valve schematic symbols are per NFPA/ANSI standards, providing flow P to A when energizing solenoid A. Note operators reverse sides for #8 and #9 spools. See installation information for details. Code Symbol Code Symbol 1 14 2 15 3 16 4 20* 5 21† 6 22† 7 26*† 8* 30** 9** 10† 81† †† 11 82† †† 12 * 8, 20 & 26 spools have closed crossover. ** 9 & 30 spools have open crossover. † Available only with high-watt rectified AC coils or high-watt DC coils. †† Spring centered versions C, E, F, K & M only. A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T D 3 Directional Control Valve Basic Valve Actuator Spool Style Seal Solenoid Voltage W Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-Bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. D3.indd, dd A55 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Ordering Information Series D3W Mounting Bolt Kits UNC Bolt Kits for use with D3W Directional Control Valves & Sandwich Valves Number of Sandwich Valves @ 2.00” (50mm) thickness 0 1 2 3 D3W Standard: BK98 BK141 BK142 BK143 1.62” 3.50” 5.50” 7.50” Metric: BKM98 BKM141 BKM142 BKM143 40mm 90mm 140mm 190mm D3W with Standard: BK144 BK61 BK62 BK63 explosion 2.37” 4.25” 6.25” 8.25” proof coils Metric: BKM144 BKM61 BKM62 BKM63 60mm 110mm 160mm 210mm NOTE: All bolts are SAE grade 8, 1/4-20 UNC-2A thread, torque to 16 Nm (12 ft-lbs) Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Code Description C** Conduit Cavity K Conduit Box J#* Deutsch (DT06-2S) P Hirschmann w/Plug W* Hirschmann w/o Plug E* Explosion Proof * Lights not available. ** No variations (See “K”). # DC voltage only. Valve Weight: Single Solenoid: AC 4.3 kg (9.5 lbs.) DC 5.3 kg (11.6 lbs.) Double Solenoid: AC 5.0 kg (11.0 lbs.) DC 7.3 kg (16.0 lbs.) Seal Kit: Nitrile SKD3W Fluorocarbon SKD3WV Code Description Omit Standard Valve 3*† CSA US (UL429) 4* CSA Canada * Not available with AC high pressure tube. † B, C, H styles only. Y voltage with conduit connection only, must be rectified. Code Description Omit Standard Valve S3** Soft Shift, 0.030” Orifice S4** Soft Shift, 0.040” Orifice S7** Soft Shift, 0.070” Orifice I7* Monitor Switch Direct Op. End Stroke I8* Monitor Switch * Single solenoid models only. Not CE or CSA approved. Spools 8, 9, 81 & 82 not available. ** High watt coil only. Code Description Omit Standard Valve 5 Signal Lights 6 Manaplug, Brad Harrison Mini 7 Manaplug, Brad Harrison Micro (M12x1) 56 Manaplug (Mini) with Lights 57 Manaplug (Micro) with Lights (M12x1) 1A Manaplug (Mini) Single Sol. 5-Pin 1B Manaplug (Micro) Single Sol. 5-Pin (M12x1) 1C Manaplug (Mini) Single Sol. 5-Pin w/Lights 1D Manaplug (Micro) Single Sol. 5-Pin w/Lights (M12x1) 1M Manaplug Opposite Normal Code Description Omit No Option V# Varistor Surge Suppressor Z AC Rectified with MOV Surge Suppressor # DC voltage only. Solenoid Connection Solenoid/Tube Options Manual Override Options Electrical Options Shift Response and Indication Design Series NOTE: Not required when ordering. Approvals Variations Options Coil Tube Rating AC DC/AC Rectified Omit High Watt 103.5 Bar (1500 PSI) 207 Bar (3000 PSI) F*# Low Watt n/a 207 Bar (3000 PSI) H High Watt 207 Bar (3000 PSI) n/a D† Explosion Proof, EEXD ATEX U† Explosion Proof, UL/CSA * Available only with J, K and Y (Rectified), T (Rectified) voltages. # Not available with soft shift or with F and M style valves. † Explosion proof coils are 60 Hz at standard voltage; dual rating not available. Code Description Omit Standard Tube P* Extended Manual Override * Not available with soft shift or explosion proof. Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-Bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. D3.indd, dd A56 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Technical Information Series D3W Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Solenoid Ratings** Insulation Class H Allowable Deviation DC, AC Rect -10% to +15% from rated voltage AC -5% to +5% Armature Wet pin type ** DC Solenoids available with optional molded metal oxide varistor (MOV) for surge suppression. Leadwire length 6” from coil face. D3W Solenoid Electrical Characteristics† Solenoid Nominal In Rush Holding Nominal Code Volts/Hz VA VA Watts (Ref) Y 120/60 298 95 32 110/50 294 102 T 240/60 288 96 32 220/50 288 101 E 24/60 290 77 32 24/50 381 110 K 12 VDC — 3.00† 36 J 24 VDC — 1.50† 36 D 120 VDC — 0.30† 36 U 98 VDC — 0.37† 36 Z 250 VDC — 0.14† 36 † DC holding amps. Electrical Characteristics* ED and EU† Solenoid Nominal In Rush Holding Nominal Code Volts/Hz VA VA Watts (Ref) Y 120/60 266 82 36 T 240/60 266 82 36 K 12 VDC — 3.00† 36 J 24 VDC — 1.50† 36 D 120 VDC — 0.30† 36 Explosion Proof Solenoid Ratings U.L. /CSA (EU) Class I, Div. 1 & 2, Groups C & D Class II, Div 1 & 2, Groups E, F & G As defined by the N.E.C. ATEX Complies with ATEX requirements for: Exd, Group IIB; EN50014: 1999+ Amds 1 & 2, EN50018: 200 D3W*****F Solenoid Electrical Characteristics‡ Solenoid Nominal In Rush Holding Code Volts/Hz Amps Amps Watts KF 12 VDC — 1.50 18 JF 24 VDC — 0.75 18 ‡ Based on nominal voltage @ 22°C (72°F) Explosion Proof Solenoids D3W Rectified AC Solenoid Electrical Characteristics‡ Solenoid Nominal In Rush Holding Code Volts/Hz Amps Amps Watts Y 120/60 — .37 36 110/50 T 240/60 — .18 36 220/50 YF 120/60 — .18 18 110/50 TF 240/60 — .09 18 220/50 ‡ Based on nominal voltage @ 22°C (72°F) * Dual frequency not available on explosion proof coils. † DC holding amps. D3.indd, dd A57 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Dimensions Series D3W Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Hirschmann, Double AC Solenoid Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Hirschmann, Single AC Solenoid Note: 30.0mm (1.18″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Note: 30.0mm (1.18″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. D3.indd, dd A58 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Dimensions Series D3W Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Conduit Cavity, Double DC Solenoid Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Conduit Cavity, Single DC Solenoid Note: 30.0mm (1.18″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Note: 30.0mm (1.18″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. D3.indd, dd A59 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Dimensions Series D3W Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) TOC Conduit Box, Double DC Solenoid with Variation 6 (Manaplug) & Variation P (Extended Manual Override) Conduit Box, Single AC Solenoid with Variation 6 (Manaplug) & Variation P (Extended Manual Override) Note: 30.0mm (1.18″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Note: 30.0mm (1.18″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. D3.indd, dd A60 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Dimensions Series D3W Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Explosion Proof U.L. & CSA, Double Solenoid Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Explosion Proof ATEX, Double Solenoid Bolthole Centerline Reference M20 x 1.5-6H Metric Thread 134.7 (5.31) 103.6 (4.08) 36.0 (1.42) 18.9 (0.74) Ref. 11.6 (0.46) 18.9 (0.74) 12.1 (0.47) Bolthole Centerline Reference 23.0 (0.91) 58.1 (2.29) 154.1 (6.07) 23.0 (0.91) 75.6 (2.98) 207.7 (8.18) 11.3 (0.44) 64.9 (2.56) 76.7 (3.02) Ground Stud Note: Mounting bolts included with valve. Note: Mounting bolts included with valve. D3.indd, dd A61 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Dimensions Series D3W Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) TOC For repetitive switch power-up conditions, please consult factory. Monitor Switch (Variation I7) End of Stroke This feature provides for electrical confirmation of the spool shift. This can be used in safety circuits, to assure proper sequencing, etc. Switch Data Inductive switch requiring +18-42 volt input. Outputs “A” and “B” are opposite; one at “0” voltage, the other at input voltage. During switching, “A” and “B” outputs reverse. Provides 0.4A switching current. Hirschmann, Single AC Solenoid with Variation I7 (Monitor Switch) Note: 30.0mm (1.18″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. D3.indd, dd A62 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Accessories Series D3W Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Conduit Box (connection option K) Interface – 152.4 cm (6.0 inch) lead wires, 18 awg. – Meets NEMA 4 and IP65 Manaplug (valve variations 6, 56, 1A, 1C) Interface – Brad Harrison Plug – 3-Pin for Single Solenoid – 5-Pin for Double Solenoid Solenoid (Positive) Wire #2 (Red/White) Ground Wire #1 (Green) Solenoid (Negative) Wire #3 (Red/Black) 3-Pin Manaplug (Mini) with Lights Single Solenoid Valves – Installed Opposite Side of Solenoid Pin #2 (Positive) (Negative) Pin #3 (Ground) Pin #1 Hirschmann Plug with Lights (P5) Face View of Plug Conforms to DIN43650, ISO4400, Form A 3-Pin Manaplug – Micro Connector (valve variations 7, 57, 1B, 1D) Pins are as seen on valve (male pin connectors) Pins are as seen on valve (male pin connectors) D3.indd, dd A63 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Technical Information Series D3DW Interface NFPA D05, CETOP 5, NG 10 Max. Operating P, A, B: Pressure 345 Bar (5000 PSI) Standard CSA 207 Bar (3000 PSI) Tank: 207 Bar (3000 PSI) Standard CSA 103 Bar (1500 PSI) Maximum Flow See Spool Reference Chart Leakage Rates Maximum Allowable: 100 SSU @ 19.7 cc (1.2 Cu. in.) per Minute/ 49°C (120°F) Land @ 69 Bar (1000 PSI)* 73.8 cc (4.5 Cu. in.) per Minute/ Land @ 207 Bar (3000 PSI)* Typical: 4.9 cc (0.3 Cu. in.) per Minute/ Land @ 69 Bar (1000 PSI)* 26.2 cc (1.6 Cu. in.) per Minute/ Land @ 345 Bar (5000 PSI) Specifications General Description Series D3DW directional control valves are high performance, 5-chamber, direct operated, wet armature, solenoid controlled, 3 or 4-way valves. They are available in 2 or 3-position and conform to NFPA’s D05, CETOP 5 mounting patterns. Features • 22 spools available including proportional. • DC surge suppression available to protect electrical equipment. • Easy access mounting bolts. • CSA approved. • No tools required for coil removal. • High pressure tank line capability. • Monitor switch available. Solenoid Ratings** Insulation Class H Allowable Deviation DC only from rated voltage -10% to +15% Armature Wet pin type ** DC Solenoids available with optional molded metal oxide varistor (MOV) for surge suppression. D3DW Solenoid Electrical Characteristics Solenoid Nominal In Rush Holding Nominal Code Volts Amps Amps Watts (Ref) K 12 VDC — 3.00 36 J 24 VDC — 1.50 36 D 120 VDC — 0.30 36 Y* 120/60 — 0.37 36 110/50 T* 240/60 — 0.18 36 220/50 B A B A P T * #008 and #009 Spools may exceed these rates, consult factory. * AC input rectified to DC Response Time (ms) Signal to 95% spool stroke measured at 175 Bar (2500 PSI) and 75 LPM (20 GPM) Solenoid Type Pull-In Drop-Out DC 110 85 Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC D3.indd, dd A64 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Ordering Information Series D3DW Code Description N Nitrile V Fluorocarbon Code Description K 12 VDC J 24 VDC D 120 VDC Y* 120/60 AC 110/50 T* 240/60 AC 220/50 Code Description Symbol Single solenoid, 2 position, B* spring offset. P to A and B to T in offset position C Double solenoid, 3 position, spring centered. D† Double solenoid, 2 position, detent Single solenoid, 2 position, E spring centered. P to B and A to T when energized. Single solenoid, 2 position. Spring offset, F energized to center. Position spool spacer on A side. P to A and B to T in spring offset position. Single solenoid, 2 position, H* spring offset. P to B and A to T in offset position. Single solenoid, 2 position. K Spring centered. P to A and B to T when energized. Single solenoid, 2 position, spring offset, energized M to center position. Spool spacer on B side. P to B and A to T in spring offset position. * Only spools 20, 26 & 30. † Only spools 20 & 30. Code Symbol Code Symbol 1 14 2 15 3 16 4 20* 5 21 6 22 7 26* 8* 30** 9** 10 81 11 82 12 * 8, 20 & 26 spools have closed crossover. ** 9 & 30 spools have open crossover. A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T b A B P T b a A B P T b A B P T b A B P T b a A B P T a A B P T a A B P T a A B P T This condition varies with spool code. A B P T Valve schematic symbols are per NFPA/ANSI standards, providing flow P to A when energizing solenoid A. Note operators reverse sides for #8 and #9 spools. See installation information for details. D 3 Directional Control Valve Basic Valve Actuator Spool Style Seal Solenoid Voltage W Body D * Must be rectified. Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-Bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. Wet armature solenoid 5-Chamber Body NFPA D05 CETOP 5 NG 10 Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC D3.indd, dd A65 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Ordering Information Series D3DW Code Description P Hirschmann w/Plug W* Hirschmann w/o Plug * Not available with signal lights. Code Description Omit Standard Tube P Extended Manual Override Code Description Omit No Option V# Varistor Surge Suppresor Z AC Rectified with MOV # DC Voltage only. Valve Weight: Single Solenoid 5.3 kg (11.6 lbs.) Double Solenoid 7.3 kg (16.0 lbs.) Seal Kit: Nitrile SKD3DW Fluorocarbon SKD3DWV Code Description Omit Standard Valve I7* Monitor Switch * Single solenoid models only. Not CE or CSA approved. Not available with spools 8, 9, 81 & 82. Code Description Omit Standard Valve 4 CSA Approval Code Description Omit Standard Valve 5 Signal Lights Solenoid Connector Manual Override Options Electrical Options Shift Indication Design Series NOTE: Not required when ordering. Approvals Variations Mounting Bolt Kits UNC Bolt Kits for use with D3DW Directional Control Valves & Sandwich Valves Number of Sandwich Valves @ 2.00” (50mm) thickness 0 1 2 3 D3DW Standard: BK98 BK141 BK142 BK143 1.62” 3.50” 5.50” 7.50” Metric: BKM98 BKM141 BKM142 BKM143 40mm 90mm 140mm 190mm NOTE: All bolts are SAE grade 8, 1/4-20 UNC-2A thread, torque to 16 Nm (12 ft-lbs). Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-Bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC D3.indd, dd A66 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Dimensions Series D3DW Hirschmann, Double DC Solenoid Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Hirschmann, Single DC Solenoid 177.2 (6.98) 76.2 (3.00) 122.5 (4.83) 80.1 (3.16) 21.5 (0.85) 58.9 (2.29) 23.0 (0.91) 12.0 (0.47) 36.0 (1.42) 83.0 (3.27) 106.2 (4.18) 87.8 (3.46) 87.9 (3.46) 76.2 (3.00) 21.5 (0.85) 40.5 (1.60) 122.5 (4.83) 88.2 (3.48) 83.0 (3.27) 36.0 (1.42) 12.0 23.0 (0.47) 58.0 (0.91) (2.29) See Note Note: 30.0mm (1.18″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Note: 30.0mm (1.18″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC D3.indd, dd A67 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Dimensions Series D3DW Hirschmann, Single DC Solenoid with Variation I7 (Monitor Switch) Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) For repetitive switch power-up conditions, please consult factory. Monitor Switch (Variation I7) End of Stroke This feature provides for electrical confirmation of the spool shift. This can be used in safety circuits, to assure proper sequencing, etc. Switch Data Inductive switch requiring +18-42 volt input. Outputs “A” and “B” are opposite; one at “0” voltage, the other at input voltage. During switching, “A” and “B” outputs reverse. Provides 0.4A switching current. Note: 30.0mm (1.18″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC D3.indd, dd A68 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Technical Information Series D3A General Description Series D3A directional control valves are high performance, 4-chamber, direct operated, air pilot controlled, 4-way valves. They are available in 2 or 3-position and conform to NFPA’s D05/CETOP 5 mounting patterns. Features • Low pilot pressure required – 4.1 Bar (60 PSI) minimum. • High flow, low pressure drop design. Air Operated Shift Volume. The air pilot chamber requires a volume of 1.8 cc (.106 in.3) for complete shift from center to end. Pilot Piston. The pilot piston area is 506 mm2 (.785 in.2). Pilot piston stroke is 3.4 mm (.135 in.). B A B A P T Response Time* (ms) Signal to 95% spool stroke measured at 172 Bar (2500 PSI) and 75 LPM (20 GPM) Pilot Pressure Pull-In Drop-Out 60 PSI 23.0 ms 23.0 ms 100 PSI 19.0 ms 38.0 ms * Chart is for reference only. Response time will vary with pilot line size, length, air pressure and air valve flow capacity (Cv). Specifications Mounting Pattern NFPA D05, CETOP 5, NG 10 Maximum Operating: 345 Bar (5000 PSI) Pressure Tank Line: 34 Bar (500 PSI) Maximum Flow See Spool Reference Chart Pilot Pressure Air Minimum 4.1 Bar (60 PSI) Air Maximum 6.9 Bar (100 PSI) Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC D3.indd, dd A69 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Ordering Information Series D3A NFPA D05 CETOP 5 NG10 Code Description N Nitrile V Fluorocarbon Code Description Omit Standard 90 1/4 BSPP Pilot Port Code Description Symbols Single operator, two position B # spring offset. P to A and B to T in offset position. Double operator, C three position, spring centered. Double operator, D # two position, detent. Two position, spring centered. E P to B and A to T in shifted position. Single operator, two position, H # spring offset. P to B and A to T in offset position. Two position, spring centered. K P to A and B to T in shifted position. # B, D & H styles available with 20 and 30 spools only. Air Operator Indicates air pilot. This condition varies with spool code. A B P T b a A B P T b a A B P T b A B P T a A B P T a A B P T b Valve Weight: 4.1 kg (9 lbs.) Seal Kit: Nitrile SKD3A Fluorocarbon SKD3AV D 3 Directional Control Valve Basic Valve Actuator Spool Style Seal Variations A Design Series NOTE: Not required when ordering. Mounting Bolt Kits UNC Bolt Kits for use with D3A Directional Control Valves & Sandwich Valves Number of Sandwich Valves @ 2.00” (50mm) thickness 0 1 2 3 D3A Standard: BK98 BK141 BK142 BK143 1.62” 3.50” 5.50” 7.50” Metric: BKM98 BKM141 BKM142 BKM143 40mm 90mm 140mm 190mm NOTE: All bolts are SAE grade 8, 1/4-20 UNC-2A thread, torque to 16 Nm (12 ft-lbs). Valve schematic symbols are per NFPA/ANSI standards, providing flow P to A when energizing operator A. Note operators reverse sides for #8 and #9 spools. See installation information for details. Code Symbol Code Symbol 1 20* 2 30† 4 81 8* 82 9† * 8 and 20 spools have closed crossover. † 9 and 30 are open crossover. A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-Bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC D3.indd, dd A70 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Dimensions Series D3A Air Operated, Double Pilot Air Operated, Single Pilot Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Note: 30.0mm (1.18″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Note: 30.0mm (1.18″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC D3.indd, dd A71 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Technical Information Series D3C, D3D Valve Weight: 3.6 kg (8 lbs.) Seal Kit: Nitrile SKD3C Fluorocarbon SKD3CV General Description Series D3C and D3D directional control valves are high performance, 4-chamber, direct operated, cam controlled, 3 or 4-way valves. They are available in 2-position and conform to NFPA’s D05, CETOP 5 mounting patterns. Features • Choice of 2 cam roller positions (D3C and D3D). • Short stroke option. • High flow, low pressure drop design. Directional Control Valve NFPA D05 CETOP 5 NG10 Code Description N Nitrile V Fluorocarbon Code Description Omit Standard B5 Short Stroke Code Symbol 20* 30† * 20 spool has closed crossover. † 30 spool has open crossover. Code Description Symbol Two position, B spring offset operator at “A” port end. Two position, H spring offset operator at “B” port end. Code Description C Cam (90° to mounting surface) D Cam parallel to mounting surface A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T Valve schematic symbols are per NFPA/ANSI standards. See installation information for details. D 3 Basic Valve Actuator Spool Style Seal Variations Ordering Information Design Series NOTE: Not required when ordering. Mounting Pattern NFPA D05, CETOP 5, NG 10 Maximum Operating: 345 Bar (5000 PSI) Pressure Tank Line: 34 Bar (500 PSI) Maximum Flow See Spool Reference Chart Force Required 235 N (53 lbs.) to Shift Maximum 30° Cam Angle Specifications Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-Bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC D3.indd, dd A72 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Technical Information Series D3C,D3D Dimensions Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Cam Operated Full Valve Type Pre-Travel Spool Over-Travel Travel Standard 1.75 5.75 2.03 Valve (0.07) (0.23) (0.08) B5 0 4.00 2.03 Short Stroke (0) (0.16) (0.08) Mounting Bolt Kits UNC Bolt Kits for use with D3C & D3D Directional Control Valves & Sandwich Valves Number of Sandwich Valves @ 2.00” (50mm) thickness 0 1 2 3 D3C, D3D Standard: BK98 BK141 BK142 BK143 1.62” 3.50” 5.50” 7.50” Metric: BKM98 BKM141 BKM142 BKM143 40mm 90mm 140mm 190mm NOTE: All bolts are SAE grade 8, 1/4-20 UNC-2A thread, torque to 16 Nm (12 ft-lbs) Note: 30.0mm (1.18″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC D3.indd, dd A73 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Technical Information Series D3L General Description Series D3L directional control valves are high performance, 4-chamber, direct operated, lever controlled, 4-way valves. They are available in 2 or 3-position and conform to NFPA’s D05, CETOP 5 mounting patterns. Features • Spring return or detent styles available. • High flow, low pressure drop design. • Heavy duty handle design. Lever Operated D3L A B P T Mounting Pattern NFPA D05, CETOP 5, NG 10 Maximum Operating: 345 Bar (5000 PSI) Pressure Tank Line: 34 Bar (500 PSI) Maximum Flow See Spool Reference Chart Force Required to Shift Lever 173 N (39 lbs.) Operator Specifications Dimensions Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Note: 30.0mm (1.18″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC D3.indd, dd A74 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Ordering Information Series D3L NFPA D05 CETOP 5 NG10 Code Description N Nitrile V Fluorocarbon Operator Location (A or B End) Code Operator Type For Valve Style B C D E H K N L Lever (Standard) B B B A B B B LB Lever (Alternate) A A A N/A A N/A A Code Description Omit Standard I7* Monitor Switch * Not available on C, D or N styles. Not CE or CSA approved. Code Symbol Code Symbol 1 20* 2 30† 4 81 8* 82 9† * 8 and 20 spools have closed crossover. † 9 and 30 are open crossover. Code Description Symbol Two position, spring offset. B* P to A and B to T in offset position. C Three position, spring centered. D* Two position, detent. Two position, spring centered. E P to B and A to T in shifted position. Two position, spring offset. H* P to B and A to T in offset position. Two position, spring centered. K P to A and B to T in shifted position. N Three position, detent. * 20 and 30 spools only. A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T This condition varies with spool code. A B P T A B P T Valve schematic symbols are per NFPA/ANSI standards, providing flow P to A when energizing operator A. Note operators reverse sides for #8 and #9 spools. See installation information for details. Valve Weight: 3.6 kg (8 lbs.) Seal Kit: Nitrile SKD3L Fluorocarbon SKD3LV Design Series NOTE: Not required when ordering. D 3 Directional Control Valve Basic Valve Operator Spool Style Seal Variations Type & Location Mounting Bolt Kits UNC Bolt Kits for use with D3L Directional Control Valves & Sandwich Valves Number of Sandwich Valves @ 2.00” (50mm) thickness 0 1 2 3 D3L Standard: BK98 BK141 BK142 BK143 1.62” 3.50” 5.50” 7.50” Metric: BKM98 BKM141 BKM142 BKM143 40mm 90mm 140mm 190mm NOTE: All bolts are SAE grade 8, 1/4-20 UNC-2A thread, torque to 16 Nm (12 ft-lbs). Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-Bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC D3.indd, dd A75 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Installation Information Series D3 Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION Fluid Recommendations TOC Premium quality hydraulic oil with a viscosity range between 32-54 cSt (150-250 SSU) at 38°C (100°F) is recommended. The absolute operation viscosity range is from 16-220 cSt (80-1000 SSU). Oil should have maximum anti-wear properties and rust and oxidation treatments. Fluids and Seals Valves using synthetic, fire-resistant fluids require special seals. When phosphate ester or its blends are used, FLUOROCARBON seals are required. Waterglycol, water-in-oil emulsions, and petroleum oil may be used with NITRILE seals. Temperature Recommendation Recommended oil temperature: -29°C to +71°C (-20°F to +160°F) Filtration For maximum valve and system component life, the system should be protected at a contamination level not to exceed 125 particles greater than 10 microns per milliliter of fluid. (SAE Class 4 or better, ISO Code 16/13). Tank Line Surges If several valves are piped with a common tank line, flow surges in the line may cause unexpected spool shift. Detent style valves are most susceptible to this. Separate tank lines should be used when line surges are expected in an application. Recommended Mounting Position Valve Type Recommended Mounting Position Detent (Solenoid) Horizontal Spring Offset Unrestricted Spring Centered Unrestricted Silting Silting can cause any sliding spool valve to stick and not spring return, if held shifted under pressure for long periods of time. The valve should be cycled periodically to prevent sticking. Single Pass Operation Valve flow ratings are for double pass operation (with equal flow in both paths). When using these components in single pass applications, flow capabilities may be reduced. Consult your local Parker representative for details. Flow Path Data *Note: On valves with 008 or 009 spool, A and/or B operators reverse sides. Flow paths remain the same as viewed from top of valve. Double Solenoid. With solenoid “A” energized, flow path is P→A and B→T. When solenoid “B” is energized, flow path is P→B and A→T. The center condition on a spring-centered valve exists when both coils are de-energized, or during a complete shift, as the spool passes through center. Detent and Spring Offset. The center condition exists on detent and spring offset valves only during spool crossover. To shift and hold a detented spool, only a momentary energizing of the solenoid is necessary. The minimum duration of the signal is aproximately 0.13 seconds for both AC and DC voltages. This position will be held provided the spool center line is in a horizontal plane, and no shock or vibration is present to displace the spool. Single Solenoid. Spring offset valves can be ordered in six styles: B, E, F, H, K and M. Flow path data for the various styles are described in the order chart. Lever Operated (on B end) Pull lever away from valve P→A; B→T Push lever toward valve P→B; A→T Note: Reverse with a #8 or #9 spool. Electrical Failure Should electric power fail, spring offset and spring centered valves will shift to the spring held position. Detented valves will stay in the last position held before power failure. If main flow does not fail or stop simultaneously, machine actuators may continue to function in an undesirable manner or sequence. Loss of Pilot Pressure (D3A) Should a loss of pilot pressure occur, spring offset and spring centered valves will shift to the spring held position. Detented valves will remain in the last position held. If main hydraulic flow does not simultaneously stop, machine actuators may continue to function in an undesirable manner or sequence. Torque Specifications Torque values recommended for the bolts which mount the valve to the manifold or subplate are as follows: 1/4-20 thread (M6x1) torque 16.0 Nm (12 ft-lbs). D3* Operator B Operator A D3.indd, dd A76 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Installation Information Series D3 A B P T T ¼ – 20 UNC – 2B (M6 x 1) th’d x 9.7 (0.38) min. th’d depth 4 places 0.28 (0.011) S A B O 11.2 (0.441) max. P.A.B. & T ports 0.56 (0.022) L A B 91.2 (3.62) 54.0 (2.13) 50.8 (2.00) 37.3 (1.47) 27.0 (1.06) 21.4 (0.84) 32.5 (1.28) 46.0 (1.81) 75.0 (2.95) 6.4 (0.25) 16.7 (0.66) 3.2 (0.13) – B – – A – Mounting Pattern — NFPA, D05, CETOP 5, NG 10 Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Catalog HY14-2500/US D3.indd, dd A77 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Notes A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC D31.indd, dd A78 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Introduction Series D31 Application Series D31 hydraulic directional control valves are high performance, solenoid controlled, pilot operated, 2-stage, 4-way valves. They are available in 2 or 3-position styles and are manifold mounted. These valves conform to NFPA’s D05H, CETOP 5 and can also be manufactured to an NFPA DO5HE, CETOP 5H configuration. Operation Series D31 directional valves consist of a 5-chamber style main body, a case hardened sliding spool, and a pilot valve or pilot operators (hydraulic or pneumatic). Features • Easy access mounting bolts. • 345 Bar (5000 PSI) pressure rating. • Flows to 175 LPM (45 GPM) depending on spool. • Choice of four operator styles. • Rugged four land spools. • Low pressure drop. • Phosphate finish. • Both NFPA and CETOP mounting styles available. D31*W Solenoid Operated Plug-In Conduit Box D3*P Oil Pilot Operated D31*L Lever Operated D31*A Air Pilot Operated Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC D31.indd, dd A79 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Technical Information Series D31 General Description Series D31 directional control valves are 5-chamber, pilot operated, solenoid controlled valves. The valves are suitable for manifold or subplate mounting. Response Time Response time (milliseconds) at 345 Bar (5000 PSI) is 76 LPM (20 GPM) Solenoid Pilot Type Pressure Pull-In Drop-Out 500 40 50 DC 1000 36 50 2000 34 50 500 20 33 AC 1000 18 33 2000 13 33 Features • World design – Available worldwide. • Mounting bolts below center line of spool – Minimizes spool binding. • Five chamber style – Eliminates pressure spikes in tubes, increasing valve life. • High pressure and flow ratings – Increased performance options in a compact valve. Switching Limit Charts 6.9 Bar (100 PSI) pilot 5000 4000 3000 2000 1000 345 276 207 138 69 0 0 GPM LPM 10 20 38 113 151 30 76 40 PSI Bar 8 9 Flow Supply Pressure Note: Internal Drain 1, 4 spools – 113 LPM (30 GPM) max., 2, 9 & 14 spools – per curve All others – 95 LPM (25 GPM) max. 189 50 2,7 (14) 9 with 150 PSI Pilot For Styles F and M – external drain only (For internal drain see note below) 1, 3, (15), 4, 5 (16), 6, 11 Specifications Mounting Pattern NFPA D05H, CETOP 5 NFPA D05HE, CETOP 5H Max. Operating 345 Bar (5000 PSI) Standard Pressure 207 Bar (3000 PSI) 10 Watt CSA 207 Bar (3000 PSI) Max. Tank Line Internal Drain Model: Pressure 103 Bar (1500 PSI) AC Std. 207 Bar (3000 PSI) DC Std./AC Opt. External Drain Model: 207 Bar (3000 PSI) CSA 103 Bar (1500 PSI) Max. Drain 103 Bar (1500 PSI) AC only Pressure 207 Bar (3000 PSI) DC Std./AC Opt. CSA 103 Bar (1500 PSI) Min. Pilot Pressure 6.9 Bar (100 PSI) Max. Pilot Pressure 345 Bar (5000 PSI) Standard CSA 207 Bar (3000 PSI) Nominal Flow 76 Liters/Min (20 GPM) Maximum Flow See Switching Limit Charts Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC D31.indd, dd A80 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Ordering Information Series D31 Code Description N Nitrile V Fluorocarbon Code Description A** 24/50 VAC D 120 VDC G 198 VDC J 24 VDC K 12 VDC N*** 220/50 VAC P*** 110/50 VAC Q** 100/60 VAC QD† 100 VAC/60 Hz 100 VAC/50 Hz R 24/60 VAC T 240/60 – 220/50 VAC U 98 VDC Y 120/60 – 110/50 VAC Z 250 VDC Code Description Symbol B* Single solenoid, 2 position, spring offset. P to A and B to T in offset position. C Double solenoid, 3 position, spring centered. D* Double solenoid, 2 position, detent. E Single solenoid, 2 position, spring centered. P to B and A to T when energized. F† Single solenoid, 2 position, spring offset, energized to center. Spacer on A side. P to A and B to T in offset position. H* Single solenoid, 2 position, spring offset. P to B and A to T in offset position. K Single solenoid, 2 position, spring centered. P to A and B to T when energized. M† Single solenoid, 2 position, spring offset, energized to center. Spacer on B side. P to B and A to T in offset position. * 020 and 030 spools only. † High watt only. Code Symbol Code Symbol 001 011 002 012 003 014 004 015 005 016 006 020* 007 030** 008* 081 009** 010 082 A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T b A B P T b a A B P T b A B P T b A B P T b a A B P T a A B P T a A B P T a A B P T D Directional Control Valve Basic Valve Actuator Spool Style Seal Solenoid Voltage Code Description W# Solenoid, Wet Pin, Screw-in HW# Reversed Wiring Pilot Supply and Drain Code Description 1* Internal Pilot, External Drain 2* External Pilot, External Drain 4# Internal Pilot, Internal Drain 5 External Pilot, Internal Drain * F and M style available only with external drain. # Not available with 002, 007, 008, 009 or 014 spools. * 008 & 020 spools have closed crossover. ** 009 & 030 spools have open crossover. Code Description 31D NFPA D05HE, CETOP 5H, DIN NG10, D03 Pilot, ISO Port 31V NFPA D05H, CETOP 5, D03 Pilot, NFPA Port A B P T # Valve schematic symbols are per NFPA/ ANSI standards, providing flow P to A when energizing solenoid A. Note operators reverse sides for #008 and #009 spools. See installation information for details. To configure per DIN standards (A coil over A port, B coil over B port) code valves as D31VHW***. ** High watt only. *** Explosion proof only. † Available in DIN only. Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-Bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC D31.indd, dd A81 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Ordering Information Series D31 Valve Weight: Double Solenoid 5.4 kg (12.0 lbs.) Seal Kit: Nitrile SKD31VWN91 Fluorocarbon SKD31VWV91 Solenoid Connection Tube Options Approvals Design Series NOTE: Not required when ordering. Manual Override Options Coil Options Electrical Options Shift Response and Indication Code Description Omit Standard Valve 3*† CSA USA 4*# CSA Approved * Not available with AC high pressure tube. # Valve is derated with this option. † B, C, H styles only. J, K, Y, U voltages only with C, G, W solenoid connections only. Conforms to UL429. Valve Variations See next page for Valve Variations Mounting Bolt Kits UNC Bolt Kits for use with D31*W Directional Control Valves & Sandwich Valves Number of Sandwich Valves @ 2.00” (50mm) thickness 0 1 2 3 D31*W Standard: BK98 BK141 BK142 BK143 1.62” 3.50” 5.50” 7.50” Metric: BKM98 BKM141 BKM142 BKM143 40mm 90mm 140mm 190mm NOTE: All bolts are SAE grade 8. Standard bolts are 1/4-20 UNCA thread. Metric bolts are M6-1.0 thread. Torque to 16 Nm (12 ft-lbs). Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-Bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. Code Description Omit No Options J* Diode Surge Suppressor Z† Rectified Coil * DC only. DIN coil must include plug with lights. † DC tube standard. Code Description Omit Standard Pressure 103.5 Bar (1500 PSI) AC 207 Bar (3000 PSI) DC H* High Pressure, AC only 207 Bar (3000 PSI) * Not available with CSA. Code Description Omit Standard P Extended with Boot T† None † DC or AC rectified only. Manual Override options not available with Explosion Proof. Code Description Omit Standard Response, No Switch I3 Monitor Switch, ‘A’ & ‘B’ Port End I6 Monitor Switch, ‘A’ & ‘B’ Port Start Note: Not CE or CSA approved. Spools 008, 009, 081 and 082 not available. Code Description Omit* High Watt D** Explosion Proof, EEXD ATEX E** Explosion Proof, EEXME ATEX F† Low Watt L†† 10 Watt O** Explosion Proof, MSHA T# Explosion Proof, Ex d IIC ATEX/CSA U** Explosion Proof, UL/CSA * AC ambient temperature must not exceed 60°C (140°F). ** 60 Hz only on AC, no options. † AC only. †† DC and AC rectified only. # J, K and Y voltages only. Dual frequency on AC, no options. Code Description C* Leadwire Conduit Box D** Metric Plug (M12X1), DESINA E† Explosion Proof G†† Plug-In Conduit Box J# Deutsch (DT06-2S) M# Metri-Pack (150) P DIN with Plug S# Dual Spade W† DIN w/o Plug * No variations – See Plug-in. ** DC only, lights, diode surge suppressor, not CSA approved. † Not available with lights. †† Required for variations on conduit box style. Must have lights. # DC only, no lights, not CSA approved. Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC D31.indd, dd A82 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Ordering Information Series D31 Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Valve Variations Code Description 5* Signal Lights – Standard Signal Lights – Hirsch. (DIN with Plug) 7B** Manaplug – Brad Harrison (12×1) Micro with Lights 56** Manaplug (Mini) with Lights 20 Fast Response 1C** Manaplug (Mini) Single Sol. 5-pin, with Lights 1D** Manaplug (Micro) Single Sol. 5-pin, with Lights 1G** Manaplug (Mini) Single Sol. 5-pin, with Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End and Lights 1H** Manaplug (Micro) Single Sol. 5-pin, with Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End and Lights 1M** Manaplug Opposite Normal 1P Painted Body 1R Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End with Pilot Choke Meter In 3A Pilot Choke Meter Out 3B Pilot Choke Meter In 3C Pilot Pressure Reducer 3D Stroke Adjust ‘B’ End 3E Stroke Adjust ‘A’ End 3F Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End 3G* Pilot Choke Meter Out with Lights 3H* Pilot Choke Meter In with Lights 3J* Pilot Pressure Reducer with Lights 3K Pilot Choke Meter Out with Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End 3L** Pilot Choke Meter Out, Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End with Lights and Manaplug — Brad Harrison Mini 3M Pilot Choke Meter Out, Pilot Pressure Reducer, Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End 3R Pilot Choke Meter Out & Pilot Pressure Reducer 3S** Lights, Mini Manaplug, Pilot Choke Meter Out 7Y** M12x1 Manaplug (4-pin), Special Wiring, and Lights * DESINA, plug-in conduit box, and DIN with plug styles only. ** Must have plug-in style conduit box. D31.indd, dd A83 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Technical Information Series D31 Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION D31 Series Pressure Drop vs. Flow TOC The chart below provides the flow vs. pressure drop curve reference for the D31 Series valves by spool type. Example: Find the pressure drop at 76 LPM (20 GPM) for a D31 with a number 1 spool. To the right of spool number 1, locate the number 3 in the P-A column, and 2 in the B-T column. Using the graph at the bottom, locate curves 2 and 3 and read the pressure drop values. Total pressure drop through the valve is the sum of the two values. Note: Pressure drops should be checked for all flow paths, especially when using non-symmetrical spools (003, 005, 007, 014, 015 and 016) and unbalanced actuators. D31 Pressure Drop Reference Chart Curve Number Spool Shifted Center Condition No. P-A P-B B-T A-T (P-T) (B-A) (A-B) (P-A) (P-B) (A-T) (B-T) 001 3 3 2 1 – – – – – – – 002 3 3 1 1 3 3 3 4 4 1 1 003 3 3 1 1 – – – – – 3 – 004 3 3 1 1 – – – – – 1 1 005 3 3 1 1 – – – 5 – – – 006 3 3 1 1 – 5 7 6 5 – – 007 4 2 1 1 4 – – – 3 – 2 009 3 3 1 1 7 – – – – – – 010 3 2 – – – – – – – – – 011 3 2 1 1 – – – – – 8 8 014 2 4 1 1 4 – – 4 – 2 – 015 3 2 4 1 – – – – – – 4 016 5 2 1 1 – – – – 5 – – 020 5 4 2 2 – – – – – – 030 4 3 1 1 – – – – – – Performance Curves Viscosity Correction Factor Viscosity 75 150 200 250 300 350 400 (SSU) % of ΔP 93 111 119 126 132 137 141 (Approx.) Curves were generated using 110 SSU hydraulic oil. For any other viscosity, pressure drop will change per chart. D31.indd, dd A84 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Technical Information Series D31 Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Insulation System Class F Allowable Deviation -15% to +10% for DC and AC rectified coils from rated voltage -5% to +5% for AC Coils Armature Wet pin type CSA File Number LR60407 Environmental DC Solenoids meet NEMA 4 and IP67 Capability when properly wired and installed. Contact HVD for AC coil applications. U.L. & CSA (EU) Class I, Div 1 & 2, Groups C & D Class II, Div 1 & 2, Groups E, F & G As defined by the N.E.C. MSHA (EO) Complies with 30CFR, Part 18 ATEX (ED) Complies with ATEX requirements for: Exd, Group IIB; EN50014: 1999+ Amds. 1 & 2, EN50018: 2000 ATEX & CSA/US (ET) Complies with ATEX EN60079-0, EN60079-1 Ex d IIC; CSA/US Ex d IIC, AEx d IIC for Class I, Zone 1, UL1203, UL1604, CSA E61241,1 Class II, Div 1 * Allowable Voltage Deviation ±10%. Note that Explosion Proof AC coils are single frequency only. Solenoid Ratings Explosion Proof Solenoid Ratings* Code Voltage In Rush Amps In Rush Holding Amps Watts Resistance Voltage Power Amperage VA @ 3MM Code Code D L 120 VDC N/A N/A 0.09 Amps 10 W 1584.00 ohms D Omit 120 VDC N/A N/A 0.26 Amps 30 W 528.00 ohms G Omit 198 VDC N/A N/A 0.15 Amps 30 W 1306.80 ohms J L 24 VDC N/A N/A 0.44 Amps 10 W 51.89 ohms J Omit 24 VDC N/A N/A 1.32 Amps 30 W 17.27 ohms K L 12 VDC N/A N/A 0.88 Amps 10 W 12.97 ohms K Omit 12 VDC N/A N/A 2.64 Amps 30 W 4.32 ohms L L 6 VDC N/A N/A 1.67 Amps 10 W 3.59 ohms L Omit 6 VDC N/A N/A 5.00 Amps 30 W 1.20 ohms Q Omit 100 VAC / 60 Hz 2.05 Amps 170 VA 0.77 Amps 30 W 19.24 ohms QD F 100 VAC / 60 Hz 1.35 Amps 135 VA 0.41 Amps 18 W 31.20 ohms QD F 100 VAC / 50 Hz 1.50 Amps 150 VA 0.57 Amps 24 W 31.20 ohms R F 24/60 VAC, Low Watt 6.67 Amps 160 VA 2.20 Amps 23 W 1.52 ohms T Omit 240/60 VAC 0.83 Amps 199 VA 0.30 Amps 30 W 120.40 ohms T Omit 220/50 VAC 0.87 Amps 191 VA 0.34 Amps 30 W 120.40 ohms T F 240/60 VAC, Low Watt 0.70 Amps 168 VA 0.22 Amps 21 W 145.00 ohms T F 220/50 VAC, Low Watt 0.75 Amps 165 VA 0.26 Amps 23 W 145.00 ohms U L 98 VDC N/A N/A 0.10 Amps 10 W 960.00 ohms U Omit 98 VDC N/A N/A 0.31 Amps 30W 288.00 ohms Y Omit 120/60 VAC 1.7 Amps 204 VA 0.60 Amps 30 W 28.20 ohms Y Omit 110/50 VAC 1.7 Amps 187 VA 0.68 Amps 30 W 28.20 ohms Y F 120/60 VAC, Low Watt 1.40 Amps 168 VA 0.42 Amps 21 W 36.50 ohms Y F 110/50 VAC, Low Watt 1.50 Amps 165 VA 0.50 Amps 23 W 36.50 ohms Z L 250 VDC N/A N/A 0.04 Amps 10 W 6875.00 ohms Z Omit 250 VDC N/A N/A 0.13 Amps 30 W 1889.64 ohms Explosion Proof Solenoids R 24/60 VAC 7.63 Amps 183 VA 2.85 Amps 27 W 1.99 ohms T 240/60 VAC 0.76 Amps 183 VA 0.29 Amps 27 W 1.34 ohms N 220/50 VAC 0.77 Amps 169 VA 0.31 Amps 27 W 1.38 ohms Y 120/60 VAC 1.60 Amps 192 VA 0.58 Amps 27 W 33.50 ohms P 110/50 VAC 1.47 Amps 162 VA 0.57 Amps 27 W 34.70 ohms K 12 VDC N/A N/A 2.75 Amps 33 W 4.36 ohms J 24 VDC N/A N/A 1.38 Amps 33 W 17.33 ohms “ET” Explosion Proof Solenoids K 12 VDC N/A N/A 1.00 Amps 12 W 12.00 ohms J 24 VDC N/A N/A 1.00 Amps 13 W 44.30 ohms Y 120/60-50 VAC N/A N/A 0.16 Amps 17 W 667.00 ohms D31.indd, dd A85 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Dimensions Series D31 Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Conduit Box, Double AC Solenoid Conduit Box and Stroke Adjust, Double AC Solenoid Note: 30.0mm (1.18″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Note: 30.0mm (1.18″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. D31.indd, dd A86 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Dimensions Series D31 Conduit Box and Pilot Choke Control, Double AC Solenoid Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Conduit Box, Single AC Solenoid Note: 30.0mm (1.18″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Note: 30.0mm (1.18″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC D31.indd, dd A87 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Dimensions Series D31 Hirschmann and Stroke Adjust, Double DC Solenoid Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Note: 30.0mm (1.18″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Hirschmann and Pilot Choke Control, Double DC Solenoid Note: 30.0mm (1.18″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC D31.indd, dd A88 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Dimensions Series D31 Phase Out Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Explosion Proof U.L. and C.S.A. Approved, Double Solenoid Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC D31.indd, dd A89 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Dimensions Series D31 Explosion Proof, EEXD ATEX, Single Solenoid 162.5 (6.40) 130.5 (5.14) 74.7 (2.94) 69.9 (2.75) M20x1.5-6H Thd. Ground Stud with LockWasher 34.9 (1.38) 183.9 (7.25) 125.8 (4.96) 214.7 (8.46) 83.0 (3.27) 36.0 (1.42) 35.0 (1.38) 70.0 (2.76) 62.0 (2.44) 224.4 (8.84) (2.90) 73.5 Explosion Proof, EX d IIC ATEX/CSA Single Solenoid Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC D31.indd, dd A90 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Dimensions Series D31 Plug-in Conduit Box, Double DC Solenoid Plug-in Conduit Box, Single DC Solenoid Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC D31.indd, dd A91 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Dimensions Series D31 Plug-in Conduit Box, Double DC Solenoid with Variation I3 (Monitor Switch) Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Monitor Switch (Variation I3 and I6) This feature provides for electrical confirmation of the spool shift. This can be used in safety circuits, to assure proper sequencing, etc. Switch Data Pin 1 and Pin 3 have outputs equal to the input. When the monitor switch has the output to Pin 1, Pin 3 will have an output of zero, and vice-versa. When the valve is switched, Pin 1 and Pin 3 will switch outputs. Double Solenoid. With solenoid “A” energized, flow path is P→A and B→T. When solenoid “B” is energized, flow path is P→B and A→T. The center condition on a spring-centered valve exists when both coils are de-energized, or during a complete shift, as the spool passes through center. Position Control Switch Sensor / Driver Circuitry PIN 2 Input 18-42 VDC PIN 1 PIN 3 Outputs Load 0.2 A Max Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC D31.indd, dd A92 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Accessories Series D31 Manaplug (Options 6, 56, 1A & 1C) Micro Connector Options (7A, 7B, 1B & 1D) Interface – Brad Harrison Plug – 3-Pin for Single Solenoid – 5-Pin for Double Solenoid Solenoid (Positive) Wire #2 (Red/White) Ground Wire #1 (Green) Solenoid (Negative) Wire #3 (Red/Black) 3-Pin Manaplug (Mini) with Lights Single Solenoid Valves – Installed Opposite Side of Solenoid Pins are as seen on valve (male pin connectors) Manaplug – Electrical Mini Plug EP336-30 3 Pin Plug EP316-30 5 Pin Plug (Double Solenoid) EP31A-30 5 Pin Plug (Single Solenoid) DESINA Connector (Option D) M12 pin assignment Standard Hirschmann Plug with Lights (Option P5) ISO 4400/DIN 43650 Form “A” Face View of Plug Pins are as seen on valve (male pin connectors) Manaplug – Electrical Micro Plug EP337-30 3 Pin Plug EP317-30 5 Pin Plug (Double Solenoid) EP31B-30 5 Pin Plug (Single Solenoid) 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 DESINA – design Pin 1 and 2 connected 1 = Not used 2 = Not used 3 = 0V 4 = Signal (24 V) 5 = Earth Ground Pin #2 (Positive) (Negative) Pin #3 (Ground) Pin #1 Conduit Box Option C – No Wiring Options Available Signal Lights (Option 5) — Plug-in Only – LED Interface – Meets Nema 4/IP67 Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC D31.indd, dd A93 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Technical Information Series D31NW General Description Series D31NW valves are piloted by a D1VW valve. The valves can be ordered with position control. The minimum pilot pressure must be ensured for all operating conditions of the directional valve. Additionally spools with a P to T connection in the deenergized position need an external pressure supply (external inlet) or an integral check valve. Features • World design – Available worldwide. • Mounting bolts below center line of spool – Minimizes spool binding. • Five chamber style – Eliminates pressure spikes in tubes, increasing valve life. • High pressure and flow ratings – Increased performance options in a compact valve. Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Surface Finish BK385 4x M6x40 DIN 912 12.9 13.2 Nm (9.7 lb.-ft.) Nitrile: SK-D31NW-N-91 Fluorocarbon: SK-D31NW-V-91 The space necessary to remove the plug per DIN 43650, design type AF is at least 15 mm. The torque for the screw M3 of the plug has to be 0.5 to 0.6 Nm. * Please add for each sandwich plate +40mm (1.58″) (pressure reducing valve, pilot choke valve meter-in/-out). Dimensions Seal Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC D31.indd, dd A94 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Ordering Information Series D31NW Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-Bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. Weight: Single Solenoid: 7.6 kg (16.8 lbs.) Double Solenoid: 8.1 kg (17.9 lbs.) 3-Position Spools Code All 3-Position Spools C 3 positions. Spring offset in position “0”. Operated in position “a” or “b”. Standard Spool Type 009 E Operated in position “a”. Operated in position “b”. 2 positions. Spring offset in position “0”. F Spring offset in position “b”. Spring offset in position “a”. 2 positions. Operated in position “0”. K Operated in position “b”. Operated in position “a”. 2 positions. Spring offset in position “0”. M Spring offset in position “a”. Spring offset in position “b”. 2 positions. Operated in position “0”. R No center in offset position. No center in offset position. 2 positions, detent. Operated in position “0” or “b”. S No center in offset position. No center in offset position. 2 positions, detent. Operated in position “0” or “a”. No center in offset position. 2-Position Spools Code Spool Position B Spring offset in position “b”. Operated in position “a”. D Detent, operated in position“a” or “b”. No center or offset position. H Spring offset in position “a”. Operated in position “b”. 3-Position Spools Code Spool Type a 0 b 001 002 003 004 005 006 007 009 011 014 015 016 021 022 031 032 081 082 2-Position Spools Code Spool Type a b 020 026 030 Directional Control Valve Spool Style D 31N Actuator Solenoid Wet Pin W Basic Valve NFPA D05HE CETOP 5H DIN NG10 D03 Pilot, High flow Pilot Supply and Drain Code Description 1 Internal Pilot External Drain 2 External Pilot External Drain 4* Internal Pilot Internal Drain 5 External Pilot Internal Drain * Not available with 002, 007, 009, 014, 030, 031, 032 spools. Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC D31.indd, dd A95 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Ordering Information Series D31NW Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-Bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. Design Series NOTE: Not required when ordering. Tube Options Valve Variations Solenoid Voltage Code Description A* 24/50 VAC D 120 VDC G 198 VDC J 24 VDC K 12 VDC N** 220/50 VAC Q* 100/60 VAC QD† 100 VAC/60 HZ 100 VAC/50 HZ R 24/60 VAC T 240/60 – 220/50 VAC U 98 VDC Y 120/60 – 110/50 VAC Z 250 VDC * High Watt Coil only. ** Explosion Proof only. † Available in DIN only. Solenoid Connection Coil Options Code Description Omit Standard Pressure 103.5 Bar (1500 PSI) AC 207 Bar (3000 PSI) DC H* High Pressure, AC only 207 Bar (3000 PSI) * Not available with CSA. See next page Manual Override Options Electrical Options Shift Response and Indication Code Description Omit No Options J* Diode Surge Suppressor Z† Rectified Coil * DC only. DIN coil must include plug with lights. † DC tube standard. Code Description Omit Standard Response, No Switch I3N Monitor Switch, ‘A’ & ‘B’ Port End I6N Monitor Switch, ‘A’ & ‘B’ Port Start Note: Not CE or CSA approved. Available in C style with 001, 003, 004 015, 021, and 022 spools only. Code Description Omit Standard P Extended with Boot T† None † DC or AC Rectified only. Manual Override options not available with Explosion Proof. Seal Code Description N Nitrile V Fluorocarbon Code Description C* Leadwire Conduit Box D** Metric Plug (M12X1), DESINA E† Explosion Proof G†† Plug-In Conduit Box J# Deutsch (DT06-2S) M# Metri-Pack (150) P DIN with Plug S# Dual Spade W† DIN w/o Plug * No variations – See Plug-in. ** DC only, lights, diode surge suppressor, not CSA approved. † Not available with lights. †† Required for variations on conduit box style. Must have lights. # DC only, no lights, not CSA approved. Code Description Omit* High Watt D** Explosion Proof, EEXD ATEX E** Explosion Proof, EEXME ATEX F† Low Watt L†† 10 Watt O** Explosion Proof, MSHA T# Explosion Proof, Ex d IIC ATEX/CSA U** Explosion Proof, UL/CSA * AC ambient temperature must not exceed 60°C (140°F). ** 60 Hz only on AC, no options. † AC only. †† DC and AC rectified only. # J, K and Y voltages only. Dual frequency on AC, no options. Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC D31.indd, dd A96 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Ordering Information Series D31NW Valve Variations Code Description 5* Signal Lights – Standard Signal Lights – Hirsch. (DIN with Plug) 7B** Manaplug – Brad Harrison (12×1) Micro with Lights 56** Manaplug (Mini) with Lights 1C** Manaplug (Mini) Single Sol. 5-pin, with Lights 1D** Manaplug (Micro) Single Sol. 5-pin, with Lights 1G** Manaplug (Mini) Single Sol. 5-pin, with Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End and Lights 1H** Manaplug (Micro) Single Sol. 5-pin, with Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End and Lights 1M** Manaplug Opposite Normal 1R Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End with Pilot Choke Meter In 3A Pilot Choke Meter Out 3B Pilot Choke Meter In 3C Pilot Pressure Reducer 3D Stroke Adjust ‘B’ End 3E Stroke Adjust ‘A’ End 3F Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End 3G* Pilot Choke Meter Out with Lights 3H* Pilot Choke Meter In with Lights 3J* Pilot Pressure Reducer with Lights 3K Pilot Choke Meter Out with Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End 3L** Pilot Choke Meter Out, Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End with Lights and Manaplug — Brad Harrison Mini 3M Pilot Choke Meter Out, Pilot Pressure Reducer, Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End 3R Pilot Choke Meter Out & Pilot Pressure Reducer 3S** Lights, Mini Manaplug, Pilot Choke Meter Out 7Y** M12x1 Manaplug (4-pin), Special Wiring, and Lights * DESINA, plug-in conduit box, and DIN with plug styles only. ** Must have plug-in style conduit box. Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC D31.indd, dd A97 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Technical Information Series D31NW Insulation System Class F Allowable Deviation -15% to +10% for DC and AC rectified coils from rated voltage -5% to +5% for AC Coils Armature Wet pin type CSA File Number LR60407 Environmental DC Solenoids meet NEMA 4 and IP67 Capability when properly wired and installed. Contact HVD for AC coil applications. U.L. & CSA (EU) Class I, Div 1 & 2, Groups C & D Class II, Div 1 & 2, Groups E, F & G As defined by the N.E.C. MSHA (EO) Complies with 30CFR, Part 18 ATEX (ED) Complies with ATEX requirements for: Exd, Group IIB; EN50014: 1999+ Amds. 1 & 2, EN50018: 2000 ATEX & CSA/US (ET) Complies with ATEX EN60079-0, EN60079-1 Ex d IIC; CSA/US Ex d IIC, AEx d IIC for Class I, Zone 1, UL1203, UL1604, CSA E61241,1 Class II, Div 1 * Allowable Voltage Deviation ±10%. Note that Explosion Proof AC coils are single frequency only. Solenoid Ratings Explosion Proof Solenoid Ratings* Code Voltage In Rush Amps In Rush Holding Amps Watts Resistance Voltage Power Amperage VA @ 3MM Code Code D L 120 VDC N/A N/A 0.09 Amps 10 W 1584.00 ohms D Omit 120 VDC N/A N/A 0.26 Amps 30 W 528.00 ohms G Omit 198 VDC N/A N/A 0.15 Amps 30 W 1306.80 ohms J L 24 VDC N/A N/A 0.44 Amps 10 W 51.89 ohms J Omit 24 VDC N/A N/A 1.32 Amps 30 W 17.27 ohms K L 12 VDC N/A N/A 0.88 Amps 10 W 12.97 ohms K Omit 12 VDC N/A N/A 2.64 Amps 30 W 4.32 ohms L L 6 VDC N/A N/A 1.67 Amps 10 W 3.59 ohms L Omit 6 VDC N/A N/A 5.00 Amps 30 W 1.20 ohms Q Omit 100 VAC / 60 Hz 2.05 Amps 170 VA 0.77 Amps 30 W 19.24 ohms QD F 100 VAC / 60 Hz 1.35 Amps 135 VA 0.41 Amps 18 W 31.20 ohms QD F 100 VAC / 50 Hz 1.50 Amps 150 VA 0.57 Amps 24 W 31.20 ohms R F 24/60 VAC, Low Watt 6.67 Amps 160 VA 2.20 Amps 23 W 1.52 ohms T Omit 240/60 VAC 0.83 Amps 199 VA 0.30 Amps 30 W 120.40 ohms T Omit 220/50 VAC 0.87 Amps 191 VA 0.34 Amps 30 W 120.40 ohms T F 240/60 VAC, Low Watt 0.70 Amps 168 VA 0.22 Amps 21 W 145.00 ohms T F 220/50 VAC, Low Watt 0.75 Amps 165 VA 0.26 Amps 23 W 145.00 ohms U L 98 VDC N/A N/A 0.10 Amps 10 W 960.00 ohms U Omit 98 VDC N/A N/A 0.31 Amps 30W 288.00 ohms Y Omit 120/60 VAC 1.7 Amps 204 VA 0.60 Amps 30 W 28.20 ohms Y Omit 110/50 VAC 1.7 Amps 187 VA 0.68 Amps 30 W 28.20 ohms Y F 120/60 VAC, Low Watt 1.40 Amps 168 VA 0.42 Amps 21 W 36.50 ohms Y F 110/50 VAC, Low Watt 1.50 Amps 165 VA 0.50 Amps 23 W 36.50 ohms Z L 250 VDC N/A N/A 0.04 Amps 10 W 6875.00 ohms Z Omit 250 VDC N/A N/A 0.13 Amps 30 W 1889.64 ohms Explosion Proof Solenoids R 24/60 VAC 7.63 Amps 183 VA 2.85 Amps 27 W 1.99 ohms T 240/60 VAC 0.76 Amps 183 VA 0.29 Amps 27 W 1.34 ohms N 220/50 VAC 0.77 Amps 169 VA 0.31 Amps 27 W 1.38 ohms Y 120/60 VAC 1.60 Amps 192 VA 0.58 Amps 27 W 33.50 ohms P 110/50 VAC 1.47 Amps 162 VA 0.57 Amps 27 W 34.70 ohms K 12 VDC N/A N/A 2.75 Amps 33 W 4.36 ohms J 24 VDC N/A N/A 1.38 Amps 33 W 17.33 ohms “ET” Explosion Proof Solenoids K 12 VDC N/A N/A 1.00 Amps 12 W 12.00 ohms J 24 VDC N/A N/A 1.00 Amps 13 W 44.30 ohms Y 120/60-50 VAC N/A N/A 0.16 Amps 17 W 667.00 ohms Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC D31.indd, dd A98 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Specifications Series D31NW General Design Directional Spool Valve Actuation Solenoid Size NG10 Mounting Interface DIN 24340 A10 / ISO 4401 / NFPA D05 / CETOP RP 121-H Mounting Position Unrestricted, preferably horizontal Ambient Temperature [°C] [°C] -25…+50; (-13°F…+122°F) (without inductive position control) 0…+50; (+32°F…+122°F) (with inductive position control) MTTFD Value [years] 75 Hydraulic Maximum Operating Pressure Pilot drain internal: P, A, B, X 315 Bar (4568 PSI); T, Y 140 Bar (2030 PSI) Pilot drain external: P, A, B, T, X 315 Bar (4568 PSI); Y 140 Bar (2030 PSI) Fluid Hydraulic oil in accordance with DIN 51524 / 51525 Fluid Temperature [°C] -25 … +70 (-13°F…+158°F) Viscosity Permitted [cSt] /[mm²/s] 2.8…400 (13…1854 SSU) Recommended [cSt] /[mm²/s] 30…80 (139…371 SSU) Filtration ISO 4406 (1999); 18/16/13 (meet NAS 1638: 7) Flow Maximum 170 LPM (45 GPM) Leakage at 350 Bar (per flow path) [ml/min] 72…422 (0.2…0.11 GPM) (depending on spool) Minimum Pilot Supply Pressure 7 Bar (102 PSI) Static / Dynamic Step Response at 85% Energized De-energized DC Solenoids Pilot Pressure 50 Bar & 100 Bar [ms] 470 390 250 Bar & 350 Bar [ms] 320 390 AC Solenoids Pilot Pressure 50, 100, 250 & 350 Bar [ms] 30 / 50 375 Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC D31.indd, dd A99 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Electrical Specifications Series D31NW Position Control M12x1 Definitions Start position monitored: The valve is de-energized. The inductive switch gives a signal at the moment (below 15% spool stroke) when the spool leaves the spring offset position. End position monitored: The inductive switch gives a signal before the end position is reached. (above 85% spool stroke). Protection Class IP 65 in accordance with EN 60529 (plugged and mounted) Ambient Temperature [°C] 0…+50; (+32°F…122°F) Supply Voltage / Ripple [V] 18…42 ±10% Current Consumption without Load [mA] ≤ 30 Max. Output Current per Channel, Ohmic [mA] 400 Min. Output Load per Channel, Ohmic [kOhm] 100 Max. Output Drop at 0.2A [V] ≤ 1.1 Max. Output Drop at 0.4A [V] ≤ 1.6 EMC EN50081-1 / EN50082-2 Max. Tolerance Ambient Field Strength [A/m] 0.1 Interface M12x1 per IEC 61076-2-101 Wiring Minimum [mm²] 5 x 0.25 brad shield recommended Wiring Length Maximum [m] 50 (164 ft.) recommended M12 Pin Assignment 1 + Supply 18…42V 2 Out B: normally closed 3 0V 4 Out A: normally open 5 Earth ground Delivery includes plug M12 x 1 (part no.: 5004109). Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC D31.indd, dd A100 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Technical Information Series D31NW Spool Code Curve Number P-A P-B P-T A-T B-T 01 3 3 7 4 3 02 3 3 – 2 4 03 3 3 – 2 5 07 4 6 6 4 10 08 2 3 – 4 4 09 2 2 – 1 4 10 2 3 – 4 4 11 5 3 – 2 5 13 2 4 – 1 4 14 4 3 – 2 4 All characteristic curves measured with HLP46 at 50°C (122°F). Integral Check Valve in the P port Mounting an integral check valve in the P port is necessary to build up pilot pressure for valves with P to T connection and internal pilot oil supply. The pressure difference at the integral check valve (see performance curves) is to be added to all flow curves of the P-port of the main valve. Pilot Oil Inlet (Supply) and Outlet (Drain) All orifice sizes for standard valves Performance Curves The flow curve diagram shows the flow versus pressure drop curves for all spool types. The relevant curve number for each spool type, operating position and flow direction is given in the table below. Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC D31.indd, dd A101 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Accessories Series D31NW Manaplug (Options 6, 56, 1A & 1C) Micro Connector Options (7A, 7B, 1B & 1D) Interface – Brad Harrison Plug – 3-Pin for Single Solenoid – 5-Pin for Double Solenoid Solenoid (Positive) Wire #2 (Red/White) Ground Wire #1 (Green) Solenoid (Negative) Wire #3 (Red/Black) 3-Pin Manaplug (Mini) with Lights Single Solenoid Valves – Installed Opposite Side of Solenoid Pins are as seen on valve (male pin connectors) Manaplug – Electrical Mini Plug EP336-30 3 Pin Plug EP316-30 5 Pin Plug (Double Solenoid) EP31A-30 5 Pin Plug (Single Solenoid) DESINA Connector (Option D) M12 pin assignment Standard Hirschmann Plug with Lights (Option P5) ISO 4400/DIN 43650 Form “A” Face View of Plug Pins are as seen on valve (male pin connectors) Manaplug – Electrical Micro Plug EP337-30 3 Pin Plug EP317-30 5 Pin Plug (Double Solenoid) EP31B-30 5 Pin Plug (Single Solenoid) 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 DESINA – design Pin 1 and 2 connected 1 = Not used 2 = Not used 3 = 0V 4 = Signal (24 V) 5 = Earth Ground Pin #2 (Positive) (Negative) Pin #3 (Ground) Pin #1 Conduit Box Option C – No Wiring Options Available Signal Lights (Option 5) — Plug-in Only – LED Interface – Meets Nema 4/IP67 Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC D31.indd, dd A102 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Technical Information Series D31*A General Description Series D31*A directional control valves are 5-chamber, air pilot operated valves. The valves are suitable for manifold or subplate mounting. Features • World design – Available worldwide. • Mounting bolts below center line of spool – Minimizes spool binding. • Five chamber style – Eliminates pressure spikes in tubes, increasing valve life. • High pressure and flow ratings – Increased performance options in a compact valve. Pressure Drop Chart Specifications D31VA Pressure Drop vs. Flow The chart to the left provides the flow vs. pressure drop curve reference for the D31VA Series valves by spool type. Example: Find the pressure drop at 76 LPM (20 GPM) for a D31VA with a number 001 spool. To the right of spool number 001, locate the number 3 in the P-A column, and 2 in the B-T column. Using the top graph, locate curves 2 and 3 and read the pressure drop values. Total pressure drop through the valve is the sum of the two values. VISCOSITY CORRECTION FACTOR Viscosity (SSU) 75 150 200 250 300 350 400 % of ΔP (Approx.) 93 111 119 126 132 137 141 Curves were generated using 100 SSU hydraulic oil. For any other viscosity, pressure drop will change as per chart. D31VA Pressure Drop Reference Chart — Curve Number Spool Shifted Center Condition No. P-A P-B B-T A-T (P-T) (B-A) (A-B) (P-A) (P-B) (A-T) (B-T) 001 3 3 2 1 – – – – – – – 002 3 3 1 1 3 3 3 4 4 1 1 004 3 3 1 1 – – – – – 1 1 009 3 3 1 1 6 – – – – – – 020 5 4 2 2 – – – – – – – 030 4 3 1 1 – – – – – – – Mounting Pattern NFPA D05H , CETOP 5 NFPA D05HE, CETOP 5H Max. Operating 345 Bar (5000 PSI) Pressure Max. Tank Internal Drain Model: Line Pressure 34 Bar (500 PSI) External Drain Model: 207 Bar (3000 PSI) Max. Drain Pressure 34 Bar (500 PSI) Maximum Flow See Switching Limit Charts Pilot Pressure Air Min: 3.4 Bar (50 PSI) Air Max: 10.2 Bar (150 PSI) Varies with pilot line size and Response Time length, pilot pressure, pilot valve shift time & flow capacity (GPM) Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC D31.indd, dd A103 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Technical Information Series D31*A Ordering Information D Directional Control Valve Basic Valve Air Operated Pilot Spool Style Seal Valve Variations A Design Series NOTE: Not required when ordering. Pilot Supply and Drain Dimensions – Air Operated Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Note: 30.0mm (1.18″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Code Description 31D NFPA D05HE, CETOP 5H (ISO) 31V NFPA D05H, CETOP 5 Code Description Symbol B† Single operator, 2 position, spring offset. P to A and B to T in offset position. C Double operator, 3 position, spring centered. D† Double operator, 2 position, detent. E Single operator, 2 position, spring centered. P to B and A to T when energized. H† Single operator, 2 position, spring offset. P to B and A to T in offset position. K Single operator, 2 position, spring centered. P to A and B to T when energized. Code Description Omit Standard 7 Pilot Choke – Meter Out 8 Stroke Adj. ‘B’ End 9 Stroke Adj. ‘A’ End 60 Pilot choke – Meter In 89 Stroke Adj. ‘A’ & ‘B’ Ends 90 1/4 BSPP Threads Code Description N Nitrile V Fluorocarbon A B P T b A B P T b a A B P T a A B P T a A B P T b † Only spools 020 and 030. Valve schematic symbols are per NFPA/ANSI standards, providing flow P to A when energizing operator A. Note operators reverse sides for #008 and #009 spools. See installation information for details. Valve Weight: Double Operator 5.7 kg (12.7 lbs.) Standard Bolt Kit: BK98 Metric Bolt Kit: BKM98 This condition varies with spool code. 001 002 004 008† 009* 020† 030* † 008 and 020 spools have closed crossover. * 009 and 030 spools have open crossover. Code Symbol A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T b a Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-Bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. Code Description 1 Int. pilot/Ext. drain 2 Ext. pilot/Ext. drain 4# Int. pilot/Int. drain 5 Ext. pilot/Int. drain # Not available with 002, 008 & 009 spools. Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC D31.indd, dd A104 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Technical Information Series D31*L General Description Series D31*L directional control valves are 5-chamber, pilot operated, lever controlled valves. The valves are suitable for manifold or subplate mounting. Features • World design – Available worldwide. • Mounting bolts below center line of spool – Minimizes spool binding. • Five chamber style – Eliminates pressure spikes in tubes, increasing valve life. • High pressure and flow ratings – Increased performance options in a compact valve. Pressure Drop Chart D31VL Pressure Drop vs. Flow The chart to the left provides the flow vs. pressure drop curve reference for the D31VL Series valves by spool type. Example: Find the pressure drop at 76 LPM (20 GPM) for a D31VL with a number 001 spool. To the right of spool number 001, locate the number 3 in the P-A column, and 2 in the B-T column. Using the top graph, locate curves 2 and 3 and read the pressure drop values. Total pressure drop through the valve is the sum of the two values. Specifications VISCOSITY CORRECTION FACTOR Viscosity (SSU) 75 150 200 250 300 350 400 % of ΔP (Approx.) 93 111 119 126 132 137 141 Curves were generated using 100 SSU hydraulic oil. For any other viscosity, pressure drop will change as per chart. D31VL Pressure Drop Reference Chart — Curve Number Spool Shifted Center Condition No. P-A P-B B-T A-T (P-T) (B-A) (A-B) (P-A) (P-B) (A-T) (B-T) 001 3 3 2 1 – – – – – – – 002 3 3 1 1 3 3 3 4 4 1 1 004 3 3 1 1 – – – – – 1 1 009 3 3 1 1 6 – – – – – – 020 5 4 2 2 – – – – – – – 030 4 3 1 1 – – – – – – – Mounting Pattern NFPA D05H , CETOP 5 NFPA D05HE, CETOP 5H Max. Operating 345 Bar (5000 PSI) Pressure Max. Tank Internal Drain Model: Line Pressure 34 Bar (500 PSI) External Drain Model: 207 Bar (3000 PSI) Maximum Flow See Switching Limit Charts Pilot Pressure Oil Min 6.9 Bar (100 PSI) Oil Max 345 Bar (5000 PSI) Max. Drain Pressure 34 Bar (500 PSI) Varies with pilot line size and Response Time length, pilot pressure, pilot valve shift time & flow capacity (GPM) Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC D31.indd, dd A105 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Technical Information Series D31*L † Only spools 020 and 030. Code Description N Nitrile V Fluorocarbon Code Description Symbol B† Sgl. operator, 2 position, spring offset. P to A and B to T in offset position. C Dbl. operator, 3 position, spring centered. D† Dbl. operator, 2 position, detent. E Sgl. operator, 2 position, spring centered. P to B and A to T in shifted position. H† Sgl. operator, 2 position, spring offset. P to B and A to T in offset position. K Sgl. operator, 2 position. Spring centered. P to A and B to T in shifted position. Ordering Information Code Description 1 Int. pilot/Ext. drain 2 Ext. pilot/Ext. drain 4# Int. pilot/Int. drain 5 Ext. pilot/Int. drain # Not available with 002, 008 & 009 spools. This condition varies with spool code. 001 002 004 008** 009* 020** 030* * 009 and 030 spools have open crossover. ** 008 and 020 spools have closed crossover. Code Symbol A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T Valve Weight: 5.4 kg (12.0 lbs.) Standard Bolt Kit: BK98 Metric Bolt Kit: BKM98 Valve schematic symbols are per NFPA/ANSI standards, providing flow P to A when energizing operator A. Note operators reverse sides for #008 and #009 spools. See installation information for details. D Directional Control Valve Basic Valve Lever Operated Pilot Spool Style Seal L Design Series NOTE: Not required when ordering. Pilot Supply and Drain Code Description 31D NFPA D05HE, CETOP 5H (ISO) 31V NFPA D05H, CETOP 5 Dimensions – Lever Operated Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Note: 30.0mm (1.18″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Valve Variations Code Description Omit Standard 7 Pilot choke – meter out 8 Stroke adj. ‘B’ End 9 Stroke adj. ‘A’ End 60 Pilot choke – meter in 89 Stroke adj. ‘A’ & ‘B’ Ends Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-Bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC D31.indd, dd A106 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Technical Information Series D3*P General Description Series D3*P directional control valves are 5-chamber, oil pilot operated valves. The valves are suitable for manifold or subplate mounting. Features • World design – Available worldwide. • Mounting bolts below center line of spool – Minimizes spool binding. • High pressure and flow ratings – Increased performance options in a compact valve. Pressure Drop Chart D3P Pressure Drop vs. Flow The chart to the left provides the flow vs. pressure drop curve reference for the D3P Series valves by spool type. Example: Find the pressure drop at 76 LPM (20 GPM) for a D3P with a number 1 spool. To the right of spool number 1, locate the number 3 in the P-A column, and 2 in the B-T column. Using the top graph, locate curves 2 and 3 and read the pressure drop values. Total pressure drop through the valve is the sum of the two values. D3P Pressure Drop Reference Chart — Curve Number Spool Shifted Center Condition No. P-A P-B B-T A-T (P-T) (B-A) (A-B) (P-A) (P-B) (A-T) (B-T) 1 3 3 2 1 – – – – – – – 2 3 3 1 1 3 3 3 4 4 1 1 4 3 3 1 1 – – – – – 1 1 9 3 3 1 1 6 – – – – – – 20 5 4 2 2 – – – – – – – 30 4 3 1 1 – – – – – – – VISCOSITY CORRECTION FACTOR Viscosity (SSU) 75 150 200 250 300 350 400 % of ΔP (Approx.) 93 111 119 126 132 137 141 Curves were generated using 100 SSU hydraulic oil. For any other viscosity, pressure drop will change as per chart. Specifications Mounting Pattern NFPA D05H , CETOP 5 NFPA D05HE, CETOP 5H Max. Operating 345 Bar (5000 PSI) Pressure Max. Tank 207 Bar (3000 PSI) Line Pressure Pilot Pressure Oil Min: 6.9 Bar (100 PSI) Oil Max: 345 Bar (5000 PSI) Varies with pilot line size and Response Time length, pilot pressure, pilot valve shift time & flow capacity (GPM) Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC D31.indd, dd A107 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Technical Information Series D3*P Code Description Omit Standard 7 Pilot Choke – Meter Out 8 Stroke Adj. ‘B’ End 9 Stroke Adj. ‘A’ End 60 Pilot Choke – Meter In 89 Stroke Adj. ‘A’ & ‘B’ Ends Code Description N Nitrile V Fluorocarbon Ordering Information Code Description Symbol B† Single operator, 2 position, spring offset. P to A and B to T in offset position. C Double operator, 3 position, spring centered. H† Single operator, 2 position, spring offset. P to B and A to T in offset position. # Available on “B” and “H” styles only. Code Description 2 Ext. pilot/Ext. drain 5# Ext. pilot/Int. drain † Only spools 20 and 30. Code Description 3D NFPA D05HE, CETOP 5H 3 NFPA D05H, CETOP 5 This condition varies with spool code. Valve Weight: Single Operator 1.4 kg (3.0 lbs.) Double Operator 1.6 kg (3.5 lbs.) Standard Bolt Kit: BK98 Metric Bolt Kit: BKM98 Seal Kit: Nitrile SKD3P Fluorocarbon SKD3PV Valve schematic symbols are per NFPA/ANSI standards, providing flow P to A when energizing operator X. Note operators reverse sides for #8 and #9 spool. See installation information for details. D Directional Control Valve Basic Valve Hydraulic Pilot Spool Style Seal P Design Series NOTE: Not required when ordering. Pilot Supply and Drain Dimensions – Oil Operated Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) 121.0 (4.76) 111.9 (4.40) 47.8 (1.88) 76.2 (3.00) 83.0 (3.27) 35.0 121.0 (1.38) (4.76) 58.9 (2.32) 50.5 (1.99) 47.2 (1.86) 36.0 (1.42) See Note # 6 SAE Note: 30.0mm (1.18″) from bottom of bolt home counterbore to bottom of valve. 1 2 4 8** 9* 20** 30* Code Symbol A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T * 9 and 30 spools have open crossover. ** 8 and 20 spools have closed crossover. Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-Bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. Valve Variations Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC D31.indd, dd A108 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Installation Information Series D31, D3*P The following is important installation information which applies to all directional control valves described in this catalog. Mounting Position Detent – Horizontal Spring Offset – Unrestricted Spring Centered – Unrestricted Fluid Recommendations Premium quality hydraulic oil with a viscosity range between 32-54 cst. (150-250 SSU) At 38°C (100°F) is recommended. The absolute operating viscosity range is from 16-220 cst. (80-1000 SSU). Oil should have maximum anti-wear properties and rust and oxidation treatment. Fluids and Seals Valves using synthetic, fire-resistant fluids require special seals. When phosphate esters or its blends are used, FLUOROCARBON seals are required. Waterglycol, water-in-oil emulsions and petroleum oil may be used with STANDARD seals. Filtration For maximum valve and system component life, the system should be protected from contamination at a level not to exceed 125 particles greater than 10 microns per milliliter of fluid (SAE class 4/ISO 16/13). Series NFPA Size D31V*, D3P D05H, CETOP 5 3/8″ D31D*, D3DP, D31NW D05HE, CETOP 5H 3/8″ FOR MAXIMUM VALVE RELIABILITY, ADHERE TO THE FOLLOWING INSTALLATION INFORMATION. Mounting Patterns Torque Specifications The recommended torque values for the bolts which mount the valve to the manifold or subplate are as follows: 16.3 Nm (12 ft-lb). Silting Silting can cause any sliding spool valve to stick and not spring return if held under pressure for long periods of time. The valve should be cycled periodically to prevent sticking. Special Installations Consult your Parker representative for any application requiring the following: • Pressure above rating. • Fluid other than those specified. • Oil temperature above 71.1°C (160°F). • Flow path other than normal. 1/16 Pipe Plug for Variations 4 & 5 Torque to:11.67 ± 1.67 Nm (105 ± 15 in-lbs) 1/16 Pipe Plug for Variations 1 & 4 Torque to:11.67 ± 1.67 Nm (105 ± 15 in-lbs) NFPA D05HE, CETOP 5H Pattern D31DW NFPA D05H, CETOP 5 Pattern D31VW 1/16 Pipe Plug for Variations 1 & 4 Torque to:11.67 ± 1.67 Nm (105 ± 15 in-lbs) 1/16 Pipe Plug for Variations 4 & 5 Torque to:11.67 ± 1.67 Nm (105 ± 15 in-lbs) Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC D31.indd, dd A109 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Installation Information Series D31 Style Description No Solenoid/Operator Solenoid/Operator A Solenoid/Operator B Code Energized Energized Energized B Spring Offset P➝A and B➝T — P➝B and A➝T C Spring Centered Centered P➝A and B➝T P➝B and A➝T D Detented Last Position Held P➝A and B➝T P➝B and A➝T E Spring Centered Centered — P➝B and A➝T F† Spring Offset, Shift to Center P➝A and B➝T — Centered H Spring Offset P➝B and A➝T P➝A and B➝T — K Spring Centered Centered P➝A and B➝T — M† Spring Offset, Shift to Center P➝B and A➝T Centered — † D31*W only. SERIES D31*W, D31*A, D31*L PILOT OPERATED, DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVES Tank and Drain Line Surges If several valves are piped with a common tank or drain line, flow surges in the line may cause an unexpected spool shift. No spring style valves are most susceptible to this. Separate tank and drain lines should be piped in installations where line surges are expected. Electrical Failure or Loss of Pilot Pressure (D31*A) Should electric power fail or loss of pilot pressure occur, spring offset and spring centered valves will shift to the spring held position. Detented valves will stay in the last position held before power failure. If main flow does not fail or stop at the same time power fails, machine actuators may continue to function in an undesirable manner or sequence. Electrical Characteristics (Detented Spool) Only a momentary energizing of the solenoid is necessary to shift and hold a detented spool. Minimum duration of the signal is 0.1 seconds for DC voltages. For AC voltages the response time is 0.06 seconds. Spool position will be held provided the spool centerline is in a horizontal plane, and no shock or vibration is present to displace the spool. Pilot/Drain Characteristics Pilot Pressure: 6.9 to 345 Bar (100 to 5000 PSI) External: An oil source sufficient to maintain minimum pilot pressure must be connected to the “X” port of the main body. When using the external pilot variation, an M5 x 0.8 x 6mm long set screw must be present in the main body pilot passage. (For details see Dimension pages.) This plug will be furnished in valves ordered with pilot code 2 or 5. Internal: Flow is internally ported from the pressure port of the main valve body to the “P” port of the pilot valve. The pressure developed at the “P” port of the pilot valve must be 100 PSI (6.9 Bar) minimum at all times. If the valve center condition allows flow from pressure to tank, 100 PSI (6.9 Bar) back pressure must be developed in the tank line to ensure sufficient pilot force at “P”. The “X” port in subplate must be plugged when using internal pilot variation (1/16 NPT). Pilot Valve Drain: Maximum pressure 102 Bar (1500 PSI), 207 Bar (3000 PSI) optional. External: When using an external drain, an M6 x 1 x 10mm long set screw must be present in the main body drain passage. (For details see Dimension pages.) This plug will be furnished in valves ordered with drain code 1 or 2. Drain flow from the pilot valve is at the “Y” port of the main body and must be piped directly to tank. Maximum drain line pressure is 102 Bar (1500 PSI), 207 Bar (3000 PSI) optional. Any drain line back pressure is additive to the pilot pressure requirement. Internal: Drain flow from the pilot valve is internally connected to the main valve tank port. Tank and drain pressure are then identical so tank line pressure should not exceed 102 Bar (1500 PSI), 207 Bar (3000 PSI) optional. Any tank line back pressure is also additive to the pilot pressure requirement. If flow surges (a cause of pressure surges) are anticipated in the tank line, an external drain variation is recommended. The “Y” port in subplate must be plugged when using internal drain variations. D31*W, D31*A, D31*L Flow Paths Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC D31.indd, dd A110 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Pilot Drain Characteristics Pilot Pressure: 6.9 to 345 Bar (100 to 5000 PSI) Direct pilot operated valves use the “X” and “Y” ports to supply pilot oil directly to the ends of the spool, providing spool shifting force. A block mounted on top of the valve body is internally cored to make the necessary connections. Thus when “X” is pressurized, “Y” is used as a drain; and when “Y” is pressurized, “X” becomes the drain. Any back pressure in these lines when they are being used as a drain is additive to the pilot pressure requirement. Internal Drain: On spring offset models, only the “X” port is pressurized, as the spring returns the spool to its at rest position. On these models, “Y” may be internally drained through the main tank passage in the valve. SERIES D3P, D3DP PILOT OPERATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVES Tank and Drain Line Surges If several valves are piped with a common tank or drain line, flow surges in the line may cause an unexpected spool shift. Separate tank and drain lines should be piped in installations where line surges are expected. Loss of Pilot Pressure Should oil pilot pressure fail, spring offset and spring centered valves will shift to the spring held position. Detented valves will stay in the last position held before power failure. If main flow does not fail or stop at the same time power fails, machine actuators may continue to function in an undesirable manner or sequence. Mounting Pattern D3P valves may be mounted on a standard D05 pattern subplate or manifold only if the “X” and “Y” ports are externally connected to the pilot block on top of the main body. All other mounting styles require a D05H or D05HE pattern which incorporates ports for the “X” and “Y” pilot and drain passages. Location of these ports can be found on the Recommended Mounting Surface pages in this section. Recommended Style Description “X” & “Y” “X” Port “Y” Port Special Notes Control Valve Code De-Pressurized Pressurized Pressurized For Pilot Oil Two Position “X” Port may be pressurized to B Spring Offset P➝A, B➝T P➝A, B➝T P➝B, A➝T assist spring in returning spool to offset position (ext. only) Three Position Flow paths will be reversed on C Spring Centered Center P➝A, B➝T P➝B, A➝T valves with tandem center (8) spools Two-Position “Y” Port may be pressurized H Spring Offset P➝B, A➝T P➝A, B➝T P➝B, A➝T to assist spring in returning spool to offset position D3P Flow Path/Pilot Pressure Installation Information Series D31, D3*P Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC D31.indd, dd A111 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A For maximum valve reliability, adhere to the following installation information. Mounting Pattern — NFPA D05H, CETOP 5 Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Series D31VW, D31VA, D31VL, D3P Subplate Mounting NFPA D05H, CETOP 5 Recommended Mounting Surface Surface must be flat within .102 mm (0.0004 inch) T.I.R and smooth within 812.8 micro-meters (32 micro-inch). Torque bolts to 16.3 Nm (12 ft-lbs). Mounting Position Valve Type Mounting Position Detent (Solenoid) Horizontal Spring Offset Unrestricted Spring Centered Unrestricted Installation Information Series D31, D3*P Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC D31.indd, dd A112 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Installation Information Series D31, D3*P Series D31DW, D31DA, D31DL, D3DP, D31NW Subplate Mounting NFPA D05HE, CETOP 5H Recommended Mounting Surface Surface must be flat within .102 mm (0.0004 inch) T.I.R. and smooth within 812.8 micro-meters (32 micro-inch). Torque bolts to 16.3 Nm (12 ft-lbs). Mounting Position Valve Type Mounting Position Detent (Solenoid) Horizontal Spring Offset Unrestricted Spring Centered Unrestricted For maximum valve reliability, adhere to the following installation information. Mounting Pattern — NFPA D05HE, CETOP 5H Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) M6x1 (1/4-20) UNC-2B thread x 9.7 (.38) min. thread depth 4 places 11.2 (O.44) max. P.A.B. & T ports 6.3 (O.25) max. X & Y ports .56 (.022) .56 (.022) 75.0 (2.95) 91.9 (3.62) min. with X & Y ports 72.1 (2.84) min. without X & Y ports .28 (.011) A A A A B B B Y T P X B B A 46.0 (1.81) 11.1 (.44) 11.1 (.44) 43.6 (1.72) 6.4 (.25) 27.0 (1.06) 32.5 (1.28) 7.9 (.31) 37.3 (1.47) 54.0 (2.13) 50.8 (2.00) 61.9 (2.44) 57.9 (2.28) min. 21.4 (.84) S L L 16.7 (.66) Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Catalog HY14-2500/US D3.indd, dd A113 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Notes A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC D41.indd, dd A114 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves Series D41VW A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Introduction TOC Application Series D41 hydraulic directional control valves are high performance, solenoid controlled, pilot operated, 2-stage, 4-way valves. They are available in 2 or 3 position styles and are manifold mounted. These valves conform to NFPA’s D07, CETOP 7 mounting patterns. Operation Series D41 directional valves consist of a 5-chamber style main body, a case hardened sliding spool, and a pilot valve or oil pilot operator. Features • Easy access mounting bolts. • 345 Bar (5000 PSI) pressure rating. • Flows to 300 LPM (79.4 GPM) depending on spool. • Choice of three operator styles. • Rugged four land spools. • Low pressure drop. • Phosphate finish. D41VW Solenoid Operated Plug-In Conduit Box D4L Lever Operated D41.indd, dd A115 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves Series D41VW A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Technical Information Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Surface Finish BK320 4x M10x60 2x M6x55 DIN 912 12.9 63 Nm (46.5 lb.-ft.) 13.2 Nm (9.7 lb.-ft.) ±15% Nitrile: SK-D41VW-N-91 Fluorocarbon: SK-D41VW-V-91 The space necessary to remove the plug per DIN 43650, design type AF is at least 15 mm. The torque for the screw M3 of the plug has to be 0.5 to 0.6 Nm. * Please add for each sandwich plate +40mm (1.58”) (pressure reducing valve, pilot choke valve meter-in/-out). Seal General Description Series D41VW valves are piloted by a D1VW valve. The valves can be ordered with position control. The minimum pilot pressure must be ensured for all operating conditions of the directional valve. Additionally spools with a P to T connection in the deenergized position need an external pressure supply (external inlet) or an integral check valve. Features • World design – Available worldwide. • Mounting bolts below center line of spool – Minimizes spool binding. • Five chamber style – Eliminates pressure spikes in tubes, increasing valve life. • High pressure and flow ratings – Increased performance options in a compact valve. Dimensions D41.indd, dd A116 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves Series D41VW A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Ordering Information TOC 3-Position Spools Code Spool Type a 0 b 001 002 003 004 005 006 007 009 011 014 015 016 021 022 054 081 082 2-Position Spools Code Spool Type a b 020 026 030 Spool Style Pilot Supply and Drain * Not available with 002, 007, 009, 054 spools. Weight: Single Solenoid: 9.7 kg (21.4 lbs.) Double Solenoid: 10.3 kg (22.7 lbs.) Code Description 1 Internal Pilot External Dain 2 External Pilot External Drain 3 Internal Pilot w/ Check Internal Drain 4 Internal Pilot Internal Drain 5 External Pilot Internal Drain 6 Internal Pilot w/ Check Internal Drain Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-Bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. NFPA D07, CETOP 7 DIN NG16 Directional Control Valve D 41V Actuator Solenoid Wet Pin W Basic Valve 3-Position Spools Code All 3-Position Spools C 3 positions. Spring offset in position “0”. Operated in position “a” or “b”. Standard Spool Type 009 E Operated in position “a”. Operated in position “b”. 2 positions. Spring offset in position “0”. F Spring offset in position “b”. Spring offset in position “a”. 2 positions. Operated in position “0”. K Operated in position “b”. Operated in position “a”. 2 positions. Spring offset in position “0”. M Spring offset in position “a”. Spring offset in position “b”. 2 positions. Operated in position “0”. R No center in offset position. No center in offset position. 2 positions, detent. Operated in position “0” or “b”. S No center in offset position. No center in offset position. 2 positions, detent. Operated in position “0” or “a”. No center in offset position. 2-Position Spools Code Spool Position B Spring offset in position “b”. Operated in position “a”. D Detent, operated in position“a” or “b”. No center or offset position. H Spring offset in position “a”. Operated in position “b”. D41.indd, dd A117 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves Series D41VW A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Ordering Information Design Series NOTE: Not required when ordering. Tube Options Valve Variations Solenoid Voltage Code Description A* 24/50 VAC D 120 VDC G 198 VDC J 24 VDC K 12 VDC N** 220/50 VAC Q* 100/60 VAC QD† 100 VAC/60 HZ 100 VAC/50 HZ R 24/60 VAC T 240/60 – 220/50 VAC U 98 VDC Y 120/60 – 110/50 VAC Z 250 VDC * High Watt Coil only. ** Explosion Proof only. † Available in DIN only. Solenoid Connection Coil Options Code Description Omit Standard Pressure 103.5 Bar (1500 PSI) AC 207 Bar (3000 PSI) DC H* High Pressure, AC only 207 Bar (3000 PSI) * Not available with CSA. See next page Manual Override Options Electrical Options Shift Response and Indication Code Description Omit No Options J* Diode Surge Suppressor Z† Rectified Coil * DC or AC Rectified only. DIN coil must include plug with lights. † DC tube standard. Code Description Omit Standard Response, No Switch I3N Monitor Switch, ‘A’ & ‘B’ Port End I6N Monitor Switch, ‘A’ & ‘B’ Port Start Note: Not CE or CSA approved. Spools 005, 006, 008, 016, 054, 081 and 082 not available. C style only. Code Description Omit Standard P Extended with Boot T† None † DC or AC Rectified only. Manual Override options not available with Explosion Proof. Seal Code Description N Nitrile V Fluorocarbon Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-Bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. Code Description C* Leadwire Conduit Box D** Metric Plug (M12X1), DESINA E† Explosion Proof G†† Plug-In Conduit Box J# Deutsch (DT06-2S) M# Metri-Pack (150) P DIN with Plug S# Dual Spade W† DIN w/o Plug * No variations – See Plug-in. ** DC only, lights, diode surge suppressor, not CSA approved. † Not available with lights. †† Required for variations on conduit box style. Must have lights. # DC only, no lights, not CSA approved. Code Description Omit* High Watt D** Explosion Proof, EEXD ATEX E** Explosion Proof, EEXME ATEX F† Low Watt L†† 10 Watt O** Explosion Proof, MSHA T# Explosion Proof, Ex d IIC ATEX/CSA U** Explosion Proof, UL/CSA * AC ambient temperature must not exceed 60°C (140°F). ** 60 Hz only on AC, no options. † AC only. †† DC and AC rectified only. # J, K and Y voltages only. Dual frequency on AC, no options. D41.indd, dd A118 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves Series D41VW A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Ordering Information TOC Valve Variations Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. Code Description 5* Signal Lights – Standard Signal Lights – Hirsch. (DIN with Plug) 7B** Manaplug – Brad Harrison (12×1) Micro with Lights 56** Manaplug (Mini) with Lights 1C** Manaplug (Mini) Single Sol. 5-pin, with Lights 1D** Manaplug (Micro) Single Sol. 5-pin, with Lights 1G** Manaplug (Mini) Single Sol. 5-pin, with Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End and Lights 1H** Manaplug (Micro) Single Sol. 5-pin, with Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End and Lights 1M** Manaplug Opposite Normal 1R Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End with Pilot Choke Meter In 3A Pilot Choke Meter Out 3B Pilot Choke Meter In 3C Pilot Pressure Reducer 3D Stroke Adjust ‘B’ End 3E Stroke Adjust ‘A’ End 3F Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End 3G* Pilot Choke Meter Out with Lights 3H* Pilot Choke Meter In with Lights 3J* Pilot Pressure Reducer with Lights 3K Pilot Choke Meter Out with Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End 3L** Pilot Choke Meter Out, Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End with Lights and Manaplug — Brad Harrison Mini 3M Pilot Choke Meter Out, Pilot Pressure Reducer, Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End 3R Pilot Choke Meter Out & Pilot Pressure Reducer 3S** Lights and 5-pin Mini Manaplug with Pilot Choke 7Y** M12x1 Manaplug (4-pin), Special Wiring, and Lights * DESINA, plug-in conduit box, and DIN with plug styles only. ** Must have plug-in style conduit box. D41.indd, dd A119 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Technical Information Series D41VW Insulation System Class F Allowable Deviation -15% to +10% for DC and AC rectified coils from rated voltage -5% to +5% for AC Coils Armature Wet pin type CSA File Number LR60407 Environmental DC Solenoids meet NEMA 4 and IP67 Capability when properly wired and installed. Contact HVD for AC coil applications. U.L. & CSA (EU) Class I, Div 1 & 2, Groups C & D Class II, Div 1 & 2, Groups E, F & G As defined by the N.E.C. MSHA (EO) Complies with 30CFR, Part 18 ATEX (ED) Complies with ATEX requirements for: Exd, Group IIB; EN50014: 1999+ Amds. 1 & 2, EN50018: 2000 ATEX & CSA/US (ET) Complies with ATEX EN60079-0, EN60079-1 Ex d IIC; CSA/US Ex d IIC, AEx d IIC for Class I, Zone 1, UL1203, UL1604, CSA E61241,1 Class II, Div 1 * Allowable Voltage Deviation ±10%. Note that Explosion Proof AC coils are single frequency only. Solenoid Ratings Explosion Proof Solenoid Ratings* Code Voltage In Rush Amps In Rush Holding Amps Watts Resistance Voltage Power Amperage VA @ 3MM Code Code D L 120 VDC N/A N/A 0.09 Amps 10 W 1584.00 ohms D Omit 120 VDC N/A N/A 0.26 Amps 30 W 528.00 ohms G Omit 198 VDC N/A N/A 0.15 Amps 30 W 1306.80 ohms J L 24 VDC N/A N/A 0.44 Amps 10 W 51.89 ohms J Omit 24 VDC N/A N/A 1.32 Amps 30 W 17.27 ohms K L 12 VDC N/A N/A 0.88 Amps 10 W 12.97 ohms K Omit 12 VDC N/A N/A 2.64 Amps 30 W 4.32 ohms L L 6 VDC N/A N/A 1.67 Amps 10 W 3.59 ohms L Omit 6 VDC N/A N/A 5.00 Amps 30 W 1.20 ohms Q Omit 100 VAC / 60 Hz 2.05 Amps 170 VA 0.77 Amps 30 W 19.24 ohms QD F 100 VAC / 60 Hz 1.35 Amps 135 VA 0.41 Amps 18 W 31.20 ohms QD F 100 VAC / 50 Hz 1.50 Amps 150 VA 0.57 Amps 24 W 31.20 ohms R F 24/60 VAC, Low Watt 6.67 Amps 160 VA 2.20 Amps 23 W 1.52 ohms T Omit 240/60 VAC 0.83 Amps 199 VA 0.30 Amps 30 W 120.40 ohms T Omit 220/50 VAC 0.87 Amps 191 VA 0.34 Amps 30 W 120.40 ohms T F 240/60 VAC, Low Watt 0.70 Amps 168 VA 0.22 Amps 21 W 145.00 ohms T F 220/50 VAC, Low Watt 0.75 Amps 165 VA 0.26 Amps 23 W 145.00 ohms U L 98 VDC N/A N/A 0.10 Amps 10 W 960.00 ohms U Omit 98 VDC N/A N/A 0.31 Amps 30W 288.00 ohms Y Omit 120/60 VAC 1.7 Amps 204 VA 0.60 Amps 30 W 28.20 ohms Y Omit 110/50 VAC 1.7 Amps 187 VA 0.68 Amps 30 W 28.20 ohms Y F 120/60 VAC, Low Watt 1.40 Amps 168 VA 0.42 Amps 21 W 36.50 ohms Y F 110/50 VAC, Low Watt 1.50 Amps 165 VA 0.50 Amps 23 W 36.50 ohms Z L 250 VDC N/A N/A 0.04 Amps 10 W 6875.00 ohms Z Omit 250 VDC N/A N/A 0.13 Amps 30 W 1889.64 ohms Explosion Proof Solenoids R 24/60 VAC 7.63 Amps 183 VA 2.85 Amps 27 W 1.99 ohms T 240/60 VAC 0.76 Amps 183 VA 0.29 Amps 27 W 1.34 ohms N 220/50 VAC 0.77 Amps 169 VA 0.31 Amps 27 W 1.38 ohms Y 120/60 VAC 1.60 Amps 192 VA 0.58 Amps 27 W 33.50 ohms P 110/50 VAC 1.47 Amps 162 VA 0.57 Amps 27 W 34.70 ohms K 12 VDC N/A N/A 2.75 Amps 33 W 4.36 ohms J 24 VDC N/A N/A 1.38 Amps 33 W 17.33 ohms “ET” Explosion Proof Solenoids K 12 VDC N/A N/A 1.00 Amps 12 W 12.00 ohms J 24 VDC N/A N/A 1.00 Amps 13 W 44.30 ohms Y 120/60-50 VAC N/A N/A 0.16 Amps 17 W 667.00 ohms D41.indd, dd A120 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves Series D41VW A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Specifications TOC General Design Directional Spool Valve Actuation Solenoid Size NG16 Mounting Interface DIN 24340 A16 / ISO 4401 / NFPA D07 / CETOP RP 121-H Mounting Position Unrestricted, preferably horizontal Ambient Temperature [°C] [°C] -25…+50; (-13°F…+122°F) (without inductive position control) 0…+50; (+32°F…+122°F) (with inductive position control) MTTFD Value [years] 75 Hydraulic Maximum Operating Pressure Pilot drain internal: P, A, B, X 350 Bar (5075 PSI); T, Y 105 Bar (1523 PSI) Pilot drain external: P, A, B, T, X 350 Bar (5075 PSI); Y 105 Bar (1523 PSI) 10 Watt 207 Bar (3000 PSI) Fluid Hydraulic oil in accordance with DIN 51524 / 51525 Fluid Temperature [°C] -25 … +70 (-13°F…+158°F) Viscosity Permitted [cSt] /[mm²/s] 2.8…400 (13…1854 SSU) Recommended [cSt] /[mm²/s] 30…80 (139…371 SSU) Filtration ISO 4406 (1999); 18/16/13 (meet NAS 1638: 7) Flow Maximum 300 LPM (79.4 GPM) Leakage at 350 Bar (per flow path) [ml/min] up to 200 (0.05 GPM) (depending on spool) Operating Pressure Integral Check Valve See p/Q Diagram Minimum Pilot Supply Pressure 5 Bar (73 PSI) Static / Dynamic Step Response at 85% Energized De-energized DC Solenoids Pilot Pressure 50 Bar [ms] 95 65 100 Bar [ms] 75 65 250 Bar & 350 Bar [ms] 60 65 AC Solenoids Pilot Pressure 50 Bar [ms] 75 55 100 Bar [ms] 65 55 250 Bar & 350 Bar [ms] 40 55 D41.indd, dd A121 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves Series D41VW A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Electrical Specifications Position Control M12x1 Definitions Start position monitored: The valve is de-energized. The inductive switch gives a signal at the moment (below 15% spool stroke) when the spool leaves the spring offset position. End position monitored: The inductive switch gives a signal before the end position is reached. (above 85% spool stroke). Protection Class IP 65 in accordance with EN 60529 (plugged and mounted) Ambient Temperature [°C] 0…+50; (+32°F…122°F) Supply Voltage / Ripple [V] 18…42 ±10% Current Consumption without Load [mA] ≤ 30 Max. Output Current per Channel, Ohmic [mA] 400 Min. Output Load per Channel, Ohmic [kOhm] 100 Max. Output Drop at 0.2A [V] ≤ 1.1 Max. Output Drop at 0.4A [V] ≤ 1.6 EMC EN50081-1 / EN50082-2 Max. Tolerance Ambient Field Strength [A/m] 0.1 Interface M12x1 per IEC 61076-2-101 Wiring Minimum [mm²] 5 x 0.25 brad shield recommended Wiring Length Maximum [m] 50 (164 ft.) recommended M12 Pin Assignment 1 + Supply 18…42V 2 Out B: normally closed 3 0V 4 Out A: normally open 5 Earth ground Delivery includes plug M12 x 1 (order no.: 5004109). D41.indd, dd A122 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves Series D41VW A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Technical Information TOC All characteristic curves measured with HLP46 at 50°C. Integral Check Valve in the P port Mounting an integral check valve in the P port is necessary to build up pilot pressure for valves with P to T connection and internal pilot oil supply. The pressure difference at the integral check valve (see performance curves) is to be added to all flow curves of the P-port of the main valve. Pilot Oil Inlet (Supply) and Outlet (Drain) All orifice sizes for standard valves Spool Code Curve Number P-A P-B P-T A-T B-T 001 1 1 – 4 5 002 1 2 6 4 6 003 1 2 – 5 6 004 1 1 – 5 5 005 2 2 – 3 5 006 1 2 – 3 6 007 1 1 6 4 5 009 2 9 8 7 10 011 1 1 – 4 5 014 1 1 6 4 5 015 1 2 – 4 6 016 2 2 – 3 5 020 3 5 – 3 5 021 2 8 – 2 – 022 8 2 – – 3 026 3 5 – – – 030 2 3 – 6 7 054 2 3 – 6 7 Performance Curves The flow curve diagram shows the flow versus pressure drop curves for all spool types. The relevant curve number for each spool type, operating position and flow direction is given in the table below. D41.indd, dd A123 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves Series D41VW A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION Manaplug (Options 6, 56, 1A & 1C) Micro Connector Options (7A, 7B, 1B & 1D) TOC Interface – Brad Harrison Plug – 3-Pin for Single Solenoid – 5-Pin for Double Solenoid Solenoid (Positive) Wire #2 (Red/White) Ground Wire #1 (Green) Solenoid (Negative) Wire #3 (Red/Black) 3-Pin Manaplug (Mini) with Lights Single Solenoid Valves – Installed Opposite Side of Solenoid Pins are as seen on valve (male pin connectors) Manaplug – Electrical Mini Plug EP336-30 3 Pin Plug EP316-30 5 Pin Plug (Double Solenoid) EP31A-30 5 Pin Plug (Single Solenoid) DESINA Connector (Option D) M12 pin assignment Standard Hirschmann Plug with Lights (Option P5) ISO 4400/DIN 43650 Form “A” Face View of Plug Pins are as seen on valve (male pin connectors) Manaplug – Electrical Micro Plug EP337-30 3 Pin Plug EP317-30 5 Pin Plug (Double Solenoid) EP31B-30 5 Pin Plug (Single Solenoid) 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 DESINA – design Pin 1 and 2 connected 1 = Not used 2 = Not used 3 = 0V 4 = Signal (24 V) 5 = Earth Ground Pin #2 (Positive) (Negative) Pin #3 (Ground) Pin #1 Conduit Box Option C – No Wiring Options Available Signal Lights (Option 5) — Plug-in Only – LED Interface – Meets Nema 4/IP67 Accessories D41.indd, dd A124 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Series D4L TOC Technical Information General Design Directional spool valve Actuation Lever Size NG16 Mounting interface DIN 24340 A16, ISO 4401, NFPA D07, CETOP RP 121-H Mounting Position Unrestricted, preferably horizontal Ambient Temperature [°C] -25…+50; (-13°F…+122°F) Hydraulic Maximum Operating Pressure External Drain: P, A B, T 350 Bar (5075 PSI); X, Y 10 Bar (145 PSI) Internal Drain: P, A B 350 Bar (5075 PSI); T, X, Y 10 Bar (145 PSI) Fluid Hydraulic oil in accordance with DIN 51524 / 51525 Fluid Temperature [°C] -25 … +70; (-13°F…+158°F) Viscosity Permitted [cSt] Recommended [cSt] /[mm²/s] /[mm²/s] 2.8…400 (13…1854 SSU) 30…80 (139…371 SSU) Filtration ISO 4406 (1999); 18/16/13 (meet NAS 1638: 7) Maximum Flow 300 LPM (79.4 GPM) Leakage at 350 Bar (per flow path) [ml/min] up to 200 (0.05 GPM) (depending on spool) General Description Series D4L valves are 5 chamber, directional control valves and are available in 2 or 3-position styles. They are operated by a hand lever which is directly connected to the spool. The hand lever can be located either on the A or B side. Spring offset and detent designs are available. Features • Low force required to shift spool. • Hardened spools provide long life. • Low pressure drop design. Specifications D41.indd, dd A125 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Series D4L Ordering Information 3 Position Spools Code All 3 Position Spools C 3 positions. Spring offset in position “0”. Operated in position “a” or “b”. Standard Spool Type 9 E Operated in position “a”. Operated in position “b”. 2 positions. Spring offset in position “0”. F Operated in position “0”. Operated in position “0”. 2 positions. Spring offset in position “b”. K Operated in position “b”. Operated in position “a”. 2 positions. Spring offset in position “0”. M Operated in position “0”. Operated in position “0”. 2 positions. Spring offset in position “a”. N No center in offset position. No center in offset position. 3 positions, detent. Operated in position “a”, “0” or “b”. R No center in offset position. No center in offset position. 2 positions, detent. Operated in position “0” or “b”. S No center in offset position. No center in offset position. 2 positions, detent. Operated in position “0” or “a”. No center in offset position. 2 Position Spools Code Spool Position B Spring offset in position “b”. Operated in position “a”. D Detent, operated in position “a” or “b”. No center or offset position. H Spring offset in position “a”. Operated in position “b”. 3 Position Spools Code Spool Type a 0 b 1 2 3 4 6 7 9 11 14 15 2 Position Spools Code Spool Type a b 20 30 Further spool types on request. Actuator Spool Style D Directional Control Valve Code Description 2* External Pilot External Drain 5** External Pilot Internal Drain Code Description N Nitrile V Fluorocarbon Pilot Supply and Drain Seal Code Actuation L Lever Side B LB Lever Side A * Pressure T-port > 10 bar ** Pressure T-port < 10 bar Weight: 9.0 kg (19.8 lbs.) 4 Design Series NOTE: Not required when ordering. Basic Valve NFPA D07, CETOP 7 DIN NG16 D41.indd, dd A126 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Series D4L TOC Performance Curves Spool Code Curve Number P-A P-B P-T A-T B-T 1 1 1 – 4 5 2 1 2 6 4 6 3 1 2 – 5 6 4 1 1 – 5 5 6 1 2 – 3 6 7 1 1 6 4 5 9 2 9 8 7 10 11 1 1 – 4 5 14 1 1 6 5 4 15 2 1 – 6 5 20 3 5 – 3 5 30 2 3 – 6 7 The flow curve diagram shows the flow versus pressure drop curves for all spool types. The relevant curve number for each spool type, operating position and flow direction is given in the table below. All characteristic curves measured with HLP46 at 50°C. D41.indd, dd A127 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Dimensions Series D4L Seal Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) D4L Surface Finish BK320 4x M10x60 2x M6x55 DIN 912 12.9 63 Nm (46.5 lb.-ft.) 13.2 Nm (9.7 lb.-ft.) ±15% Nitrile: SK-D4LN60 Fluorocarbon: SK-D4LV60 D4LB D41.indd, dd A128 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Technical Information Series D4P TOC General Design Directional spool valve Actuation Hydraulic Size NG16 Mounting interface DIN 24340 A16, ISO 4401, NFPA D07, CETOP RP 121-H Mounting Position Unrestricted, preferably horizontal Ambient Temperature [°C] -25…+50 (-13°F…+122°F) MTTFD value 150 years Hydraulic Maximum Operating Pressure External Drain: P, A B, T 350 Bar (5075 PSI); X, Y 350 Bar (5075 PSI) Fluid Hydraulic oil in accordance with DIN 51524 / 51525 Fluid Temperature [°C] -25 … +70 (-13°F…+158°F) Viscosity Permitted [cSt] Recommended [cSt] /[mm²/s] /[mm²/s] 2.8…400 (13…1850 SSU) 30…80 (139…371 SSU) Filtration ISO 4406 (1999); 18/16/13 (meet NAS 1638: 7) Maximum Flow 300 LPM (79.4 GPM) Leakage at 350 Bar (per flow path) [ml/min] up to 200 (0.05 GPM) (depending on spool) Pilot Supply Pressure Minimum Maximum 5 Bar (73 PSI) 350 Bar (5075 PSI) Static / Dynamic Step Response The response times depend on the pilot oil pressure and on the speed of the increase/ decrease of the pilot pressure. Specifications General Description Series D4P directional control valves are 5-chamber pilot operated valves. They are available in 2 or 3-position styles. These manifod mounted valves conform to NFPA’s D07, CETOP 7 and NG16. Features • Low pressure drop design. • Hardened spools for long life. D41.indd, dd A129 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Ordering Information Series D4P 3 Position Spools Code All 3 Position Spools C 3 positions. Spring offset in position “0”. Operated in position “a” or “b”. Standard Spool Type 9 E Operated in position “a”. Operated in position “b”. 2 positions. Spring offset in position “0”. F Spring offset in position “b”. Spring offset in position “a”. 2 positions. Operated in position “0”. K Operated in position “b”. Operated in position “a”. 2 positions. Spring offset in position “0”. M Spring offset in position “a”. Spring offset in position “b”. 2 positions. Operated in position “0”. R No center in offset position. No center in offset position. 2 positions, detent. Operated in position “0” or “b”. S No center in offset position. No center in offset position. 2 positions, detent. Operated in position “0” or “a”. No center in offset position. 2 Position Spools Code Spool Position B Spring offset in position “b”. Operated in position “a”. D Detent, operated in position “a” or “b”. No center or offset position. H Spring offset in position “a”. Operated in position “b”. Further spool types and position control on request. 3 Position Spools Code Spool Type a 0 b 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 11 14 15 16 21 22 54 81 82 2 Position Spools Code Spool Type a b 20 26 30 Code Description Code Description Omit Standard Valve 9 Stroke Adjust A End 7 Pilot Choke, Meter-Out 60 Pilot Choke, Meter-In 8 Stroke adjust B End 89 Stroke Adjust A and B Ends Weight: 9.0 kg (19.8 lbs.) Hydraulically Spool Style Operated D Directional Control Valve Code Description N Nitrile V Fluorocarbon Pilot Supply and Drain External Pilot / External Drain Seal 4 Design Series NOTE: Not required when ordering. P 2 Valve Variations Basic Valve NFPA D07, CETOP 7 DIN NG16 D41.indd, dd A130 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Performance Curves Series D4P TOC Spool Code Curve Number P-A P-B P-T A-T B-T 1 1 1 – 4 5 2 1 2 6 4 6 3 1 2 – 5 6 4 1 1 – 5 5 5 2 2 – 3 5 6 1 2 – 3 6 7 1 1 6 4 5 9 2 9 8 7 10 11 1 1 – 4 5 14 1 1 6 4 5 15 1 2 – 4 6 16 2 2 – 3 5 20 3 5 – 3 5 21 2 8 – 2 – 22 8 2 – – 3 26 3 5 – – – 30 2 3 – 6 7 54 2 3 – 6 7 The flow curve diagram shows the flow versus pressure drop curves for all spool types. The relevant curve number for each spool type, operating position and flow direction is given in the table below. D41.indd, dd A131 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Dimensions Series D4P Surface Finish Seal BK320 4x M10x60 2x M6x55 DIN 912 12.9 63 Nm (46.5 lb.-ft.) 13.2 Nm (9.7 lb.-ft.) ±15% Nitrile: SK-D41VW-N-91 Fluorocarbon: SK-D41VW-V-91 Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) D41.indd, dd A132 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Series D41 TOC Installation Information The following is important installation information which applies to all directional control valves described in this catalog. Mounting Position Detent – Horizontal Spring Offset – Unrestricted Spring Centered – Unrestricted Fluid Recommendations Premium quality hydraulic oil with a viscosity range between 32-54 cSt. (150-250 SSU) At 38°C (100°F) is recommended. The absolute operating viscosity range is from 16-220 cSt. (80-1000 SSU). Oil should have maximum anti-wear properties and rust and oxidation treatment. Fluids and Seals Valves using synthetic, fire-resistant fluids require special seals. When phosphate esters or its blends are used, FLUOROCARBON seals are required. Waterglycol, water-in-oil emulsions and petroleum oil may be used with STANDARD seals. Filtration For maximum valve and system component life, the system should be protected from contamination at a level not to exceed 125 particles greater than 10 microns per milliliter of fluid (SAE class 4/ISO 16/13). Series NFPA CETOP D41V D07 7 FOR MAXIMUM VALVE RELIABILITY, ADHERE TO THE FOLLOWING INSTALLATION INFORMATION. Mounting Patterns Torque Specifications The recommended torque values for the bolts which mount the valve to the manifold or subplate are as follows: 63 Nm (46.5 ft-lbs) M10 13.2 Nm (9.7 ft-lbs) M6 1/4-20. Silting Silting can cause any sliding spool valve to stick and not spring return if held under pressure for long periods of time. The valve should be cycled periodically to prevent sticking. Special Installations Consult your Parker representative for any application requiring the following: • Pressure above rating. • Fluid other than those specified. • Oil temperature above 71.1°C (160°F). • Flow path other than normal. D41.indd, dd A133 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Series D41 Installation Information Tank and Drain Line Surges If several valves are piped with a common tank or drain line, flow surges in the line may cause an unexpected spool shift. Detent style valves are most susceptible to this. Separate tank and drain lines should be piped in installations where line surges are expected. Electrical Characteristics (Detented Spool) Only a momentary energizing of the solenoid is necessary to shift and hold a detented spool. Minimum duration of the signal is 0.1 seconds for DC voltages. For AC voltages the response time is 0.06 seconds. Spool position will be held provided the spool centerline is in a horizontal plane, and not shock or vibration is present to displace the spool. Electrical Failure or Loss of Pilot Pressure Should electric power fail or loss of pilot pressure occur, spring offset and spring centered valves will shift to the spring held position. Detented valves will stay in the last position held before power failure. If main flow does not fail or stop at the same time power fails, machine actuators may continue to function in an undesirable manner or sequence. Pilot/Drain Characteristics Pilot Pressure: 5 to 345 Bar (73 to 5000 PSI) 6.9 Bar (100 PSI) for spools 002, 007, 009 & 014 External: An oil source sufficient to maintain minimum pilot pressure must be connected to the “X” port of the main body. When using the external pilot variation, a 1/16” pipe plug must be present in the main body pilot passage. (For details see Technical pages.) This plug will be furnished in valves ordered with pilot code 2, 3, 5 or 6. Internal: Flow is internally ported from the pressure port of the main valve body to the “P” port of the pilot valve. The pressure developed at the “P” port of the pilot valve must be 5.0 Bar (73 PSI) minimum at all times or 6.9 Bar (100 PSI) for spools 002, 007, 009 & 014. Integral Check: Valves using internal pilot and internal drain with an open center spool (spools 2, 7 & 9) can be ordered with an integral check valve in the pressure port of the main valve codes 3 & 6. Pilot oil will be internally ported from the upstream side of this check to the “P” port of the pilot valve, ensuring sufficient pilot pressure. A 1/16” pipe plug will be present in the main body. The “X” port in the subplate must be plugged when using the integral check. Pilot Valve Drain: Maximum pressure 102 Bar (1500 PSI) AC optional, 207 Bar (3000 PSI) DC standard. External: When using an external drain, a M6 x 1 x 6mm long set screw must be present in the main body drain passage. (For details see Technical pages.) This plug will be furnished in valves ordered with drain code 1, 2 or 3. Drain flow from the pilot valve is at the “Y” port of the main body and must be piped directly to tank. Maximum drain line pressure is 102 Bar (1500 PSI), AC optional, 207 Bar (3000 PSI) DC standard. Any drain line back pressure is additive to the pilot pressure requirement. Internal: Drain flow from the pilot valve is internally connected to the main valve tank port. Tank and drain pressure are then identical so tank line pressure should not exceed 102 Bar (1500 PSI), AC optional, 207 Bar (3000 PSI) DC standard. Any tank line back pressure is also additive to the pilot pressure requirement. If flow surges (a cause of pressure surges) are anticipated in the tank line, an external drain variation is recommended. The “Y” port in the subplate must be plugged when using an internal D41V* Flow Paths drain. Style No Solenoid/Operator Solenoid/Operator A Solenoid/Operator B Code Description Energized Energized Energized B Spring Offset P➝A and B➝T — P➝B and A➝T C Spring Centered Centered P➝A and B➝T P➝B and A➝T D Detented Last Position Held P➝A and B➝T P➝B and A➝T E Spring Centered Centered — P➝B and A➝T F Spring Offset, Shift to Center P➝A and B➝T — Centered H Spring Offset P➝B and A➝T P➝A and B➝T — K Spring Centered Centered P➝A and B➝T — M Spring Offset, Shift to Center P➝B and A➝T Centered — D41.indd, dd A134 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Series D4P TOC Recommended Style Description “X” & “Y” “X” Port “Y” Port Special Notes Control Valve Code De-Pressurized Pressurized Pressurized For Pilot Oil Two Position “X” Port may be pressurized to B Spring Offset P➝A, B➝T P➝A, B➝T P➝B, A➝T assist spring in returning spool to offset position (ext. only) Three Position Flow paths will be reversed on C Spring Centered Center P➝A, B➝T P➝B, A➝T valves with tandem center (9) spool Two-Position “Y” Port may be pressurized H Spring Offset P➝B, A➝T P➝A, B➝T P➝B, A➝T to assist spring in returning spool to offset position Pilot Drain Characteristics Pilot Pressure: 5 to 350 Bar (73 to 5000 PSI) 6.9 Bar (100 PSI) for spool configurations 2, 7, 9 & 14 Direct pilot operated valves use the “X” and “Y” ports to supply pilot oil directly to the ends of the spool, providing spool shifting force. A block mounted on top of the valve body is internally cored to make the necessary connections. Thus when “X” is pressurized, “Y” is used as a drain; and when “Y” is pressurized, “X” becomes the drain. Any back pressure in these lines when they are being used as a drain is additive to the pilot pressure requirement. Internal Drain: On spring offset models, only the “X” port is pressurized, as the spring returns the spool to its at rest position. On these models, “Y” may be internally drained through the main tank passage in the valve. Tank and Drain Line Surges If several valves are piped with a common tank or drain line, flow surges in the line may cause an unexpected spool shift. Detent style valves are most susceptible to this. Separate tank and drain lines should be piped in installations where line surges are expected. Loss of Pilot Pressure Should a loss of pilot pressure occur, spring offset and spring centered valves will shift to the spring held position. No spring valves will stay in the last position held. If main hydraulic flow does simultaneously stop, machine actuators may continue to function in an undesirable manner or sequence. Flow Path/Pilot Pressure Installation Information D41.indd, dd A135 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Series D41VW, D4P, D4L Subplate Mounting NFPA D07, CETOP 7 & NG16 Recommended Mounting Surface Surface must be flat within .102 mm (0.0004 inch) T.I.R and smooth within 812.8 micro-meters (32 micro-inch). Torque bolts to 135.6 Nm (100 ft-lbs). Mounting Position Valve Type Mounting Position Detent (Solenoid) Horizontal Spring Offset Unrestricted Spring Centered Unrestricted Mounting Pattern — NFPA D07, CETOP 7 & NG16 Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) For maximum valve reliability, adhere to the following installation information. Installation Information Note: With * marked dimensions ±0.1 mm. All other dimensions ±0.2mm. D61.indd, dd A136 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Introduction Series D61 Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Application Series D6 hydraulic directional control valves are high performance, solenoid controlled, pilot operated, 2-stage, 4-way valves. They are available in 2 or 3-position styles. These valves are manifold mounted, and conform to NFPA’s D08, CETOP 8 mounting patterns. Operation Series D61 directional valves consist of a 5-chamber style main body, a case hardened sliding spool, and a pilot valve or pilot operators (hydraulic or pneumatic). Features • Easy access mounting bolts. • 210 Bar (3000 PSI) pressure rating. • Flows to 380 LPM (100 GPM) depending on spool. • Choice of four operator styles. • Rugged four land spools. • Low pressure drop. • Phosphate finish. D61*W Solenoid Operated Plug-in Conduit Box D6*P Oil Pilot Operated D61*L Lever Operated D61*A Air Pilot Operated D61.indd, dd A137 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Technical Information Series D61V Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Mounting Pattern NFPA D08 CETOP 8, NG25 Maximum Operating 205 Bar (3000 PSI) Standard Pressure CSA 205 Bar (3000 PSI) Maximum Tank Line Internal Drain Model: Pressure 102 Bar (1500 PSI) AC Only 205 Bar (3000 PSI) DC Std./ AC Optional External Drain Model: 205 Bar (3000 PSI) CSA 102 Bar (1500 PSI) Maximum Drain 102 Bar (1500 PSI) AC Standard Pressure 205 Bar (3000 PSI) DC Standard/ AC Optional CSA 102 Bar (1500 PSI) Minimum Pilot Pressure 5.1 Bar* (75 PSI) Maximum Pilot 205 Bar (3000 PSI) Standard Pressure CSA 205 Bar (3000 PSI) Nominal Flow 189 LPM (50 GPM) Maximum Flow See Reference Data Chart General Description Series D61VW directional control valves are 5-chamber, pilot operated, solenoid controlled valves, They are available in 2 or 3-position styles. These valves are manifold or subplate mounted, and conform to NFPA’s D08, CETOP 8 mounting patterns. Operation Series D61VW pilot operated valves are standard with low shock spools and pilot orifice. The orifice can be removed if a faster shift is required. It is recommended, however, that all systems operating above 138 Bar (2000 PSI) use the standard valve to avoid severe shock. Features • Low pressure drop design. • Hardened spools provide long life. • Fast response option available. • Explosion proof availability. • Wide variety of voltages and electrical connection options. • No tools required for coil removal. Specifications * 6.9 Bar (100 PSI) for spool configurations 002, 007, 008, 009 & 014. Response Time Response times (milliseconds) are measured at 205 Bar (3000 PSI) and 195 LPM (50 GPM) with various pilot pressures as indicated. Solenoid Pilot Pull-In Drop-Out Type Pressure Std Fast Std Fast 500 130 100 80 80 DC 1000 90 90 80 80 2000 80 80 80 80 500 80 40 72 72 AC 1000 40 40 72 72 2000 30 30 72 72 Because of the high drain line pressure transients generated during shifting, use of the fast response option is not recommended for pilot pressures exceeding 138 Bar (2000 PSI). D61.indd, dd A138 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Ordering Information Series D61V Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC D Directional Control Valve Basic Valve Actuator Spool Style Seal Solenoid Voltage Pilot Supply and Drain NFPA D08, CETOP 8, DIN NG25 Low Flow, D03 Pilot Code Description W* Solenoid, Wet Pin, Screw-in HW* Reversed Wiring Code Description A* 24/50 VAC D 120 VDC G 198 VDC J 24 VDC K 12 VDC N** 220/50 VAC Q* 100/60 VAC QD† 100 VAC/60 HZ 100 VAC/50 HZ R 24/60 VAC T 240/60 – 220/50 VAC U 98 VDC Y 120/60 – 110/50 VAC Z 250 VDC * High Watt only. ** Explosion Proof only. † Available in DIN only. Code Description N Nitrile V Fluorocarbon Code Description 1 Internal Pilot, External Drain 2 External Pilot, External Drain 3** Internal Pilot w/Check, External Drain 4* Internal Pilot, Internal Drain 5 External Pilot, Internal Drain 6** Internal Pilot w/Check Internal Drain * Not availble with 002, 007, 008, 009 & 014 spools. ** #3 and #6 bodies cannot be converted to other styles. Other pilot versions cannot be converted to styles 3 and 6. Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. Code Description Symbol B* Single solenoid, 2 position, spring offset. P to A and B to T in offset position. C Double solenoid, 3 position, spring centered. D* Double solenoid, 2 position, detent. E Single solenoid, 2 position, spring centered. P to B and A to T when energized. F** Single solenoid, 2 position, spring offset, energized to center. Position spool spacer on A side. P to A and B to T in spring offset position. H* Single solenoid, 2 position, spring offset. P to B and A to T in offset position. K Single solenoid, 2 position, spring centered. P to A and B to T when energized. M** Single solenoid, 2 position, spring offset, energized to center position. Spool spacer on B side. P to B and A to T in spring offset position. * Available with 001, 002, 004, 011 and 014 spools only. ** High watt coil only. Code Symbol 001 002 003 004 005 006 007 008* 009** A B P T b A B P T b a A B P T b a A B P T b A B P T b A B P T a A B P T a A B P T a * Valve schematic symbols are per NFPA/ANSI standards, providing flow P to A when energizing solenoid A. Note operators reverse sides for #008 and #009 spools. See installation information for details. To configure per DIN standards (A coil over A port, B coil over B port) code valves as D61VHW***. * 008 spool has closed crossover. ** 009 spool has open crossover. Code Symbol 011 012 014 015 016 021 022 A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T 61V D61.indd, dd A139 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Ordering Information Series D61V Note: All bolts are SAE grade 8, 1/2-13 UNC-3A thread, torque to 133 N.m. (100 ft.-lbs.) Mounting Bolt Kits UNC Bolt Kits for use with D6 and D8 Directional Control Valves & Sandwich Valves Number of Sandwich Valves @ 2.75″ (70mm) thickness 0 1 2 3 D6 BK227 BK121 BK122 BK123 2.50″ 5.25″ 8.00″ 10.75″ D6 plus BK161 BK170 BK171 BK172 tapping plate 3.50″ 6.25″ 9.00″ 11.75″ D8 BK228 BK131 BK132 BK133 3.00″ 5.75″ 8.50″ 11.25″ D8 plus BK173 BK174 BK175 BK114 tapping plate 4.00″ 6.75″ 9.50″ 12.125″ Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Solenoid Connection Tube Options Approvals Design Series NOTE: Not required when ordering. Manual Override Options Coil Options Electrical Options Shift Response and Indication Valve Variations Valve Weight: Double Solenoid 12.1 kg (26.6 lbs.) Seal Kit: Nitrile SKD61VWN91 Fluorocarbon SKD61VWV91 Code Description Omit Standard Response, No Switch I3 Monitor Switch, ‘A’ & ‘B’ Port End I6 Monitor Switch, ‘A’ & ‘B’ Port Start Note: Not CE or CSA approved. Not available with “F” or “M” styles. See next page Code Description Omit Standard Valve 3*† CSA US 4*# CSA Approved * Not available with AC high pressure tube. # Valve is derated with this option. † B, C, H styles only. J, K, Y, U voltages only with C, G, W solenoid connections only. Conforms to UL429. Code Description Omit No Options J* Diode Surge Suppressor Z † Rectified Coil * DC only. DIN coil must include plug with lights. † DC tube standard. Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. Code Description Omit Standard Pressure 103.5 Bar (1500 PSI) AC 207 Bar (3000 PSI) DC H* High Pressure, AC only 207 Bar (3000 PSI) * Not available with CSA. Code Description Omit Standard P Extended with Boot T† None † DC or AC Rectified only. Manual Override options not available with Explosion Proof. Code Description Omit* High Watt D** Explosion Proof, EEXD ATEX E** Explosion Proof, EEXME ATEX F† Low Watt L†† 10 Watt O** Explosion Proof, MSHA T# Explosion Proof, Ex d IIC ATEX/CSA U** Explosion Proof, UL/CSA * AC ambient temperature must not exceed 60°C (140°F). ** 60 Hz only on AC, no options. † AC only. †† DC and AC rectified only. # J, K and Y voltages only. Dual frequency on AC, no options. Code Description C* Leadwire Conduit Box D** Metric Plug (M12X1), DESINA E† Explosion Proof G†† Plug-In Conduit Box J# Deutsch (DT06-2S) M# Metri-Pack (150) P DIN with Plug S# Dual Spade W† DIN w/o Plug * No variations – See Plug-in. ** DC only, lights, diode surge suppressor, not CSA approved. † Not available with lights. †† Required for variations on conduit box style. Must have lights. # DC only, no lights, not CSA approved. D61.indd, dd A140 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Ordering Information Series D61V Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Valve Variations Code Description 5* Signal Lights – Standard Signal Lights – Hirsch. (DIN with plug) 7B** Manaplug – Brad Harrison (12×1) Micro with lights 56** Manaplug (Mini) with Lights 20 Fast Response 1C** Manaplug (Mini) Single Sol. 5-pin, with Lights 1D** Manaplug (Micro) Single Sol. 5-pin, with Lights 1G** Manaplug (Mini) Single Sol. 5-pin, with Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End and Lights 1H** Manaplug (Micro) Single Sol. 5-pin, with Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End and Lights 1M** Manaplug Opposite Normal 1P Painted Body 1R Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End with Pilot Choke Meter In 3A Pilot Choke Meter Out 3B Pilot Choke Meter In 3C Pilot Pressure Reducer 3D Stroke Adjust ‘B’ End 3E Stroke Adjust ‘A’ End 3F Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End 3G* Pilot Choke Meter Out with Lights 3H* Pilot Choke Meter In with Lights 3J* Pilot Pressure Reducer with Lights 3K Pilot Choke Meter Out with Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End 3L** Pilot Choke Meter Out, Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End with Lights and Manaplug — Brad Harrison Mini 3M Pilot Choke Meter Out, Pilot Pressure Reducer, Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End 3R Pilot Choke Meter Out & Pilot Pressure Reducer 3S** Lights, Mini Manaplug, Pilot Choke Meter Out 7Y** M12x1 Manaplug (4-pin), Special Wiring, and Lights * DESINA, plug-in conduit box, and DIN with plug styles only. ** Must have plug-in style conduit box. D61.indd, dd A141 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Technical Information Series D61V Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC D61V* Series Pressure Drop Chart The following chart provides the flow vs. pressure drop curve reference for the Series D61V valves by spool type. Reference Data D61V*001 390 (100) D61V*008 312 (80) D61V*002 312 (80) D61V*009 312 (80) D61V*003 390 (100) D61V*011 390 (100) D61V*004 390 (100) D61V*012 137 (35) D61V*005 390 (100) D61V*014 195 (50) D61V*006 390 (100) D61V*015 390 (100) D61V*007 195 (50) D61V*016 390 (100) MaximumFlow, Maximum Flow, LPM (GPM) LPM (GPM) Spool 207 Bar (3000 PSI) Spool 207 Bar (3000 PSI) Model Symbol w/o Malfunction Model Symbol w/o Malfunction A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T Performance Curves D61VW Pressure Drop Reference Chart — Curve Number Spool No. P–A P–B P–T A–T B–T 001 3 3 – 1 2 002 4 4 5 4 5 003 3 3 – 4 2 004 3 3 – 4 5 005 3 4 – 1 2 006 4 4 – 1 2 007 4 4 7 1 5 008/009 3 3 7 4 6 011 3 3 – 1 2 012 3 3 8 4 5 014 4 4 – 2 1 015 3 3 – 2 4 016 4 3 – 2 1 VISCOSITY CORRECTION FACTOR Viscosity (SSU) 75 150 200 250 300 350 400 % of ΔP (Approx.) 93 111 119 126 132 137 141 Curves were generated using 100 SSU hydraulic oil. For any other viscosity, pressure drop will change as per chart. D61.indd, dd A142 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Technical Information Series D61V Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Insulation System Class F Allowable Deviation -15% to +10% for DC and AC rectified coils from rated voltage -5% to +5% for AC Coils Armature Wet pin type CSA File Number LR60407 Environmental DC Solenoids meet NEMA 4 and IP67 Capability when properly wired and installed. Contact HVD for AC coil applications. U.L. & CSA (EU) Class I, Div 1 & 2, Groups C & D Class II, Div 1 & 2, Groups E, F & G As defined by the N.E.C. MSHA (EO) Complies with 30CFR, Part 18 ATEX (ED) Complies with ATEX requirements for: Exd, Group IIB; EN50014: 1999+ Amds. 1 & 2, EN50018: 2000 ATEX & CSA/US (ET) Complies with ATEX EN60079-0, EN60079-1 Ex d IIC; CSA/US Ex d IIC, AEx d IIC for Class I, Zone 1, UL1203, UL1604, CSA E61241,1 Class II, Div 1 * Allowable Voltage Deviation ±10%. Note that Explosion Proof AC coils are single frequency only. Solenoid Ratings Explosion Proof Solenoid Ratings* Code Voltage In Rush Amps In Rush Holding Amps Watts Resistance Voltage Power Amperage VA @ 3MM Code Code D L 120 VDC N/A N/A 0.09 Amps 10 W 1584.00 ohms D Omit 120 VDC N/A N/A 0.26 Amps 30 W 528.00 ohms G Omit 198 VDC N/A N/A 0.15 Amps 30 W 1306.80 ohms J L 24 VDC N/A N/A 0.44 Amps 10 W 51.89 ohms J Omit 24 VDC N/A N/A 1.32 Amps 30 W 17.27 ohms K L 12 VDC N/A N/A 0.88 Amps 10 W 12.97 ohms K Omit 12 VDC N/A N/A 2.64 Amps 30 W 4.32 ohms L L 6 VDC N/A N/A 1.67 Amps 10 W 3.59 ohms L Omit 6 VDC N/A N/A 5.00 Amps 30 W 1.20 ohms Q Omit 100 VAC / 60 Hz 2.05 Amps 170 VA 0.77 Amps 30 W 19.24 ohms QD F 100 VAC / 60 Hz 1.35 Amps 135 VA 0.41 Amps 18 W 31.20 ohms QD F 100 VAC / 50 Hz 1.50 Amps 150 VA 0.57 Amps 24 W 31.20 ohms R F 24/60 VAC, Low Watt 6.67 Amps 160 VA 2.20 Amps 23 W 1.52 ohms T Omit 240/60 VAC 0.83 Amps 199 VA 0.30 Amps 30 W 120.40 ohms T Omit 220/50 VAC 0.87 Amps 191 VA 0.34 Amps 30 W 120.40 ohms T F 240/60 VAC, Low Watt 0.70 Amps 168 VA 0.22 Amps 21 W 145.00 ohms T F 220/50 VAC, Low Watt 0.75 Amps 165 VA 0.26 Amps 23 W 145.00 ohms U L 98 VDC N/A N/A 0.10 Amps 10 W 960.00 ohms U Omit 98 VDC N/A N/A 0.31 Amps 30W 288.00 ohms Y Omit 120/60 VAC 1.7 Amps 204 VA 0.60 Amps 30 W 28.20 ohms Y Omit 110/50 VAC 1.7 Amps 187 VA 0.68 Amps 30 W 28.20 ohms Y F 120/60 VAC, Low Watt 1.40 Amps 168 VA 0.42 Amps 21 W 36.50 ohms Y F 110/50 VAC, Low Watt 1.50 Amps 165 VA 0.50 Amps 23 W 36.50 ohms Z L 250 VDC N/A N/A 0.04 Amps 10 W 6875.00 ohms Z Omit 250 VDC N/A N/A 0.13 Amps 30 W 1889.64 ohms Explosion Proof Solenoids R 24/60 VAC 7.63 Amps 183 VA 2.85 Amps 27 W 1.99 ohms T 240/60 VAC 0.76 Amps 183 VA 0.29 Amps 27 W 1.34 ohms N 220/50 VAC 0.77 Amps 169 VA 0.31 Amps 27 W 1.38 ohms Y 120/60 VAC 1.60 Amps 192 VA 0.58 Amps 27 W 33.50 ohms P 110/50 VAC 1.47 Amps 162 VA 0.57 Amps 27 W 34.70 ohms K 12 VDC N/A N/A 2.75 Amps 33 W 4.36 ohms J 24 VDC N/A N/A 1.38 Amps 33 W 17.33 ohms “ET” Explosion Proof Solenoids K 12 VDC N/A N/A 1.00 Amps 12 W 12.00 ohms J 24 VDC N/A N/A 1.00 Amps 13 W 44.30 ohms Y 120/60-50 VAC N/A N/A 0.16 Amps 17 W 667.00 ohms D61.indd, dd A143 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Dimensions Series D61V Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) TOC Plug-in Conduit Box, Double AC Solenoid Note: 41.9mm (1.65″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. D61.indd, dd A144 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Dimensions Series D61V Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Plug-in Conduit Box and Stroke Adjust, Double AC Solenoid Plug-in Conduit Box, Single AC Solenoid Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Note: 41.9mm (1.65″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Note: 41.9mm (1.65″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. D61.indd, dd A145 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Dimensions Series D61V Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) TOC Plug-in Conduit Box, Double DC Solenoid Note: 41.9mm (1.65″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. D61.indd, dd A146 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Dimensions Series D61V Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Plug-in Conduit Box and Stroke Adjust, Double DC Solenoid Hirschmann and Pilot Choke Control, Double DC Solenoid Plug-in Conduit Box, Single DC Solenoid Note: 41.9mm (1.65″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. D61.indd, dd A147 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Dimensions Series D61V Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Plug-in Conduit Box, Double DC Solenoid with Variation I3 (Monitor Switch) Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Position Control Switch Sensor / Driver Circuitry PIN 2 Input 18-42 VDC PIN 1 PIN 3 Outputs Load 0.2 A Max Monitor Switch (Variation I3 and I6) This feature provides for electrical confirmation of the spool shift. This can be used in safety circuits, to assure proper sequencing, etc. Switch Data Pin 1 and Pin 3 have outputs equal to the input. When the monitor switch has the output to Pin 1, Pin 3 will have an output of zero, and vice-versa. When the valve is switched, Pin 1 and Pin 3 will switch outputs. D61.indd, dd A148 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Accessories Series D61V Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Manaplug (Options 6, 56, 1A & 1C) Micro Connector Options (7A, 7B, 1B & 1D) Interface – Brad Harrison Plug – 3-Pin for Single Solenoid – 5-Pin for Double Solenoid Solenoid (Positive) Wire #2 (Red/White) Ground Wire #1 (Green) Solenoid (Negative) Wire #3 (Red/Black) 3-Pin Manaplug (Mini) with Lights Single Solenoid Valves – Installed Opposite Side of Solenoid Pins are as seen on valve (male pin connectors) Manaplug – Electrical Mini Plug EP336-30 3 Pin Plug EP316-30 5 Pin Plug (Double Solenoid) EP31A-30 5 Pin Plug (Single Solenoid) DESINA Connector (Option D) M12 pin assignment Standard Hirschmann Plug with Lights (Option P5) ISO 4400/DIN 43650 Form “A” Face View of Plug Pins are as seen on valve (male pin connectors) Manaplug – Electrical Micro Plug EP337-30 3 Pin Plug EP317-30 5 Pin Plug (Double Solenoid) EP31B-30 5 Pin Plug (Single Solenoid) 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 DESINA – design Pin 1 and 2 connected 1 = Not used 2 = Not used 3 = 0V 4 = Signal (24 V) 5 = Earth Ground Pin #2 (Positive) (Negative) Pin #3 (Ground) Pin #1 Conduit Box Option C – No Wiring Options Available Signal Lights (Option 5) — Plug-in Only – LED Interface – Meets Nema 4/IP67 D61.indd, dd A149 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Technical Information Series D61VA Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION General Description TOC Series D61VA directional control valves are 5-chamber, air pilot operated valves. They are available in 2 or 3-position styles. These valves are manifold or subplate mounted, and conform to NFPA’s D08, CETOP 8 mounting patterns. Specifications Features • Low pressure drop. • Fast response option available. • Hardened spools provide long life. NFPA D08 CETOP 8 Code Description Omit Standard 7 Pilot Choke – Meter-out 8 Stroke Adj. ‘B’ End 9 Stroke Adj. ‘A’ End 60 Pilot Choke – Meter-in 89 Stroke Adj. ‘A’ & ‘B’ Ends 90 1/4 BSPP Threads Code Description 1 Int. pilot/Ext. drain 2 Ext. pilot/Ext. drain 4# Int. pilot/Int. drain 5 Ext. pilot/Int. drain # Not available with 002, 008 & 009 spools. * 008 spool has closed crossover. ** 009 spool has open crossover. 001 008* 009** 002 011 004 012 Code Symbol Code Symbol A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T Valve schematic symbols are per NFPA/ ANSI standards, providing flow P to A when energizing operator A. Note operators reverse sides for #8 and #9 spools. See installation information for details. Code Description N Nitrile V Fluorocarbon D 61V Directional Control Valve Basic Valve Air Operated Pilot Spool Style Seal A Design Series NOTE: Not required when ordering. Pilot Supply and Drain Valve Variations Ordering Information Code Description Symbol B Single operator, 2 position, spring offset. P to A and B to T in offset position. C Double operator, 3 position, spring centered. D Double operator, 2 position, detent. E Single operator, 2 position, spring offset to center. P to B and A to T in shifted position. H Single operator, 2 position, spring offset. P to B and A to T in offset position. K Single operator, 2 position. Spring offset to center. P to A and B to T in shifted position. A B P T b A B P T b a A B P T b a A B P T a A B P T a A B P T b Valve Weight: 12.4 kg (27.3 lbs.) Standard Bolt Kit: BK227 Metric Bolt Kit: BKM227 Seal Kit: Nitrile SKD61VA Fluorocarbon SKD61VAV Mounting Pattern NFPA D08, CETOP 8, NG25 Max. Operating 207 Bar (3000 PSI) Pressure Max. Tank Internal Drain Model: Pressure 34 Bar (500 PSI) External Drain Model: 207 Bar (3000 PSI) Max. Drain Pressure 34 Bar (500 PSI) Maximum Flow See Reference Data Pilot Pressure Air Min. 3.4 Bar (50 PSI) Air Max. 10.2 Bar (150 PSI) Response Time Varies with pilot line size and length, pilot pressure, pilot valve shift time & flow capacity (GPM) Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-Bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. This condition varies with spool code. D61.indd, dd A150 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Dimensions Series D61VA Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Note: 41.9mm (1.65″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. D61.indd, dd A151 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Technical Information Series D61VL Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION General Description TOC Series D61VL directional control valves are 5-chamber, lever operated valves. They are available in 2 and 3-position styles. They are manifold or subplate mounted valves, which conform to NFPA’s D08, CETOP 8 mounting patterns. Specifications Mounting Pattern NFPA D08, CETOP 8, NG25 Max. Operating 207 Bar (3000 PSI) Pressure Max. Tank Internal Drain Model: Pressure 34 Bar (500 PSI) External Drain Model: 207 Bar (3000 PSI) Maximum Drain 34 Bar (500 PSI) Pressure Maximum Flow See Reference Data Pilot Oil Min. 6.9 Bar (100 PSI) Pressure Oil Max. 207 Bar (3000 PSI) Varies with pilot line size and Response Time length, pilot pressure, pilot valve shift time & flow capacity (GPM) Features • Low force required to shift spool. • Hardened spools provide long life. • Low pressure drop design. Code Description 1 Int. pilot/Ext. drain 2 Ext. pilot/Ext. drain 4# Int. pilot/Int. drain 5 Ext. pilot/Int. drain # Not available with 002, 008 & 009 spools. NFPA D08 CETOP 8 Code Description Symbol B* Single operator, 2 position, spring offset. P to A and B to T in offset position. C Double operator, 3 position, spring centered. D* Double operator, 2 position, detent. E Single operator, 2 position, spring centered. P to B and A to T in shifted position. H* Single operator, 2 position, spring offset. P to B and A to T in offset position. K Single operator, 2 position. Spring centered. P to A and B to T in shifted position. * Available with 001, 002, 004, 011, 012. A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T * 008 spool has closed crossover. ** 009 spool has open crossover. 001 008* 009** 002 011 004 012 Code Symbol Code Symbol A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T Valve Weight: 12.1 kg (26.7 lbs.) Standard Bolt Kit: BK227 Metric Bolt Kit: BKM227 Seal Kit: Nitrile SKD61VL Fluorocarbon SKD61VLV Valve schematic symbols are per NFPA/ ANSI standards, providing flow P to A when energizing operator A. Note operators reverse sides for #8 and #9 spools. See installation information for details. D 61V Directional Control Valve Basic Valve Spool Style Seal L Design Series NOTE: Not required when ordering. Pilot Supply and Drain Ordering Information Valve Variations Code Description Omit Standard 7 Pilot Choke – Meter Out 8 Stroke Adj. ‘B’ End 9 Stroke Adj. ‘A’ End 60 Pilot Choke – Meter In 89 Stroke Adj. ‘A’ & ‘B’ Ends Lever Operated Pilot Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-Bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. Code Description N Nitrile V Fluorocarbon This condition varies with spool code. D61.indd, dd A152 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Dimensions Series D61VL Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Note: 41.9mm (1.65″) from bottom of bolt counterbore. Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC D61.indd, dd A153 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Technical Information Series D6P Mounting Pattern NFPA D08, CETOP 8, NG25 Max. Operating Press. 207 Bar (3000 PSI) Max. Tank Line Press. 207 Bar (3000 PSI) Max. Drain Pressure 207 Bar (3000 PSI) Min. Pilot Pressure 5.1 Bar* (75 PSI) Max. Pilot Pressure 207 Bar (3000 PSI) Nominal Flow 189 Liters/Min (50 GPM) Maximum Flow See Reference Chart General Description Series D6P directional control valves are 5-chamber, pilot operated valves. They are available in 2 or 3-position styles. These valves are manifold or subplate mounted, and conform to NFPA’s D08, CETOP 8 mounting patterns. Features • Low pressure drop design. • Hardened spools provide long life. • Fast response option available. Specifications * 6.9 Bar (100 PSI) for 2, 8, 9 & 12 spools For flow path, pilot drain and pilot pressure details, see Installation Information. Response Time Response time will vary with pilot line size, pilot line length, pilot pressure shift time and flow capacity of the control valve. Shift Volume The pilot chamber requires a volune of 0.54 in3 for center to end and 1.08 in3 for end to end. Code Type N Nitrile V Fluorocarbon Code Description 2 Ext. Pilot — Ext. Drain 5# Ext. Pilot — Int. Drain # Available in “B” & “H” styles only. Code Description Omit Standard 7 Pilot Choke – Meter Out 8 Stroke Adj. ‘B’ End 9 Stroke Adj. ‘A’ End 20 Fast Response 60 Pilot Choke – Meter In 89 Stroke Adj. ‘A’ & ‘B’ Ends Code Description Symbol B Single operator, 2 position, spring offset. P to A and B to T in offset position. C Double operator, 3 position, spring centered. H Single operator, 2 position, spring offset. P to B and A to T in offset position. Ordering Information * 8 spool has closed crossover. ** 9 spool has open crossover. 1 8* 9** 2 11 4 12 Code Symbol Code Symbol A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T Valve Weight: 11.0 kg (24.2 lbs.) Standard Bolt Kit: BK227 Metric Bolt Kit: BKM227 Valve schematic symbols are per NFPA/ANSI standards, providing flow P to A when energizing operator X. Note operators reverse sides for #8 and #9 spools. See installation information for details. D 6 Directional Control Valve Basic Valve Hydraulic Pilot Spool Style Seal P Design Series NOTE: Not required when ordering. Pilot Supply and Drain Valve Variations This condition varies with spool code. Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-Bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. NFPA D08 CETOP 8 Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC D61.indd, dd A154 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Dimensions Series D6P Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Pilot Operated with Pilot Choke Control Standard Pilot Operated Note: 41.9mm (1.65″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Pilot Choke Control Variation 7 39.6 (1.56) 183.6 (7.23) Note: 41.9mm (1.65″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC D61.indd, dd A155 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Installation Information Series D61V, D6P The following is important installation information which applies to all directional control valves described in this catalog. Mounting Position Detent – Horizontal Spring Offset – Unrestricted Spring Centered – Unrestricted Fluid Recommendations Premium quality hydraulic oil with a viscosity range between 32-54 cSt. (150-250 SSU ) At 38°C (100°F) is recommended. The absolute operating viscosity range is from 16-220 cSt. (80-1000 SSU). Oil should have maximum anti-wear properties and rust and oxidation treatment. Fluids and Seals Valves using synthetic, fire-resistant fluids require special seals. When phosphate esters or its blends are used, FLUOROCARBON seals are required. Waterglycol, water-in-oil emulsions and petroleum oil may be used with STANDARD seals. Filtration For maximum valve and system component life, the system should be protected from contamination at a level not to exceed 125 particles greater than 10 microns per milliliter of fluid (SAE class 4/ISO 16/13). Series NFPA Size D61V*, D6P D08, CETOP 8 3/4” FOR MAXIMUM VALVE RELIABILITY, ADHERE TO THE FOLLOWING INSTALLATION INFORMATION. Mounting Patterns Torque Specifications The recommended torque values for the bolts which mount the valve to the manifold or subplate are as follows: 135.6 Nm (100 ft-lbs). Silting Silting can cause any sliding spool valve to stick and not spring return if held under pressure for long periods of time. The valve should be cycled periodically to prevent sticking. Special Installations Consult your Parker representative for any application requiring the following: • Pressure above rating. • Fluid other than those specified. • Oil temperature above 71.1°C (160°F). • Flow path other than normal. Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC D61.indd, dd A156 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Installation Information Series D61V Series D61VW, D61VA, D61VL Tank and Drain Line Surges If several valves are piped with a common tank or drain line, flow surges in the line may cause an unexpected spool shift. Detent style valves are most susceptible to this. Separate tank and drain lines should be piped in installations where line surges are expected. Electrical Characteristics (Detented Spool) Only a momentary energizing of the solenoid is necessary to shift and hold a detented spool. Minimum duration of the signal is 0.1 seconds for DC voltages. For AC voltages the response time is 0.06 seconds. Spool position will be held provided the spool centerline is in a horizontal plane, and not shock or vibration is present to displace the spool. Electrical Failure or Loss of Pilot Pressure (D61VA) Should electric power fail or loss of pilot pressure occur, spring offset and spring centered valves will shift to the spring held position. Detented valves will stay in the last position held before power failure. If main flow does not fail or stop at the same time power fails, machine actuators may continue to function in an undesirable manner or sequence. Pilot/Drain Characteristics Pilot Pressure: 5.1 to 207 Bar (75 to 3000 PSI) 6.9 Bar (100 PSI) for spools 002, 007, 008, 009 & 014 External: An oil source sufficient to maintain minimum pilot pressure must be connected to the “X” port of the main body. When using the external pilot variation, a 1/16″ pipe plug must be present in the main body pilot passage. (For details see Dimension pages.) This plug will be furnished in valves ordered with pilot code 2, 3, 5 or 6. Internal: Flow is internally ported from the pressure port of the main valve body to the “P” port of the pilot valve. The pressure developed at the “P” port of the pilot valve must be 5.1 Bar (75 PSI) minimum at all times or 6.9 Bar (100 PSI) for spools 002, 007, 008, 009 & 014. Integral Check: Valves using internal pilot and internal drain with an open center spool (spools 002, 008 & 009) can be ordered with an integral check valve in the pressure port of the main valve codes 3 & 6. Pilot oil will be internally ported from the upstream side of this check to the “P” port of the pilot valve, ensuring sufficient pilot pressure. A 1/16” pipe plug will be present in the main body. The “X” port in the subplate must be plugged when using the integral check. Pilot Valve Drain: Maximum pressure 102 Bar (1500 PSI), 207 Bar (3000 PSI) optional. External: When using an external drain, a 10 x 24 x 0.31 long set screw must be present in the main body drain passage. (For details see Dimension pages.) This plug will be furnished in valves ordered with drain code 1, 2 or 3. Drain flow from the pilot valve is at the “Y” port of the main body and must be piped directly to tank. Maximum drain line pressure is 102 Bar (1500 PSI), 207 Bar (3000 PSI) optional. Any drain line back pressure is additive to the pilot pressure requirement. Internal: Drain flow from the pilot valve is internally connected to the main valve tank port. Tank and drain pressure are then identical so tank line pressure should not exceed 102 Bar (1500 PSI), 207 Bar (3000 PSI) optional. Any tank line back pressure is also additive to the pilot pressure requirement. If flow surges (a cause of pressure surges) are anticipated in the tank line, an external drain variation is recommended. The “Y” port in the subplate must be plugged when using an internal drain. D61V* Flow Paths Style No Solenoid/Operator Solenoid/Operator A Solenoid/Operator B Code Description Energized Energized Energized B Spring Offset P➝A and B➝T — P➝B and A➝T C Spring Centered Centered P➝A and B➝T P➝B and A➝T D Detented Last Position Held P➝A and B➝T P➝B and A➝T E Spring Centered Centered — P➝B and A➝T F† Spring Offset, Shift to Center P➝A and B➝T — Centered H Spring Offset P➝B and A➝T P➝A and B➝T — K Spring Centered Centered P➝A and B➝T — M† Spring Offset, Shift to Center P➝B and A➝T Centered — † D61VW only. Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC D61.indd, dd A157 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Installation Information Series D6P Style Recommended Description “X” & “Y” “X” Port “Y” Port Special Notes Control Valve Code De-Pressurized Pressurized Pressurized For Pilot Oil Two Position “X” Port may be pressurized to B Spring Offset P➝A, B➝T P➝A, B➝T P➝B, A➝T assist spring in returning spool to offset position (ext. only) Three Position Flow paths will be reversed on C Spring Centered Center P➝A, B➝T P➝B, A➝T valves with tandem center (8) spools Two-Position “Y” Port may be pressurized H Spring Offset P➝B, A➝T P➝A, B➝T P➝B, A➝T to assist spring in returning spool to offset position Pilot Drain Characteristics Pilot Pressure: 5.1 to 207 Bar (75 to 3000 PSI) 6.9 Bar (100 PSI) for spools 2, 8, 9 & 12 Direct pilot operated valves use the “X” and “Y” ports to supply pilot oil directly to the ends of the spool, providing spool shifting force. A block mounted on top of the valve body is internally cored to make the necessary connections. Thus when “X” is pressurized, “Y” is used as a drain; and when “Y” is pressurized, “X” becomes the drain. Any back pressure in these lines when they are being used as a drain is additive to the pilot pressure requirement. Internal Drain: On spring offset models, only the “X” port is pressurized, as the spring returns the spool to its at rest position. On these models, “Y” may be internally drained through the main tank passage in the valve. Series D6P Tank and Drain Line Surges If several valves are piped with a common tank or drain line, flow surges in the line may cause an unexpected spool shift. Detent style valves are most susceptible to this. Separate tank and drain lines should be piped in installations where line surges are expected. Loss of Pilot Pressure Should a loss of pilot pressure occur, spring offset and spring centered valves will shift to the spring held position. No spring valves will stay in the last position held. If main hydraulic flow does simultaneously stop, machine actuators may continue to function in an undesirable manner or sequence. Flow Path/Pilot Pressure Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC D61.indd, dd A158 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Installation Information Series D61V, D6P Subplate Mounting NFPA D08, CETOP 8 & NG 25 Recommended Mounting Surface Surface must be flat within .102 mm (0.0004 inch) T.I.R and smooth within 812.8 micro-meters (32 micro-inch). Torque bolts to 135.6 Nm (100 ft-lbs). Mounting Pattern — NFPA D08, CETOP 8 & NG 25 Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) O 11.2 (0.441) max. 3 holes 0.56 (0.022) L A B O 23.42 (0.922) max. 4 holes 0.56 (0.022) L A B O 0.288 / .272 x 0.31 min dp. (7.32 / 6.91 x 8) 2 holes 0.28 (0.011) L A B ½ – 13 UNC – 2Bx22.22 min th’d dp. (M12 x 0.875) 6 holes 0.28 (0.011) S A B 152.4 (6.00) 112.7 (4.44) 100.8 (3.97) 130.2 (5.13) 77.0 (3.03) 29.4 17.5 (1.16) (0.69) 74.6 92.1 (2.94) (3.63) 130.0 (5.12) 4.8 (0.19) 73.0 (2.88) 53.2 (2.09) 94.5 (3.72) 17.5 (0.69) – B – – A – For maximum valve reliability, adhere to the following installation information. Valve Type Mounting Position Detent (Solenoid) Horizontal Spring Offset Unrestricted Spring Centered Unrestricted Mounting Position Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC D61.indd, dd A159 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US A Notes Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves D81.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A A160 Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Introduction Series D81 TOC Application Series D81 hydraulic directional control valves are high performance, solenoid controlled, pilot operated, 2-stage, 4-way valves. They are available in 2 or 3-position styles and are manifold mounted. These valves conform to NFPA’s D08, CETOP 8 mounting pattern. Operation Series D81 directional valves consist of a 5-chamber style main body, a case hardened sliding spool, and a pilot valve or pilot operators (hydraulic or pneumatic). Features • Easy access mounting bolts. • 345 Bar (5000 PSI) pressure rating. • Flows to 622 LPM (160 GPM) depending on spool. • Choice of four operator styles. • Rugged four land spools. • Low pressure drop. • Phosphate finish. D8P Oil Pilot Operated D81VA Air Pilot Operated D81VW Solenoid Operated Plug-in Conduit Box D81VL Lever Operated Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves D81.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A A161 Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Technical Information Series D81V General Description Series D81VW directional control valves are 5-chamber, pilot operated, solenoid controlled valves. They are available in 2 or 3-position styles. These valves are manifold or subplate mounted, and conform to NFPA’s D08, CETOP 8 mounting pattern. Operation Series D81VW pilot operated valves are standard with low shock spools and pilot orifice. The orifice can be removed if a faster shift is required. It is recommended, however, that all systems operating above 138 Bar (2000 PSI) use the standard valve to avoid severe shock. Features • Low pressure drop design. • Hardened spools provide long life. • Fast response option available. • Wide variety of voltages and electrical connection options. • Explosion proof availability. • No tools required for coil removal. Response Time Response times (milliseconds) are measured at 345 Bar (5000 PSI) and 300 LPM (80 GPM) with various pilot pressures as indicated. Because of the high drain line pressure transients generated during shifting, use of the fast response option is not recommended for pilot pressures exceeding 138 Bar (2000 PSI). Solenoid Pilot Pull-In Drop-Out Type Pressure Std Fast Std Fast 500 140 100 70 70 DC 1000 125 90 76 76 2000 100 70 70 70 500 100 60 60 60 AC 1000 85 50 60 60 2000 60 30 60 60 Mounting Pattern NFPA D08, CETOP 8, NG25 Maximum Operating 345 Bar (5000 PSI) Standard Pressure 207 Bar (3000 PSI) 10 Watt CSA 207 Bar (3000 PSI) Maximum Tank Line Internal Drain Model: Pressure 103 Bar (1500 PSI) AC Only 207 Bar (3000 PSI) DC Std., AC Optional External Drain Model: 345 Bar (5000 PSI) CSA 103 Bar (1500 PSI) Maximum Drain 103 Bar (1500 PSI) AC Only Pressure 207 Bar (3000 PSI) DC Std., AC Optional CSA 103 Bar (1500 PSI) Minimum Pilot 5.1 Bar* (75 PSI) Pressure Maximum Pilot 345 Bar (5000 PSI) Standard Pressure CSA 207 Bar (3000 PSI) Nominal Flow 302 LPM (80 GPM) Specifications * 6.9 Bar (100 PSI) for spool configurations 002, 007, 008, 009 & 014. Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves D81.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A A162 Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Ordering Information Series D81V TOC D Directional Control Valve Basic Valve Actuator Spool Style Seal Solenoid Voltage Pilot Supply and Drain NFPA D08 CETOP 8 DIN NG25 High Flow, D03 Pilot 81V Code Description W* Solenoid, Wet Pin, Screw-in HW* Reversed Wiring Code Description A* 24/50 VAC D 120 VDC G 198 VDC J 24 VDC K 12 VDC N** 220/50 VAC Q* 100/60 VAC QD† 100 VAC/60 Hz 100 VAC/50 Hz R 24/60 VAC T 240/60 – 220/50 VAC U 98 VDC Y 120/60 – 110/50 VAC Z 250 VDC * High Watt Coil only. ** Explosion Proof only. † Available in DIN only. Code Description N Nitrile V Fluorocarbon Code Symbol 001 002 003 004 005 006 007 008* 009** 011 Code Symbol 012 014 015 016 020* 030** 081 082 * 008 & 020 spool have closed crossover. ** 009 & 030 spool have open crossover. Code Description Symbol B* Single solenoid, 2 position, spring offset. P to A and B to T in offset position. C Double solenoid, 3 position, spring centered. D* Double solenoid, 2 position, detent. E Single solenoid, 2 position, spring centered. P to B and A to T when energized. F** Single solenoid, 2 position, spring offset, energized to center. Position spool spacer on A side. P to A and B to T in spring offset position. H* Single solenoid, 2 position, spring offset. P to B and A to T in offset position. K Single solenoid, 2 position, spring centered. P to A and B to T when energized. M** Single solenoid, 2 position, spring offset, energized to center position. Spool spacer on B side. P to B and A to T in spring offset position. * Available with 020 and 030 spools only. ** High watt coil only. Code Description 1 Internal Pilot, External Drain 2 External Pilot, External Drain 3 Internal Pilot w/Check, External Drain 4* Internal Pilot, Internal Drain 5 External Pilot, Internal Drain 6 Internal Pilot w/Check, Internal Drain * Not availble with 002, 007, 008, 009, 014 & 030 spools. A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T b A B P T b a A B P T b a A B P T b A B P T b A B P T a A B P T a A B P T a * Valve schematic symbols are per NFPA/ ANSI standards, providing flow P to A when energizing solenoid A. Note operators reverse sides for #008 and #009 spools. See installation information for details. To configure per DIN standards (A coil over A port, B coil over B port) code valves as D81VHW***. A B P T Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves D81.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A A163 Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Ordering Information Series D81V Valve Weight: Double Solenoid 19.6 kg (43.2 lbs.) Seal Kit: Nitrile SKD81VWN91 Fluorocarbon SKD81VWV91 Tube Options Approvals Design Series NOTE: Not required when ordering. Manual Override Options Coil Options Electrical Options Shift Response and Indication Valve Variations * DC only. DIN coil must include plug with lights. † DC tube standard. Solenoid Connection See next page Code Description Omit Standard Valve 3*† CSA US 4*# CSA Approved * Not available with AC high pressure tube. # Valve is derated with this option. † B, C, H styles only. J, K, Y, U voltages only with C, G, W solenoid connections only. Conforms to UL429. Code Description Omit Standard Response, No Switch I3 Monitor Switch, ‘A’ & ‘B’ Port End I6 Monitor Switch, ‘A’ & ‘B’ Port Start Note: Not CE or CSA approved. Not available with ‘F’ or ‘M’ styles. Code Description Omit Standard P Extended with Boot T† None † DC or AC Rectified only. Manual Override options not available with Explosion Proof. Code Description Omit Standard Pressure 103 Bar (1500 PSI) AC 207 Bar (3000 PSI) DC H* High Pressure, AC only 207 Bar (3000 PSI) * Not available with CSA. Code Description Omit No Options J* Diode Surge Suppressor Z† Rectified Coil Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. Note: All bolts are SAE grade 8, 1/2-13 UNC-3A thread, torque to 133 N.m. (100 ft.-lbs.) Mounting Bolt Kits UNC Bolt Kits for use with D6 and D8 Directional Control Valves & Sandwich Valves Number of Sandwich Valves @ 2.75″ (70mm) thickness 0 1 2 3 D6 BK227 BK121 BK122 BK123 2.50″ 5.25″ 8.00″ 10.75″ D6 plus BK161 BK170 BK171 BK172 tapping plate 3.50″ 6.25″ 9.00″ 11.75″ D8 BK228 BK131 BK132 BK133 3.00″ 5.75″ 8.50″ 11.25″ D8 plus BK173 BK174 BK175 BK114 tapping plate 4.00″ 6.75″ 9.50″ 12.125″ Code Description Omit* High Watt D** Explosion Proof, EEXD ATEX E** Explosion Proof, EEXME ATEX F† Low Watt L†† 10 Watt O** Explosion Proof, MSHA T# Explosion Proof, Ex d IIC ATEX/CSA U** Explosion Proof, UL/CSA * AC ambient temperature must not exceed 60°C (140°F). ** 60 Hz only on AC, no options. † AC only. †† DC and AC rectified only. # J, K and Y voltages only. Dual frequency on AC, no options. Code Description C* Leadwire Conduit Box D** Metric Plug (M12X1), DESINA E† Explosion Proof G†† Plug-In Conduit Box J# Deutsch (DT06-2S) M# Metri-Pack (150) P DIN with Plug S# Dual Spade W† DIN w/o Plug * No variations – See Plug-in. ** DC only, lights, diode surge suppressor, not CSA approved. † Not available with lights. †† Required for variations on conduit box style. Must have lights. # DC only, no lights, not CSA approved. Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves D81.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A A164 Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Ordering Information Series D81V TOC Valve Variations Code Description 5* Signal Lights – Standard Signal Lights – Hirsch. (DIN with Plug) 7B** Manaplug – Brad Harrison (12×1) Micro with Lights 56** Manaplug (Mini) with Lights 20 Fast Response 1C** Manaplug (Mini) Single Sol. 5-pin, with Lights 1D** Manaplug (Micro) Single Sol. 5-pin, with Lights 1G** Manaplug (Mini) Single Sol. 5-pin, with Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End and Lights 1H** Manaplug (Micro) Single Sol. 5-pin, with Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End and Lights 1M** Manaplug Opposite Normal 1P Painted Body 1R Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End with Pilot Choke Meter In 3A Pilot Choke Meter Out 3B Pilot Choke Meter In 3C Pilot Pressure Reducer 3D Stroke Adjust ‘B’ End 3E Stroke Adjust ‘A’ End 3F Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End 3G* Pilot Choke Meter Out with Lights 3H* Pilot Choke Meter In with Lights 3J* Pilot Pressure Reducer with Lights 3K Pilot Choke Meter Out with Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End 3L** Pilot Choke Meter Out, Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End with Lights and Manaplug — Brad Harrison Mini 3M Pilot Choke Meter Out, Pilot Pressure Reducer, Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End 3R Pilot Choke Meter Out & Pilot Pressure Reducer 3S** Lights, Mini Manaplug, Pilot Choke Meter Out 7Y** M12x1 Manaplug (4-pin), Special Wiring, and Lights * DESINA, plug-in conduit box, and DIN with plug styles only. ** Must have plug-in style conduit box. Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves D81.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A A165 Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Technical Information Series D81V D81V* Series Pressure Drop Chart The following chart provides the flow vs. pressure drop curve reference for the Series D81V* valve by spool type. Reference Data D81V*001 624 (160) D81V*008 312 (80) D81V*009 D81V*002 624 (160) D81V*011 624 (160) D81V*003 624 (160) D81V*012 312 (80) D81V*004 624 (160) D81V*014 312 (80) D81V*005 624 (160) D81V*015 624 (160) D81V*006 624 (160) D81V*016 624 (160) D81V*007 312 (80) D81V*020 624 (160) D81V*030 MaximumFlow, Maximum Flow, LPM (GPM) LPM (GPM) Spool 345 Bar (5000 PSI) Spool 345 Bar (5000 PSI) Model Symbol w/o Malfunction Model Symbol w/o Malfunction A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T Performance Curves A B P T A B P T A B P T D81VW Pressure Drop Reference Chart – Curve Number Spool No. P–A P–B P–T A–T B–T 001 1 1 – 3 4 002 2 2 5 4 6 003 1 1 – 4 4 004 1 1 – 4 6 005 2 2 – 3 4 006 2 2 – 3 4 007 1 2 8 3 6 009 2 2 7 3 4 011 1 1 – 3 4 012 1 1 9 3 4 014 2 1 8 6 3 015 2 2 – 5 5 016 2 2 – 4 3 020/030 2 2 – 3 4 VISCOSITY CORRECTION FACTOR Viscosity (SSU) 75 150 200 250 300 350 400 % of ΔP (Approx.) 93 111 119 126 132 137 141 Curves were generated using 100 SSU hydraulic oil. For any other viscosity, pressure drop will change as per chart. Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves D81.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A A166 Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Technical Information Series D81V TOC Insulation System Class F Allowable Deviation -15% to +10% for DC and AC rectified coils from rated voltage -5% to +5% for AC Coils Armature Wet pin type CSA File Number LR60407 Environmental DC Solenoids meet NEMA 4 and IP67 Capability when properly wired and installed. Contact HVD for AC coil applications. U.L. & CSA (EU) Class I, Div 1 & 2, Groups C & D Class II, Div 1 & 2, Groups E, F & G As defined by the N.E.C. MSHA (EO) Complies with 30CFR, Part 18 ATEX (ED) Complies with ATEX requirements for: Exd, Group IIB; EN50014: 1999+ Amds. 1 & 2, EN50018: 2000 ATEX & CSA/US (ET) Complies with ATEX EN60079-0, EN60079-1 Ex d IIC; CSA/US Ex d IIC, AEx d IIC for Class I, Zone 1, UL1203, UL1604, CSA E61241,1 Class II, Div 1 * Allowable Voltage Deviation ±10%. Note that Explosion Proof AC coils are single frequency only. Solenoid Ratings Explosion Proof Solenoid Ratings* Code Voltage In Rush Amps In Rush Holding Amps Watts Resistance Voltage Power Amperage VA @ 3MM Code Code D L 120 VDC N/A N/A 0.09 Amps 10 W 1584.00 ohms D Omit 120 VDC N/A N/A 0.26 Amps 30 W 528.00 ohms G Omit 198 VDC N/A N/A 0.15 Amps 30 W 1306.80 ohms J L 24 VDC N/A N/A 0.44 Amps 10 W 51.89 ohms J Omit 24 VDC N/A N/A 1.32 Amps 30 W 17.27 ohms K L 12 VDC N/A N/A 0.88 Amps 10 W 12.97 ohms K Omit 12 VDC N/A N/A 2.64 Amps 30 W 4.32 ohms L L 6 VDC N/A N/A 1.67 Amps 10 W 3.59 ohms L Omit 6 VDC N/A N/A 5.00 Amps 30 W 1.20 ohms Q Omit 100 VAC / 60 Hz 2.05 Amps 170 VA 0.77 Amps 30 W 19.24 ohms QD F 100 VAC / 60 Hz 1.35 Amps 135 VA 0.41 Amps 18 W 31.20 ohms QD F 100 VAC / 50 Hz 1.50 Amps 150 VA 0.57 Amps 24 W 31.20 ohms R F 24/60 VAC, Low Watt 6.67 Amps 160 VA 2.20 Amps 23 W 1.52 ohms T Omit 240/60 VAC 0.83 Amps 199 VA 0.30 Amps 30 W 120.40 ohms T Omit 220/50 VAC 0.87 Amps 191 VA 0.34 Amps 30 W 120.40 ohms T F 240/60 VAC, Low Watt 0.70 Amps 168 VA 0.22 Amps 21 W 145.00 ohms T F 220/50 VAC, Low Watt 0.75 Amps 165 VA 0.26 Amps 23 W 145.00 ohms U L 98 VDC N/A N/A 0.10 Amps 10 W 960.00 ohms U Omit 98 VDC N/A N/A 0.31 Amps 30W 288.00 ohms Y Omit 120/60 VAC 1.7 Amps 204 VA 0.60 Amps 30 W 28.20 ohms Y Omit 110/50 VAC 1.7 Amps 187 VA 0.68 Amps 30 W 28.20 ohms Y F 120/60 VAC, Low Watt 1.40 Amps 168 VA 0.42 Amps 21 W 36.50 ohms Y F 110/50 VAC, Low Watt 1.50 Amps 165 VA 0.50 Amps 23 W 36.50 ohms Z L 250 VDC N/A N/A 0.04 Amps 10 W 6875.00 ohms Z Omit 250 VDC N/A N/A 0.13 Amps 30 W 1889.64 ohms Explosion Proof Solenoids R 24/60 VAC 7.63 Amps 183 VA 2.85 Amps 27 W 1.99 ohms T 240/60 VAC 0.76 Amps 183 VA 0.29 Amps 27 W 1.34 ohms N 220/50 VAC 0.77 Amps 169 VA 0.31 Amps 27 W 1.38 ohms Y 120/60 VAC 1.60 Amps 192 VA 0.58 Amps 27 W 33.50 ohms P 110/50 VAC 1.47 Amps 162 VA 0.57 Amps 27 W 34.70 ohms K 12 VDC N/A N/A 2.75 Amps 33 W 4.36 ohms J 24 VDC N/A N/A 1.38 Amps 33 W 17.33 ohms “ET” Explosion Proof Solenoids K 12 VDC N/A N/A 1.00 Amps 12 W 12.00 ohms J 24 VDC N/A N/A 1.00 Amps 13 W 44.30 ohms Y 120/60-50 VAC N/A N/A 0.16 Amps 17 W 667.00 ohms Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves D81.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A A167 Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Dimensions Series D81V Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Plug-in Conduit Box, Double AC Solenoid M6 x 1 Plug for Variations 1, 2 & 3 Torque to: 1.78 ±0.22 Nm (16 ±2 in-lbs) 1/16 Plug for Variations 2 & 5 Do Not Loctite Torque to: 11.67 ±1.67 Nm (105 ±15 in-lbs) Do Not Loctite Note: 57mm (2.24″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves D81.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A A168 Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Dimensions Series D81V TOC Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Conduit Box and Stroke Adjust, Double AC Solenoid Conduit Box and Pilot Choke Control, Double AC Solenoid Conduit Box, Single AC Solenoid Note: 57mm (2.24″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves D81.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A A169 Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Dimensions Series D81V Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Plug-In Conduit Box, Double DC Solenoid Note: 57mm (2.24″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves D81.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A A170 Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Dimensions Series D81V TOC Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Hirschmann and Pilot Choke Control, Double DC Solenoid Plug-In Conduit Box, Single DC Solenoid Plug-In Conduit Box and Stroke Adjust, Double DC Solenoid Note: 57mm (2.24″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves D81.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A A171 Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Dimensions Series D81V Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Plug-In Conduit Box, Double AC Solenoid with Variation I3 (Monitor Switch) Monitor Switch (Variation I3 and I6) This feature provides for electrical confirmation of the spool shift. This can be used in safety circuits, to assure proper sequencing, etc. Switch Data Pin 1 and Pin 3 have outputs equal to the input. When the monitor switch has the output to Pin 1, Pin 3 will have an output of zero, and vice-versa. When the valve is switched, Pin 1 and Pin 3 will switch outputs. Position Control Switch Sensor / Driver Circuitry PIN 2 Input 18-42 VDC PIN 1 PIN 3 Outputs Load 0.2 A Max Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves D81.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A A172 Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Accessories Series D81V TOC Manaplug (Options 56 & 1C) Micro Connector Options (7B & 1D) Interface – Brad Harrison Plug – 3-Pin for Single Solenoid – 5-Pin for Double Solenoid Solenoid (Positive) Wire #2 (Red/White) Ground Wire #1 (Green) Solenoid (Negative) Wire #3 (Red/Black) 3-Pin Manaplug (Mini) with Lights Single Solenoid Valves – Installed Opposite Side of Solenoid DESINA Connector (Option D) M12 pin assignment Standard Hirschmann Plug with Lights (Option P5) ISO 4400/DIN 43650 Form “A” Conduit Box Option C – No Wiring Options Available Signal Lights (Option 5) — Plug-in Only – LED Interface – Meets Nema 4/IP67 Face View of Plug 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 DESINA – design Pin 1 and 2 connected 1 = Not used 2 = Not used 3 = 0V 4 = Signal (24 V) 5 = Earth Ground Pins are as seen on valve (male pin connectors) Pins are as seen on valve (male pin connectors) Pin #2 (Positive) (Negative) Pin #3 (Ground) Pin #1 Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves D81.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A A173 Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Technical Information Series D81VA General Description Series D81VA directional control valves are 5-chamber, air pilot operated valves. They are available in 2 or 3-position styles. These valves are manifold or subplate mounted, and conform to NFPA’s D08, CETOP 8 mounting pattern. Specifications Features • Low pressure drop design. • Fast response option available. • Hardened spools provide long life. NFPA D08 CETOP 8 DIN NG25 Code Description N Nitrile V Fluorocarbon Code Description 1 Int. pilot/Ext. drain 2 Ext. pilot/Ext. drain 4# Int. pilot/Int. drain 5 Ext. pilot/Int. drain # Not available with 002, 008, 009 & 030 spools. Code Description Symbol B† Sgl. operator, 2 position, spring offset. P to A and B to T in offset position. C Dbl. operator, 3 position, spring centered. D† Dbl. operator, 2 position, detent. E Sgl. operator, 2 position, spring centered. P to B and A to T when energized. H† Sgl. operator, 2 position, spring offset. P to B and A to T in offset position. K Sgl. operator, 2 position. Spring centered. P to A and B to T when energized. A B P T b A B P T b a A B P T b a A B P T a A B P T A B P T b * 020 spool has closed crossover. ** 009 & 030 spools have open crossover. 001 011 002 012 004 020* 009** 030** Code Symbol Code Symbol A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T Valve Weight: Single Operated 19.9 kg (43.9 lbs.) Standard Bolt Kit: BK228 Metric Bolt Kit: BKM228 Valve schematic symbols are per NFPA/ANSI standards, providing flow P to A when energizing operator A. Note operators reverse sides for #9 spool. See installation information for details. D 81V Directional Control Valve Basic Valve Spool Style Seal Valve Variations A Pilot Supply and Drain Ordering Information † Available with 020 & 030 spools only. Code Description Omit Standard 7 Pilot Choke – Meter Out 8 Stroke Adj. ‘B’ End 9 Stroke Adj. ‘A’ End 60 Pilot Choke – Meter In 89 Stroke Adj. ‘A’ & ‘B’ Ends 90 1/4 BSPP Threads This condition varies with spool code. Air Operated Pilot Design Series NOTE: Not required when ordering. Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. Mounting Pattern NFPA D08 , CETOP 8, NG25 Max. Operating 345 Bar (5000 PSI) Pressure Max. Tank Internal Drain Model: Line Pressure 34 Bar (500 PSI) External Drain Model: 207 Bar (3000 PSI) Max. Drain Pressure 34 Bar (500 PSI) Maximum Flow See Switching Limit Charts Pilot Pressure Air Min 3.4 Bar (50 PSI) Air Max 10.2 Bar (150 PSI) Varies with pilot line size and Response Time length, pilot pressure, pilot valve shift time & flow capacity (GPM) Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves D81.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A A174 Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Dimensions Series D81VA TOC Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Air Operated Note: 57mm (2.24″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves D81.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A A175 Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Technical Information Series D81VL General Description Series D81VL directional control valves are 5-chamber, lever operated valves. They are available in 2 or 3-position styles. These valves are manifold or subplate mounted, and conform to NFPA’s D08, CETOP 8 mounting pattern. Specifications NFPA D08 CETOP 8 Code Description N Nitrile V Fluorocarbon Code Description 1 Int. pilot/Ext. drain 2 Ext. pilot/Ext. drain 4# Int. pilot/Int. drain 5 Ext. pilot/Int. drain # Not available with 002, 008, 009 & 030 spools. This condition varies with spool code. Code Description Symbol B† Sgl. operator, 2 position, spring offset. P to A and B to T in offset position. C Dbl. operator, 3 position, spring centered. D† Dbl. operator, 2 position, detent. E Sgl. operator, 2 position, spring centered. P to B and A to T in shifted position. H† Sgl. operator, 2 position, spring offset. P to B and A to T in offset position. K Sgl. operator, 2 position. Spring centered. P to A and B to T in shifted position. † Available with 020 & 030 spools only. A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T * 008 & 020 spools have closed crossover. ** 009 & 030 spools have open crossover. 001 011 002 012 004 020* 008* 030** 009** Code Symbol Code Symbol A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T Valve Weight: 19.6 kg (43.2 lbs.) Standard Bolt Kit: BK228 Metric Bolt Kit: BKM228 Valve schematic symbols are per NFPA/ANSI standards, providing flow P to A when energizing operator A. Note operators reverse sides for #9 spool. See installation information for details. D 81V Directional Control Valve Basic Valve Lever Operated Pilot Spool Style Seal Valve Variations L Pilot Supply and Drain Design Series NOTE: Not required when ordering. Ordering Information Code Description Omit Standard 7 Pilot Choke – Meter Out 8 Stroke Adj. ‘B’ 9 Stroke Adj. ‘A’ 60 Pilot Choke – Meter In 89 Stroke Adj. ‘A’ & ‘B’ Mounting Pattern NFPA D08, CETOP 8, NG25 Max. Operating 350 Bar (5000 PSI) Pressure Max. Tank Line Internal Drain Model Pressure 34 Bar (500 PSI) External Drain Model 350 Bar (5000 PSI) Maximum Drain 34 Bar (500 PSI) Pressure Maximum Flow See Reference Data Charts Pilot Oil Min 6.9 Bar (100 PSI) Pressure Oil Max 350 Bar (5000 PSI) Response Time Varies with pilot line size and length, pilot pressure, pilot valve shift time & flow capacity (GPM) Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-Bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves D81.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A A176 Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Dimensions Series D81VL TOC Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Lever Operated Note: 57mm (2.24″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves D81.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A A177 Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Technical Information Series D8P Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-Bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. General Description Series D8P directional control valves are 5-chamber, pilot operated valves. They are available in 2 or 3-position styles. These valves are manifold or subplate mounted, and conform to NFPA’s D08, CETOP 8 mounting pattern. Features • Low pressure drop design. • Hardened spools provide long life. Specifications Mounting Pattern NFPA D08, CETOP 8, NG25 Max. Operating Pressure 345 Bar (5000 PSI) Max. Tank Line Pressure 345 Bar (5000 PSI) Max. Drain Pressure 345 Bar (5000 PSI) Min. Pilot Pressure 5.1 Bar* (75 PSI) Max. Pilot Pressure 345 Bar (5000 PSI) Nominal Flow 302 LPM (80 GPM) Max. Flow See Reference Data Chart * 6.9 Bar (100 PSI) for 2, 8, 9 & 12 spools For flow path, pilot drain and pilot pressure details, see Installation Information. Response Time Response time will vary with pilot line size, pilot line length, pilot pressure shift time and flow capacity of the control valve. Shift Volume The pilot chamber requires a volume of 1.35 in3 Ordering Information (22.1 cc) for center to end. NFPA D08 CETOP 8 DIN NG25 Code Type N Nitrile V Fluorocarbon Code Description Symbol B† Sgl. operator, 2 position, spring offset. P to A and B to T in offset position. C Dbl. operator, 3 position, spring centered. H† Sgl. operator, 2 position, spring offset. P to B and A to T in offset position. † Available with 20 & 30 spools only. This condition varies with * 20 spool has closed crossover. spool code. ** 9 & 30 spools have open crossover. 1 11 2 12 4 20* 7 30** 9** Code Symbol Code Symbol A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T Code Description 2 Ext. Pilot / Ext. Drain 5# Ext. Pilot / Int. Drain # Available in “B” and “H” style only. Valve schematic symbols are per NFPA/ANSI Valve Weight: 18.9 kg (41.7 lbs.) Standard Bolt Kit: BK228 Metric Bolt Kit: BKM228 standards, providing flow P to A when energizing operator X. Note operators reverse sides for #9 spool. See installation information for details. D 8 Directional Control Valve Basic Valve Actuator Spool Style Seal Valve Variations Pilot Supply and Drain A B P T Code Description Omit Standard 7 Pilot Choke – Meter Out 8 Stroke Adj. ‘B’ End 9 Stroke Adj. ‘A’ End 60 Pilot Choke – Meter In 89 Stroke Adj. ‘A’ & ‘B’ Ends Oil Operator P Design Series NOTE: Not required when ordering. Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves D81.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A A178 Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Dimensions Series D8P TOC Pilot Operated with Pilot Choke Control Pilot Choke Control Variation 7 39.6 (1.56) 212.4 (8.37) Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Standard Pilot Operated Note: 57mm (2.24″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves D81.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A A179 Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Technical Information Series D81V, D8P The following is important installation information which applies to all directional control valves described in this catalog. Mounting Position Detent – Horizontal Spring Offset – Unrestricted Spring Centered – Unrestricted Fluid Recommendations Premium quality hydraulic oil with a viscosity range between 32-54 cSt. (150-250 SSU) At 38°C (100°F) is recommended. The absolute operating viscosity range is from 16-220 cSt. (80-1000 SSU). Oil should have maximum anti-wear properties and rust and oxidation treatment. Fluids and Seals Valves using synthetic, fire-resistant fluids require special seals. When phosphate esters or its blends are used, FLUOROCARBON seals are required. Waterglycol, water-in-oil emulsions and petroleum oil may be used with STANDARD seals. Filtration For maximum valve and system component life, the system should be protected from contamination at a level not to exceed 125 particles greater than 10 microns per milliliter of fluid (SAE class 4/ISO 16/13). FOR MAXIMUM VALVE RELIABILITY, ADHERE TO THE FOLLOWING INSTALLATION INFORMATION. Mounting Patterns Torque Specifications The recommended torque values for the bolts which mount the valve to the manifold or subplate are as follows: 135.6 Nm (100 ft-lbs). Silting Silting can cause any sliding spool valve to stick and not spring return if held under pressure for long periods of time. The valve should be cycled periodically to prevent sticking. Special Installations Consult your Parker representative for any application requiring the following: • Pressure above rating. • Fluid other than those specified. • Oil temperature above 71.1°C (160°F). • Flow path other than normal. Installation Information Series NFPA CETOP D81V*, D8P D08 3/4” Catalog HY14-2500/US D81.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A A180 Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Series D81V TOC Directional Control Valves Installation Information Series D81VW, D81VA, D81VL Tank and Drain Line Surges If several valves are piped with a common tank or drain line, flow surges in the line may cause an unexpected spool shift. Detent style valves are most susceptible to this. Separate tank and drain lines should be piped in installations where line surges are expected. Electrical Characteristics (Detented Spool) Only a momentary energizing of the solenoid is necessary to shift and hold a detented spool. Minimum duration of the signal is 0.1 seconds for DC voltages. For AC voltages the response time is 0.06 seconds. Spool position will be held provided the spool centerline is in a horizontal plane, and not shock or vibration is present to displace the spool. Electrical Failure or Loss of Pilot Pressure (D81V or D81VA) Should electric power fail or loss of pilot pressure occur, spring offset and spring centered valves will shift to the spring held position. Detented valves will stay in the last position held before power failure. If main flow does not fail or stop at the same time power fails, machine actuators may continue to function in an undesirable manner or sequence. Pilot/Drain Characteristics Pilot Pressure: 5.1 to 345 Bar (75 to 5000 PSI) 6.9 Bar (100 PSI) for spools 002, 007, 008, 009 & 014 External: An oil source sufficient to maintain minimum pilot pressure must be connected to the “X” port of the main body. When using the external pilot variation, a 1/16″ pipe plug must be present in the main body pilot passage. (For details see Dimension pages.) This plug will be furnished in valves ordered with pilot code 2, 3, 5 or 6. Internal: Flow is internally ported from the pressure port of the main valve body to the “P” port of the pilot valve. The pressure developed at the “P” port of the pilot valve must be 5.1 Bar (75 PSI) minimum at all times or 6.9 Bar (100 PSI) for spools 002, 007, 008, 009 & 014. Integral Check: Valves using internal pilot and internal drain with an open center spool (spools 2, 7, 8 & 9) can be ordered with an integral check valve in the pressure port of the main valve codes 3 & 6. Pilot oil will be internally ported from the upstream side of this check to the “P” port of the pilot valve, ensuring sufficient pilot pressure. A 1/16” pipe plug will be present in the main body. The “X” port in the subplate must be plugged when using the integral check. Pilot Valve Drain: Maximum pressure 102 Bar (1500 PSI) AC optional, 207 Bar (3000 PSI) DC standard. External: When using an external drain, a M6 x 1 x 6mm long set screw must be present in the main body drain passage. (For details see Dimension pages.) This plug will be furnished in valves ordered with drain code 1, 2 or 3. Drain flow from the pilot valve is at the “Y” port of the main body and must be piped directly to tank. Maximum drain line pressure is 102 Bar (1500 PSI), AC optional, 207 Bar (3000 PSI) DC standard. Any drain line back pressure is additive to the pilot pressure requirement. Internal: Drain flow from the pilot valve is internally connected to the main valve tank port. Tank and drain pressure are then identical so tank line pressure should not exceed 102 Bar (1500 PSI) AC optional, 207 Bar (3000 PSI) DC standard. Any tank line back pressure is also additive to the pilot pressure requirement. If flow surges (a cause of pressure surges) are anticipated in the tank line, an external drain variation is recommended. The “Y” port in the subplate must be plugged when using an internal D81V* Flow Paths drain. Style No Solenoid/Operator Solenoid/Operator A Solenoid/Operator B Code Description Energized Energized Energized B Spring Offset P➝A and B➝T — P➝B and A➝T C Spring Centered Centered P➝A and B➝T P➝B and A➝T D Detented Last Position Held P➝A and B➝T P➝B and A➝T E Spring Centered Centered — P➝B and A➝T F† Spring Offset, Shift to Center P➝A and B➝T — Centered H Spring Offset P➝B and A➝T P➝A and B➝T — K Spring Centered Centered P➝A and B➝T — M† Spring Offset, Shift to Center P➝B and A➝T Centered — † D81VW only. Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves D81.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A A181 Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Installation Information Series D8P Recommended Style Description “X” & “Y” “X” Port “Y” Port Special Notes Control Valve Code De-Pressurized Pressurized Pressurized For Pilot Oil Two Position “X” Port may be pressurized to B Spring Offset P➝A, B➝T P➝A, B➝T P➝B, A➝T assist spring in returning spool to offset position (ext. only) Three Position Flow paths will be reversed on C Spring Centered Center P➝A, B➝T P➝B, A➝T valves with tandem center (9) spools Two-Position “Y” Port may be pressurized H Spring Offset P➝B, A➝T P➝A, B➝T P➝B, A➝T to assist spring in returning spool to offset position Pilot Drain Characteristics Pilot Pressure: 5.1 to 350 Bar (75 to 5000 PSI) 6.9 Bar (100 PSI) for spools 2, 7, 8, 9 & 14 Direct pilot operated valves use the “X” and “Y” ports to supply pilot oil directly to the ends of the spool, providing spool shifting force. A block mounted on top of the valve body is internally cored to make the necessary connections. Thus when “X” is pressurized, “Y” is used as a drain; and when “Y” is pressurized, “X” becomes the drain. Any back pressure in these lines when they are being used as a drain is additive to the pilot pressure requirement. Internal Drain: On spring offset models, only the “X” port is pressurized, as the spring returns the spool to its at rest position. On these models, “Y” may be internally drained through the main tank passage in the valve. Series D8P Tank and Drain Line Surges If several valves are piped with a common tank or drain line, flow surges in the line may cause an unexpected spool shift. Detent style valves are most susceptible to this. Separate tank and drain lines should be piped in installations where line surges are expected. Loss of Pilot Pressure Should a loss of pilot pressure occur, spring offset and spring centered valves will shift to the spring held position. No spring valves will stay in the last position held. If main hydraulic flow does simultaneously stop, machine actuators may continue to function in an undesirable manner or sequence. Flow Path/Pilot Pressure Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves D81.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A A182 Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Installation Information Series D81V, D8P TOC Subplate Mounting NFPA D08, CETOP 8 & NG25 Recommended Mounting Surface Surface must be flat within .102 mm (0.0004 inch) T.I.R and smooth within 812.8 micro-meters (32 micro-inch). Torque bolts to 135.6 Nm (100 ft-lbs). Mounting Position Valve Type Mounting Position Detent (Solenoid) Horizontal Spring Offset Unrestricted Spring Centered Unrestricted Mounting Pattern — NFPA D08, CETOP 8 & NG25 Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) O 11.2 (0.441) max. 3 holes 0.56 (0.022) L A B O 23.42 (0.922) max. 4 holes 0.56 (0.022) L A B O 0.288 / .272 x 0.31 min dp. (7.32 / 6.91 x 8) 2 holes 0.28 (0.011) L A B ½ – 13 UNC – 2Bx22.22 min th’d dp. (M12 x 0.875) 6 holes 0.28 (0.011) S A B 152.4 (6.00) 112.7 (4.44) 100.8 (3.97) 130.2 (5.13) 77.0 (3.03) 29.4 17.5 (1.16) (0.69) 74.6 92.1 (2.94) (3.63) 130.0 (5.12) 4.8 (0.19) 73.0 (2.88) 53.2 (2.09) 94.5 (3.72) 17.5 (0.69) – B – – A – For maximum valve reliability, adhere to the following installation information. Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves D81.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A A183 Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Technical Information Series D9L General Description Series D9L directional control valves are 5-chamber, 4 way, 2 0r 3-position valves. They are operated by a hand lever which is directly connected to the spool. The hand lever can be located either on the A or B side. Spring offset and detent designs are available. Specifications General Actuation Lever Size NG25 Mounting Interface DIN 24340 A25 ISO 4401 NFPA D08 CETOP RP 121-H Mounting Position Unrestricted, preferably horizontal Ambient Temperature -25°C to +50°C (-13°F to +122°F) Hydraulic Maximum Operating Pressure External Drain P, A, B, T 350 Bar (5075 PSI) X, Y 10 Bar (145 PSI) Internal Drain P, A, B 350 Bar (5075 PSI) T, X, Y 10 Bar (145 PSI) Hydraulic (cont.) Fluid Hydraulic oil in accordance with DIN 51524 / 51525 Fluid Temperature -25°C to +70°C (-13°F to +158°F) Viscosity Permitted 2.8 to 400 cSt / mm2/s (13 to 1854 SSU) Viscosity Recommended 30 to 80 cSt / mm2/s (139 to 371 SSU) Filtration ISO 4406 (1999); 18/16/13 (meet NAS 1638: 7) Maximum Flow 700 LPM (185.2 GPM) Leakage at 350 Bar (5075 PSI) up to 800 ml per minute (per flow path) (depending on spool) Features • Streamlined internal channels ensure minimum pressure drop at maximum flow. • Hardened spools provide long life. Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves D81.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A A184 Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Ordering Information Series D9L TOC Actuator Spool Style D Directional Control Valve Code Description 2* External Pilot External Drain 5** External Pilot Internal Drain Code Description N Nitrile V Fluorocarbon Pilot Supply and Drain Seal Code Actuation L Lever Side B LB Lever Side A * Pressure T-port < 10 bar ** Pressure T-port > 10 bar Weight: 17.0 kg (37.5 lbs.) Code Symbol Code Symbol 01 A B P T 09 A B P T 02 A B P T 14 A B P T 03 A B P T 15 A B P T 04 A B P T 20 A B P T 07 A B P T 30 A B P T Code Description Symbol B Single operator, 2 position, spring offset. C Double operator, 3 position, spring centered. D Double operator, 2 position, detent. E Single operator, 2 position, spring centered. H Single operator, 2 position, spring offset. K Single operator, 2 position, spring centered. N Double operator, 3 position, detent. NFPA D08 CETOP 8 DIN NG25 32 mm Basic Valve 9 Design Series NOTE: Not required when ordering. Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves D81.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A A185 Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Performance Curves Series D9L Spool Code Curve Number P-A P-B P-T A-T B-T 1 3 2 – 3 5 2 2 1 1 3 5 3 4 2 – 3 6 4 4 3 – 3 5 7 3 1 7 3 5 9 4 8 9 4 10 14 1 3 7 5 3 15 2 4 – 5 3 20 6 5 – 6 8 30 3 2 – 3 5 The flow curve diagram shows the flow versus pressure drop curves for all spool types. The relevant curve number for each spool type, operating position and flow direction is given in the table below. Catalog HY14-2500/US D81.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A A186 Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Series D9L TOC Directional Control Valves Dimensions Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) D9L Surface Finish BK360 6x M5x75 DIN 912 12.9 108 Nm ±15% Nitrile: SK-D9LN Fluorocarbon: SK-D9LV D9LB Seal Catalog HY14-2500/US D81.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A Notes A187 Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC D101.indd, dd A188 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Introduction Series D101 Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Application Series D101 hydraulic directional control valves are high performance, solenoid controlled, pilot operated, 2-stage, 4-way valves. They are available in 2 or 3-position styles and are manifold mounted. These valves conform to NFPA’s D10, CETOP 10 mounting pattern. Operation Series D101 directional valves consist of a 5-chamber style main body, a case hardened sliding spool, and a pilot valve or pilot operators (hydraulic or pneumatic). Features • Easy access mounting bolts. • 210 Bar (3000 PSI) pressure rating. • Flows to 950 LPM (250 GPM) depending on spool. • Choice of four operator styles. • Rugged four land spools. • Low pressure drop. • Phosphate finish. D101VW Solenoid Operated Plug-in Conduit Box D10P Oil Pilot Operated D101VL Lever Operated D101VA Air Pilot Operated D101.indd, dd A189 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Technical Information Series D101V Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION General Description TOC Series D101V directional control valves are 5-chamber, pilot operated, solenoid controlled valves. They are available in 2 or 3-position styles. These valves are manifold or subplate mounted, and conform to NFPA’s D10, CETOP 10 mounting pattern. Operation Series D101V pilot operated valves are standard with low shock spools and pilot orifice. The orifice can be removed if a faster shift is required. However, it is recommended that all systems operating above 138 Bar (2000 PSI) use the standard valve to avoid severe shock. Features • Low pressure drop design. • Hardened spools provide long life. • Fast response option available. • Wide variety of voltags and electrical connection options. • Explosion proof availability. • No tools required for coil removal. Specifications Response Time Response times (milliseconds) are measured at 205 Bar (3000 PSI) and 416 LPM (110 GPM) with various pilot pressures as indicated. Because of the high drain line pressure transients generated during shifting, use of the fast response option is not recommended for pilot pressures exceeding 205 Bar (2000 PSI). Mounting Pattern NFPA D10, CETOP 10, NG32 Maximum Operating 207 Bar (3000 PSI) Standard Pressure CSA 207 Bar (3000 PSI) Maximum Tank Line Internal Drain Model: Pressure 102 Bar (1500 PSI) AC Only 207 Bar (3000 PSI) DC Standard/AC Optional External Drain Model: 207 Bar (3000 PSI) CSA 102 Bar (1500 PSI) Maximum Drain 102 Bar (1500 PSI) AC Only Pressure 207 Bar (3000 PSI) DC Standard/AC Optional CSA 102 Bar (1500 PSI) Minimum Pilot 4.4 Bar (65 PSI) Pressure Maximum Pilot 207 Bar (3000 PSI) Standard Pressure CSA 207 Bar (3000 PSI) Nominal Flow 378 LPM (100 GPM) Maximum Flow See Reference Chart Solenoid Pilot Pull-In Drop-Out Type Pressure Std Fast Std Fast 500 180 170 195 195 DC 1000 130 125 195 195 2000 100 95 195 195 500 140 130 185 185 AC 1000 90 85 185 185 2000 60 55 185 185 D101.indd, dd A190 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Ordering Information Series D101V Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. D Directional Control Valve Basic Valve Actuator Spool Style Seal Solenoid Voltage Pilot Supply and Drain 101V Code Description W* Solenoid, Wet Pin, Screw-in HW* Reversed Wiring Code Description N Nitrile V Fluorocarbon NFPA D10 CETOP 10 DIN NG32 D03 Pilot Code Description 1 Internal Pilot, External Drain 2 External Pilot, External Drain 3 Internal Pilot w/Check, External Drain 4# Internal Pilot, Internal Drain 5 External Pilot, Internal Drain 6 Internal Pilot w/Check, Internal Drain # Not available with 002, 007, 008 and 009 spools. Code Description A* 24/50 VAC D 120 VDC G 198 VDC J 24 VDC K 12 VDC N** 220/50 VAC Q* 100/60 VAC QD† 100 VAC/50 Hz 100 VAC/60 Hz R 24/60 VAC T 240/60 – 220/50 VAC U 98 VDC Y 120/60 – 110/50 VAC Z 250 VDC * High Watt only. ** Explosion Proof only. † DIN style only. Code Description Symbol B* Single solenoid, 2 position, spring offset. P to A and B to T in offset position. C Double solenoid, 3 position, spring centered. D* Double solenoid, 2 position, detent. E Single solenoid, 2 position, spring centered. P to B and A to T when energized. F Single solenoid, 2 position, spring offset, energized to center. Position spool spacer on A side. P to A and B to T in spring offset position. H* Single solenoid, 2 position, spring offset. P to B and A to T in offset position. K Single solenoid, 2 position, spring centered. P to A and B to T when energized. M Single solenoid, 2 position, spring offset, energized to center position. Spool spacer on B side. P to B and A to T in spring offset position. * Available with 001, 002, 004 and 011 spools only. A B P T b A B P T b a A B P T b a A B P T b A B P T b A B P T a A B P T a A B P T a * Valve schematic symbols are per NFPA/ ANSI standards, providing flow P to A when energizing solenoid A. Note operators reverse sides for #008 and #009 spools. See installation information for details. To configure per DIN standards (A coil over A port, B coil over B port) code valves as D101VHW***. Code Symbol 001 002 003 004 005 * 008 spool has closed crossover. ** 009 spool has open crossover. Code Symbol 006 007 008* 009** 011 A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T D101.indd, dd A191 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Ordering Information Series D101V Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Tube Options Approvals Design Series NOTE: Not required when ordering. Manual Override Options Electrical Options Shift Response and Indication Valve Variations Code Description Omit Standard Response, No Switch I3 Monitor Switch, ‘A’ & ‘B’ Port End I6 Monitor Switch, ‘A’ & ‘B’ Port Start Note: Not CE or CSA approved. Not available with ‘F’ or ‘M’ styles. Valve Weight: Double Solenoid 35.0 kg (77.1 lbs.) Standard Bolt Kit: BK229 Seal Kit: Nitrile SKD101VWN91 Fluorocarbon SKD101VWV91 Code Description Omit Standard Valve 3*† CSA USA (UL 429) 4*# CSA Approved * Not available with AC high pressure tube. † B, C, H styles only. J, K, Y, U voltages only with C, G, W solenoid connections only. Conforms to UL429. # Valve is derated. Code Description Omit No Options J* Diode Surge Suppressor Z† Rectified Coil * DC only. DIN coil must include plug with lights. † DC tube standard. Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. See next page Solenoid Connection Code Description Omit Standard P Extended with Boot T* None * DC or AC Rectified only. Manual Override options not available with Explosion Proof. Code Description Omit Standard Pressure 103.5 Bar (1500 PSI) AC 207 Bar (3000 PSI) DC H* High Pressure, AC only 207 Bar (3000 PSI) * Not available with CSA. Coil Options Code Description Omit* High Watt D** Explosion Proof, EEXD ATEX E** Explosion Proof, EEXME ATEX F† Low Watt L†† 10 Watt O** Explosion Proof, MSHA T# Explosion Proof, Ex d IIC ATEX/CSA U** Explosion Proof, UL/CSA * AC ambient temperature must not exceed 60°C (140°F). ** 60 Hz only on AC, no options. † AC only. †† DC and AC rectified only. # J, K and Y voltages only. Dual frequency on AC, no options. Code Description C* Leadwire Conduit Box D** Metric Plug (M12X1), DESINA E† Explosion Proof G†† Plug-In Conduit Box J# Deutsch (DT06-2S) M# Metri-Pack (150) P DIN with Plug S# Dual Spade W† DIN w/o Plug * No variations – See Plug-in. ** DC only, lights, diode surge suppressor, not CSA approved. † Not available with lights. †† Required for variations on conduit box style. Must have lights. # DC only, no lights, not CSA approved. D101.indd, dd A192 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Ordering Information Series D101V Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. Valve Variations Code Description 5* Signal Lights – Standard Signal Lights – Hirsch. (DIN with Plug) 7B** Manaplug – Brad Harrison (12×1) Micro with Lights 56** Manaplug (Mini) with Lights 20 Fast Response 1C** Manaplug (Mini) Single Sol. 5-pin, with Lights 1D** Manaplug (Micro) Single Sol. 5-pin, with Lights 1G** Manaplug (Mini) Single Sol. 5-pin, with Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End and Lights 1H** Manaplug (Micro) Single Sol. 5-pin, with Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End and Lights 1M** Manaplug Opposite Normal 1P Painted Body 1R Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End with Pilot Choke Meter In 3A Pilot Choke Meter Out 3B Pilot Choke Meter In 3C Pilot Pressure Reducer 3D Stroke Adjust ‘B’ End 3E Stroke Adjust ‘A’ End 3F Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End 3G* Pilot Choke Meter Out with Lights 3H* Pilot Choke Meter In with Lights 3J* Pilot Pressure Reducer with Lights 3K Pilot Choke Meter Out with Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End 3L** Pilot Choke Meter Out, Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End with Lights and Manaplug — Brad Harrison Mini 3M Pilot Choke Meter Out, Pilot Pressure Reducer, Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End 3R Pilot Choke Meter Out & Pilot Pressure Reducer 3S** Lights, Mini Manaplug, Pilot Choke Meter Out 7Y** M12x1 Manaplug (4-pin), Special Wiring, and Lights * DESINA, plug-in conduit box, and DIN with plug styles only. ** Must have plug-in style conduit box. D101.indd, dd A193 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Technical Information Series D101V Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC D101VW Pressure Drop Reference Chart — Curve Number Spool No. P–A P–B P–T A–T B–T 001 4 4 – 2 3 002 3 3 3 1 2 003 4 4 – 1 3 004 4 4 – 1 2 005 3 4 – 2 3 006 3 3 – 2 3 007 4 3 7 2 2 008/009 5 5 6 2 3 011 4 4 – 2 3 D101VW Series Pressure Drop Chart The following chart provides the flow vs. pressure drop curve reference for the Series D101VW valve by spool type. Reference Data D101V*001 946 (250) D101V*006 946 (250) D101V*002 946 (250) D101V*007 303 (80) D101V*003 946 (250) D101V*008 492 (130) D101V*009 D101V*004 946 (250) D101V*011 946 (250) D101V*005 946 (250) MaximumFlow, Maximum Flow, LPM (GPM) LPM (GPM) Spool 205 Bar (3000 PSI) Spool 205 Bar (3000 PSI) Model Symbol w/o Malfunction Model Symbol w/o Malfunction A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T Performance Curves VISCOSITY CORRECTION FACTOR Viscosity (SSU) 75 150 200 250 300 350 400 % of ΔP (Approx.) 93 111 119 126 132 137 141 Curves were generated using 100 SSU hydraulic oil. For any other viscosity, pressure drop will change as per chart. 100 200 250 400 450 Flow 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 250 LPM 0 GPM Pressure Drop PSI Bar 350 300 250 200 150 7.5 100 2.5 50 0 10 5 12.5 15 17.5 22.5 20 225 50 150 300 350 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 945 D101.indd, dd A194 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Technical Information Series D101V Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Insulation System Class F Allowable Deviation -15% to +10% for DC and AC rectified coils from rated voltage -5% to +5% for AC Coils Armature Wet pin type CSA File Number LR60407 Environmental DC Solenoids meet NEMA 4 and IP67 Capability when properly wired and installed. Contact HVD for AC coil applications. U.L. & CSA (EU) Class I, Div 1 & 2, Groups C & D Class II, Div 1 & 2, Groups E, F & G As defined by the N.E.C. MSHA (EO) Complies with 30CFR, Part 18 ATEX (ED) Complies with ATEX requirements for: Exd, Group IIB; EN50014: 1999+ Amds. 1 & 2, EN50018: 2000 ATEX & CSA/US (ET) Complies with ATEX EN60079-0, EN60079-1 Ex d IIC; CSA/US Ex d IIC, AEx d IIC for Class I, Zone 1, UL1203, UL1604, CSA E61241,1 Class II, Div 1 * Allowable Voltage Deviation ±10%. Note that Explosion Proof AC coils are single frequency only. Solenoid Ratings Explosion Proof Solenoid Ratings* Code Voltage In Rush Amps In Rush Holding Amps Watts Resistance Voltage Power Amperage VA @ 3MM Code Code D L 120 VDC N/A N/A 0.09 Amps 10 W 1584.00 ohms D Omit 120 VDC N/A N/A 0.26 Amps 30 W 528.00 ohms G Omit 198 VDC N/A N/A 0.15 Amps 30 W 1306.80 ohms J L 24 VDC N/A N/A 0.44 Amps 10 W 51.89 ohms J Omit 24 VDC N/A N/A 1.32 Amps 30 W 17.27 ohms K L 12 VDC N/A N/A 0.88 Amps 10 W 12.97 ohms K Omit 12 VDC N/A N/A 2.64 Amps 30 W 4.32 ohms L L 6 VDC N/A N/A 1.67 Amps 10 W 3.59 ohms L Omit 6 VDC N/A N/A 5.00 Amps 30 W 1.20 ohms Q Omit 100 VAC / 60 Hz 2.05 Amps 170 VA 0.77 Amps 30 W 19.24 ohms QD F 100 VAC / 60 Hz 1.35 Amps 135 VA 0.41 Amps 18 W 31.20 ohms QD F 100 VAC / 50 Hz 1.50 Amps 150 VA 0.57 Amps 24 W 31.20 ohms R F 24/60 VAC, Low Watt 6.67 Amps 160 VA 2.20 Amps 23 W 1.52 ohms T Omit 240/60 VAC 0.83 Amps 199 VA 0.30 Amps 30 W 120.40 ohms T Omit 220/50 VAC 0.87 Amps 191 VA 0.34 Amps 30 W 120.40 ohms T F 240/60 VAC, Low Watt 0.70 Amps 168 VA 0.22 Amps 21 W 145.00 ohms T F 220/50 VAC, Low Watt 0.75 Amps 165 VA 0.26 Amps 23 W 145.00 ohms U L 98 VDC N/A N/A 0.10 Amps 10 W 960.00 ohms U Omit 98 VDC N/A N/A 0.31 Amps 30W 288.00 ohms Y Omit 120/60 VAC 1.7 Amps 204 VA 0.60 Amps 30 W 28.20 ohms Y Omit 110/50 VAC 1.7 Amps 187 VA 0.68 Amps 30 W 28.20 ohms Y F 120/60 VAC, Low Watt 1.40 Amps 168 VA 0.42 Amps 21 W 36.50 ohms Y F 110/50 VAC, Low Watt 1.50 Amps 165 VA 0.50 Amps 23 W 36.50 ohms Z L 250 VDC N/A N/A 0.04 Amps 10 W 6875.00 ohms Z Omit 250 VDC N/A N/A 0.13 Amps 30 W 1889.64 ohms Explosion Proof Solenoids R 24/60 VAC 7.63 Amps 183 VA 2.85 Amps 27 W 1.99 ohms T 240/60 VAC 0.76 Amps 183 VA 0.29 Amps 27 W 1.34 ohms N 220/50 VAC 0.77 Amps 169 VA 0.31 Amps 27 W 1.38 ohms Y 120/60 VAC 1.60 Amps 192 VA 0.58 Amps 27 W 33.50 ohms P 110/50 VAC 1.47 Amps 162 VA 0.57 Amps 27 W 34.70 ohms K 12 VDC N/A N/A 2.75 Amps 33 W 4.36 ohms J 24 VDC N/A N/A 1.38 Amps 33 W 17.33 ohms “ET” Explosion Proof Solenoids K 12 VDC N/A N/A 1.00 Amps 12 W 12.00 ohms J 24 VDC N/A N/A 1.00 Amps 13 W 44.30 ohms Y 120/60-50 VAC N/A N/A 0.16 Amps 17 W 667.00 ohms D101.indd, dd A195 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Dimensions Series D101V Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) TOC Plug-in Conduit Box, Double AC Solenoid Note: 36.83mm (1.45″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. D101.indd, dd A196 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Dimensions Series D101V Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Conduit Box and Stroke Adjust, Double AC Solenoid Conduit Box and Pilot Choke Control, Double AC Solenoid Conduit Box, Single AC Solenoid Note: 36.83mm (1.45″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Note: 36.83mm (1.45″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. D101.indd, dd A197 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Dimensions Series D101V Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) TOC Plug-in Conduit Box, Double DC Solenoid Note: 36.83mm (1.45″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. D101.indd, dd A198 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Dimensions Series D101V Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Plug-in Conduit Box and Stroke Adjust, Double DC Solenoid Hirschmann and Pilot Choke Control, Double DC Solenoid Plug-in Conduit Box, Single DC Solenoid Note: 36.83mm (1.45″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Note: 36.83mm (1.45″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. D101.indd, dd A199 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Dimensions Series D101V Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Plug-in Conduit Box, Double DC Solenoid with Variation I3 or I6 (Monitor Switch) Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Monitor Switch (Variation I3 and I6) This feature provides for electrical confirmation of the spool shift. This can be used in safety circuits, to assure proper sequencing, etc. Switch Data Pin 1 and Pin 3 have outputs equal to the input. When the monitor switch has the output to Pin 1, Pin 3 will have an output of zero, and vice-versa. When the valve is switched, Pin 1 and Pin 3 will switch outputs. Position Control Switch Sensor / Driver Circuitry PIN 2 Input 18-42 VDC PIN 1 PIN 3 Outputs Load 0.2 A Max D101.indd, dd A200 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Accessories Series D101V Manaplug (Options 6, 56, 1A & 1C) Micro Connector Options (7A, 7B, 1B & 1D) Interface – Brad Harrison Plug – 3-Pin for Single Solenoid – 5-Pin for Double Solenoid Solenoid (Positive) Wire #2 (Red/White) Ground Wire #1 (Green) Solenoid (Negative) Wire #3 (Red/Black) 3-Pin Manaplug (Mini) with Lights Single Solenoid Valves – Installed Opposite Side of Solenoid Pins are as seen on valve (male pin connectors) Manaplug – Electrical Mini Plug EP336-30 3 Pin Plug EP316-30 5 Pin Plug (Double Solenoid) EP31A-30 5 Pin Plug (Single Solenoid) DESINA Connector (Option D) M12 pin assignment Standard Hirschmann Plug with Lights (Option P5) ISO 4400/DIN 43650 Form “A” Face View of Plug Pins are as seen on valve (male pin connectors) Manaplug – Electrical Micro Plug EP337-30 3 Pin Plug EP317-30 5 Pin Plug (Double Solenoid) EP31B-30 5 Pin Plug (Single Solenoid) 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 DESINA – design Pin 1 and 2 connected 1 = Not used 2 = Not used 3 = 0V 4 = Signal (24 V) 5 = Earth Ground Pin #2 (Positive) (Negative) Pin #3 (Ground) Pin #1 Conduit Box Option C – No Wiring Options Available Signal Lights (Option 5) — Plug-in Only – LED Interface – Meets Nema 4/IP67 Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC D101.indd, dd A201 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Technical Information Series D101VA General Description Series D101VA directional control valves are 5-chamber, air pilot operated valves. They are available in 2 or 3-position styles. These valves are manifold or subplate mounted, and conform to NFPA’s D10, CETOP 10 mounting pattern. Specifications Mounting Pattern NFPA D10, CETOP 10, NG32 Max. Operating 207 Bar (3000 PSI) Pressure Max. Tank Internal Drain Model: Pressure 34 Bar (500 PSI) External Drain Model: 207 Bar (3000 PSI) Max. Drain Pressure 34 Bar (500 PSI) Maximum Flow See Reference Chart Pilot Pressure Air Min 3.4 Bar (50 PSI) Air Max 10.2 Bar (150 PSI) Response Time Varies with pilot line size and length, pilot pressure, pilot valve shift time & flow capacity (GPM) NFPA D10 CETOP 10 Code Type N Nitrile V Fluorocarbon Code Description 1 Int. pilot/Ext. drain 2 Ext. pilot/Ext. drain 4# Int. pilot/Int. drain 5 Ext. pilot/Int. drain # Not available with 2, 8 & 9 spools. Code Description Symbol B† Sgl. operator, 2 position, spring offset. P to A and B to T in offset position. C Dbl. operator, 3 position, spring centered. H† Sgl. operator, 2 position, spring offset. P to B and A to T in offset position. † Available with 1, 2, 4 & 11 spools only. This condition varies with spool code. A B P T b A B P T b a A B P T a Code Symbol * 8 spool has closed crossover. ** 9 spool has open crossover. 1 2 4 8* 9** 11 A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T Valve Weight: 35.3 kg (77.8 lbs.) Standard Bolt Kit: BK229 Metric Bolt Kit: BKM229 Valve schematic symbols are per NFPA/ANSI standards, providing flow P to A when energizing operator A. Note operators reverse sides on #8 and #9 spools. See installation information for details. Design Series NOTE: Not required when ordering. D 101V Directional Control Valve Basic Valve Air Operated Pilot Spool Style Seal Valve Variations A Pilot Supply and Drain Ordering Information Code Description Omit Standard 7 Pilot Choke – Meter Out 8 Stroke Adj. ‘B’ End 9 Stroke Adj. ‘A’ End 60 Pilot Choke – Meter In 89 Stroke Adj. ‘A’ & ‘B’ Ends 90 1/4 BSPP Threads Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-Bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. Features • Low pressure drop design. • Hardened spools provide long life. Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC D101.indd, dd A202 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Dimensions Series D101VA Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Air Operated Note: 36.83mm (1.45″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC D101.indd, dd A203 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Technical Information Series D101VL General Description Series D101VL directional control valves are 5-chamber, lever operated valves. They are available is 2 or 3-position styles. These valves are manifold or subplate mounted, and conform to NFPA’s D10, CETOP 10 mounting pattern. Specifications Features • Low force required to shift spool. • Hardened spools provide long life. • Low pressure drop design. NFPA D10 CETOP 10 Code Type N Nitrile V Fluorocarbon Code Supply — Drain 1 Int. pilot/Ext. drain 2 Ext. pilot/Ext. drain 4# Int. pilot/Int. drain 5 Ext. pilot/Int. drain # Not available with 2, 8 & 9 spools. Code Description Symbol B† Sgl. operator, 2 position, spring offset. P to A and B to T in offset position. C Dbl. operator, 3 position, spring centered. H† Sgl. operator, 2 position, spring offset. P to B and A to T in offset position. † Available with 1, 2, 4 & 11 spools only. A B P T A B P T A B P T Code Symbol * 8 spool has closed crossover. ** 9 spool has open crossover. 1 2 4 8* 9** 11 A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T Valve Weight: 35.0 kg (77.2 lbs.) Standard Bolt Kit: BK229 Metric Bolt Kit: BKM229 Valve schematic symbols are per NFPA/ANSI standards, providing flow P to A when energizing operator A. Note operators reverse sides on #8 and #9 spools. See installation information for details. Design Series NOTE: Not required when ordering. D 101V Directional Control Valve Basic Valve Lever Operated Pilot Spool Style Seal Valve Variations L Pilot Supply and Drain Ordering Information This condition varies with spool code. Code Description Omit Standard 7 Pilot Choke – Meter Out 8 Stroke Adj. ‘B’ End 9 Stroke Adj. ‘A’ End 60 Pilot Choke – Meter In 89 Stroke Adj. ‘A’ & ‘B’ Ends Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-Bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. Mounting Pattern NFPA D10, CETOP 10, NG32 Max. Operating 207 Bar (3000 PSI) Pressure Max. Tank Internal Drain Model: Pressure 34 Bar (500 PSI) External Drain Model: 207 Bar (3000 PSI) Max. Drain Pressure 34 Bar (500 PSI) Maximum Flow See Reference Chart Pilot Pressure Oil Min 6.9 Bar (100 PSI) Oil Max 207 Bar (300 PSI) Response Time Varies with pilot line size and length, pilot pressure, pilot valve shift time & flow capacity (GPM) Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC D101.indd, dd A204 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Dimensions Series D101VL Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Lever Operated Note: 36.83mm (1.45″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC D101.indd, dd A205 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Technical Information Series D10P General Description Series D10P directional control valves are 5-chamber, pilot operated valves. They are available in 2 or 3-position styles. These valves are manifold or subplate mounted, and conform to NFPA’s D10, CETOP 10 mounting pattern. Features • Low pressure drop design. • Hardened spools provide long life. Specifications Mounting Pattern NFPA D10, CETOP 10, NG32 Max. Operating Pressure 207 Bar (3000 PSI) Max. Tank Line Pressure 207 Bar (3000 PSI) Max. Drain Pressure 207 Bar (3000 PSI) Min. Pilot Pressure 4.4 Bar (65 PSI) Max. Pilot Pressure 207 Bar (3000 PSI) Nominal Flow 378 LPM (100 GPM) Maximum Flow See Reference Chart For flow path, pilot drain and pilot pressure details, see Installation Information. Response Time Response time will vary with pilot line size, pilot line length, pilot pressure shift time and flow capacity of the control valve. Shift Volume The pilot chamber requires a volume of 1.51 in3 (24.75 cc) for center to end. Ordering Information NFPA D10 CETOP 10 Code Type N Nitrile V Fluorocarbon Code Description 2 Ext. Pilot / Ext. Drain 5# Ext. Pilot / Int. Drain # Available in “B” & “H” styles only. Code Description Symbol B† Sgl. operator, 2 position, spring offset. P to A and B to T in offset position. C Dbl. operator, 3 position, spring centered. H† Sgl. operator, 2 position, spring offset. P to B and A to T in offset position. † Available with 1, 2, 4 & 11 spools only. This condition varies with spool code. Code Symbol 1 2 4 8* 9** 11 * 8 spool has closed crossover. ** 9 spool has open crossover. A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T A B P T Valve Weight: 34.3 kg (75.7 lbs.) Standard Bolt Kit: BK229 Metric Bolt Kit: BKM229 Valve schematic symbols are per NFPA/ANSI standards, providing flow P to A when energizing operator X. Note operators reverse sides on #8 and #9 spools. See installation information for details. Design Series NOTE: Not required when ordering. D 10 Directional Control Valve Basic Valve Actuator Spool Style Seal Valve Variations P Pilot Supply and Drain Code Description Omit Standard 7 Pilot Choke – Meter Out 8 Stroke Adj. ‘B’ End 9 Stroke Adj. ‘A’ End 60 Pilot Choke – Meter In 89 Stroke Adj. ‘A’ & ‘B’ Ends Oil Operator Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-Bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC D101.indd, dd A206 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Dimensions Series D10P Pilot Operated with Pilot Choke Control Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Standard Pilot Operated 39.6 (1.56) 231.8 (9.13) Pilot Choke Control Variation 7 Note: 36.83mm (1.45″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Note: 36.83mm (1.45″) from bottom of bolt hole counterbore to bottom of valve. Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC D101.indd, dd A207 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Installation Information Series D101V, D10P The following is important installation information which applies to all directional control valves described in this catalog. Mounting Position Detent – Horizontal Spring Offset – Unrestricted Spring Centered – Unrestricted Fluid Recommendations Premium quality hydraulic oil with a viscosity range between 32-54 cSt (150-250 SSU) At 38°C (100°F) is recommended. The absolute operating viscosity range is from 16-220 cSt (80-1000 SSU). Oil should have maximum anti-wear properties and rust and oxidation treatment. Fluids and Seals Valves using synthetic, fire-resistant fluids require special seals. When phosphate esters or its blends are used, FLUOROCARBON seals are required. Waterglycol, water-in-oil emulsions and petroleum oil may be used with STANDARD seals. Filtration For maximum valve and system component life, the system should be protected from contamination at a level not to exceed 125 particles greater than 10 microns per milliliter of fluid (SAE class 4/ISO 16/13). FOR MAXIMUM VALVE RELIABILITY, ADHERE TO THE FOLLOWING INSTALLATION INFORMATION. Torque Specifications The recommended torque values for the bolts which mount the valve to the manifold or subplate are as follows: 406.8 Nm (300 ft-lbs). Silting Silting can cause any sliding spool valve to stick and not spring return if held under pressure for long periods of time. The valve should be cycled periodically to prevent sticking. Special Installations Consult your Parker representative for any application requiring the following: • Pressure above rating. • Fluid other than those specified. • Oil temperature above 71.1°C (160°F). • Flow path other than normal. Mounting Patterns Series NFPA Size D101V*, D10P D10 1-1/4” Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC D101.indd, dd A208 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Installation Information Series D101V Series D101VW, D101VA, D101VL Tank and Drain Line Surges If several valves are piped with a common tank or drain line, flow surges in the line may cause an unexpected spool shift. Detent style valves are most susceptible to this. Separate tank and drain lines should be piped in installations where line surges are expected. Electrical Characteristics (Detented Spool) Only a momentary energizing of the solenoid is necessary to shift and hold a detented spool. Minimum duration of the signal is 0.1 seconds for DC voltages. For AC voltages the response time is 0.06 seconds. Spool position will be held provided the spool centerline is in a horizontal plane, and not shock or vibration is present to displace the spool. Electrical Failure or Loss of Pilot Pressure (D101VA) Should electric power fail or loss of pilot pressure occur, spring offset and spring centered valves will shift to the spring held position. Detented valves will stay in the last position held before power failure. If main flow does not fail or stop at the same time power fails, machine actuators may continue to function in an undesirable manner or sequence. Pilot/Drain Characteristics Pilot Pressure: 4.4 to 207 Bar (65 to 3000 PSI) External: An oil source sufficient to maintain minimum pilot pressure must be connected to the “X” port of the main body. When using the external pilot variation, a 1/16″ pipe plug must be present in the main body pilot passage. (For details see Dimension pages.) This plug will be furnished in valves ordered with pilot code 2, 3, 5 or 6. Internal: Flow is internally ported from the pressure port of the main valve body to the “P” port of the pilot valve. The pressure developed at the “P” port of the pilot valve must be 4.4 Bar (65 PSI) minimum at all times. Integral Check: Valves using internal pilot and internal drain with an open center spool (spools 2, 7, 8 & 9) can be ordered with an integral check valve in the pressure port of the main valve codes 3 & 6. Pilot oil will be internally ported from the upstream side of this check to the “P” port of the pilot valve, ensuring sufficient pilot pressure. A 1/16” pipe plug will be present in the main body. The “X” port in the subplate must be plugged when using the integral check. Pilot Valve Drain: Maximum pressure 102 Bar (1500 PSI) AC standard, 207 Bar (3000 PSI) AC optional/DC standard. External: When using an external drain, a 10 x 24 x 0.31 long set screw must be present in the main body drain passage. (For details see Dimension pages.) This plug will be furnished in valves ordered with drain code 1, 2 or 3. Drain flow from the pilot valve is at the “Y” port of the main body and must be piped directly to tank. Maximum drain line pressure is 102 Bar (1500 PSI) AC standard, 207 Bar (3000 PSI) AC optional/DC standard. Any drain line back pressure is additive to the pilot pressure requirement. Internal: Drain flow from the pilot valve is internally connected to the main valve tank port. Tank and drain pressure are then identical so tank line pressure should not exceed 102 Bar (1500 PSI) AC standard, 207 Bar (3000 PSI) DC standard/AC optional. Any tank line back pressure is also additive to the pilot pressure requirement. If flow surges (a cause of pressure surges) are anticipated in the tank line, an external drain variation is recommended. The “Y” port in the subplate must be plugged when using an internal drain. Style No Solenoid/Operator Solenoid/Operator A Solenoid/Operator B Code Description Energized Energized Energized B Spring Offset P➝A and B➝T — P➝B and A➝T C Spring Centered Centered P➝A and B➝T P➝B and A➝T D Detented Last Position Held P➝A and B➝T P➝B and A➝T E Spring Centered Centered — P➝B and A➝T F† Spring Offset, Shift to Center P➝A and B➝T — Centered H Spring Offset P➝B and A➝T P➝A and B➝T — K Spring Centered Centered P➝A and B➝T — M† Spring Offset, Shift to Center P➝B and A➝T Centered — † D101VW only. Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC D101.indd, dd A209 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Installation Information Series D10P Recommended Style Description “X” & “Y” “X” Port “Y” Port Special Notes Control Valve Code De-Pressurized Pressurized Pressurized For Pilot Oil Two Position “X” Port may be pressurized to B Spring Offset P➝A, B➝T P➝A, B➝T P➝B, A➝T assist spring in returning spool to offset position (ext. only) Three Position Flow paths will be reversed on C Spring Centered Center P➝A, B➝T P➝B, A➝T valves with tandem center (8 & 9) spools Two-Position “Y” Port may be pressurized H Spring Offset P➝B, A➝T P➝A, B➝T P➝B, A➝T to assist spring in returning spool to offset position Pilot Drain Characteristics Pilot Pressure: 4.4 to 207 Bar (65 to 3000 PSI) Direct pilot operated valves use the “X” and “Y” ports to supply pilot oil directly to the ends of the spool, providing spool shifting force. A block mounted on top of the valve body is internally cored to make the necessary connections. Thus when “X” is pressurized, “Y” is used as a drain; and when “Y” is pressurized, “X” becomes the drain. Any back pressure in these lines when they are being used as a drain is additive to the pilot pressure requirement. Internal Drain: On spring offset models, only the “X” port is pressurized, as the spring returns the spool to its at rest position. On these models, “Y” may be internally drained through the main tank passage in the valve. Tank and Drain Line Surges If several valves are piped with a common tank or drain line, flow surges in the line may cause an unexpected spool shift. Detent style valves are most susceptible to this. Separate tank and drain lines should be piped in installations where line surges are expected. Loss of Pilot Pressure Should a loss of pilot pressure occur, spring offset and spring centered valves will shift to the spring held position. No spring valves will stay in the last position held. If main hydraulic flow does simultaneously stop, machine actuators may continue to function in an undesirable manner or sequence. Flow Path/Pilot Pressure Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC D101.indd, dd A210 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves A Installation Information Series D101V Subplate Mounting NFPA D10, CETOP 10 & NG 32 Recommended Mounting Surface Surface must be flat within .102 mm (0.0004 inch) T.I.R and smooth within 812.8 micro-meters (32 micro-inch). Torque bolts to 406.8 Nm (300 ft-lbs). Mounting Position Valve Type Mounting Position Detent (Solenoid) Horizontal Spring Offset Unrestricted Spring Centered Unrestricted Mounting Pattern — NFPA D10, CETOP 10 & NG32 Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) 190.5 (7.51) 147.6 (5.82) 82.6 (3.25) 41.3 (1.63) 76.2 (3.00) 168.3 (6.63) 114.3 (4.50) 230.0 (9.06) Min. 199.0 (7.84) Min. 158.8 (6.26) 130.2 (5.13) 123.8 (4.88) 79.4 (3.13) 44.5 (1.75) 35.0 (1.38) 7.32/6.91 x 8 Min. Dp. (0.288/0.272 x .31) 2 Holes 19.05 (0.75) R. Max. Typ. 4 Places  0.28 (0.011) 32.00 (1.250) Max. 4 Holes 0.56 (0.022) 11.20 (0.441) Max. 3 Holes M20 x 33.3 (3/4-10 UNC-2B x 1.31) Min.Thd. Dp. 6 Holes  0.28 (0.011)  0.56 (0.022) For maximum valve reliability, adhere to the following installation information. Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC D111VW.indd, dd A211 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves Series D111VW A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Technical Information General Description Series D111VW valves are piloted by a D1VW valve. The valves can be ordered with position control. The minimum pilot pressure must be ensured for all operating conditions of the directional valve. Additionally spools with a P to T connection in the deenergized position need an external pressure supply (external inlet). Features • Low pressure drop design. • Hardened spools provide long life. • Wide variety of voltages and electrical connection options. • Explosion proof availability. • No tools required for coil removal. All characteristic curves measured with HLP46 at 50°C. Performance Curves The flow curve diagram shows the flow versus pressure drop curves for all spool types. The relevant curve number for each spool type, operating position and flow direction is given in the table below. Spool Code Curve Number P-A P-B P-T A-T B-T 001 5 5 – 4 1 002 5 5 5 4 1 009 3 3 2 3 1 020 5 5 – 3 1 030 5 5 – 4 1 054 5 5 – 4 1 D111VW.indd, dd A212 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves Series D111VW A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Ordering Information TOC Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-Bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. 3-Position Spools Code All 3-Position Spools C 3 positions. Spring offset in position “0”. Operated in position “a” or “b”. Standard Spool Type 009* E Operated in position “a”. Operated in position “b”. 2 positions. Spring offset in position “0”. F Spring offset in position “b”. Spring offset in position “a”. 2 positions. Operated in position “0”. K Operated in position “b”. Operated in position “a”. 2 positions. Spring offset in position “0”. M Spring offset in position “a”. Spring offset in position “b”. 2 positions. Operated in position “0”. 2-Position Spools Code Spool Position B Spring offset in position “b”. Operated in position “a”. H Spring offset in position “a”. Operated in position “b”. * Available only with external pilot. 3-Position Spools Code Spool Type a 0 b 001 002 009 054 081 082 2-Position Spools Code Spool Type a b 020 030 Directional Control Valve Spool Style 111V Weight: Single Solenoid: 67.4 kg (148.6 lbs.) Double Solenoid: 68.0 kg (149.9 lbs.) D Actuator W Solenoid Wet Pin NFPA 10 CETOP 10 DIN NG32 50 mm Basic Valve Pilot Supply and Drain * Not for spools 002, 009, 030. Code Description 1 Internal Pilot External Drain 2 External Pilot External Drain 4* Internal Pilot Internal Drain 5 External Pilot Internal Drain D111VW.indd, dd A213 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves Series D111VW A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Ordering Information Design Series NOTE: Not required when ordering. Tube Options Valve Variations Solenoid Voltage Code Description A* 24/50 VAC D 120 VDC G 198 VDC J 24 VDC K 12 VDC N** 220/50 VAC Q* 100/60 VAC QD† 100 VAC/60 HZ 100 VAC/50 HZ R 24/60 VAC T 240/60 – 220/50 VAC U 98 VDC Y 120/60 – 110/50 VAC Z 250 VDC * High Watt Coil only. ** Explosion Proof only. † Available in DIN only. Solenoid Connection Coil Options Code Description Omit Standard Pressure 103.5 Bar (1500 PSI) AC 207 Bar (3000 PSI) DC H* High Pressure, AC only 207 Bar (3000 PSI) * Not available with CSA. See next page Manual Override Options Electrical Options Shift Response and Indication Code Description Omit No Options J* Diode Surge Suppressor Z† Rectified Coil * DC or AC Rectified only. DIN coil must include plug with lights. † DC tube standard. Code Description Omit Standard Response, No Switch I3N Monitor Switch, ‘A’ & ‘B’ Port End I6N Monitor Switch, ‘A’ & ‘B’ Port Start Note: Not CE or CSA approved. C style with 001 and 009 spools only. Code Description Omit Standard P Extended with Boot T† None † DC or AC Rectified only. Manual Override options not available with Explosion Proof. Seal Code Description N Nitrile V Fluorocarbon Code Description C* Leadwire Conduit Box D** Metric Plug (M12X1), DESINA E† Explosion Proof G†† Plug-In Conduit Box J# Deutsch (DT06-2S) M# Metri-Pack (150) P DIN with Plug S# Dual Spade W† DIN w/o Plug * No variations – See Plug-in. ** DC only, lights, diode surge suppressor, not CSA approved. † Not available with lights. †† Required for variations on conduit box style. Must have lights. # DC only, no lights, not CSA approved. Code Description Omit* High Watt D** Explosion Proof, EEXD ATEX E** Explosion Proof, EEXME ATEX F† Low Watt L†† 10 Watt O** Explosion Proof, MSHA T# Explosion Proof, Ex d IIC ATEX/CSA U** Explosion Proof, UL/CSA * AC ambient temperature must not exceed 60°C (140°F). ** 60 Hz only on AC, no options. † AC only. †† DC and AC rectified only. # J, K and Y voltages only. Dual frequency on AC, no options. Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-Bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. D111VW.indd, dd A214 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves Series D111VW A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Ordering Information TOC Code Description 5* Signal Lights – Standard Signal Lights – Hirsch. (DIN with Plug) 7B** Manaplug – Brad Harrison (12×1) Micro with Lights 56** Manaplug (Mini) with Lights 1C** Manaplug (Mini) Single Sol. 5-pin, with Lights 1D** Manaplug (Micro) Single Sol. 5-pin, with Lights 1G** Manaplug (Mini) Single Sol. 5-pin, with Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End and Lights 1H** Manaplug (Micro) Single Sol. 5-pin, with Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End and Lights 1M** Manaplug Opposite Normal 1R Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End with Pilot Choke Meter In 3A Pilot Choke Meter Out 3B Pilot Choke Meter In 3C Pilot Pressure Reducer 3D Stroke Adjust ‘B’ End 3E Stroke Adjust ‘A’ End 3F Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End 3G* Pilot Choke Meter Out with Lights 3H* Pilot Choke Meter In with Lights 3J* Pilot Pressure Reducer with Lights 3K Pilot Choke Meter Out with Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End 3L** Pilot Choke Meter Out, Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End with Lights and Manaplug — Brad Harrison Mini 3M Pilot Choke Meter Out, Pilot Pressure Reducer, Stroke Adjust ‘A’ & ‘B’ End 3R Pilot Choke Meter Out & Pilot Pressure Reducer 3S** Lights, Mini Manaplug, Pilot Choke Meter Out 7Y** M12x1 Manaplug (4-pin), Special Wiring, and Lights * DESINA, plug-in conduit box, and DIN with plug styles only. ** Must have plug-in style conduit box. Valve Variations D111VW.indd, dd A215 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves Series D111VW A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Technical Information Insulation System Class F Allowable Deviation -15% to +10% for DC and AC rectified coils from rated voltage -5% to +5% for AC Coils Armature Wet pin type CSA File Number LR60407 Environmental DC Solenoids meet NEMA 4 and IP67 Capability when properly wired and installed. Contact HVD for AC coil applications. U.L. & CSA (EU) Class I, Div 1 & 2, Groups C & D Class II, Div 1 & 2, Groups E, F & G As defined by the N.E.C. MSHA (EO) Complies with 30CFR, Part 18 ATEX (ED) Complies with ATEX requirements for: Exd, Group IIB; EN50014: 1999+ Amds. 1 & 2, EN50018: 2000 ATEX & CSA/US (ET) Complies with ATEX EN60079-0, EN60079-1 Ex d IIC; CSA/US Ex d IIC, AEx d IIC for Class I, Zone 1, UL1203, UL1604, CSA E61241,1 Class II, Div 1 * Allowable Voltage Deviation ±10%. Note that Explosion Proof AC coils are single frequency only. Solenoid Ratings Explosion Proof Solenoid Ratings* Code Voltage In Rush Amps In Rush Holding Amps Watts Resistance Voltage Power Amperage VA @ 3MM Code Code D L 120 VDC N/A N/A 0.09 Amps 10 W 1584.00 ohms D Omit 120 VDC N/A N/A 0.26 Amps 30 W 528.00 ohms G Omit 198 VDC N/A N/A 0.15 Amps 30 W 1306.80 ohms J L 24 VDC N/A N/A 0.44 Amps 10 W 51.89 ohms J Omit 24 VDC N/A N/A 1.32 Amps 30 W 17.27 ohms K L 12 VDC N/A N/A 0.88 Amps 10 W 12.97 ohms K Omit 12 VDC N/A N/A 2.64 Amps 30 W 4.32 ohms L L 6 VDC N/A N/A 1.67 Amps 10 W 3.59 ohms L Omit 6 VDC N/A N/A 5.00 Amps 30 W 1.20 ohms Q Omit 100 VAC / 60 Hz 2.05 Amps 170 VA 0.77 Amps 30 W 19.24 ohms QD F 100 VAC / 60 Hz 1.35 Amps 135 VA 0.41 Amps 18 W 31.20 ohms QD F 100 VAC / 50 Hz 1.50 Amps 150 VA 0.57 Amps 24 W 31.20 ohms R F 24/60 VAC, Low Watt 6.67 Amps 160 VA 2.20 Amps 23 W 1.52 ohms T Omit 240/60 VAC 0.83 Amps 199 VA 0.30 Amps 30 W 120.40 ohms T Omit 220/50 VAC 0.87 Amps 191 VA 0.34 Amps 30 W 120.40 ohms T F 240/60 VAC, Low Watt 0.70 Amps 168 VA 0.22 Amps 21 W 145.00 ohms T F 220/50 VAC, Low Watt 0.75 Amps 165 VA 0.26 Amps 23 W 145.00 ohms U L 98 VDC N/A N/A 0.10 Amps 10 W 960.00 ohms U Omit 98 VDC N/A N/A 0.31 Amps 30W 288.00 ohms Y Omit 120/60 VAC 1.7 Amps 204 VA 0.60 Amps 30 W 28.20 ohms Y Omit 110/50 VAC 1.7 Amps 187 VA 0.68 Amps 30 W 28.20 ohms Y F 120/60 VAC, Low Watt 1.40 Amps 168 VA 0.42 Amps 21 W 36.50 ohms Y F 110/50 VAC, Low Watt 1.50 Amps 165 VA 0.50 Amps 23 W 36.50 ohms Z L 250 VDC N/A N/A 0.04 Amps 10 W 6875.00 ohms Z Omit 250 VDC N/A N/A 0.13 Amps 30 W 1889.64 ohms Explosion Proof Solenoids R 24/60 VAC 7.63 Amps 183 VA 2.85 Amps 27 W 1.99 ohms T 240/60 VAC 0.76 Amps 183 VA 0.29 Amps 27 W 1.34 ohms N 220/50 VAC 0.77 Amps 169 VA 0.31 Amps 27 W 1.38 ohms Y 120/60 VAC 1.60 Amps 192 VA 0.58 Amps 27 W 33.50 ohms P 110/50 VAC 1.47 Amps 162 VA 0.57 Amps 27 W 34.70 ohms K 12 VDC N/A N/A 2.75 Amps 33 W 4.36 ohms J 24 VDC N/A N/A 1.38 Amps 33 W 17.33 ohms “ET” Explosion Proof Solenoids K 12 VDC N/A N/A 1.00 Amps 12 W 12.00 ohms J 24 VDC N/A N/A 1.00 Amps 13 W 44.30 ohms Y 120/60-50 VAC N/A N/A 0.16 Amps 17 W 667.00 ohms D111VW.indd, dd A216 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves Series D111VW A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Specifications TOC General Design Directional Spool Valve Actuation Solenoid Size NG32 Mounting Interface DIN 24340 A32 / ISO 4401 / NFPA D10 / CETOP RP 121-H Mounting Position Unrestricted, preferably horizontal Ambient Temperature [°C] [°C] -25…+50; (-13°F…+122°F) (without inductive position control) 0…+50; (+32°F…+122°F) (with inductive position control) MTTFD Value [years] 75 Hydraulic Maximum Operating Pressure Pilot drain internal: P, A, B, X 350 Bar (5075 PSI) T, Y 102 Bar (1500 PSI) AC only, 207 Bar (3000 PSI) DC/AC optional Pilot drain external: P, A, B, T, X 350 Bar (5075 PSI) Y 102 Bar (1500 PSI) AC only, 207 Bar (3000 PSI) DC/AC optional Fluid Hydraulic oil in accordance with DIN 51524 / 51525 Fluid Temperature [°C] -25 … +70; (-13°F…+158°F) Viscosity Permitted [cSt] Recommended [cSt] /[mm²/s] /[mm²/s] 2.8…400 (13…1854 SSU) 30…80 (139…371 SSU) Filtration ISO 4406 (1999); 18/16/13 (meet NAS 1638: 7) Flow Maximum 2000 LPM (529.1 GPM) Leakage at 350 Bar (per flow path) [ml/min] up to 5000 (1.32 GPM) depending on spool Minimum Pilot Supply Pressure 5 Bar (73 PSI) Static / Dynamic Step Response at 95% Energized De-energized DC Solenoids Pilot Pressure 50 Bar [ms] 470 390 100 Bar [ms] 320 390 250 Bar [ms] 210 390 350 Bar [ms] 200 390 AC Solenoids Pilot Pressure [ms] 50 Bar [ms] 450 375 100 Bar [ms] 300 375 250 Bar [ms] 190 375 350 Bar [ms] 180 375 D111VW.indd, dd A217 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves Series D111VW A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Electrical Specifications Position Control M12x1 Definitions Start position monitored: The valve is de-energized. The inductive switch gives a signal at the moment (below 15% spool stroke) when the spool leaves the spring offset position. End position monitored: The inductive switch gives a signal before the end position is reached. (above 85% spool stroke). Protection Class IP 65 in accordance with EN 60529 (plugged and mounted) Ambient Temperature [°C] 0…+50; (+32°F…122°F) Supply Voltage / Ripple [V] 18…42 ±10% Current Consumption without Load [mA] ≤ 30 Max. Output Current per Channel, Ohmic [mA] 400 Min. Output Load per Channel, Ohmic [kOhm] 100 Max. Output Drop at 0.2A [V] ≤ 1.1 Max. Output Drop at 0.4A [V] ≤ 1.6 EMC EN50081-1 / EN50082-2 Max. Tolerance Ambient Field Strength [A/m] 0.1 Interface M12x1 per IEC 61076-2-101 Wiring Minimum [mm²] 5 x 0.25 brad shield recommended Wiring Length Maximum [m] 50 (164 ft.) recommended M12 Pin Assignment 1 + Supply 18…42V 2 Out B: normally closed 3 0V 4 Out A: normally open 5 Earth ground Delivery includes plug M12 x 1 (part no. 5004109). D111VW.indd, dd A218 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves Series D111VW A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Technical Information TOC Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Surface Finish BK386 6x M20x90 DIN 912 12.9 517 Nm (381.3 lb.-ft.) Nitrile: SK-D111VW-N-91 Fluorocarbon: SK-D111VW-V-91 The space necessary to remove the plug per DIN 43650, design type AF is at least 15 mm (0.59 in.). The torque for the screw M3 of the plug has to be 0.5 Nm (3.7 lb.-ft. ) to 0.6 Nm (4.4 lb.-ft). * Please add for each sandwich plate +40mm (1.58″) (pressure reducing valve, pilot choke meter-in/-out). Pilot Oil Inlet (Supply) and Outlet (Drain) All orifice sizes for standard valves Dimensions Seal D111VW.indd, dd A219 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves Series D111VW A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Accessories Manaplug (Options 56 & 1C) Micro Connector Options (7B & 1D) Interface – Brad Harrison Plug – 3-Pin for Single Solenoid – 5-Pin for Double Solenoid Solenoid (Positive) Wire #2 (Red/White) Ground Wire #1 (Green) Solenoid (Negative) Wire #3 (Red/Black) 3-Pin Manaplug (Mini) with Lights Single Solenoid Valves – Installed Opposite Side of Solenoid DESINA Connector (Option D) M12 pin assignment Standard Hirschmann Plug with Lights (Option P5) ISO 4400/DIN 43650 Form “A” Conduit Box Option C – No Wiring Options Available Signal Lights (Option 5) — Plug-in Only – LED Interface – Meets Nema 4/IP67 Face View of Plug 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 DESINA – design Pin 1 and 2 connected 1 = Not used 2 = Not used 3 = 0V 4 = Signal (24 V) 5 = Earth Ground Pins are as seen on valve (male pin connectors) Pins are as seen on valve (male pin connectors) Pin #2 (Positive) (Negative) Pin #3 (Ground) Pin #1 D111VW.indd, dd A220 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves Series D111VW A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Installation Information TOC The following is important installation information which applies to all directional control valves described in this catalog. Mounting Position Detent – Horizontal Spring Offset – Unrestricted Spring Centered – Unrestricted Fluid Recommendations Premium quality hydraulic oil with a viscosity range between 32-54 cSt (150-250 SSU) At 38°C (100°F) is recommended. The absolute operating viscosity range is from 16-220 cSt (80-1000 SSU). Oil should have maximum anti-wear properties and rust and oxidation treatment. Fluids and Seals Valves using synthetic, fire-resistant fluids require special seals. When phosphate esters or its blends are used, FLUOROCARBON seals are required. Waterglycol, water-in-oil emulsions and petroleum oil may be used with STANDARD seals. Filtration For maximum valve and system component life, the system should be protected from contamination at a level not to exceed 125 particles greater than 10 microns per milliliter of fluid (SAE class 4/ISO 16/13). FOR MAXIMUM VALVE RELIABILITY, ADHERE TO THE FOLLOWING INSTALLATION INFORMATION. Torque Specifications The recommended torque values for the bolts which mount the valve to the manifold or subplate are as follows: 406.8 Nm (300 ft-lbs). Silting Silting can cause any sliding spool valve to stick and not spring return if held under pressure for long periods of time. The valve should be cycled periodically to prevent sticking. Special Installations Consult your Parker representative for any application requiring the following: • Pressure above rating. • Fluid other than those specified. • Oil temperature above 71.1°C (160°F). • Flow path other than normal. Mounting Patterns Series NFPA Size D111V*, D10P D10 1-1/4” D111VW.indd, dd A221 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves Series D111VW A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Installation Information Tank and Drain Line Surges If several valves are piped with a common tank or drain line, flow surges in the line may cause an unexpected spool shift. Detent style valves are most susceptible to this. Separate tank and drain lines should be piped in installations where line surges are expected. Electrical Characteristics (Detented Spool) Only a momentary energizing of the solenoid is necessary to shift and hold a detented spool. Minimum duration of the signal is 0.1 seconds for DC voltages. For AC voltages the response time is 0.06 seconds. Spool position will be held provided the spool centerline is in a horizontal plane, and not shock or vibration is present to displace the spool. Electrical Failure or Loss of Pilot Pressure Should electric power fail or loss of pilot pressure occur, spring offset and spring centered valves will shift to the spring held position. Detented valves will stay in the last position held before power failure. If main flow does not fail or stop at the same time power fails, machine actuators may continue to function in an undesirable manner or sequence. Pilot/Drain Characteristics Pilot Pressure: 5 to 345 Bar (73 to 5000 PSI) External: An oil source sufficient to maintain minimum pilot pressure must be connected to the “X” port of the main body. When using the external pilot variation, a 1/16″ pipe plug must be present in the main body pilot passage. (For details see Technical pages.) This plug will be furnished in valves ordered with pilot code 2 or 5. Internal: Flow is internally ported from the pressure port of the main valve body to the “P” port of the pilot valve. The pressure developed at the “P” port of the pilot valve must be 5 Bar (73 PSI) minimum at all times. Pilot Valve Drain: Maximum pressure 102 Bar (1500 PSI) AC standard, 207 Bar (3000 PSI) AC optional/DC standard. External: When using an external drain, a 10 x 24 x 0.31 long set screw must be present in the main body drain passage. (For details see Technical pages.) This plug will be furnished in valves ordered with drain code 1 or 2. Drain flow from the pilot valve is at the “Y” port of the main body and must be piped directly to tank. Maximum drain line pressure is 102 Bar (1500 PSI) AC standard, 207 Bar (3000 PSI) AC optional/DC standard. Any drain line back pressure is additive to the pilot pressure requirement. Internal: Drain flow from the pilot valve is internally connected to the main valve tank port. Tank and drain pressure are then identical so tank line pressure should not exceed 102 Bar (1500 PSI) AC standard, 207 Bar (3000 PSI) DC standard/AC optional. Any tank line back pressure is also additive to the pilot pressure requirement. If flow surges (a cause of pressure surges) are anticipated in the tank line, an external drain variation is recommended. The “Y” port in the subplate must be plugged when using an internal drain. Style No Solenoid/Operator Solenoid/Operator A Solenoid/Operator B Code Description Energized Energized Energized B Spring Offset P➝A and B➝T — P➝B and A➝T C Spring Centered Centered P➝A and B➝T P➝B and A➝T D Detented Last Position Held P➝A and B➝T P➝B and A➝T E Spring Centered Centered — P➝B and A➝T F Spring Offset, Shift to Center P➝A and B➝T — Centered H Spring Offset P➝B and A➝T P➝A and B➝T — K Spring Centered Centered P➝A and B➝T — M Spring Offset, Shift to Center P➝B and A➝T Centered — D111VW.indd, dd A222 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Control Valves Series D111VW A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Installation Information TOC Subplate Mounting NFPA D10, CETOP 10 & NG 32 Recommended Mounting Surface Surface must be flat within .102 mm (0.0004 inch) T.I.R and smooth within 812.8 micro-meters (32 micro-inch). Torque bolts to 406.8 Nm (300 ft-lbs). Mounting Position Valve Type Mounting Position Detent (Solenoid) Horizontal Spring Offset Unrestricted Spring Centered Unrestricted Mounting Pattern — NFPA D10, CETOP 10 & NG32 Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) 190.5 (7.51) 147.6 (5.82) 82.6 (3.25) 41.3 (1.63) 76.2 (3.00) 168.3 (6.63) 114.3 (4.50) 230.0 (9.06) Min. 199.0 (7.84) Min. 158.8 (6.26) 130.2 (5.13) 123.8 (4.88) 79.4 (3.13) 44.5 (1.75) 35.0 (1.38) 7.32/6.91 x 8 Min. Dp. (0.288/0.272 x .31) 2 Holes 19.05 (0.75) R. Max. Typ. 4 Places  0.28 (0.011) 32.00 (1.250) Max. 4 Holes 0.56 (0.022) 11.20 (0.441) Max. 3 Holes M20 x 33.3 (3/4-10 UNC-2B x 1.31) Min.Thd. Dp. 6 Holes  0.28 (0.011)  0.56 (0.022) For maximum valve reliability, adhere to the following installation information. D4S.indd, dd Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Seat Valves Series D4S A223 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Technical Information General Description Series D4S seat valves are designed for directional control functions. A large variety of poppets, springs and covers – including shuttle valves, stroke limiters, solenoid valves (VV01) and position control – allow to design individual hydraulic solutions for nominal flow up to 600 LPM (158.7 GPM). A complete program is offered under the Parker brand: subplate mounted valves (D4S ), SAE flange valves (D5S), pipe mounted valves (D4S), slip-in cartridges (CAR – on request). Features • Subplate mounting acc. to ISO 5781. • Leak-free seat valve design. • Numerous pilot options. • 6 poppet types. • 3 sizes (NG10, 25, 32). All characteristic curves measured with HLP46 at 50°C. Performance Curves Sleeve 1,Poppet 1 Sleeve 1, Poppet 2 Sleeve 1, Poppet 4 Sleeve 3, Poppet 4 Sleeve 3, Poppet A Sleeve 3, Poppet B/C 1 : 1.05 1 : 1.05 1 : 1.05 1 : 1.67 1 : 1.67 1 : 1.67 AA = 0.95 AC AA = 0.95 AC AA = 0.95 AC AA = 0.6 AC AA = 0.6 AC AA = 0.6 AC AB = 0.05 AC AB = 0.05 AC AB = 0.05 AC AB = 0.4 AC AB = 0.4 AC AB = 0.4 AC 15° chamfer 15° chamfer 45° chamfer 45° chamfer 45° chamfer 45° chamfer orifice safety spool throttle spool Selection of Cartridges D4S.indd, dd Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Seat Valves Series D4S A224 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Ordering Information TOC Seat Valve Pilot Connection Nominal Size D4S Subplate Mounting ISO 6264, Y1 Port G1/4″ Cap Version Sleeve Code Description 1 AA=95%, AB=5% 3 AA=60%, AB=40% Spool Type 9 Code Description 03 NG10 06 NG25 10 NG32 Code Size Poppet Type Sleeve 1 03, 06, 10 With closed bottom and 15° chamfer (pZ max. = pA +20 Bar (290 PSI) 1 2 03 With 0.8 dia. orifice at the bottom and 15° chamfer 1 06, 10 With 1.2 dia. orifice at the bottom and 15° chamfer 1 4 03, 06, 10 With closed bottom and 45° chamfer 1, 3 A* 06, 10 Safety spool (for end position control only) 3 B* 06, 10 Throttle spool, 10° chamfer 3 C* 06, 10 Throttle spool, 3° chamfer 3 * Springs 2, 3 and 6 only. Code Pilot Oil Line in Body A-X B-Y 1 Internal from A 2 External from X A1) Internal from A B1) External from X C Internal from A + B D Internal from B G External from Y 1) With VV01 only. Code Ports X Y Z X-Y Y1 VV01 Standard 1 Pilot Oil = Pilot Drain — C Pilot Oil = Pilot Drain — With Solenoid Valve (VV01) 2 External PD from cap 5 External to subplate 6 Internal pilot drain With Stroke Limiter (not for D4S03) 3 Pilot Oil = Pilot Drain — — — — 4 Pilot Oil = Pilot Drain — — — — Key: Open Bore Closed Bore Orifice ∅ 1.2 Note: Combination examples provided on pages A227-A229. D4S.indd, dd Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Seat Valves Series D4S A225 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Ordering Information Design Series B Seal Code Description 1 Nitrile 5 Fluorocarbon Switching Options Type Spring Code Description Omit Standard 013 Cover for End Position Control Code Spring — Approx. Cracking Pressure in Bar (PSI) Sleeve Code 1 Sleeve Code 3 A -> B A -> B B -> A D4S03 D4S06/10 D4S03 D4S06/10 D4S03 D4S06/10 1 2.8 (40.6) 3.5 (50.8) 6.5 (94.3) 6.5 (94.3) 9.5 (137.8) 11.0 (159.5) 2 0.5 (7.3) 0.5 (7.3) 1.0 (14.5) 1.0 (14.5) 1.5 (21.8) 1.7 (24.7) 3 0.3 (4.4) 0.3 (4.4) 0.6 (8.7) 0.6 (8.7) 0.9 (13.1) 1.0 (14.5) 4 2.2 (31.9) 2.2 (31.9) 4.0 (58.0) 3.5 (50.8) 5.5 (79.8) 6.0 (87.0) 5 – 9.0 (130.5) – 16.0 (232.0) – 28.0 (406.0) 6 1.2 (17.4) 1.2 (17.4) 2.0 (29.0) 2.2 (31.9) 3.0 (43.5) 3.8 (55.1) 7 3.0 (43.5) – 8.0 (116.0) – 12.0 (174.0) – Code Description Omit Standard without Vent Function 09 VV01 with Manual Override De-energized; 10 VV01 without Manual Override power comp. open 11 VV01 with Manual Override De-energized; 12 VV01 without Manual Override power comp. closed CA Shuttle Valve DA Shuttle Valve CB VV01 Code 09 and Shuttle Valve Code CA CD VV01 Code 11 and Shuttle Valve Code CA DB VV01 Code 09 and Shuttle Valve Code DA DD VV01 Code 11 and Shuttle Valve Code DA BH VV01 Code 10 and Shuttle Valve Code CA and Position Control* with Amplifier BK VV01 Code 12 and Shuttle Valve Code CA and Position Control* with Amplifier BN VV01 Code 10 and Shuttle Valve Code DA and Position Control* with Amplifier BQ VV01 Code 12 and Shuttle Valve Code DA and Position Control* with Amplifier BC VV01 Code 10 and Position Control* with Amplifier BE VV01 Code 12 and Position Control* with Amplifier BA Position Control* with Amplifier BF Position Control* with Amplifier and Shuttle Valve Code CA BL Position Control* with Amplifier and Shuttle Valve Code DA * Position control for D4S06/10 only. Spring 2 or 4. Spool A and sleeve 3. Valve open: Proximity Switch damped. Solenoid Voltage Code Description Omit Standard w/o vent function G0R 12V G0Q 24V GAR 98V GAG 205V W30 110V 50Hz / 120V 60Hz W31 230V 50Hz / 240V 60Hz Weight: D4S03 2.7 kg (6.0 lbs D4S06 4.5 kg (9.9 lbs) D4S10 6.0 kg (13.2 lbs) D4S.indd, dd Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Seat Valves Series D4S A226 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Technical Information TOC Electrical (Solenoid) Duty Ratio 100% Response Time Energized / De-energized AC 20/18 ms, DC 46/27 ms Protection Class IP65 in accordance with EN60529 (plugged and mounted) Code G0R G0Q GAR GAG W30 W31 Supply Voltage 12V 24V 98V 205V 110V at 50Hz/ 120V at 60 Hz 220V at 50Hz/ 240V at 60Hz Tolerance Supply Voltage +5 to -10 +5 to -10 +5 to -10 +5 to -10 +5 to -10 +5 to -10 Power Consumption, Hold [W] 31 31 31 31 78 78 Power Consumption, In Rush [W] 31 31 31 31 264 264 Max. Switching Frequency [1/h] AC up to 7200; DC up to 16,000 switchings/hour Solenoid Connection Connector as per EN175301-803 Protection Class IP65 in accordance with EN 60529 (plugged and mounted) Coil Insulation Class H (180°C) (356°F) Specifications General Size 03 06 10 Mounting Subplate according to ISO 6264 Mounting Position Unrestricted Ambient Temperature Range -20°C to +50°C (-4°F to +122°F) MTTFD 150 years Hydraulic Maximum Operating Pressure Ports A, B up to 350 Bar (5075 PSI) up to 350 Bar (5075 PSI) up to 350 Bar (5075 PSI) Port Y with VV01 140 Bar (2030 PSI) 140 Bar (2030 PSI) 140 Bar (2030 PSI) Nominal Flow 180 LPM (47.6 GPM) 360 LPM (95.2 GPM) 600 LPM (158.7 GPM) Fluid Hydraulic oil as per DIN 51524 … 51525 Fluid Temperature -20°C to +80°C (-4°F to +176°F) Viscosity Permitted Recommended 10 to 650 cSt / mm2/s (46 to 3013 SSU) 30 cSt / mm²/s (139 SSU) Filtration ISO Class 4406 (1999) 18/16/13 (acc. NAS 1638: 7) D4S Pilot Configuration D4S Direct Operated D4S with VV01 D4S.indd, dd Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Seat Valves Series D4S A227 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Ordering Information D4S Direct Operated Examples D4S with VV01 Examples D4S.indd, dd Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Seat Valves Series D4S A228 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Ordering Information TOC D4S with VV01 Examples D4S with Shuttle Valve Examples D4S.indd, dd Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Seat Valves Series D4S A229 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Ordering Information D4S with Position Control Examples D4S with Stroke Limiter Examples D4S.indd, dd Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Seat Valves Series D4S A230 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Dimensions TOC NG ISO-code X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 10 6264-06-09-*-97 42.9 (1.69) 35.8 (1.41) 21.5 (0.85) – 7.2 (0.28) 21.5 (0.85) 31.8 (1.25) 66.7 (2.63) 58.8 (2.31) 33.4 (1.31) 7.9 (0.31) 25 6264-08-13-*-97 60.3 (2.37) 49.2 (1.94) 39.7 (1.56) – 11.1 (0.44) 20.6 (0.81) 44.5 (1.75) 79.4 (3.13) 73.0 (2.87) 39.7 (1.56) 6.4 (0.25) 32 6264-10-17-*-97 84.2 (3.31) 67.5 (2.66) 59.5 (2.34) 42.1 (1.66) 16.7 (0.66) 24.6 (0.97) 62.7 (2.47) 96.8 (3.81) 92.8 (3.65) 48.4 (1.91) 3.8 (0.15) NG ISO-code B1 B2 H1 H2 H3 L1 L2 D1 D2 D3 t1 D4 t2 D5 D6 10 6264-06-09-*-97 87.3 (3.44) 33.35 (1.31) 83.0 (3.27) 21.0 (0.83) 45.0 (1.77) 29.0 (1.14) 94.8 (3.73) 15.0 (0.59) 7.0 (0.28) 7.1 (0.28) 8.0 (0.31) M10 16.0 (0.63) 10.8 (0.43) 17.0 (0.67) 25 6264-08-13-*-97 105.0 (4.13) 39.7 (1.56) 109.5 (4.31) 29.0 (1.14) 71.5 (2.81) 34.7 (1.37) 126.8 (4.99) 23.4 (0.92) 7.1 (0.28) 7.1 (0.28) 8.0 (0.31) M10 18.0 (0.71) 110.8 (0.43) 17.0 (0.67) 32 6264-10-17-*-97 120.0 (4.72) 48.4 (1.91) 120.0 (4.72) 29.0 (1.14) 82.0 (3.23) 30.6 (1.20) 144.3 (5.68) 32.0 (1.26) 7.1 (0.28) 7.1 (0.28) 8.0 (0.31) M10 20.0 (0.79) 10.8 (0.43) 17.0 (0.67) NG ISO-code Bolt Kit Surface Finish Nitrile Fluorocarbon 10 6264-06-07-*-97 BK 505 4x M10 x 35 DIN 912 12.9 63 Nm S26-58507-0 S26-58507-5 25 6264-08-11-*-97 BK 485 4x M10 x 45 DIN 912 12.9 (46.5 lb.-ft.) S26-58475-0 S26-58475-5 32 6264-10-15-*-97 BK 506 6x M10 x 45 DIN 912 12.9 ±15% S26-58508-0 S26-58508-5 Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Seal D4S.indd, dd Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Seat Valves Series D4S A231 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Dimensions D4S with VV01 Dimensions in brackets [ ] are for version VV01with shuttle valve code DB or DD. Note: Shuttle valves only use in connection with vent valve VV01. D4S with Shuttle Valve Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) VV01 Seal Kits Nitrile Fluorocarbon DC Solenoid S26-58515-0 S26-58515-5 AC Solenoid S26-35237-0 S26-35237-5 D4S.indd, dd Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Seat Valves Series D4S A232 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Dimensions TOC Dimensions D4S Stroke Limiter Dimensions D4S Position Control Function PNP, contact Supply voltage (Us) [VDC] 10…30 Supply voltage ripple [%] ≤ 10 Current consumption [mA] max. 8 Residual voltage L-signal [V] Us – 2.2 at lmax Output current (I) [mA] ≤ 200 Protection class IP67 Ambient temperature [C°] -25…+70; (-13°F…+158° F) Wire cross section [mm2] 3 x 0.5 Technical Information (proximity switch) Position Control by Proximity Switch (incl. Amplifier) Valve open: proximity switch activated. This proximity switch is pressure proof and has no wearing parts. Note: Position control for D4S06 and D4S10 only. Note: Stroke limiter not for use with D4S03, vent valve VV01, shuttle valve and positon control. Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) D5S.indd, dd Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Seat Valves Series D5S A233 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Technical Information General Description Series D5S seat valves are designed for directional control functions. They enable individual hydraulic solutions for nominal flow up to 800 LPM (211.6 GPM) due to a large variety of poppets, springs and covers, including shuttle valves, stroke limiters, solenoid valves (VV01) and position control. Features • Leak-free seat valve design. • 2- and 3-port bodies. • SAE61 flange. • Numerous pilot options. • 6 poppet types. • 4 sizes (SAE 3/4″, 1″, 1 1/4″, 1 1/2″). D5S 2-Port D5S 3-Port D5S 2-Port D5S 3-Port D5S 2-Port D5S 3-Port D5S.indd, dd Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Seat Valves Series D5S A234 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Ordering Information TOC Seat Valve Pilot Body Configuration Size D5S Body Code Body Ports 9 3-Port Seat entry, A; X1, Y1, M = SAE 4 1 2-Port Seat entry, A; X1, Y1, M = SAE 4 2 2-Port Annular entry, B; X1, Y1, M = SAE 4 Pilot Cap Sleeve Code Description 1 AA=95%, AB=5% 3 AA=60%, AB=40% Spool Type Code Pilot Oil Line in Body 1 Internal from A 2 Internal from B 3 Internal from A and B 4 External from X1 5 Internal from B, External from X1 Code Description 06 SAE 3/4″ 08 SAE 1″ 10 SAE 1-1/4″ 12* SAE 1-1/2″ * D5S 3-Port only Code Body Ports X Y Z X-Y X1 Y1 VV01 Standard 1 2 and 3-Port Pilot Oil = Pilot Drain – – 2 2 and 3-Port Pilot Oil = Pilot Drain – – 3 2-Port Pilot Oil = Pilot Drain – With Solenoid Valve (VV01) 4 2 and 3-Port Internal to B – 5 2-Port Internal to B 6 2 and 3-Port External Out of Cap – 7 2-Port External Out of Cap With Stroke Limiter (not for D5S06) A 2 and 3-Port Pilot Oil = Pilot Drain – – – B 2 and 3-Port Pilot Oil = Pilot Drain – – – – C 2-Port Pilot Oil = Pilot Drain – – – Key: Open Bore Closed Bore Orifice ∅ 1.2 Note: Combination examples provided on pages A238-A242. Code Size Poppet Type Sleeve 1 06, 08, 10, 12 With closed bottom and 15° chamfer (pZ max. = pA +20 Bar (290 PSI) 1 2 06 With 0.8 dia. orifice at the bottom and 15° chamfer 1 08, 10 With 1.2 dia. orifice at the bottom and 15° chamfer 1 4 06, 08, 10, 12 With closed bottom and 45° chamfer 1, 3 A* 08, 10, 12 Safety spool (for end position control only) 3 B* 08, 10, 12 Throttle spool, 10° chamfer 3 C* 08, 10, 12 Throttle spool, 3° chamfer 3 * Springs 2, 3 and 6 only. D5S.indd, dd Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Seat Valves Series D5S A235 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Ordering Information Design Series B Seal Code Description 1 Nitrile 5 Fluorocarbon Switching Options Type Spring Code Description Omit Standard 013 Position Control with Protection Code Spring — Approx. Cracking Pressure in Bar (PSI) Sleeve Code 1 Sleeve Code 3 A -> B A -> B B -> A D5S06 D5S08/12 D5S06 D5S08/12 D5S06 D5S08/12 1 2.8 (40.6) 3.5 (50.8) 6.5 (94.3) 6.5 (94.3) 9.5 (137.8) 11.0 (159.5) 2 0.5 (7.3) 0.5 (7.3) 1.0 (14.5) 1.0 (14.5) 1.5 (21.8) 1.7 (24.7) 3 0.3 (4.4) 0.3 (4.4) 0.6 (8.7) 0.6 (8.7) 0.9 (13.1) 1.0 (14.5) 4 2.2 (31.9) 2.2 (31.9) 4.0 (58.0) 3.5 (50.8) 5.5 (79.8) 6.0 (87.0) 5 – 9.0 (130.5) – 16.0 (232.0) – 28.0 (406.0) 6 1.2 (17.4) 1.2 (17.4) 2.0 (29.0) 2.2 (31.9) 3.0 (43.5) 3.8 (55.1) 7 3.0 (43.5) – 8.0 (116.0) – 12.0 (174.0 – Code Description omit Standard without Vent Function 09 VV01 with Manual Override De-energized; 10 VV01 without Manual Override power comp. open 11 VV01 with Manual Override De-energized; 12 VV01 without Manual Override power comp. closed CA Shuttle Valve DA Shuttle Valve CB VV01 Code 09 and Shuttle Valve Code CA CD VV01 Code 11 and Shuttle Valve Code CA DB VV01 Code 09 and Shuttle Valve Code DA DD VV01 Code 11 and Shuttle Valve Code DA BH VV01 Code 10 and Shuttle Valve Code CA and Position Control* with Amplifier BK VV01 Code 12 and Shuttle Valve Code CA and Position Control* with Amplifier BN VV01 Code 10 and Shuttle Valve Code DA and Position Control* with Amplifier BQ VV01 Code 12 and Shuttle Valve Code DA and Position Control* with Amplifier BC VV01 Code 10 and Position Control* with Amplifier BE VV01 Code 12 and Position Control* with Amplifier BA Position Control* with Amplifier BF Position Control* with Amplifier and Shuttle Valve Code CA BL Position Control* with Amplifier and Shuttle Valve Code DA * Position control for D5S08/10 only. Spring 2 or 4. Spool A and sleeve 3. Solenoid Voltage Code Description Omit Standard w/o vent function G0R 12V G0Q 24V GAR 98V GAG 205V W30 110V 50Hz / 120V 60Hz W31 220V 50Hz / 240V 60Hz Weight: D5S 2-Port D5S 3-Port D5S06 3.6 kg (7.9 lbs) 3.4 kg (7.5 lbs) D5S08 4.1 kg (9.0 lbs) 4.4 kg (9.7 lbs) D5S10 5.4 kg (11.9 lbs) 5.0 kg (11.0 lbs) D5S12 –— 7.8 kg (17.2 lbs) D5S.indd, dd Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Seat Valves Series D5S A236 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Technical Information TOC Electrical (Solenoid) Duty Ratio 100% Response Time Energized / De-energized AC 20/18ms, DC 46/27 ms Protection Class IP65 in accordance with EN60529 (plugged and mounted) Code G0R G0Q GAR GAG W30 W31 Supply Voltage 12V 24V 98V 205V 110V at 50Hz 120V at 60 Hz 220V at 50Hz/ 240V at 60Hz Tolerance Supply Voltage +5 to -10 +5 to -10 +5 to -10 +5 to -10 ±5 to -10 ±5 to -10 Power Consumption Hold 31W 31W 31W 31W 78W 78W In Rush 31W 31W 31W 31W 264W 264W Maximum Switching Frequency AC up to 7200; DC up to 16,000 switchings/hour Solenoid Connection Connector as per EN175301-803 Protection Class IP65 in accordance with EN 60529 (plugged and mounted) Coil Insulation Class H (180°C) (356°F) Specifications General Size 06 08 10 12 Mounting Flanged according to SAE 61 Mounting Position Unrestricted Ambient Temperature Range -20°C to +50°C (-4°F to +122°F) Hydraulic Maximum Operating Pressure SAE 61 Ports A, B 350 Bar (5075 PSI) 350 Bar (5075 PSI) 280 Bar (4060 PSI) 210 Bar (3045 PSI) Port Y1 30 Bar (435 PSI) 30 Bar (435 PSI) 30 Bar (435 PSI) 30 Bar (435 PSI) Nominal Flow 180 LPM (47.6 GPM) 360 LPM (95.2 GPM) 600 LPM (158.7 GPM) 800 LPM (211.6 GPM) Fluid Hydraulic oil as per DIN 51524 … 51525 Fluid Temperature -20°C to +80°C (-4°F to +176°F) Viscosity Permitted Recommended 10 to 650 cSt / mm2/s (46 to 3013 SSU) 30 cSt / mm2/s (139 SSU) Filtration ISO Class 4406 (1999) 18/16/13 (acc. NAS 1638: 7) D5S Pilot Configuration 3-Port 2-Port: Seat Entry 2-Port: Annular Entry D5S.indd, dd Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Seat Valves Series D5S A237 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Ordering Information D5S 2-Port* D5S 3-Port* *Fluid viscosity 38cSt at 50°C (122°F) Selection of Cartridges Sleeve 1, Poppet 1 Sleeve 1, Poppet 2 Sleeve 1, Poppet 4 Sleeve 3, Poppet 4 Sleeve 3, Poppet A Sleeve 3, Poppet B/C 1 : 1.05 AA = 0.95 AC AB = 0.95 AC 15° chamfer 1 : 1.05 AA = 0.95 AC AB = 0.95 AC 15° chamfer orifice 1 : 1.05 AA = 0.95 AC AB = 0.95 AC 45° chamfer 1 : 1.67 AA = 0.6 AC AB = 0.4 AC 45° chamfer 1 : 1.67 AA = 0.6 AC AB = 0.4 AC 45° chamfer safety spool 1 : 1.67 AA = 0.6 AC AB = 0.4 AC 45° chamfer throttle spool Performance Curves D5S.indd, dd Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Seat Valves Series D5S A238 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Ordering Information TOC D5S 2-Port Examples Seat Entry Annular Entry Stroke Limiter D5S 2-Port Examples Seat Entry Annular Entry D5S 3-Port Examples Stroke Limiter D5S 3-Port Examples D5S.indd, dd Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Seat Valves Series D5S A239 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Ordering Information D5S 2-Port with Solenoid Valve VV01 Examples Seat Entry Annular Entry D5S 2-Port with Solenoid Valve VV01 and Shuttle Valve Examples Seat Entry Annular Entry D5S.indd, dd Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Seat Valves Series D5S A240 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Ordering Information TOC D5S 3-Port with Solenoid Valve VV01 Examples D5S 3-Port with Solenoid Valve VV01 and Shuttle Valve Examples D5S.indd, dd Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Seat Valves Series D5S A241 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Ordering Information D5S 2-Port Position Control Examples Seat Entry Annular Entry Seat Entry Annular Entry D5S.indd, dd Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Seat Valves Series D5S A242 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Ordering Information TOC D5S 3-Port Position Control Examples Seat Entry Annular Entry Seat Entry Annular Entry D5S.indd, dd Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Seat Valves Series D5S A243 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Technical Information Dimensions — D5S with VV01 Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Function Solenoid de-energized: Pilot oil from X1 to Z blocks the connection from A to B or B to A. Solenoid energized: Pilot pressure from X1 is blocked in the VV01. The oil in Z is internally drained to port B. Allowing flow from A to B, while B to A remains blocked. Example PIlot Oil External from X1, Pilot Drain Internal Out of B with Vent Valve VV01 Seal Kits Nitrile Fluorocarbon DC Solenoid S26-58515-0 S26-58515-5 AC Solenoid S26-35237-0 S26-35237-5 D5S.indd, dd Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Seat Valves Series D5S A244 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Technical Information TOC Dimensions — D5S with Position Control Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Example PIlot Oil External from X1, Pilot Drain Internal Out of B with Position Control Position control by proximity switch (incl. amplifier). Valve open: proximity switch activited. This proximity switch is pressure proof and has no wearing parts. Note: Position control for D5S08 and D5S10 only. Technical Data (Proximity Switch) Function PNP, contact Supply Voltage 10 – 30VDC Supply Voltage Ripple ≤10% Current Consumption 8mA Maximum Residual Voltage L-Signal Us – 2.2V at Imax Output Current ≤200 mA Protection Class IP67 Ambient Temperature -25°C to +70°C (-13°F to +158°F) Wire Cross Section 3 x 0.5 mm2 D5S.indd, dd Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Seat Valves Series D5S A245 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Technical Information X1 = external pilot-oil (optional) Note: Stroke limiter not for use with D5S06, solenoid valve VV01, shuttle valve and position control. Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) D5S Stroke Limiter D5S Stroke Limiter Dimensions D5S with Shuttle Valve Dimensions Shuttle valve only in connection with vent valve VV01. D5S.indd, dd Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Seat Valves Series D5S A246 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Dimensions TOC Annular Entry Ports Function Port size D5S06 D5S08 D5S10 A Inlet or outlet 3/4″ SAE 61 1″ SAE 61 1-1/4″ SAE 61 B Outlet or inlet 3/4″ SAE 61 1″ SAE 61 1-1/4″ SAE 61 X1 External pilot port SAE 4 Y1 External pilot drain Size l1 l2 l3 b1 h1 h2 h3 h4 d1 d2 06 77.0 (3.03) 101.0 (3.98) 22.2 (0.87) 60.0 (2.36) 37.0 (1.46) 47.6 (1.87) 90.0 (3.54) 127.6 (5.02) 19.0 (0.75) 10.5 (0.41) 08 94.0 (3.70) 120.5 (4.74) 26.2 (1.03) 60.0 (2.36) 45.0 (1.77) 52.4 (2.06) 96.0 (3.78) 133.6 (5.26) 25.0 (0.98) 10.5 (0.41) 10 94.0 (3.70) 128.0 (5.04) 30.2 (1.19) 75.0 (2.95) 48.0 (1.89) 58.7 (2.31) 109.0 (4.29) 146.6 (5.77) 32.0 (1.26) 12.5 (0.49) Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) 2-Port Seat Entry Seal Kits Size Nitrile Fluorocarbon 06 S16-91850-0 S16-91850-5 08 S16-91851-0 S16-91851-5 10 S16-91852-0 S16-91852-5 D5S.indd, dd Catalog HY14-2500/US Directional Seat Valves Series D5S A247 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA A Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Dimensions Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Ports Function Port size D5S06 D5S08 D5S10 D5S12 A (2x) Inlet or outlet ¾” SAE 61 1″ SAE 61 1¼” SAE 61 1½” SAE 61 B Outlet or inlet ¾” SAE 61 1″ SAE 61 1¼” SAE 61 1½” SAE 61 X1* External pilot port Y1 External pilot drain SAE 4 M Pressure gauge Size l1 l2 l3 l4 b1 b2 h1 h2 h3 h4 h5 h6 d1 t1 d2 d3 06 49.0 (1.93) 47.6 (1.87) 56.0 (2.20) 63.0 (2.48) 22.2 (0.87) 60.0 (2.36) 41.0 (1.61) 47.6 (1.87) 28.0 (1.10) 22.2 (0.87) 82.0 (3.23) 119.0 (4.69) 3/8″ UNC 20.0 (0.79) 19.0 (0.75) 10.5 (0.41) 08 55.0 (2.17) 52.4 (2.06) 58.0 (2.28) 65.0 (2.56) 26.2 (1.03) 60.0 (2.36) 47.0 (1.85) 52.4 (2.06) 29.0 (1.14) 26.2 (1.03) 103.0 (4.06) 141.0 (5.55) 3/8″ UNC 23.0 (0.91) 25.0 (0.98) 10.5 (0.41) 10 57.0 (2.24) 58.7 (2.31) 64.0 (2.52) 61.0 (2.40) 30.2 (1.19) 75.0 (2.95) 65.0 (2.56) 58.7 (2.31) 36.0 (1.42) 30.2 (1.19) 113.0 (4.45) 150.0 (5.91) 7/16″ UNC 22.0 (0.87) 32.0 (1.26) 12.5 (0.49) 12 37.0 (1.46) 69.8 (2.75) 55.0 (2.17) 93.0 (3.66) 35.7 (1.41) 80.0 (3.15) 73.0 (2.87) 69.8 (2.75) 72.0 (2.83) 35.7 (1.41) 140.0 (5.51) 178.0 (7.01) 1/2″ UNC 27.0 (1.06) 38.0 (1.50) 13.5 (0.53) 3-Port * closed when supplied. Seal Kits Size Nitrile Fluorocarbon 06 S16-91850-0 S16-91850-5 08 S16-91851-0 S16-91851-5 10 S16-91852-0 S16-91852-5 12 S26-27421-0 S26-27421-5 Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Parker Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B1 B Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Contents Introduction …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………B2 – B4 Series CM, ZRV CM…………………………………………Check……………………………………………………………………………………. B5 – B6 CM2 ……………………………………… D03 Mounted, Check………………………………………………………………..B7 – B8 CM3………………………………………. D05 Mounted, Check………………………………………………………………B9 – B10 CM6………………………………………. D08 Mounted, Check…………………………………………………………….B11 – B12 ZRV………………………………………. D03, D05 Mounted, Check……………………………………………………..B60 – B62 Series CPOM, ZRE CPOM…………………………………….Double Pilot Operated, Check…………………………………………………B13 – B14 CPOM2 Dimensions………………… D03 Mounted, Double Pilot Operated, Check…………………………………… B15 CPOM3 Dimensions………………… D05 Mounted, Double Pilot Operated, Check…………………………………… B16 CPOM6 Dimensions………………… D08 Mounted, Double Pilot Operated, Check………………………………….. B17 ZRE………………………………………. D03, D05, D07 Mounted, Double Pilot Operated Check……………..B57 – B59 Series FM, ZRD FM…………………………………………Double Manapak, Flow Control……………………………………………….B18 – B20 FM2 Dimensions…………………….. D03 Mounted, Double, Flow Control……………………………………………….. B21 FM3 Dimensions…………………….. D05 Mounted, Double, Flow Control……………………………………………….. B22 FM6 Dimensions…………………….. D08 Mounted, Double, Flow Control……………………………………………….. B23 ZRD………………………………………. D03, D05, D07 Mounted, Double Flow Control………………………….B53 – B56 Series PRDM PRDM……………………………………. Direct Operated, Pressure Reducing……………………………………….B24 – B27 PRDM2 Dimensions………………… D03 Mounted, Direct Operated, Pressure Reducing…………………………. B28 PRDM3 Dimensions………………… D05 Mounted, Direct Operated, Pressure Reducing…………………………. B28 Series PRM , ZDR PRM……………………………………… Pressure Reducing……………………………………………………………….B29 – B31 PRM3 Dimensions…………………… D05 Mounted, Pressure Reducing…………………………………………..B32 – B34 PRM6 Dimensions…………………… D08 Mounted, Pressure Reducing………………………………………………….. B35 ZDR………………………………………. D03, D05, D07, Pilot Operated, Pressure Reducing…………………..B42 – B44 Series RM, ZDV RM………………………………………… Relief…………………………………………………………………………………..B36 – B38 RM2 Dimensions…………………….. D03 Mounted, Relief…………………………………………………………………….. B39 RM3 Dimensions…………………….. D05 Mounted, Relief…………………………………………………………………….. B40 RM6 Dimensions…………………….. D08 Mounted, Relief…………………………………………………………………….. B41 ZDV………………………………………. D03, D05, D07 Mounted, Relief………………………………………………B45 – B48 Series ZNS ZNS ……………………………………….D03, D05 Mounted, Counterbalance Valve……………………………….B49 – B52 Installation Information …………………………………………………………………………………………………………….B63 – B65 Mounting Pattern Dimensions………………………………………………………………………………………………..B64 – B65 Parker Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B2 B Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Introduction Series CM, CPOM, FM, PRDM, PRM, RM, Z** TOC Sandwich valves provide a variety of check, flow control, pressure relief and pressure reducing functions in a compact NFPA D03, D05, D07 and D08 sandwich style valve. The NFPA D03 valve body conforms to the ISO 40 mm (1.57″) thickness. These valves are mounted between directional control valves and their mounting surface. The NFPA D03 Sandwich valves may also be used in conjunction with Parker’s Cartpak Series of sandwich valves which offer a wide variety of additional functions including relief, pressure reducing/relieving, load check, back pressure check, needle, flow control, pressure compensated flow control, crossover, relief and directional valves. Check Valves Series CM, ZRV • Valve bodies are manufactured from steel which provide extra strength and durability for longer life. Internal hardened steel components also provide longer life. • Positive shut-off is provided by a fully guided poppet and allows full flow in the unchecked position. • Parker CM, ZRV sandwich style check valves can be used either on the ‘P’, ‘A’, ‘B’, ‘T’ port or combination. • Large internal flow paths allow high flow at low pressure drop. P.O. Check Valves Series CPOM, ZRE • Parker CPOM, ZRE sandwich style, pilot operated check valves can be provided in either single or double configurations. • The pilot operated checks may be positioned in ‘A’ port or ‘B’ port; or both ‘A’ and ‘B’ ports. • Valve bodies are manufactured from steel which provide extra strength and durability for longer life. Internal hardened steel components also provide longer life. • Large internal flow paths allow high flow at low pressure drop. CM*AA CM*AAF CM*BB CM*BBF CM*PP, ZRV-P CM*TT, ZRV-T CM*DD CM*DDF CPOM*AA, ZRE-A CPOM*BB, ZRE-B CPOM*DD, ZRE-AB CM*PT Parker Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B3 B Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Introduction Series CM, CPOM, FM, PRDM, PRM, RM, Z** Flow Control Valves Series FM, ZRD • Parker FM, ZRD sandwich style flow control valves can be provided in either single or double configurations. The flow controls may be positioned in ‘P’ port, ‘A’ port, ‘B’ port, or both ‘A’ and ‘B’ ports. • Valve bodies are manufactured from steel which provide extra strength and durability for longer life. Internal hardened steel components also provide longer life. • Two step needles (standard) provide fine adjustment for the first three turns and course adjustment for the last three turns. Fine metering needles are available as an option on D03 and D05 valves. • Large bypass checks allow high flow at a low pressure drop. • Reversible (invert 180°) for meter-in or meter-out (D03 & D05 only). FM*DD, ZRD-ABA (Meter Out) FM*AA, ZRD-AA (Meter Out) FM*BB, ZRD-BA (Meter Out) FM*PP (Meter Out) Pressure Reducing Valves Series PRDM • PRDM sandwich valves may be selected to reduce pressure in the ‘P’ port, ‘A’ port or ‘B’ port. • The direct operated, cushioned piston design results in fast response, low leakage and minimal hysteresis. • Up to nine pressure adjustment ranges are available with maximum pressure settings. • Adjustment options include: internal hex screw, hand knob or internal hex with keylock. • Fluorocarbon and nitrile seals are available for multi-fluid compatibility. • Available gage port connections include SAE, NPT, Metric and BSPP. T P A B M T P A B M T P A B M PRDM*PP PRDM*AA PRDM*BB Parker Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B4 B Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Introduction Series CM, CPOM, FM, PRDM, PRM, RM, Z** TOC Pressure Relief Valves Series RM, ZDV • Parker RM, ZDV sandwich style relief valve is a ‘P’ port to ‘T’ port relief. • Valve bodies are manufactured from steel which provide extra strength and durability for longer life. Internal hardened steel components also provide longer life. • Three pressure adjustment options available: slotted screw, knob and locking knob. RM*PT, ZDV-P Pressure Reducing Valves Series PRM, ZDR • Parker PRM, ZDR sandwich style pressure reducing valves can be used to reduce pressure on the ‘P’ port, the ‘A’ port, or the ‘B’ port. • Three pressure adjustment options available: slotted screw, knob and locking knob. • Valve bodies are manufactured from steel which provide extra strength and durability for longer life. Internal hardened steel components also provide longer life. PRM*AA, ZDR-A PRM*BB, ZDR-B PRM*PP, ZDR-P Parker Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B5 B Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Technical Information Series CM General Description Series CM check valves provide an integral, full flow check valve in the pressure ‘P’ port, ‘A’ port, ‘B’ port, or the tank ‘T’ port of the directional valve. Reverse flow is blocked. The CM2 and CM3 sizes offer a combination P&T check version. Features • Valve bodies are manufactured from steel which provides extra strength and durability for longer life. Internal hardened steel components also provide longer life. • Positive shut-off is provided by a fully guided poppet and allows full flow in the unchecked position. • Parker CM sandwich style check valves can be used either on the ‘P’, ‘A’, ‘B’, ‘T’ ports, or combinations. • Large internal flow paths allow high flow at low pressure drop. 0 100 7 200 14 300 20 400 27 500 PSI 34 Bar Pressure LPM0 GPM Flow 18.9 5 37.9 10 56.8 15 75.7 20 CM3 Reverse Flow Check 94.6 25 113.6 30 75 PSI 45 PSI 5 PSI 0 100 7 200 14 300 20 400 27 500 PSI 34 Bar Pressure LPM0 GPM Flow 18.9 5 37.9 10 56.8 15 75.7 20 45 PSI 5 PSI 75 PSI CM2 Reverse Flow Check 0 100 7 200 14 300 20 400 27 500 PSI 34 Bar Pressure LPM0 GPM Flow 56.8 15 113.6 30 170.3 45 227.1 60 CM6 Reverse Flow Check 283.9 75 340.6 90 5 PSI 45 PSI 75 PSI Performance Curves CM2 CM3 CM6 Mounting NFPA D03, NFPA D05, NFPA D08, Pattern CETOP 3, CETOP 5, CETOP 8, NG6 NG10 NG25 Maximum 345 Bar 345 Bar 345 Bar Pressure (5000 PSI) (5000 PSI) (5000 PSI) Maximum 76 LPM 113 LPM 340 LPM Flow (20 GPM) (30 GPM) (90 GPM) Cracking 0.3 Bar 0.3 Bar 0.3 Bar Pressure (5 PSI), (5 PSI), (5 PSI) 3 Bar* 3 Bar* (45 PSI), (45 PSI), 5 Bar* 5 Bar* (75 PSI) (75 PSI) * Optional Specifications VISCOSITY CORRECTION FACTOR Viscosity (SSU) 75 150 200 250 300 350 400 % of P (Approx.) 93 111 119 126 132 137 141 Curves were generated using 100 SSU hydraulic oil. For any other viscosity, pressure drop will change per chart. Parker Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B6 B Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Ordering Information Series CM TOC DD Option DDF Option PP Option TT Option PT Option AA Option AAF Option BB Option BBF Option Schematics Size “6” Sandwich & Valve Bolt Qty/ Torque Combination Kit Description Kit IN-LBS 1 Sandwich & D6*VW Valve BK121 1/2 – 13 x 5.25 6 80 2 Sandwich & D6*VW Valve BK122 1/2 – 13 x 8.00 6 80 3 Sandwich & D6*VW Valve BK123 1/2 – 13 x 10.75 6 80 4 Sandwich & D6*VW Valve BK124 1/2 – 13 x 13.50 6 80 Note: Bolt Kits must be ordered separately. Unit Weight: CM2 0.8 kg (1.7 lbs.) CM3 1.8 kg (3.9 lbs.) CM6 7.7 kg (17 lbs.) Size “3” Sandwich D3W-30 No. of & Valve D3DW & Bolt Length Sandwich Combination D31*W* mm (in) 1 Sandwich & D3 BK141 88.9 (3.50) 2 Sandwich & D3 BK142 139.7 (5.50) 3 Sandwich & D3 BK143 190.5 (7.50) Manapak Bolt Kits Size “2” Sandwich No. of & Valve Bolt Bolt Length Sandwich Combination Kit mm (in) 1 Sandwich & D1 BK243 73.2 (2.88) 2 Sandwich & D1 BK225 111.3 (4.38) 3 Sandwich & D1 BK244 152.4 (6.00) 4 Sandwich & D1 BK245 190.5 (7.50) Code Description PP* P Port Check PT* P and T Port Checks TT* T Port Check DD A and B Port Checks AA A Port Check BB B Port Check AAF A Port Inverted BBF B Port Inverted DDF A and B Ports Inverted * Not available on 6 size Code Type V Fluorocarbon N Nitrile Code Description 2 NFPA D03 Subplate Mounting 3 NFPA D05 Subplate Mounting 6 NFPA D08 Subplate Mounting Code Type Omit 5 PSI Y 45 PSI* Z 75 PSI* Check Valve Size Port Cracking Pressure Seal Design Series NOTE: Not required when ordering. CM * Bolt Kits must be ordered separately. *D31VW with internal pilot and internal drain only. * Not available on 6 size. Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-Bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. Parker Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B7 B Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Dimensions Series CM2 Note: Transfer the locating pin to the hole on the opposite side of the valve body for ‘T’ port option. (Invert body 180°) Top View Bottom View Face View Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) 14.5 7.0 (0.57) (0.28) 45.0 (1.77) T A B P 70.0 (2.76) 38.8 (1.53) 40.0 (1.57) 3.2 (0.13) 3.2 (0.13) P A B T SHOWN WITHOUT O-RING PLATE Parker Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B8 B Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Surface Patterns Series CM2 TOC TT PP/PT DD DDF BB BBF AA AAF Bottom Views Top Views P A B T T A B P P A B T T A P B P A B T T A B P P A B T T A B P Parker Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B9 B Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Dimensions Series CM3 Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Top View Face View Bottom View 69.9 (2.75) T B P A T 11.9 (0.47) 19.1 (0.75) 50.0 (1.97) 48.8 (1.92) 92.1 (3.63) SHOWN WITHOUT O-RING PLATE Parker Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B10 B Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Surface Patterns Series CM3 TOC DD TT PP/PT DDF AA AAF BB BBF Bottom Views Top Views T B P A T P A T T B P B T A T T B P A T P B A T T T B P A T P B A T T T B P A T Parker Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B11 B Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Dimensions Series CM6 Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Top View Face View Bottom View Parker Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B12 B Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Surface Patterns Series CM6 TOC X A B T P Y X A B T P Y T P Y X A B X A B T P Y X A B T P Y T P Y X A B DD Bottom Views Top Views DDF AA AAF BB BBF Parker Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B13 B Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Technical Information Series CPOM General Description Series CPOM double pilot operated check valves block leakage from the actuator ports to tank when the directional valve is in the center position. NOTE: For max. response and shut off, a directional valve with both cylinder ports drained to tank in the center position is recommended for use with sandwich double pilot operated check valves. Features • Parker CPOM sandwich style, p.o. check valves can be provided in either single or double configurations. • The p.o. checks may be positioned in ‘A’ port or ‘B’ port; or both ‘A’ and ‘B’ ports. • Valve bodies are manufactured from steel providing extra strength and durability for longer life. Internal hardened steel components also provide longer life. • Positive shut-off is provided by a hardened poppet and cage assembly. • Large internal flow paths allow high flow at low pressure drop. Performance Curves CPOM2 CPOM3 CPOM6 Mounting NFPA D03, NFPA D05, NFPA D08, Pattern CETOP 3, CETOP 5, CETOP 8, NG 6 NG 10 NG 25 Maximum 345 Bar 345 Bar 205 Bar Pressure (5000 PSI) (5000 PSI) (3000 PSI) Maximum 53 LPM 76 LPM 227 LPM Flow (14 GPM) (20 GPM) (60 GPM) @ 21 Bar @ 11 Bar @ 24 Bar (305 PSI) (155 PSI) (350 PSI) Pressure Drop Pressure Drop Pressure Drop Cracking 1.0 Bar 0.3 Bar 0.4 Bar Pressure (15 PSI) (5 PSI) (6 PSI) Pilot Ratio 3:1 3:1 3:1 Leakage 5 DPM 5 DPM 5 DPM Specifications Viscosity Correction Factor Viscosity (SSU) 75 150 200 250 300 350 400 Percentage of ΔP (Approx.) 93 111 119 126 132 137 141 Curves were generated using 100 SSU hydraulic oil. For any other viscosity, pressure drop will change as per chart. Flow 0 0 12.5 3.3 25 6.6 29 2 58 4 87 6 8 Bar 116 PSI 37.5 9.9 50 13.2 LPM GPM CPOM2 free flow piloted open Pressure Differential Flow 0 0 18.9 5 37.9 10 50 3.4 100 6.8 10.2 Bar 150 PSI 56.8 15 75.7 20 LPM GPM Pressure Differential CPOM3 free flow piloted open 0 0 37.9 10 75.7 20 113.6 30 189.3 50 100 6.8 200 13.6 20.5 Bar 300 PSI 151.4 40 227.2 60 LPM GPM Flow Pressure Differential CPOM6 free flow piloted open Parker Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B14 B Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Ordering Information Series CPOM TOC Bolt Kits Size “2” Sandwich No. of & Valve Bolt Bolt Length Sandwich Combination Kit mm (in) 1 Sandwich & D1 BK243 73.2 (2.88) 2 Sandwich & D1 BK225 111.3 (4.38) 3 Sandwich & D1 BK244 152.4 (6.00) 4 Sandwich & D1 BK245 190.5 (7.50) Code Description 2 NFPA D03 Subplate Mounting 3 NFPA D05 Subplate Mounting 6 NFPA D08 Subplate Mounting Code Description DD Double Poppet A and B Ports AA A Port Only BB B Port Only Size “3” Sandwich D3W-30 No. of & Valve D3DW & Bolt Length Sandwich Combination D31*W* mm (in) 1 Sandwich & D3 BK141 88.9 (3.50) 2 Sandwich & D3 BK142 139.7 (5.50) 3 Sandwich & D3 BK143 190.5 (7.50) AA Option BB Option DD Option Schematics Size “6” No. of Sandwich & Valve Bolt Bolt Length Sandwich Combination Kit mm (in) 1 Sandwich & D6 BK121 133.4 (5.25) 2 Sandwich & D6 BK122 203.2 (8.00) 3 Sandwich & D6 BK123 273.1 10.75) 4 Sandwich & D6 BK124 342.9 (13.5) Bolt Kits must be ordered separately. Unit Weight: CPOM2D 0.8 kg (1.7 lbs.) CPOM3D 4.4 kg (9.6 lbs.) CPOM6D 9.5 kg (21.0 lbs.) Pilot Operated Check Valve Size Poppet Style Seal Design Series NOTE: Not required when ordering. CPOM * Code Type N Nitrile V Fluorocarbon * D31VW with internal pilot and internal drain only. Cracking Pressure Code Type Omit** 5 PSI Y* 45 PSI Z* 75 PSI * Available in size 2 only. ** 15 PSI on CPOM2 Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-Bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. Parker Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B15 B Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Dimensions Series CPOM2 Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Face View Top View End View Bottom View 33.5 (1.32) T A B P 7.0 (0.28) 45.0 (1.77) 22.5 (0.89) 18.0 (0.71) 40.0 (1.57) 3.2 (0.13) 3.2 (0.13) 111.5 (4.39) 129.1 (5.08) P A T B Parker Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B16 B Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Dimensions Series CPOM3 TOC Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Bottom View Top View End View Face View 69.9 (2.75) 38.2 (1.50) 50.0 (1.97) 28.7 (1.13) 146.1 (5.75) 165.1 (6.50) 46.0 (1.81) 11.9 (0.47) P A T T B Parker Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B17 B Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Dimensions Series CPOM6 Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Top View Face View End View Bottom View B A P T x Y 23.8 (0.94) 63.5 (2.50) 69.5 (2.74) 6.4 (0.25) 6.4 (0.25) Locating pins 114.3 (4.50) 11.1 (0.44) 11.1 (0.44) 200.6 (7.90) 168.3 (6.62) (2 Places) Parker Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B18 B Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Viscosity Correction Factor Viscosity (SSU) 75 150 200 250 300 350 400 Percentage of ΔP (Approx.) 93 111 119 126 132 137 141 Curves were generated using 100 SSU hydraulic oil @49°C (120°F). For any other viscosity, pressure drop will change as per chart. Technical Information Series FM Specifications FM2 FM3 FM6 Mounting NFPA D03, NFPA D05, NFPA D08, Pattern CETOP 3, CETOP 5, CETOP 8, NG 6 NG 10 NG 25 Maximum 345 Bar 345 Bar 205 Bar Pressure (5000 PSI) (5000 PSI) (3000 PSI) Maximum 76 LPM 113 LPM 341 LPM Flow (20 GPM) (30 GPM) (90 GPM) Cracking 0.3 Bar 0.3 Bar 0.3 Bar Pressure (5 PSI) (5 PSI) (5 PSI) General Description Series FM double flow control valves permit free flow from the directional valve to the actuator and adjustable independent flow regulation in each return line from the actuator (meter-out). The FM2 and FM3 have a seal plate and can be inverted for meter-in applications (see installation drawing for flow direction). Features • FM style flow control valves can be provided in either single or double configurations. • The flow controls may be positioned in ‘A’ port, ‘B’ port, both ‘A’ and ‘B’ ports or ‘P’ port. • Valve bodies are manufactured from steel providing extra strength and durability for longer life. Internal hardened steel components also provide longer life. • Two step needles provide fine adjustment for the first few turns and course adjustment for the last few turns. Standard and fine adjustment needles available. • Large bypass checks allow high flow at a low pressure drop. • Valve is reversible (invert 180°) for meter-in or meter-out applications (FM2 and FM3 only). • Adjustment options include Allen hex or hand knob. Performance Curves 0 0 15.1 4 7.6 2 30.3 8 22.7 6 20 40 300 600 900 60 1200 80 102 Bar 1500 PSI 45.4 12 37.9 10 53.0 14 LPM GPM Flow Pressure 60.6 16 68.1 18 75.7 20 FM2 Standard Needle Turns from Closed 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 Full Open 0 0 15.1 4 7.6 2 30.3 8 22.7 6 20 40 300 600 900 60 1200 80 102 Bar 1500 PSI 45.4 12 37.9 10 53.0 14 LPM GPM Flow Pressure 60.6 16 68.1 18 75.7 20 FM2**D Fine Needle Turns from Closed 10 Full Open 2 4 6 8 Pressure Drop Reference Chart P A B T PP ✽ 2 2 1 DD 1 ✽ ✽ 1 AA 1 ✽ 1 1 BB 1 1 ✽ 1 ✽ See specific flow vs. turns 0 0 15.1 4 7.6 2 30.3 8 22.7 6 7 14 100 200 300 20 400 27 34 Bar 500 PSI 45.4 12 37.9 10 53.0 14 LPM GPM Flow Pressure 60.6 16 68.1 18 75.7 20 1 2 Reverse Flow Check FM2 Reverse Flow Check P Parker Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B19 B Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Ordering Information Series FM Code Description AA Single Function A Port Only BB Single Function B Port Only DD A and B Ports Dual Function PP** Single Function P Port ** Not availabe on size 6. Code Description 2 NFPA D03 Subplate Mounting 3 NFPA D05 Subplate Mounting *6 NFPA D08 Subplate Mounting * FM6 – Meter out only Schematics AA Option BB Option DD Option Code Description Omit Standard D* Fine Meter * D needle is the standard needle in valves used as pilot chokes. Not available on size 6. Code Type S Allen Hex K Knob Code Type N Nitrile V Fluorocarbon PP Option Unit Weight: FM2 1.7 kg (3.8 lbs.) FM3 2.4 kg (5.2 lbs.) FM6 7.9 kg (17.5 lbs.) Bolt Kits Size “2” Sandwich No. of & Valve Bolt Bolt Length Sandwich Combination Kit mm (in) 1 Sandwich & D1 BK243 73.2 (2.88) 2 Sandwich & D1 BK225 111.3 (4.38) 3 Sandwich & D1 BK244 152.4 (6.00) 4 Sandwich & D1 BK245 190.5 (7.50) Size “3” Sandwich D3W-30 No. of & Valve D3DW & Bolt Length Sandwich Combination D31*W* mm (in) 1 Sandwich & D3 BK141 88.9 (3.50) 2 Sandwich & D3 BK142 139.7 (5.50) 3 Sandwich & D3 BK143 190.5 (7.50) Design Series NOTE: Not required when ordering. FM Flow Valve Control Size Meter Option Needles Adjustment Seal * Size “6” No. of Sadnwich & Valve Bolt Bolt Length Sandwich Combination Kit mm (in) 1 Sandwich & D6 BK121 133.4 (5.25) 2 Sandwich & D6 BK122 203.2 (8.00) 3 Sandwich & D6 BK123 273.1 (10.75) 4 Sandwich & D6 BK124 342.9 (13.5) Bolt Kits must be ordered separately. * D31VW with internal pilot and internal drain only. Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-Bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. Parker Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B20 B Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Performance Curves Series FM TOC 0 18.9 5 37.9 10 56.8 15 75.7 20 LPM GPM Flow FM3 Reverse Flow Check 94.6 25 113.6 30 0 7 14 100 200 300 20 27 Bar 400 PSI Pressure 500 34 1 2 Reverse Flow Check P Turns from Closed Nominal Flow 0 18.9 5 37.8 10 56.8 15 75.7 20 LPM GPM FM3 Standard Needle 0 20 40 300 600 900 60 80 Bar 1200 PSI Pressure 1500 102 94.6 25 113.6 30 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 Full Open Turns from Closed Flow 0 0 18.9 5 37.9 10 300 20 60 40 900 600 102 80 Bar 1500 1200 PSI 56.8 15 75.7 20 LPM GPM Pressure FM3**D Fine Needle 94.6 25 113.6 30 1 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 Full Open Pressure Drop Reference Chart ✽ See specific flow vs. turns chart P A B T PP ✽ 2 2 1 DD 1 ✽ ✽ 1 AA 1 ✽ 1 1 BB 1 1 ✽ 1 0 76 20 38 10 151 40 189 50 114 30 265 70 227 60 341 90 303 80 LPM GPM Flow FM6 Reverse Flow Check 0 7 14 100 200 300 20 27 Bar 400 PSI Pressure 500 34 Turns from Closed Nominal Flow 0 76 20 38 10 189 50 227 60 114 30 151 40 265 70 303 80 341 90 LPM GPM FM6 Standard Needle 0 20 40 300 600 900 60 80 Bar 1200 PSI Pressure 1500 102 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 Full Open Parker Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B21 B Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) TOC Note: For meter-in option, invert body 180°. Dimensions Series FM2 Parker Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B22 B Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Dimensions Series FM3 TOC Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Note: For meter-in option, invert body 180°. Parker Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B23 B Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Dimensions Series FM6 Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Parker Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B24 B Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Technical Information Series PRDM TOC PRDM2 PRDM3 Mounting NFPA D03, NFPA D05, Pattern CETOP 3, NG6 CETOP 5, NG10 Maximum Operating Pressure P, A, B 350 Bar (5000 PSI) 315 Bar (4560 PSI) T 10 Bar (145 PSI) 10 Bar (145 PSI) Max. Flow 40 LPM (10.5 GPM) 80 LPM (21 GPM) Maximum Leakage P-A 15 ml/min (1.0 cu. in.) Pressure Code Range Range 01 1.0 to 14 Bar (15 to 200 PSI) 02* 1.5 to 25 Bar (22 to 363 PSI) 05** 2 to 50 Bar (29 to 725 PSI) 06* 1.5 to 64 Bar (22 to 928 PSI) 10** 4 to 100 Bar (58 to 1450 PSI) 15** 6 to 150 Bar (87 to 2175 PSI) 16* 3 to 160 Bar (44 to 2320 PSI) 21 8 to 210 Bar (116 to 3045 PSI) 35* 10 to 315 Bar (147 to 4560 PSI) Viscosity Range 12 to 230 cSt / mm²/s (56 to 1066 SSU) Filtration ISO Code 18/16/13 or Better * PRDM2 only ** PRDM3 only. General Description Series PRDM are direct operated pressure reducing valves that are used to regulate pressure in one area of a hydraulic circuit at a predetermined level below normal system pressure. Additionally, an integral pressure relieving function for the secondary reduced pressure circuit is incorporated into the design. Operation These valves are “normally open” devices that allow fluid to flow through the controlled port during their non-actuated or “at rest” condition. When downstream pressure exceeds the value set by the spring force, the control piston moves off its seat, closing off the flow path and thus reducing the fluid passing through from the main system. The cushioned piston modulates to maintain the preset pressure in this branch of the hydraulic circuit. If, due to external forces, the pressure continues to rise in this branch circuit, the piston will keep moving against the spring force allowing fluid to be drained to tank, thereby limiting maximum pressure to the valve’s setting. Features • PRDM sandwich valves may be selected to reduce pressure in the ‘P’ port, ‘A’ port or ‘B’ port. • The direct operated, cushioned piston design results in fast response, low leakage and minimal hysteresis. • Up to nine pressure adjustment ranges are available with maximum pressure settings. • Adjustment options include: internal hex screw, hand knob or internal hex with keylock. • Fluorocarbon seals are available. • Available gage port connections include SAE, NPT, Metric and BSPP. Specifications Parker Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B25 B Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Ordering Information Series PRDM Code Description 2 NFPA D03 Subplate Mounting 3 NFPA D05 Subplate Mounting Code Description PP P Port Only AA A Port Only BB B Port Only Code Description 01 1 to 14 Bar (15 to 200 PSI) 02* 1.5 to 25 Bar (22 to 363 PSI) 05** 2 to 50 Bar (29 to 725 PSI) 06* 1.5 to 64 Bar (22 to 928 PSI) 10** 4 to 100 Bar (58 to 1450 PSI) 15** 6 to 150 Bar (87 to 2175 PSI) 16* 3 to 160 Bar (44 to 2320 PSI) 21 8 to 210 Bar (116 to 3045 PSI) 35* 10 to 315 Bar (147 to 4560 PSI) Code Type L Hex w/Key Lock S Internal Hex Screw Adj. K Knob Schematics PP Option AA Option BB Option T P A B M T P A B M T P A B M Weights: PRDM2 1.3 kg (2.9 lbs.) PRDM3 2.6 kg (5.8 lbs.) Code Type N 1/4” NPT S SAE #4 (UNF-2B 7/16-20) Adapter in PRDM3 M Metric G 1/4″ BSPP Bolt Kits must be ordered separately. Bolt Kits Size “2” Sandwich No. of & Valve Bolt Bolt Length Sandwich Combination Kit mm (in) 1 Sandwich & D1 BK243 73.2 (2.88) 2 Sandwich & D1 BK225 111.3 (4.38) 3 Sandwich & D1 BK244 152.4 (6.00) 4 Sandwich & D1 BK245 190.5 (7.50) Size “3” Sandwich D3W-30 No. of & Valve D3DW & Bolt Length Sandwich Combination D31*W* mm (in) 1 Sandwich & D3 BK141 88.9 (3.50) 2 Sandwich & D3 BK142 139.7 (5.50) 3 Sandwich & D3 BK143 190.5 (7.50) Design Series NOTE: Not required when ordering. PRDM Pressure Reducing/ Relieving Size Port Reduction Pressure Range Adjustment Seal Gage Port * D31VW with internal pilot and internal drain only. * PRDM2 only. ** PRDM3 only. Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-Bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. Code Type N Nitrile V Fluorocarbon Parker Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B26 B Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Performance Curves Series PRDM TOC NOTE: Lowest pressure setting dependent upon system resistance. Parker Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B27 B Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Performance Curves Series PRDM NOTE: Lowest pressure setting dependent upon system resistance. Parker Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B28 B Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Dimensions Series PRDM TOC PRDM2 Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) PRDM3 Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Parker Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B29 B Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC PRM3 PRM6 Mounting NFPA D05, NFPA D08, Pattern CETOP 5, NG 10 CETOP 8, NG 25 Minimum 10 Bar (150 PSI) with rated flow, 150 SSU Pressure oil, and fluid temperature of 38°C (100°F).1 Maximum 345 Bar 345 Bar Pressure (5000 PSI) (5000 PSI) Min. 3.78 LPM 3.78 LPM Flow (1 GPM) (1 GPM) Maximum 64 LPM 189 LPM Flow (17 GPM) (50 GPM) Pressure Code Pressure Range Range 07 10 to 70 Bar (150 – 1000 PSI) 17 10 to 175 Bar (150 – 2500 PSI) 25 10 to 250 Bar (150 – 3500 PSI) 35 10 to 350 Bar (150 – 5000 PSI) General Description Series PRM reducing valves are used to regulate pressure, in one area of a circuit, below normal system pressure. This style valve is well suited to perform this function as it mounts directly below the directional control valve. Operation These are “normally open” valves that allow fluid to pass through the controlled port during typical operation. When downstream pressure rises above the value set by an adjustable spring force, the control pilot opens and allows the main spool to move from a full open position. The main spool modulates to maintain the desired “reduced pressure” downstream of the valve. The PRM3 also has a relieving mode. Features • PRM sandwich style pressure reducing valves can be used to reduce pressure on the ‘P’ port, the ‘A’ port, or the ‘B’ port. • Three pressure adjustment options are available: slotted screw, knob and locking knob. (PRM6 only) • Valve bodies are manufactured from steel which provide extra strength and durability for longer life. Internal hardened steel components also provide longer life. Specifications PRM3/PRM6 Filtration ISO 4406 (1999); 18/16/13 (meet NAS 1638:7) Venting Connecting the vent port to tank allows the reducing valve to divert flow at minimum pressure. Remote Remote control valve connected to the vent Control port can be used to control the pressure.2 Drain Drain line from pilot valve is internally Line connected to the tank port. Tank line pressure is thus added to the valve setting.3 1 Change in flow, temperature or fluid (SSU) rating will affect valve minimum pressure. 2 Set main valve pressure 10 Bar (150 PSI) higher than remote pilot. 3 It is important that the drain line connection be taken into consideration when determining the minimum valve setting. Technical Information Series PRM Parker Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B30 B Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Size “6” Sandwich No. of & Valve Bolt Bolt Length Sandwich Combination Kit mm (in) 1 Sandwich & D6 BK121 133.4 (5.25) 2 Sandwich & D6 BK122 203.2 (8.00) 3 Sandwich & D6 BK123 273.1 (10.75) 4 Sandwich & D6 BK124 342.9 (13.5) Code Description 3 NFPA D05 Subplate Mounting 6 NFPA D08 Subplate Mounting Available Models Code Description PRM3 PRM6 PP P Port Only ✓ AA A Port Only ✓ BB B Port Only ✓ ✓ PA P Port Reduced/Convertible ✓ to A Port Reduced AP A Port Reduced/Convertible ✓ to P Port Reduced Code Description 07 10 to 70 Bar (150 to 1000 PSI) 17 10 to 175 Bar (150 to 2500 PSI) 25 10 to 250 Bar (150 to 3500 PSI) 35 10 to 345 Bar (150 to 5000 PSI) Code Type Omit* SAE S† SAE N† NPT M† Metric G 1/4 BSPP * PRM6 only. † PRM3 only. Code Type K Knob L* Locking Knob S Screw Adj. * PRM6 only. Code Type N Nitrile V Fluorocarbon Bolt Kits Unit Weight: PRM3 3.0 kg (6.6 lbs.) PRM6 5.6 kg (12.5 lbs.) Schematics PA Option AP Option AA Option ‘A’ Port Reduced BB Option ‘B’ Port Reduced PP Option ‘P’ Port Reduced VALVE SIDE SUBPLATE SIDE SUBPLATE SIDE SUBPLATE SIDE VALVE SIDE VALVE SIDE PRM6 PRM3 Size “3” Sandwich D3W-30 No. of & Valve D3DW & Bolt Length Sandwich Combination D31*W* mm (in) 1 Sandwich & D3 BK141 88.9 (3.50) 2 Sandwich & D3 BK142 139.7 (5.50) 3 Sandwich & D3 BK143 190.5 (7.50) Design Series NOTE: Not required when ordering. PRM Pressure Reducing Valve Size Port Reduction Pressure Range Adjustment Seal * Gauge Port Drain Code Type Omit Internal Y External Bolt Kits must be ordered separately. * D31VW with internal pilot and internal drain only. Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-Bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. Ordering Information Series PRM Parker Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B31 B Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION Performance Curves TOC NOTE: Lowest pressure setting dependent upon system resistance. Mode Flow Path P → P A → A B → B T → T PP 1 2 3 4 AA 1 2 3 5 BB 1 2 3 5 Viscosity Correction Factor Viscosity (SSU) 75 150 200 250 300 350 400 % of ΔP (approx.) 93 111 119 126 132 137 141 Curves were generated using 100 SSU hydraulic oil. For any other viscosity, pressure drop will change per chart. Minimum Setting 20 10 20 75 38 38 75 30 0 113 0 1000 100 3000 200 4000 5000 PSI 250 Bar Pressure Drop LPM GPM Flow Rate RELIEVING 300 150 50 2000 Valve will not function in this region 10 0 REDUCING 0 30 60 3 6 9 12 15 18 0 100 10 300 20 400 500 PSI 25 35 Bar Pressure Drop LPM GPM Flow Rate 30 15 5 5 3 2 1 4 200 Technical Information Series PRM3 Parker Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B32 B Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Dimensions Series PRM3 TOC PRM3AA Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Parker Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B33 B Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Dimensions Series PRM3 PRM3BB Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Parker Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B34 B Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Dimensions TOC PRM3PP Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Series PRM3 Parker Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B35 B Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Dimensions Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Top View Bottom View Face View End View Series PRM6 Parker Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B36 B Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Technical Information Series RM TOC General Description Series RM relief valves limit system pressure by opening to tank when system pressure reaches the valve setting. With D03 size, they can also be configured to limit the ‘A’ or ‘B’ work port pressures independently. Features • RM sandwich style relief valves can be used to limit pressure in the ‘P’ port, ‘A’ port, or ‘B’ port. • Valve bodies are manufactured from steel which provide extra strength and durability for longer life. Internal hardened steel components also provide longer life. • Three pressure adjustment options are available: slotted screw, knob and locking knob. • SAE Gage Port Specifications RM2 RM3 RM6 Mounting NFPA D03, NFPA D05, NFPA D08, Pattern CETOP 3, CETOP 5, CETOP 8, NG 6 NG 10 NG 25 Minimum 10 Bar (150 PSI) with rated flow, 150 SSU Pressure oil, and fluid temperature of 38°C (100°F).1 Maximum 350 Bar 350 Bar 350 Bar Pressure (5000 PSI) (5000 PSI) (5000 PSI) Minimum 3.78 LPM 3.78 LPM 3.78 LPM Flow (1 GPM) (1 GPM) (1 GPM) Maximum 53 LPM 76 LPM 341 LPM Flow (14 GPM) (20 GPM) (90 GPM) Pressure Code Pressure Range Range 07 10 to 70 Bar (150 – 1000 PSI) 17 10 to 175 Bar (150 – 2500 PSI) 25 10 to 250 Bar (150 – 3500 PSI) 35 10 to 350 Bar (150 – 5000 PSI) Filtration ISO 4406 (1999); 18/16/13 (meet NAS 1638:7) Venting Connecting the vent port to tank allows the relief valve to divert flow at minimum pressure.2 Remote Remote control valve connected to the vent Control port can be used to control the pressure.3 1 Change in flow, temperature or fluid (SSU) rating will affect valve minimum pressure. 2 Not available on Model RM2. 3 Set main valve pressure 10 Bar (150 PSI) higher than remote pilot. Performance Curves 0 0 18.9 5 68 136 1000 2000 3000 205 4000 273 341 Bar 5000 PSI 37.9 10 56.8 15 LPM GPM Flow Pressure RM2 Override Characteristics 35 spring 25 spring 17 spring 07 spring Min setting VISCOSITY CORRECTION FACTOR Viscosity (SSU) 75 150 200 250 300 350 400 % of ΔP (Approx.) 93 111 119 126 132 137 141 Curves were generated using 100 SSU hydraulic oil. For any other viscosity, pressure drop will change per chart. Parker Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B37 B Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Ordering Information Series RM Code Description 2 NFPA D03 Subplate Mounting 3 NFPA D05 Subplate Mounting 6 NFPA D08 Subplate Mounting Schematics AT Option BT Option PT Option Code Type K Knob L Locking Knob S Slotted Screw with Jam Nut Code Description 07 10 to 70 Bar (150 to 1000 PSI) 17 10 to 175 Bar (150 to 2500 PSI) 25 10 to 250 Bar (150 to 3500 PSI) 35 10 to 350 Bar (150 to 5000 PSI) Code Description PT Relief P to T AT* Relief A to T BT* Relief B to T * RM2 only. Bolt Kits Size “2” Sandwich No. of & Valve Bolt Bolt Length Sandwich Combination Kit mm (in) 1 Sandwich & D1 BK243 73.2 (2.88) 2 Sandwich & D1 BK225 111.3 (4.38) 3 Sandwich & D1 BK244 152.4 (6.00) 4 Sandwich & D1 BK245 190.5 (7.50) Size “3” Sandwich D3W-30 No. of & Valve D3DW & Bolt Length Sandwich Combination D31*W* mm (in) 1 Sandwich & D3 BK141 88.9 (3.50) 2 Sandwich & D3 BK142 139.7 (5.50) 3 Sandwich & D3 BK143 190.5 (7.50) Unit Weight: RM2 .95 kg (2.1 lbs.) RM3 3.0 kg (6.6 lbs.) RM6 5.9 kg (13.0 lbs.) Design Series NOTE: Not required when ordering. RM Relief Valve Size Port Option Pressure Range Adjustment Seal * Size “6” No. of Sandwich & Valve Bolt Bolt Length Sandwich Combination Kit mm (in) 1 Sandwich & D6 BK121 133.4 (5.25) 2 Sandwich & D6 BK122 203.2 (8.00) 3 Sandwich & D6 BK123 273.1 (10.75) 4 Sandwich & D6 BK124 342.9 (13.5) Bolt Kits must be ordered separately. * D31VW with internal pilot and internal drain only. Bold: Designates Tier I products and options. Non-Bold: Designates Tier II products and options. These products will have longer lead times. Code Type N Nitrile V Fluorocarbon Parker Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B38 B Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Performance Curves Series RM TOC 0 0 18.9 5 68 136 1000 2000 3000 205 PSI Bar 37.9 10 56.8 15 75.7 20 LPM GPM Flow Pressure RM3 Override Characteristics 17 spring 25 spring 07 spring Min setting 0 0 95 25 68 136 1000 2000 3000 205 PSI Bar 189 50 284 75 379 100 LPM GPM Flow Pressure RM6 Override Characteristics 17 spring 25 spring 07 spring Min setting 0 0 18.9 5 1.4 .7 2.7 2.1 20 10 40 30 4.1 4.8 3.4 60 70 50 PSI Bar 37.9 10 56.8 15 LPM GPM Flow Pressure RM3 Vent Flow RM6 Vent Press vs. Flow 0 0 25 25 3.4 6.8 50 100 150 10.2 PSI Bar 189 50 284 75 379 100 LPM GPM Flow Pressure VISCOSITY CORRECTION FACTOR Viscosity (SSU) 75 150 200 250 300 350 400 % of ΔP (Approx.) 93 111 119 126 132 137 141 Curves were generated using 100 SSU hydraulic oil. For any other viscosity, pressure drop will change per chart. Parker Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B39 B Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Dimensions Series RM2 Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Top View Bottom View Face View End View 169.4 (6.49) 9.0 (0.35) T A B P 7.0 (0.28) 3.5 (0.14) 41.4 (1.63) @Low Pressure 34.8 (1.37) PT Body Shown Gage Port Location Varies from AT Body and BT Body 3.2 (0.13) 3.2 (0.13) 128.0 (5.04) 170.3 (6.70) @ Max. Pressure 177.0 (6.97) @ Low Pressure 40.0 (1.57) 45.0 (1.77) Pilot Cartridge Is Located On The Right Side For PT Body And BT Body 88.0 (3.46) 45.2 (1.78) Needed for key removal 26.2 (1.31) P A B T SAE 4 @Max. Pressure Parker Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B40 B Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Dimensions Series RM3 TOC Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) End View Top View Face View Bottom View Back View @ Low Pressure @ Max. Pressure T B A T P 186.6 (7.35) 72.2 (2.84) 11.9 (0.47) 15.9 (0.63) 50.0 (1.97) 145.3 (5.71) 26.2 (1.31) 88.0 (3.46) 93.7 19.8 (3.69) (0.78) 45.2 (1.78) Needed for key removal 187.6 (7.39) @Max. Pressure 194.2 (7.65) @Low Pressure 27.8 (1.09) 21.4 (0.84) 45.6 (1.80) 69.9 (2.75) 41.4 (1.63) 34.8 (1.37) VENT GAGE SAE 4 Parker Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B41 B Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Dimensions Series RM6 Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) End View Bottom View Top View Face View Denison Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B42 B Technical Information Series ZDR Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC General Description Series ZDR pilot operated pressure reducing valves are designed for maximum flow rates. The reducing function can be located in the ports P, A or B. The sizes NG06 and NG10 are equipped with an integral return flow check valve (reducing function in A or B). Features • High flow capacity. • Sizes:: – ZDR01 – NFPA D03 / NG6 / CETOP 3 – ZDR02 – NFPA D05 / NG10 / CETOP 5 • With integral return flow check valve. Specifications General Size NG6 NG10 Mounting Interface DIN 24340 A6 ISO 4401 NFPA D03 CETOP RP 121 DIN 24340 A10 ISO 4401 NFPA D05 CETOP RP 121 Mounting Position Unrestricted Ambient Temperature Range -20°C to +50°C (-4°F to +122°F) Hydraulic Maximum Operating Pressure up to 350 Bar (5075 PSI); ZDR-AR / BR up to 315 Bar (4568 PSI) Nominal Flow 80 LPM (21.2 GPM) 120 LPM (31.7 GPM) Pilot Oil 0.2 LPM (0.1 GPM) 0.3 LPM (0.1 GPM) Fluid Hydraulic oil as per DIN 51524 … 51525 Fluid Temperature -20°C to +80°C (-4°F to +176°F) Viscosity Permitted Recommended 10 to 650 cSt / mm2/s (46 to 3013 SSU) 30 cSt / mm2/s (139 SSU) Filtration ISO Class 4406 (1999) 18/16/13 (acc. NAS 1638: 7) ZDR-P01 ZDR-B02 ZDR-B01 Denison Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B43 B Technical Information Series ZDR Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Pressure Reducing Valve Port Option ZDR Code Description 01 NFPA D03 / NG6 02 NFPA D05 / NG10 Size Code Size Description P 01/02 Pressure reducing in P with pressure gauge port M AR 01/02 Pressure reducing in A with check valve BR 01/02 Pressure reducing in B with check valve Pressure Range Code Description 1 up to 100 Bar (1450 PSI) 5* up to 350 Bar (5075 PSI) Hexagon Screw with Lock Nut S0 Design Series D Code Description 1 Nitrile 5 Fluorocarbon Seal Weight: ZDR-P ZDR-AR/BR ZDR*01 1.6 kg (3.5 lbs.) 1.8 kg (4.0 lbs.) ZDR*02 2.9 kg (6.4 lbs.) 3.0 kg (6.6 lbs.) ZDR01 ZDR02 * AR/BR 325 Bar (4568 PSI) ZDR-P/AR/BR01 ZDR-P/AR/BR02 Performance Curves Ordering Information Denison Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B44 B Dimensions Series ZDR Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC ZDR01 – Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) ZDR02 – Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Seal Kit Seal Order Code 1 098-91184-0 5 098-91185-0 Complete Cartridge Seal Order Code 1 098-91102-0 5 098-91103-0 Seal Kit Seal Order Code 1 098-91182-0 5 098-91183-0 Complete Cartridge Seal Order Code 1 098-91102-0 5 098-91103-0 Denison Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B45 B Technical Information Series ZDV Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION General Description TOC Series ZDV pilot operated pressure relief valves are designed for maximum flow rates. The relief function can be located between P and T, A and T, B and T or A and T + B and T for typical pressure relief functions. For a pre-charge function the ZDV can be ordered with pressure function between A and B + B and A. Features • High flow capacity. • Pressure function in P, A, B or A + B. • Sizes: – ZDV01 – NFPA D03 / NG6 / CETOP 3 – ZDV02 – NFPA D05 / NG10 / CETOP 5 ZDV-P01 ZDV-B02 ZDV-B01 Pressure Relief Valve Port Option ZDV Code Description 01 NFPA D03 / NG6 02 NFPA D05 / NG10 Size Code Size Description P 01/02 P – T A 01/02 A – T B 01/02 B – T AB 01/02 A – T & B – T ABS 01/02 A – B & B – A Pressure Range Code Description 1 up to 70 Bar (1015 PSI) 5* up to 350 Bar (5075 PSI) Hexagon Screw with Lock Nut S0 Design Series D Code Description 1 Nitrile 5 Fluorocarbon Seal Weight: One Cartridge Two Cartridges ZDV*01 1.6 kg (3.5 lbs.) 2.5 kg (5.5 lbs.) ZDV*02 3.0 kg (6.6 lbs.) 3.7 kg (8.2 lbs.) Ordering Information * ABS 315 Bar (4568 PSI) Denison Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B46 B Technical Information Series ZDV Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC ZDV01 ZDV02 Specifications General Size NG6 NG10 Mounting DIN 24340 A6 ISO 4401 NFPA D03 CETOP RP 121 DIN 24340 A10 ISO 4401 NFPA D05 CETOP RP 121 Mounting Position Unrestricted Ambient Temperature Range -20° to +50°C (-4°F to +122°F) Hydraulic Maximum Operating Pressure up to 350 Bar (5075 PSI); ZDV*ABS up to 315 Bar (4568 PSI) Nominal Flow 80 LPM (21.2 GPM) 140 LPM (37.0 GPM) Fluid Hydraulic oil as per DIN 51524 … 51525 Fluid Temperature -20° to +80°C (-4°F to +176°F) Viscosity Permitted Recommended 10 to 650 cSt / mm2/s (46 to 3013 SSU) 30 cSt / mm2/s (139 SSU) Filtration ISO Class 4406 (1999) 18/16/13 (acc. NAS 1638: 7) Ordering Information Denison Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B47 B Performance Curves Series ZDV Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION ZDV-P/A/B/ABS01 ZDV-AB01 TOC ZDV-P/A/B/AB02 ZDV-ASB02 Denison Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B48 B Dimensions Series ZDV Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC ZDV01 – Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) ZDV02 – Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Seal Kit Seal Order Code 1 098-91182-0 5 098-91183-0 Complete Cartridge Seal Order Code 1 098-91116-0 5 098-91117-0 Seal Kit Seal Order Code 1 098-91076-0 5 098-91077-0 Complete Cartridge Seal Order Code 1 098-91116-0 5 098-91117-0 Denison Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B49 B Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Technical Information Series ZNS Ordering Information General Description Series ZNS counterbalance valve controls the actuator movement at overrunning loads. The return flow from the actuator is piloted and controlled by the inlet flow to the actuator, ensuring a cavitation-free lowering of the load. The counterbalance valve operates as a pressure relief valve. The setting pressure is lowered by the pressure in the inlet line. To ensure safe load holding the setting pressure should be approximately 30% higher than the max. load pressure. Features • Controlled movement loads. • Load holding via leak-free poppet valve. • Secondary relief protection for the actuator. • Sizes: ZNS*01 – NFPA D03 / NG6 / CETOP 3 ZNS*02 – NFPA D05 / NG10 / CETOP 5 ZNS-AB01 ZNS-B01 ZNS-B01 ZNS01 ZNS02 Counterbalance Valve Port Option ZNS Size Pressure Range Hexagon Screw with Lock Nut S0 Design Series D Seal Weight: 1 cartridge 2 cartridges ZNS*01 1.3 kg (2.9 lbs.) 3.0 kg (6.6 lbs.) ZNS*02 1.6 kg (3.5 lbs.) 3.9 kg (8.6 lbs.) Code Description 01 NFPA D03 / NG6 02 NFPA D05 / NG10 Code Description A in A B in B AB in A and B Code Description 1 Nitrile 5 Fluorocarbon Code Description 2 70 to 175 Bar (1015 to 2538 PSI) 5 1) 140 to 350 Bar (2030 to 5075 PSI) 1) ZNS02 to 315 Bar (4568 PSI) Denison Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B50 B Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Specifications Series ZNS TOC Specifications General Size NG6 NG10 Mounting Interface DIN 24340 A6 ISO 4401 NFPA D03 DIN 24340 A10 ISO 4401 NFPA D05 Mounting Position Unrestricted Ambient Temperature Range -20°C to +50°C (-4°F to +122°F) Hydraulic Maximum Operating Pressure 350 Bar (5075 PSI) 315 Bar (4568 PSI) Pressure Range 175 Bar (2538 PSI), 350 Bar (5075 PSI) Pilot Ratio 4.5 : 1 Leakage On request Nominal Flow 60 LPM (15.9 GPM) 120 LPM (31.7 GPM) Opening Pressure 0.3 LPM (0.1 GPM) 0.3 LPM (0.1 GPM) Fluid Hydraulic oil as per DIN 51524 … 51525 Fluid Temperature -20°C to +80°C (-4°F to +176°F) Viscosity Permitted Recommended 10 to 650 cSt / mm2/s (46 to 3013 SSU) 30 cSt / mm2/s (139 SSU) Filtration ISO Class 4406 (1999) 18/16/13 (acc. NAS 1638: 7) Denison Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B51 B Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Performance Curves Series ZNS ZNS01 ZNS02 All characteristic curves measured with HLP46 at 50°C (122°F). Denison Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B52 B Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Dimensions Series ZNS TOC ZNS01 – Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) ZNS02 – Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Seal Kit Seal Order Code 1 098-91153-0 5 098-91154-0 Complete Cartridge Seal Order Code 1 517-01017-2 5 517-00448-8 Seal Kit Seal Order Code 1 098-91155-0 5 098-91183-0 Complete Cartridge Seal Order Code 1 517-00449-8 5 517-00450-8 Denison Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B53 B Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Technical Information Series ZRD General Description Series ZRD throttle check valves are designed for maximum flow rates. The throttle check function can be located in port A or B as well as in A + B. Meter-in or meter-out functionality can be selected by model code. A low flow / high resolution version in NFPA 03 / NG6 for sensitive shifting time adjustment of pilot operated directional control valves is available on request. Features • High flow capacity. • Various functional arrangements. • Sizes: – ZRD01 – NFPA D03 / NG6 / CETOP 3 – ZRD02 – NFPA D05 / NG10 / CETOP 5 ZRD-AA02 ZRD-ABZ01 ZRD-AA02 Ordering Information Code Description AA Meter-out Control in A AZ Meter-in Control in A BA Meter-out Control in B BZ Meter-in Control in B ABA Meter-out Control in A and B ABZ Meter-in Control in A and B Throttle Valve with Check Meter Option Design Series ZRD Code Description 01 NFPA D03 / NG6 02 NFPA D05 / NG10 Hexagon Seal Screw with Lock Nut S0 D Code Description 1 Nitrile 5 Fluorocarbon Size Weight: 1 Cartridge 2 Cartridges ZRD*01 1.2 kg (2.6 lbs) 1.3 kg (2.9 lbs) ZRD*02 2.8 kg (6.2 lbs.) 2.9 kg (6.4 lbs.) ZRD01 ZRD02 (continued on next page) Denison Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B54 B Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Ordering Information Series ZRD TOC ZRD02 General Size NG6 NG10 Mounting DIN 24340 A6 ISO 4401 NFPA D03 CETOP RP 121 DIN 24340 A10 ISO 4401 NFPA D05 CETOP RP 121 5 Mounting Position Unrestricted Ambient Temprature -20°C to +50°C (-4°F to +122°F) Hydraulic Max. Operating Pressure 350 Bar (5075 PSI) Nominal Flow 80 LPM (21.2 GPM) 160 LPM (42.3 GPM) Leakage — — Cracking Pressure — — Fluid Hydraulic oil as per DIN 51524 … 51525 Fluid Temperature -20°C to +80°C (-4°F to +176°F) Viscosity Permitted Recommended 10 to 650 cSt / mm2/s (46 to 3013 SSU) 30 cSt / mm2/s (139 SSU) Filtration ISO 4406 (1999) 18/16/13 (acc. NAS 1638: 7) Specifications Ordering Information Denison Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B55 B Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Performance Curves Series ZRD p/Q Performance Curves ZRD01 ZRD02 Fluid Viscosity 30 cSt @ 50°C (122°F) * Throttle closed Denison Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B56 B Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Dimensions Series ZRD TOC Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) ZRD02 ZRD01 Seal Kit Seal Order Code 1 098-91096-0 5 098-91097-0 Complete Cartridge Order Code 098-91119-0 O-ring Plate Order Code S26-27553-0 Seal Kit Seal Order Code 1 098-91098-0 5 098-91099-0 Complete Cartridge Order Code 098-91120-0 O-ring Plate Order Code S16-85742-0 Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Denison Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B57 B Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Technical Information Series ZRE General Description. Series ZRE pilot operated check valves are designed for maximum flow rates and long life time. The valves are typically used in combination with spool type directional control valves to ensure leak free positioning of the actuator. The inlet flow is free while the outlet flow is blocked. Pressure in the inlet line opens the check valve and allows free outlet flow. Features • High life time. • Check function in A, B or A + B. • Sizes: – ZRE01 – NFPA D03 / NG6 / CETOP 3 – ZRE02 – NFPA D05 / NG10 / CETOP 5 ZRE-A02 ZRE-B01 ZRE-A02 Pilot Operated Check Valve Port Option Size Design Series Seal ZRE ZRE01 Code Description A Blocked in A B Blocked in B AB Blocked in A and B Weight: ZRE*01 1.2 kg (2.6 lbs) ZRE*02 3.1 kg (6.8 lbs.) Code Description D Size 01 E Size 02 Code Description 01 NFPA D03 / NG6 02 NFPA D05 / NG10 Code Description 1 Nitrile 5 Fluorocarbon Ordering Information ZRE02 Denison Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B58 B Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Technical Information Series ZRE TOC Specifications General Size NG6 NG10 Mounting Interface DIN 24340 A6 ISO 4401 NFPA D03 CETOP RP 121 DIN 24340 A10 ISO 4401 NFPA D05 CETOP RP 121 5 Mounting Position Unrestricted Ambient Temprature -20°C to +50°C (-4°F to +122°F) Hydraulic Max. Operating Pressure 350 Bar (5075 PSI) Nominal Flow 60 LPM (15.9 GPM) 120 LPM (31.7 GPM) Opening Ratio (Pilot Cone/Main Cone) 1:6 1:6 Cracking Pressure 1.2 Bar (17.4 PSI) 2.0 Bar (29.0 PSI) Fluid Hydraulic oil in accordance with DIN 51524 … 51525 Fluid Temperature -20°C to +80°C (-4°F to +176°F) Viscosity Permitted Recommended 10 to 650 cSt / mm2/s (46 to 3013 SSU) 30 cSt / mm2/s (139 SSU) Filtration ISO 4406 (1999) 18/16/13 (acc. NAS 1638: 7) Performance Curves p/Q ZRE01 ZRE02 Fluid Viscosity 30 cSt at 50°C (122°F). Denison Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B59 B Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Dimensions Series ZRE Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) ZRE01 ZRE02 Seal Kit Seal Order Code 1 098-91088-0 5 098-91089-0 Seal Kit Seal Order Code 1 098-91090-0 5 098-91091-0 Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Denison Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B60 B Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Technical Information Series ZRV TOC General Description Series ZRV direct operated check valves have a cartridge type insert to provide zero leakage and high life time. The check function can be located in the P-port or in the T-port. Features • Leakage-free seat. • High life time. • Cracking pressure 0.5 Bar (7.25 PSI). • Sizes: – ZRV01 – NFPA D03 / NG6 / CETOP 3 – ZRV02 – NFPA D05 / NG10 / CETOP 5 ZRV-P02 ZRV-P02 ZRV-P02 Direct Operated Check Valve Port Option Size ZRV ZRV01 ZRV02 Code Description P Blocked in P T Blocked in T Ordering Information Code Description 01 NFPA D03 / NG6 02 NFPA D05 / NG10 Weight: ZRV*01 0.7 kg (1.5 lbs) ZRV*02 2.0 kg (4.4 lbs.) Denison Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B61 B Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Technical Information Series ZRV Specifications General Size NG6 NG10 Mounting Interface DIN 24340 A6 ISO 4401 NFPA D03 CETOP RP 121 DIN 24340 A10 ISO 4401 NFPA D05 CETOP RP 121 5 Mounting Position Unrestricted Ambient Temprature -20°C to +50°C (-4°F to +122°F) Hydraulic Max. Operating Pressure 350 Bar (5075 PSI) Nominal Flow 40 LPM (10.6 GPM) 100 LPM (26.5 GPM) Cracking Pressure 0.5 Bar (7.25 PSI) 0.5 Bar (7.25 PSI) Fluid Hydraulic oil as per DIN 51524 … 51525 Fluid Temperature -20°C to +80°C (-4°F to +176°F) Viscosity Permitted Recommended 10 to 650 cSt / mm2/s (46 to 3013 SSU) 30 cSt / mm2/s (139 SSU) Filtration ISO 4406 (1999) 18/16/13 (acc. NAS 1638: 7) p/Q Performance Curves ZRV P/T01 ZRV P/T02 Denison Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B62 B Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Dimensions Series ZRV TOC ZRV01 – Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) ZRV02 – Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Denison Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B63 B CAUTION: Sandwich Installation Prior to installation of Sandwich valves, please review flow paths. Due to the reversibility of the DO3 size, incorrect installation will alter the hydraulic circuit. Care must be taken during installation to insure that the Sandwich is installed in compliance with the hydraulic schematic. Please consult with your Parker representative with any questions that may arise. Pressure Ratings Unless otherwise specified, all Parker Sandwich valves have continuous duty pressure rating as shown in this catalog. Special Requirements Consult your Parker representative for factory recommendations on such situations as: • Installations that will operate at pressures higher than published catalog ratings. • Use of hydraulic fluids which do not meet our recommended specifications. • Operations where fluid temperature will exceed 121°C (250°F). Recommended Mounting Surface Surface must be flat within .0004 inch T.I.R. and smooth with 32 micro-inch. System Cleanliness Any hydraulic system that includes Parker valves should be carefully protected against dirt and fluid contamination. Life of the valves, as well as of all other components, will be greatly lengthened. Operation will be smoother and more precise. Maintenance and repairs will be reduced. Lost production because of low pressure and flow will be minimized. Fluid contamination should be maintained to less than 500 particles larger than 10 micrometers per milliliter of fluid (SAE class 4 or better/ISO Code 16/13). Hydraulic Fluids Parker recommends using top-quality hydraulic fluids having a viscosity range of 32 to 54 cSt (150 to 250 SSU) at 38°C (100°F). The absolute viscosity range should be 16 to 220 cSt (80 to 1000 SSU). Fluids should have highest anti-wear characteristics and be treated to avoid rust and oxidation. Seals When used with water-glycol, water/oil emulsions, and high-grade petroleum base hydraulic fluids, Parker standard nitrile seals are suitable. When using phosphate ester fluids or their blends, specify Parker optional seals made of fluorocarbon. Synthetic fire-resistant fluids require special seal materials which your Parker representative can recommend. Torque Specifications The recommended torque valves are for the bolts which mount the valve to the manifold or subplate are as follows: Size Torque Valve D03 5.7 N.m. (50 in.-lbs.) D05 16.3 N.m. (12 ft.-lbs.) D07 63.0 N.m. (46.5 ft.-lbs.) D08 108.5 N.m. (80 ft.-lbs.) Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Installation Information Series CM, CPOM, FM, PRDM, PRM, RM, Z** Denison Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B64 B Mounting Pattern – NFPA D03, CETOP 3 & NG6 M5-0.8 (10-24) UNC-2B thread x 10.40 (.410) min. thread depth 4-holes O 7.5 (.295) max. P.A.B. & T ports O 3.86/4.27 (.152/.168) x 4.00 (.160) min. depth 0.56 (0.022) 4.80 (0.190) R. max. typ. 4 places 0.28 (0.011) 0.28 (0.011) A A A A A B B B 5.10 (0.200) 0.75 (0.030) S S L B B P T 12.70 (0.500) 31.75 (1.250) 31.00 43.00 (1.220) (1.70) min. 25.90 (1.020) 15.50 (0.610) 21.50 (0.850) 30.20 (1.190) 33.00 (1.300) 40.50 (1.594) 51.00 (2.000) min. A B P T T ¼ – 20 UNC – 2B (M6 x 1) th’d x 9.7 (0.38) min. th’d depth 4 places 0.28 (0.011) S A B O 11.2 (0.441) max. P.A.B. & T ports 0.56 (0.022) L A B 91.2 (3.62) 54.0 (2.13) 50.8 (2.00) 37.3 (1.47) 27.0 (1.06) 21.4 (0.84) 32.5 (1.28) 46.0 (1.81) 75.0 (2.95) 6.4 (0.25) 16.7 (0.66) 3.2 (0.13) – B – – A – Mounting Pattern – NFPA D05, CETOP 5 & NG10 Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Installation Information Series CM, CPOM, FM, PRDM, PRM, RM, Z** TOC Denison Sandwich.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sandwich Valves B65 B Mounting Pattern – NFPA D07, CETOP 7 & NG16 O 11.2 (0.441) max. 3 holes 0.56 (0.022) L A B O 23.42 (0.922) max. 4 holes 0.56 (0.022) L A B O 0.288 / 272 x 0.31 min dp. (7.32 / 6.91) (8) 2 holes 0.28 (0.011) L A B ½ – 13 UNC – 2B x 22.22 min th’d dp. (M12) (0.875) 6 holes 0.28 (0.011) S A B 152.4 (6.00) 112.7 (4.44) 100.8 (3.97) 130.2 (5.13) 77.0 (3.03) 29.4 17.5 (1.16) (0.69) 74.6 92.1 (2.94) (3.63) 130.0 (5.12) 4.8 (0.19) 73.0 (2.88) 53.2 (2.09) 94.5 (3.72) 17.5 (0.69) – B – – A – Mounting Pattern – NFPA D08, CETOP 8 & NG25 Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Installation Information Series CM, CPOM, FM, PRDM, PRM, RM, Z** Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Catalog HY14-2500/US Subplate-Manifold.indd, dd C1 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Subplates and Manifolds C Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION Series D1V TOC General Description……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. C2 Features………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. C2 Operation……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… C2 Dimensions Side Ported Subplate – NFPA D03……………………………………………………………………………………………. C2 Bottom Ported Subplate – NFPA D03………………………………………………………………………………………… C3 Manifold – NFPA D03……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… C4 Ordering Information Subplates………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. C5 Manifolds………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. C6 Series D3A, D3DW, D3L and D3W Features………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. C7 Dimensions Side Ported Subplate – NFPA D05……………………………………………………………………………………………. C7 Bottom Ported Subplate – NFPA D05………………………………………………………………………………………… C7 Manifold – NFPA D05……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… C8 Series D31, D3P and High Flow Features………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. C9 Dimensions Side Ported Subplate – NFPA D05H (E)…………………………………………………………………………………….. C9 Bottom Ported Subplate – NFPA D05H (E)………………………………………………………………………………… C9 Manifold – NFPA D05H (E)…………………………………………………………………………………………………….. C10 Ordering Information D3 Subplates……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. C11 D3 Manifolds………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… C12 D3P and High Flow Manifolds………………………………………………………………………………………………… C13 Series D6 and D8 Features…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. C14 Dimensions Side Ported Subplate – NFPA D08………………………………………………………………………………………….. C14 Bottom Ported Subplate – NFPA D08………………………………………………………………………………………. C15 Manifold – NFPA D08……………………………………………………………………………………………………………. C16 Ordering Information Subplates…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. C17 Manifolds…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. C18 Accessories Dimensions Cover and Crossover Plates – NFPA D03, D05, D05H and D08…………………………………………. C19 – C22 Tapping Plates – NFPA D03, D05, D05H and D08……………………………………………………………. C23 – C26 Ordering Information Tapping and Cover Plates – D1V, D3, D31, D6 and D8……………………………………………………… C27 – C30 Installation Information Mounting Patterns – NFPA D03, D05, D05H, D05HE and D08…………………………………………………. C31 – C33 Series PSB General Description…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. C34 Features……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. C34 Specifications…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. C34 Ordering Information…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… C35 Mounting Pattern………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… C35 Performance Curves……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. C36 Electrical Connection…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… C36 Dimensions……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. C37 – C39 Contents Catalog HY14-2500/US Subplate-Manifold.indd, dd C2 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Subplates and Manifolds C Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Technical Information TOC General Description Series D1V directional control valve subplates provide easy transition from NFPA and CETOP mounting patterns to common plumbing connections. Five different thread types are available for use in any application. Manifolds provide a single location to mount several valves in a compact and manageable array for operating multiple machines or functions. Features • Aluminum or steel available — Flexibility for applying to different system pressures. • NPT and SAE thread options available — Flexibility to plumb into existing systems. • Multiple port sizes available — Eliminates need for reducers and expanders at subplate connection. Operation Series D1V subplates and manifolds consist of an NFPA valve mounting surface and corresponding connections for each valve port. Various port sizes and thread type are available. Cover plates, crossover and tapping plates are also available. Port Size A B C D E F G H 2* 25.4 63.5 33.3 31.8 12.7 6.4 57.2 22.4 (1.00) (2.50) (1.31) (1.25) (.50) (.25) (2.25) (.88) 3* 25.4 63.5 33.3 31.8 12.7 6.4 57.2 22.4 (1.00) (2.50) (1.31) (1.25) (.50) (.25) (2.25) (.88) 4* 38 88.9 46.0 45.2 19.1 6.4 82.5 35.1 (1.50) (3.50) (1.81) (1.78) (.75) (.25) (3.25) (1.38) 6* 44.5 101.6 52.3 51.6 22.4 9.7 92.2 41.4 (1.75) (4.00) (2.06) (2.03) (.88) (.38) (3.63) (1.63) C E P D E A B H C B F F G E D B C E A T G See Mounting Bolt Kits for bolt information. Side Ported Subplate — NFPA D03 Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Series D1V Catalog HY14-2500/US Subplate-Manifold.indd, dd C3 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Subplates and Manifolds C Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Dimensions Series D1V Bottom Ported Subplate — NFPA D03 Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Port Size A B C D E F G H I J K 2* 25.4 63.5 33.3 22.4 6.4 57.2 16.8 32.5 48.5 19.1 47.8 (1.00) (2.50) (1.31) (.88) (.25) (2.25) (.66) (1.28) (1.91) (.75) (1.88) 3* 25.4 63.5 33.3 22.4 6.4 57.2 15.0 32.5 50.0 17.5 49.3 (1.00) (2.50) (1.31) (.88) (.25) (2.25) (.59) (1.28) (1.97) (.69) (1.94) 4* 38.1 88.9 46.0 35.1 6.4 82.6 17.5 45.2 71.4 19.1 71.4 (1.50) (3.50) (1.81) (1.38) (.25) (3.25) (.69) (1.78) (2.81) (.75) (2.81) 6* 38.1 114.3 58.7 47.8 9.7 104.9 23.9 57.9 90.4 23.9 90.4 (1.50) (4.50) (2.31) (1.88) (.38) (4.13) (.94) (2.28) (3.56) (.94) (3.56) See Mounting Bolt Kits for bolt information. Series D1V Subplates B D E C F E F B A J K I H G C B A T P Catalog HY14-2500/US Subplate-Manifold.indd, dd C4 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Subplates and Manifolds C Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Dimensions TOC Series D1V Manifold — NFPA D03 Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) 76.2 (3.00) 38.1 (1.50) 7.9 (0.31) 76.2 (3.00) 60.5 (2.38) 55.9 (2.20) 20.3 (0.80) 1.88 (47.8) “A” (See Chart) 54.1 (2.13) Typ. 16.8 (0.66) 60.5 (2.38) 38.1 (1.50) 16.0 (0.63) 54.1 (2.13) 54.1 (2.13) 26.9 Typ. (1.06) 7.9 (0.31) Mounting Hardware (See Ordering Information for Mounting Hardware details) 7.9 (0.31) 7.9 (0.31) 25.4 (1.00) 25.4 (1.00) 76.2 (3.00) 60.2 (2.37) 9.4 (0.37) Note: Gage port not available on single station manifold. No. Stations 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 “A” Length 54.1 108.0 162.1 215.9 270.0 323.9 378.0 431.8 mm (inch) (2.13) (4.25) (6.38) (8.50) (10.63) (12.75) (14.88) (17.00) Wgt., Alum, 1.4 1.8 2.7 3.6 4.1 5.0 5.4 6.4 kg (lbs.) (3) (4) (6) (8) (9) (11) (12) (14) Wgt., Iron, 2.3 4.1 5.9 7.7 9.5 11.8 13.6 15.4 kg (lbs.) (5) (9) (13) (17) (21) (26) (30) (34) See Mounting Bolt Kits for bolt information. Series D1V Manifolds Catalog HY14-2500/US Subplate-Manifold.indd, dd C5 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Subplates and Manifolds C Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Ordering Information Mounting Bolt Kits UNC Bolt Kits for use with D1V Directional Control Valves & Sandwich Valves (D1V*-91 Design, Solenoid Operated) Number of Sandwich Valves @ 1.58″ (40mm) thickness 0 1 2 3 4 D1V-91 BK209 BK243 BK225 BK244 BK245 1.25″ 2.88″ 4.38″ 6.00″ 7.50″ D1V-91 BK176 BK56 BK212 BK107 BK106 Plus Tapping 2.25″ 3.81″ 5.38″ 7.00″ 8.50″ Plate Note: All bolts are SAE grade 8, 10-24 UNC-2A thread, torque to 5.6 N.m. (50 in.-lbs.) Note: 35 Design Series subplates conform to NFPA mounting pattern specifications, but may be dimensionally different from previous design series. Series D1V Subplates Code Description D2* NFPA D03, NG6, CETOP3 Code Description Omit Aluminum, 210 Bar (3000 PSI) S Ductile Iron, 345 Bar (5000 PSI) Code Description Omit Bottom A Side Code Description 2N .25 – 18 NPTF 3N .38 – 18 NPTF 3S -6 SAE 4N .50 – 14 NPTF 4S -8 SAE 6N .75 – 14 NPTF 6S -12 SAE * Consult factory for D03 subplates requiring pilot ports with D1VP. Subplate Valve Model Port Size and Thread Type Port Location Material Design Series Required when ordering. SP D2 35 Series D1V Subplates Subplates Mounting Hardware Qty. SPD22N** .25-20 UNC x 2 SPD23N** .88 LG. SHCS SPD23S** SPD24N** .25-20 UNC x 2 SPD24S** 1.5 LG. SHCS SPD26N* .38-16 UNC x 2 SPD26S* 1.50 LG. SHCS SPD26NA* .38-16 UNC x 2 SPD26SA* 1.75 LG. SHCS Mounting Hardware supplied with subplate includes: Valve mounting threads: #10-24 UNC x 0.63 DP. Used for SAE and NPTF ports. Metric M5-0.8mm ISO 6H x 16 DP. Used for BSPP, BSPT and ISO ports. Catalog HY14-2500/US Subplate-Manifold.indd, dd C6 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Subplates and Manifolds C Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Mounting hardware supplied with manifold includes: (2) steel brackets For SAE and NPTF ports: (8) 5/16-18 UNC x .63 hex washer cap screws. Valve mounting threads: #10-24 UNC x 0.63 DP. Used for SAE and NPTF ports. Code Description Omit Aluminum, 210 Bar (3000 PSI) S Ductile Iron, 345 Bar (5000 PSI) Mounting Bolt Kits UNC Bolt Kits for use with D1V Directional Control Valves & Sandwich (D1V*-91 Design, Solenoid Operated) Number of Sandwich @ 1.58″ (40mm) thickness 0 1 2 3 4 D1V-91 BK209 BK243 BK225 BK244 BK245 1.25″ 2.88″ 4.38″ 6.00″ 7.50″ D1V-91 BK176 BK56 BK212 BK107 BK106 Plus Tapping 2.25″ 3.81″ 5.38″ 7.00″ 8.50″ Plate Note: All bolts are SAE grade 8, 10-24 UNC-2A thread, torque to 5.6 N.m. (50 in.-lbs.) Code Description 1 No. of Stations 2 No. of Stations 3 No. of Stations 4 No. of Stations 5 No. of Stations 6 No. of Stations 7 No. of Stations 8 No. of Stations Port Size Code Description P & T A & B Gage N* NPTF .50 .38 .25 S** SAE -10 -8 -6 Series D1V Manifolds Ordering Information Note: 35 Design Series manifolds conform to NFPA mounting pattern specifications, but may be dimensionally different from previous design series. * 0.25-18 NPTF gage port plug included. ** -6 SAE gage port plug included. Code Description D2* NFPA D03, NG6, CETOP3 * Consult factory for D03 manifolds requiring pilot ports with D1VP. Manifold Number of Stations Valve Model Port Size and Thread Type Material Design Series Required when ordering. SP D2 35 Series D1V Manifolds No. Stations 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Wgt., Alum, 1.4 1.8 2.7 3.6 4.1 5.0 5.4 6.4 kg (lbs.) (3) (4) (6) (8) (9) (11) (12) (14) Wgt., Iron, 2.3 4.1 5.9 7.7 9.5 11.8 13.6 15.4 kg (lbs.) (5) (9) (13) (17) (21) (26) (30) (34) Catalog HY14-2500/US Subplate-Manifold.indd, dd C7 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Subplates and Manifolds C Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Technical Information Side Ported Subplate — NFPA D05 Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Bottom Ported Subplate — NFPA D05 Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Features • Aluminum or steel available — Flexibility for applying to different system pressures. • NPT and SAE thread options available — Flexibility to plumb into existing systems. • Multiple port sizes available — Eliminates need for reducers and expander at subplate connection. 34.8 (1.37) 79.4 (3.13) 57.2 (2.25) 9.4 (.37) 50.8 (2.00) 101.6 (4.00) 31.8 (1.25) 16.0 (.63) 50.8 (2.00) 15.9 (.63) 92.0 (3.62) 9.4 (.37) 69.9 (2.75) 15.9 (.63) 45.2 (1.78) 41.2 (1.62) 15.8 (.62) 57.2 (2.25) 50.8 (2.00) 9.4 (.37) 92.0 (3.62) 101.6 (4.00) 9.4 (.37) 69.9 (2.75) 63.5 (2.50) 66.7 (2.63) 45.2 (1.78) 31.8 (1.25) 36.5 (1.44) 15.9 (.63) 22.2 (.88) 44.5 (1.74) 79.4 (3.13) 42.1 (1.66) See Mounting Bolt Kits for bolt information. See Mounting Bolt Kits for bolt information. Series D3A, D3DW, D3L, D3W Catalog HY14-2500/US Subplate-Manifold.indd, dd C8 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Subplates and Manifolds C Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Dimensions TOC Series D3A, D3DW, D3L and D3W Manifold — NFPA D05 Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) 7.9 (.31) 7.9 (.31) 14.3 (.56) 60.3 (2.38) 88.9 (3.50) 25.4 (1.00) 9.4 (.37) 25.4 (1.00) 39.7 (1.56) 82.5 (3.25) TYP. 71.4 (2.81) 44.5 (1.74) 17.5 (.69) 81.0 (3.19) 88.9 (3.50) “A” (See Chart) 57.9 (2.28) 82.5 (3.25) TYP. 44.5 (1.74) 7.9 (.31) 14.3 (.56) 60.3 (2.38) 88.9 (3.50) 22.2 (.88) 66.7 (2.63) 54.8 (2.16) Mounting Hardware (See Ordering Information for Mounting Hardware details) Note: Gage port not available on single station manifold. No. Stations 1 2 3 4 5 6 “A” Length, mm (in) 82.6 165.1 247.7 330.2 412.8 495.3 (3.25) (6.50) (9.75) (13.00) (16.25) (19.50) Weight, Alum. 1.8 3.6 5.0 6.4 7.9 9.6 kg (lbs.) (4) (8) (11) (14) (17) (21) Weight, Iron 4.1 7.7 11.8 15.4 20.1 23.3 kg (lbs.) (9) (17) (26) (34) (43) (51) See Mounting Bolt Kits for bolt information. Series D3A, D3DW, D3L, D3W Manifolds Catalog HY14-2500/US Subplate-Manifold.indd, dd C9 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Subplates and Manifolds C Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Technical Information Features • Aluminum or steel available — Flexibility for applying to different system pressures. • NPT and SAE thread options available — Flexibility to plumb into existing systems. • Multiple port sizes available — Eliminates need for reducers and expander at subplate connection. • Parallel or series circuit applications — Flexibility for different circuits. Side Ported Subplate — NFPA D05, D05H and D05HE Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Bottom Ported Subplate — NFPA D05, D05H and D05HE Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Dimension A B C D E F G H I J K L * M * N O P Q * R * SPD31V*** 44.5 114.3 120.7 9.7 111.3 104.9 60.2 73.9 28.4 56.4 84.1 22.4 98.6 28.7 60.5 90.4 15.0 90.4 (1.75) (4.50) (4.75) (0.38) (4.38) (4.13) (2.37) (2.91) (1.12) (2.22) (3.31) (0.88) (3.88) (1.13) (2.38) (3.56) (0.59) (3.56) SPD31D*** 44.5 114.3 120.7 9.7 111.3 104.9 60.2 73.9 28.4 56.4 84.1 20.6 100.1 28.7 60.5 90.4 — 88.9 (1.75) (4.50) (4.75) (0.38) (4.38) (4.13) (2.37) (2.91) (1.12) (2.22) (3.31) (0.81) (3.94) (1.13) (2.38) (3.56) — (3.50) A Pilot Port Y on D05H G F D C H J L K B J I O N Pilot Port X on D05HE (Q dimension) P R H S Q Pilot Port X on D05H Y on D05HE E (Q dimension) M E Pilot Port Y on D05H Pilot Port X on D05HE Pilot Port X on D05H D Y on D05HE C G H B D A E F L M K J I N O P R Q See Mounting Bolt Kits for bolt information. See Mounting Bolt Kits for bolt information. * Not available with high flow option. * Not available with high flow option. Series D31, D3P, High Flow Dimensions A B C D E F * G* H I J K L M N O P Q * R * S * SPD31V**A* 44.5 95.3 120.7 54.1 22.4 20.6 22.4 60.2 64.3 9.7 111.0 85.9 47.8 47.8 22.4 22.4 22.4 — 100.1 (1.75) (3.75) (4.75) (2.13) (0.88) (0.81) (0.88) (2.37) (2.53) (0.38) (4.37) (3.38) (1.88) (1.88) (0.88) (0.88) (0.88) — (3.94) SPD31D**A* 44.5 95.3 120.7 54.1 22.4 — — 60.2 64.3 9.7 111.0 85.9 47.8 47.8 22.4 22.4 11.2 25.4 100.1 (1.75) (3.75) (4.75) (2.13) (0.88) — — (2.37) (2.53) (0.38) (4.37) (3.38) (1.88) (1.88) (0.88) (0.88) (0.44) (1.00) (3.94) Catalog HY14-2500/US Subplate-Manifold.indd, dd C10 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Subplates and Manifolds C Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Dimensions TOC Series D3P and High Flow Manifold — NFPA D05, D05H and D05HE Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) 80.2 (3.16) 29.4 (1.16) 127.0 (5.00) 104.8 (4.13) 11.1 (0.44) 9.5 (0.38) 50.8 (2.00) 101.6 (4.00) Pilot Port X on D05HE Y on D05H Note: Not available with high flow option. 82.6 (3.25) 25.4 (1.00) “A” (see chart) 57.9 (2.28) 82.6 (3.25) 68.3 (2.69) 82.6 (3.25) 39.7 (1.56) Pilot Port X on D05H Y on D05HE Note: Not available with high flow option. 79.4 (3.13) 50.8 (2.00) 38.1 (1.50) 22.2 (0.88) 81.0 (3.19) 19.1 (0.75) 11.1 (0.44) 9.5 (0.38) 11.1 (0.44) 104.8 (4.13) 127.0 (5.00) 34.9 (1.38) 34.9 (1.38) 14.3 (0.56) Mounting Hardware (See Ordering Information for Mounting Hardware details) Series D31, D3P, High Flow Manifolds No. of Stations 1 2 3 4 5 6 “A” Length 82.6 165.1 247.7 330.2 412.8 495.3 mm (inch) (3.25) (6.50) (9.75) (13.00) (16.25) (19.50) Weight Alum. 15.4 26.5 37.5 48.5 59.5 72.8 kg (lbs.) (7.00) (12.00) (17.00) (22.00) (27.00) (33.00) Weight Iron 41.9 83.8 125.7 165.4 187.4 249.2 kg (lbs.) (19.00) (38.00) (57.00) (75.00) (85.00) (113.00) See Mounting Bolt Kits for bolt information. Catalog HY14-2500/US Subplate-Manifold.indd, dd C11 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Subplates and Manifolds C Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC UNC Bolt Kits for use with D3W, D3, D31VW, D31DW Directional Control Valves & Sandwich Valves Number of Sandwich Valves @2.00″ (50mm) thickness 0 1 2 3 D3-32, D31VW-91, BK98 BK141 BK142 BK143 D31DW-91, D3P 1.625″ 3.50″ 5.50″ 7.50″ D3-32, D31VW-91, BK166 BK167 BK168 BK169 D31DW-91, D3P 2.50″ 4.50″ 6.50″ 8.50″ plus tapping plate # Sizes 3* and 4* ports available on SPD3 (NFPA D05) only. * Size 6* port available on SPD31 (NFPA D05H and D05HE) only. Mounting Bolt Kits Note: All bolts are SAE grade 8, 1/4-20 UNC-2A thread, torque to 16 N.m. (12 ft.-lbs.) Code Description Omit Aluminum, 210 Bar (3000 PSI) S Ductile Iron, 345 Bar (5000 PSI) Mounting Hardware supplied with subplate includes: Subplates Mounting Hardware Qty. SPD33N** .38-16 UNC x 2 SPD34N** 1.25 LG. SHCS SPD34S** SPD31*6N** .38-16 UNC x 2 SPD31*6S** 1.75 LG. SHCS SPD3H6N** SPD3H6S** Code Description D3 NFPA D05, CETOP5 D31V NFPA D05H D31D NFPA D05HE, NG10, CETPOP5H Code Description Omit Bottom A Side Code Description # 3N .38 – 18 NPTF # 4N .50 – 14 NPTF # 4S -8 SAE * 6N .75 – 14 NPTF * 6S -12 SAE Series D3 and D31 Subplates Ordering Information Valve mounting threads: 0.25-20 UNC x 0.75 DP. Used for SAE and NPTF ports. Note: 35 Design Series subplates conform to NFPA mounting pattern specifications, but may be dimensionally different from previous design series. Subplate Valve Model Port Size and Thread Type Material Design Series Required when ordering. SP 35 Port Location Series D3, D31 Subplates D31 manifolds come standard with high flow capability. For flows over 20 GPM use D31V or D31D subplate. It will have X and Y ports. Catalog HY14-2500/US Subplate-Manifold.indd, dd C12 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Subplates and Manifolds C Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Port Size Code Description P & T A & B Gage N* NPTF .75 .50 .25 S** SAE -12 -8 -6 Note: 35 Design Series manifolds conform to NFPA mounting pattern specifications, but may be dimensionally different from previous design series. Code Description 1 No. of Stations 2 No. of Stations 3 No. of Stations 4 No. of Stations 5 No. of Stations 6 No. of Stations Code Description D3 NFPA D05, NG10, CETOP5 Mounting hardware supplied with manifold includes: (2) steel brackets For SAE and NPTF ports: (8) 5/16-18 UNC x .63 hex washer cap screws Valve mounting threads: 0.25-20 UNC x 0.75 DP. Used for SAE and NPTF ports. Note: All bolts are SAE grade 8, 1/4-20 UNC-2A thread, torque to 16 N.m. (12 ft.-lbs.) Code Description Omit Aluminum, 210 Bar (3000 PSI) S Ductile Iron, 345 Bar (5000 PSI) Series D3 Manifolds Ordering Information * 0.25-18 NPTF gage port plug included. ** -6 SAE gage port plug included. UNC Bolt Kits for use with D3W and D3 Directional Control Valves & Sandwich Valves Number of Sandwich Valves @2.00″ (50mm) thickness 0 1 2 3 D3-32 BK98 BK141 BK142 BK143 1.625″ 3.50″ 5.50″ 7.50″ D3-32 BK166 BK167 BK168 BK169 plus tapping plate 2.50″ 4.50″ 6.50″ 8.50″ Mounting Bolt Kits Code Description Omit Standard Less than 76 LPM ( 20 GPM) H* High Flow Greater than 76 LPM (20 GPM) *Only available with D3 (D05) model Manifold Number of Stations Valve Model Flow Option Material Design Series Required when ordering. SP D3 35 Port Size and Thread Type Series D3 Manifolds No. Stations 1 2 3 4 5 6 Wgt., Alum, 1.8 3.7 5.0 6.4 7.8 9.6 kg (lbs.) (4) (8) (11) (14) (17) (21) Wgt., Iron, 4.1 7.8 11.9 15.6 19.7 23.3 kg (lbs.) (9) (17) (26) (34) (43) (51) Catalog HY14-2500/US Subplate-Manifold.indd, dd C13 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Subplates and Manifolds C Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Note: 35 Design Series manifolds conform to NFPA mounting pattern specifications, but may be dimensionally different from previous design series. Code Description D31V NFPA D05H, D3P D31D NFPA D05HE, NG10, CETOP5H UNC Bolt Kits for use with D3P, D31VW and D31DW Directional Control Valves & Sandwich Valves (D31V*-91 Design, Solenoid Operated) Number of Sandwich Valves @ 2.00″ (50mm) thickness 0 1 2 3 D31VW-91, D3P BK98 BK141 BK142 BK143 D31DW-91 1.625″ 3.50″ 5.50″ 7.50″ D31VW-91, D3P BK166 BK167 BK168 BK169 D31DW-91 2.50″ 4.50″ 6.50″ 8.50″ plus tapping plate Mounting Bolt Kits Note: All bolts are SAE grade 8, 1/4-20 UNC-2A thread, torque to 16 N.m. (12 ft.-lbs.) Code Description Omit Aluminum, 210 Bar (3000 PSI) S Ductile Iron, 345 Bar (5000 PSI) Mounting hardware supplied with manifold includes: (2) steel brackets For SAE and NPTF ports: (8) 3/8-16 UNC x .88 HHCS and (8) .38 SAE N series washers Valve mounting threads: 0.25-20 UNC x 0.75 DP. Used for SAE and NPTF ports. Code Description 1 No. of Stations 2 No. of Stations 3 No. of Stations 4 No. of Stations 5 No. of Stations 6 No. of Stations Port Size Code Description P , A, B T X, Y Gage N* NPTF .75 1.00 .38 .25 S** SAE -12 -16 -6 -6 Series D31 and D3P Manifolds Ordering Information D31 manifolds come standard with high flow capability. * 0.25-18 NPTF gage port plug included. ** -6 SAE gage port plug included. Manifold Number of Stations Valve Model Material Design Series Required when ordering. SP 35 Port Size and Thread Type Series D31, D3P Manifolds No. Stations 1 2 3 4 5 6 Wgt., Alum, 3.2 5.5 7.8 10.1 12.3 15.1 kg (lbs.) (7) (12) (17) (22) (27) (33) Wgt., Iron, 8.7 17.4 26.1 34.3 38.9 51.7 kg (lbs.) (19) (38) (57) (75) (85) (113) Catalog HY14-2500/US Subplate-Manifold.indd, dd C14 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Subplates and Manifolds C Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Technical Information TOC Features • Aluminum or steel available — Flexibility for applying to different system pressures. • NPT and SAE thread options available — Flexibility to plumb into existing systems. • Multiple port sizes available — Eliminates need for reducers and expander at subplate connection. Side Ported Subplate — NFPA D08 Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) D G H A B F E A K J L M C H G N O P I Series D6, D8 Size A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P SPD68*A* 50.8 155.7 114.3 30.2 64.3 115.1 25.4 25.4 12.7 89.7 142.7 57.2 85.9 40.4 91.2 125.5 SPD66NA* (2.00) (6.13) (4.50) (1.19) (2.53) (4.53) (1.00) (1.00) (0.50) (3.53) (5.62) (2.25) (3.38) (1.59) (3.59) (4.94) SPD610*A* 76.2 165.1 127.0 33.3 59.2 121.2 28.7 60.5 12.7 94.5 152.4 63.5 92.2 43.9 105.9 131.8 (3.00) (6.50) (5.00) (1.31) (2.33) (4.77) (1.13) (2.38) (0.50) (3.72) (6.00) (2.50) (3.63) (1.73) (4.17) (5.19) See Mounting Bolt Kits for bolt information. Catalog HY14-2500/US Subplate-Manifold.indd, dd C15 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Subplates and Manifolds C Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Technical Information Series D6 and D8 Bottom Ported Subplate — NFPA D08 Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) B F E D G H I C J A (A port) M (P port) L K P Q R S T (X port) U (Y port) N O Series D6, D8 Subplates Size A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U SPD68** 38.1 155.7 117.6 12.7 89.7 142.7 58.7 87.4 — 30.2 30.2 87.4 87.4 42.2 125.5 30.2 65.8 89.7 113.5 31.8 85.9 SPD66N* (1.50) (6.13) (4.63) (0.50) (3.53) (5.62) (2.31) (3.44) — (1.19) (1.19) (3.44) (3.44) (1.66) (4.94) (1.19) (2.59) (3.53) (4.47) (1.25) (3.38) SPD610** 50.8 193.8 127.0 9.7 108.7 184.2 9.7 92.2 117.6 36.6 44.5 82.6 90.4 46.7 152.4 41.4 84.1 109.5 146.8 36.6 90.4 (2.00) (7.63) (5.00) (0.38) (4.28) (7.25) (0.38) (3.63) (4.63) (1.44) (1.75) (3.25) (3.56) (1.84) (6.00) (1.63) (3.31) (4.31) (5.78) (1.44) (3.56) See Mounting Bolt Kits for bolt information. Catalog HY14-2500/US Subplate-Manifold.indd, dd C16 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Subplates and Manifolds C Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Series D6 and D8 Manifold — NFPA D08 Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Dimensions Note: Gage port not available on single station manifold. 158.8 (6.25) 123.8 (4.87) 17.5 (0.69) 12.7 (0.50) 120.7 60.3 (4.75) (2.38) 33.3 (1.31) 94.5 (3.72) 103.2 (4.06) 95.3 (3.75) 133.4 (5.25) TYP 133.4 (5.25) TYP “A” see chart 39.7 (1.56) 101.6 (4.00) 133.4 (5.25) TYP 22.2 (0.88) 50.8 (2.00) 117.5 (4.63) 27.0 (1.06) 93.7 (3.69) 44.5 (1.75) 60.3 (2.38) 41.3 (1.63) 14.3 (0.56) 14.3 (0.56) 14.3 (0.56) 14.3 (0.56) 123.8 (4.87) 41.3 (1.63) 152.4 (6.00) Mounting Hardware (See Ordering Information for Mounting Hardware details) Series D6, D8 Manifolds No. of Stations 1 2 3 4 5 “A” Length 133.35 266.7 400.05 533.4 666.75 mm (inch) (5.25) (10.50) (15.75) (21.00) (26.25) Weight Alum. 5 11 16 22 28 kg (lbs.) (12) (24) (35) (49) (61) Weight Iron 20 41 62 82 103 kg (lbs.) (45) (90) (136) (181) (226) See Mounting Bolt Kits for bolt information. Catalog HY14-2500/US Subplate-Manifold.indd, dd C17 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Subplates and Manifolds C Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Note: All bolts are SAE grade 8, 1/2-13 UNC-3A thread, torque to 133 N.m. (100 ft.-lbs.) Subplates Mounting Hardware Qty. SPD66NA* .50-13 UNC x 2 SPD68NA* 1.75 LG. SHCS SPD68SA* SPD610NA* .50-13 UNC x 2 SPD610SA* 3.00 LG. SHCS SPD66N* .50-13 UNC x 2 SPD68N* 1.50 LG. SHCS SPD68S* SPD610N* .38-16 UNC x 4 SPD610S* 2.00 LG. SHCS Mounting Hardware supplied with subplate includes: Code Description D6 NFPA D08, NG25, CETOP8 Ordering Information Valve mounting threads: 0.50-13 UNC x 1.19 DP. Used for SAE and NPTF ports. Mounting Bolt Kits Code Description Omit Aluminum, 210 Bar (3000 PSI) S Ductile Iron, 345 Bar (5000 PSI) Code Description 6N .75 – 14 NPTF 8N 1.00 – 11.5 NPTF 8S -16 SAE 10N 1.25 – 11.5 NPTF 10S -20 SAE Code Description Omit Bottom A Side Note: 35 Design Series subplates conform to NFPA mounting pattern specifications, but may be dimensionally different from previous design series. Series D6 and D8 Subplates Subplate Valve Model Port Size and Thread Type Port Location Material Design Series Required when ordering. SP D6 35 UNC Bolt Kits for use with D6 and D8 Directional Control Valves & Sandwich Valves Number of Sandwich Valves @ 2.75″ (70mm) thickness 0 1 2 3 D6 BK227 BK121 BK122 BK123 2.50″ 5.25″ 8.00″ 10.75″ D6 plus BK161 BK170 BK171 BK172 tapping plate 3.50″ 6.25″ 9.00″ 11.75″ D8 BK228 BK131 BK132 BK133 3.00″ 5.75″ 8.50″ 11.25″ D8 plus BK173 BK174 BK175 BK114 tapping plate 4.00″ 6.75″ 9.50″ 12.125″ Series D6, D8 Subplates Catalog HY14-2500/US Subplate-Manifold.indd, dd C18 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Subplates and Manifolds C Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Series D6 and D8 Manifolds Ordering Information Note: 35 Design Series manifolds conform to NFPA mounting pattern specifications, but may be dimensionally different from previous design series. Code Description D6 NFPA D08, NG25, CETOP8 UNC Bolt Kits for use with D6 and D8 Directional Control Valves & Sandwich Number of Sandwich @ 2.75″ (70mm) thickness 0 1 2 3 D6 BK227 BK121 BK122 BK123 2.50″ 5.25″ 8.00″ 10.75″ D6 plus BK161 BK170 BK171 BK172 tapping plate 3.50″ 6.25″ 9.00″ 11.75″ D8 BK228 BK131 BK132 BK133 3.00″ 5.75″ 8.50″ 11.25″ D8 plus BK173 BK174 BK175 BK114 tapping plate 4.00″ 6.75″ 9.50″ 12.125″ Mounting Bolt Kits Note: All bolts are SAE grade 8, 1/2-13 UNC-3A thread, torque to 133 N.m. (100 ft.-lbs.) Mounting hardware supplied with manifold includes: (2) steel brackets For SAE and NPTF ports: (8) 1/2-13 UNC x 1.00 HHCS (8) .50 SAE N Series washers Valve mounting threads: 0.50-13 UNC x 1.19 DP. Used for SAE and NPTF ports. Code Description Omit Aluminum, 210 Bar (3000 PSI) S Ductile Iron, 345 Bar (5000 PSI) Code Description 1 No. of Stations 2 No. of Stations 3 No. of Stations 4 No. of Stations 5 No. of Stations Port Size Code Description P, A, B T Y X (opt.) Gage N* NPTF 1.00 1.25 .38 .25 .25 S** SAE -16 -20 -8 -4 -6 * 0.25-18 NPT gage port plug included. ** -6 SAE gage port plug included. Manifold Number of Stations Valve Model Material Design Series Required when ordering. SP D6 35 Port Size and Thread Type Series D6, D8 Manifolds No. Stations 1 2 3 4 5 Wgt., Alum, 5.5 11.0 16.0 22.4 27.9 kg (lbs.) (12) (24) (35) (49) (61) Wgt., Iron, 20.6 41.1 62.2 82.7 103.3 kg (lbs.) (45) (90) (136) (181) (226) Catalog HY14-2500/US Subplate-Manifold.indd, dd C19 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Subplates and Manifolds C Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION Dimensions TOC Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Cover Plate — NFPA D03 Crossover Plate, P→T ports — NFPA D03 Crossover Plate, P→A and B→T ports — NFPA D03 19.1 (0.75) 42.9 (1.69) 11.1 (0.44) 26.3 (1.03) 50.8 (2.00) Note: Mounting hardware supplied with cover plate. Includes: 2-012V-7 O-ring, Qty. 4 0.12 x .25 long locating pin, Qty. 1 10-24 UNC x 1.00 long SHCS, Qty. 4 (SPD2C1EN) or M5-0.8 x 25 mm long SHCS, Qty. 4 (SPD2C1MN)  Note: Mounting hardware supplied with crossover plate. Includes: 2-012V-7 O-ring, Qty. 4 0.12 x .25 long locating pin, Qty. 1 10-24 UNC x 1.00 long SHCS, Qty. 4 (SPD2D1EN) or M5-0.8 x 25 mm long SHCS, Qty. 4 (SPD2D1MN)  19.1 (0.75) 42.9 (1.69) 11.1 (0.44) 50.8 (2.00) 26.3 (1.03) Note: Mounting hardware supplied with cover plate. Includes: 2-016V-7 O-ring, Qty. 2 0.12 x .25 long locating pin, Qty. 1 10-24 UNC x 1.00 long SHCS, Qty. 4 (SPD2A1EN) or M5-0.8 x 25 mm long SHCS, Qty. 4 (SPD2A1MN)  19.1 (0.75) 50.8 (2.00) 42.9 (1.69) 11.2 (0.44) 26.3 (1.03) Accessories NFPA D03 Catalog HY14-2500/US Subplate-Manifold.indd, dd C20 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Subplates and Manifolds C Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Dimensions Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Cover Plate — NFPA D05 Crossover Plate, P→T ports — NFPA D05 Crossover Plate, P→A and B→T ports — NFPA D05 19.1 (0.75) 69.9 (2.75) Note: Mounting hardware supplied with cover plate. Includes: 2-014V-7 O-ring, Qty. 5 0.25-20 UNC x 1.25 long SHCS, Qty. 4 (SPD3C1EN) or M6-1.0 x 30 mm long SHCS, Qty. 4 (SPD3C1MN) 63.5 (2.50) 48.4 (1.91) 34.9 (1.37) 38.1 (1.50) Note: Mounting hardware supplied with crossover plate. Includes: 2-014V-7 O-ring, Qty. 1 2-022V-7 +O-ring, Qty. 2 0.25-20 UNC x 2.00 long SHCS, Qty. 4 (SPD3A1EN) or M6-1.0 x 50 mm long SHCS, Qty. 4 (SPD3A1MN) 51.6 (2.03) 34.9 (1.38) 76.2 (3.00) 69.9 (2.75) Note: Mounting hardware supplied with crossover plate. Includes: 2-014V-7 O-ring, Qty. 5 0.25-20 UNC x 1.25 long SHCS, Qty. 4 (SPD3D1EN) or M6-1.0 x 30 mm long SHCS, Qty. 4 (SPD3D1MN) 19.1 (0.75) 51.6 (2.03) 76.2 (3.00) 38.1 (1.50) 69.9 (2.75) Accessories NFPA D05 Catalog HY14-2500/US Subplate-Manifold.indd, dd C21 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Subplates and Manifolds C Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION Dimensions TOC Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Crossover Plate, P→T ports — NFPA D05H Crossover Plate, P→A and B→T ports — NFPA D05H Cover Plate — NFPA D05H 101.6 (4.00) 51.6 (2.03) 54.0 (2.12) 19.1 (0.75) Note: Mounting hardware supplied with crossover plate. Includes: 2-011V-7 O-ring, Qty. 1 2-014V-7 O-ring, Qty. 6 0.25-20 UNC x 1.25 long SHCS, Qty. 4 (SPD31VD1EN) or M6-1.0 x 30 mm long SHCS, Qty. 4 (SPD31VD1MN) 2-016V-7 O-ring, Qty. 1 69.9 (2.75) Note: Mounting hardware supplied with crossover plate. Includes: 2-011V-7 O-ring, Qty. 1 2-014V-7 O-ring, Qty. 2 0.25-20 UNC x 2.00 long SHCS, Qty. 4 (SPD31VA1EN) or M6-1.0 x 50 mm long SHCS, Qty. 4 (SPD31VA1MN) 2-016V-7 O-ring, Qty. 1 2-022V-7 O-ring, Qty. 2 69.9 (2.75) 51.6 (2.03) 101.6 (4.00) 50.8 (2.00) 38.1 (1.50) Accessories NFPA D05H Catalog HY14-2500/US Subplate-Manifold.indd, dd C22 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Subplates and Manifolds C Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Note: Mounting hardware supplied with cover plate. Includes: 2-210V-7 O-ring, Qty. 2 2-215V-7 O-ring, Qty. 4 0.50-13 UNC x 1.75 long SHCS, Qty. 6 (SPD6C1EN) or M12-1.75 x 45 mm long SHCS, Qty. 6 (SPD6C1MN) 0.25 x 0.50 long locating pins, Qty. 2 152.4 (6.00) 85.7 (3.38) 88.1 (3.47) 25.4 (1.00) 114.3 (4.50) Cover Plate — NFPA D08 Dimensions Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Crossover Plate, P→T ports — NFPA D08 Crossover Plate, P→A and B→T ports — NFPA D08 Note: Mounting hardware supplied with cover plate. Includes: 2-210V-7 O-ring, Qty. 2 2-215V-7 O-ring, Qty. 4 0.50-13 UNC x 1.75 long SHCS, Qty. 6 (SPD6C1EN) or M12-1.75 x 45 mm long SHCS, Qty. 6 (SPD6C1MN) 0.25 x 0.50 long locating pins, Qty. 2 152.4 (6.00) 85.7 (3.38) 88.1 (3.47) 25.4 (1.00) 114.3 (4.50) Note: Mounting hardware supplied with crossover plate. Includes: 2-210V-7 O-ring, Qty. 2 2-215V-7 O-ring, Qty. 2 0.50-13 UNC x 3.50 long SHCS, Qty. 6 (SPD6A1EN) or M12-1.75 x 90 mm long SHCS, Qty. 6 (SPD6A1MN) 0.25 x 0.50 long locating pins, Qty. 2 2-231V-7 O-ring, Qty. 1 114.3 (4.50) 88.1 (3.47) 85.7 (3.38) 152.4 (6.00) 63.5 (2.50) Accessories NFPA D08 Catalog HY14-2500/US Subplate-Manifold.indd, dd C23 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Subplates and Manifolds C Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION Dimensions TOC Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Tapping Plate, P and T ports — NFPA D03 Tapping Plate, A and B ports — NFPA D03 Tapping Plate, A and B ports — NFPA D05 Accessories NFPA D03, D05 Catalog HY14-2500/US Subplate-Manifold.indd, dd C24 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Subplates and Manifolds C Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Dimensions Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Tapping Plate, P and T ports — NFPA D05H and D05HE Tapping Plate, A and B ports — NFPA D05H and D05HE (E) Tapping Plate, P and T ports — NFPA D05 Accessories NFPA D05, D05H, D05HE Catalog HY14-2500/US Subplate-Manifold.indd, dd C25 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Subplates and Manifolds C Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION Dimensions TOC Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Tapping Plate, A and B ports — NFPA D08 Tapping Plate, X and Y ports — NFPA D05H and D05HE Accessories NFPA D05H, D05HE, D08 Catalog HY14-2500/US Subplate-Manifold.indd, dd C26 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Subplates and Manifolds C Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Tapping Plate, P and T ports — NFPA D08 Dimensions Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Tapping Plate, X and Y ports — NFPA D08 Accessories NFPA D08 Catalog HY14-2500/US Subplate-Manifold.indd, dd C27 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Subplates and Manifolds C Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Code Description Omit Aluminum, 210 Bar (3000 PSI) S Ductile Iron, 345 Bar (5000 PSI) Code Description D2 NFPA D03, NG6, CETOP3 * Tapping plates only * Tapping plate only ** Cover and crossover plate only Code Description N Cover Plate *P P and T Ports *W A and B Ports Code Description *2N 0.25-18 NPTF ANSI B1.20.3 *2S -4 SAE ISO 11926; SAE 1926 **1M Metric Mounting Bolts (M5-0.8 x 25mm long) **1E English Mounting Bolts (UNC 10-24 x 1.00 long) Ordering Information Series D1V Tapping and Cover Plates Code Description A Crossover plate P to A, B to T C Parallel Circuit Cover plate D Series Circuit Crossover plate P to T, A and B blocked T Tapping plate Subplate Valve Model Port Size and Thread Type Port Location Material Design Series Required when ordering. SP D2 35 Circuit Accessories Series D1V Catalog HY14-2500/US Subplate-Manifold.indd, dd C28 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Subplates and Manifolds C Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC * Tapping plate only ** Cover and crossover plate only Code Description Omit Aluminum, 210 Bar (3000 PSI) S Ductile Iron, 345 Bar (5000 PSI) * Tapping plates only Code Description D3 NFPA D05, NG10, CETOP5 Code Description N Cover Plate *P P and T Ports *W A and B Ports Code Description *2N 0.25-18 NPTF ANSI B1.20.3 *2S -4 SAE ISO 11926; SAE 1926 **1M Metric Mounting Bolts (M6-1.0 x 30mm lg. SHCS Circuits ‘C’ and ‘D’ only) (M6-1.0 x 50mm lg. SHCS Circuit ‘A’ Only) **1E English Mounting Bolts (UNC .25-20 x 1.25 lg. SHCS Circuits ‘C’ and ‘D’ only) (UNC .25-20 x 2.00 lg. SHCS Circuit ‘A’ Only) Ordering Information Series D3 Tapping and Cover Plates Code Description A Crossover plate P to A, B to T C Parallel Circuit Cover plate D Series Circuit Crossover plate P to T, A and B blocked T Tapping plate Subplate Valve Model Port Size and Thread Type Port Location Material Design Series Required when ordering. SP D3 35 Circuit Accessories Series D3 Catalog HY14-2500/US Subplate-Manifold.indd, dd C29 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Subplates and Manifolds C Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC * Tapping plate only ** Cover and crossover plate only Code Description Omit Aluminum, 210 Bar (3000 PSI) S Ductile Iron, 345 Bar (5000 PSI) Code Description D31V NFPA D05H, D3P D31D* NFPA D05HE, NG10, CETOP5H * Tapping plates only Code Description N Cover Plate *P P and T Ports *W A and B Ports *X X and Y Ports Code Description *2N 0.25-18 NPTF ANSI B1.20.3 *2S -4 SAE ISO 11926; SAE 1926 **1M Metric Mounting Bolts (M6-1.0 x 30mm lg. SHCS Circuits ‘C’ and ‘D’ only) (M6-1.0 x 50mm lg. SHCS Circuit ‘A’ Only) **1E English Mounting Bolts (UNC .25-20 x 1.25 lg. SHCS Circuits ‘C’ and ‘D’ only) (UNC .25-20 x 2.00 lg. SHCS Circuit ‘A’ Only) Ordering Information Series D31 Tapping and Cover Plates Code Description A Crossover plate P to A, B to T C Parallel Circuit Cover plate D Series Circuit Crossover plate P to T, A and B blocked T Tapping plate * Only available with tapping plates. Model D31V cover and crossover plates can be used for D05H and D05HE mounting patterns interchangeably. Subplate Valve Model Port Size and Thread Type Material Design Series Required when ordering. SP 35 Circuit Port Location Accessories Series D31 Catalog HY14-2500/US Subplate-Manifold.indd, dd C30 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Subplates and Manifolds C Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC * Tapping plate only ** Cover and crossover plate only Code Description Omit Aluminum, 210 Bar (3000 PSI) S Ductile Iron, 345 Bar (5000 PSI) Code Description D6 NFPA D08, NG25, CETOP8 * Tapping plates only Code Description N Cover Plate *P P and T Ports *W A and B Ports *X X and Y Ports Code Description *2N 0.25-18 NPTF ANSI B1.20.3 *2S -4 SAE ISO 11926; SAE 1926 **1M Metric Mounting Bolts (M12-1.75 x 45mm lg. SHCS Circuit ‘C’ only) (M12-1.75 x 60mm lg. SHCS Circuit ‘D’ only) (M12-1.75 x 90mm lg. SHCS Circuit ‘A’ only) **1E English Mounting Bolts (UNC .50-13 x 1.75 lg. SHCS Circuit ‘C’ only) (UNC .50-13 x 2.25 lg. SHCS Circuit ‘D’ only) (UNC .50-13 x 3.50 lg. SHCS Circuit ‘A’ only) Ordering Information Series D6 and D8 Tapping and Cover Plates Code Description A Crossover plate P to A, B to T C Parallel circuit Cover plate D Series circuit Crossover plate P to T, A and B blocked T Tapping plate Subplate Valve Model Port Size and Thread Type Port Location Material Design Series Required when ordering. SP D6 35 Circuit Accessories Series D6, D8 Catalog HY14-2500/US Subplate-Manifold.indd, dd C31 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Subplates and Manifolds C Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION Mounting Pattern — NFPA D03, NG6, CETOP 3 TOC Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) M6x1 (1/4-20) UNC-2B thread x 9.7 (.38) min. thread depth 4 places 11.2 (O.44) max. P.A.B. & T ports .56 (.022) 75.0 (2.95) 72.1 (2.84) min. .28 (.011) A A B B 46.0 (1.81) 6.4 (.25) 27.0 (1.06) 32.5 (1.28) 37.3 (1.47) 54.0 (2.13) 50.8 (2.00) 57.9 (2.28) min. 21.4 (.84) 3.2 (.13) S L 16.7 (.66) Mounting Pattern — NFPA D05, NG5, CETOP 5 Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) M5-0.8 (10-24) UNC-2B thread x 10.40 (.410) min. thread depth 4-holes O 7.5 (.295) max. P.A.B. & T ports O 3.86/4.27 (.152/.168) x 4.00 (.160) min. depth .56 (.022) 4.80 (.190) R. max. typ. 4 places .28 (.011) .28 (.011) A A A A A B B B 5.10 (.200) 0.75 (.030) S S L B B P T 12.70 (.500) 31.75 (1.250) 31.00 43.00 (1.220) (1.70) min. 25.90 (1.020) 15.50 (.610) 21.50 (.850) 30.20 (1.190) 33.00 (1.300) 40.50 (1.594) 51.00 (2.000) min. Installation Information NFPA D03, D05 Catalog HY14-2500/US Subplate-Manifold.indd, dd C32 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Subplates and Manifolds C Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Mounting Pattern — NFPA D05H, NG10, CETOP 5H Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Mounting Pattern — NFPA D05HE, NG10, CETOP 5H Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) M6x1 (1/4-20) UNC-2B thread x 9.7 (.38) min. thread depth 4 places 11.2 (O.44) max. P.A.B. & T ports 6.3 (O.25) max. X & Y ports .56 (.022) .56 (.022) 75.0 (2.95) 91.9 (3.62) min. with X & Y ports 72.1 (2.84) min. without X & Y ports .28 (.011) A A A A B B B Y T P X B B A 46.0 (1.81) 11.1 (.44) 11.1 (.44) 43.6 (1.72) 6.4 (.25) 27.0 (1.06) 32.5 (1.28) 7.9 (.31) 37.3 (1.47) 54.0 (2.13) 50.8 (2.00) 61.9 (2.44) 57.9 (2.28) min. 21.4 (.84) S L L 16.7 (.66) M6x1 (1/4-20) UNC-2B thread x 9.7 (.38) min. thread depth 4 places 11.2 (O.44) max. P.A.B. & T ports 3.96/4.78 (O.156/.188) max. X & Y ports .56 (.022) .56 (.022) 75.0 (2.95) 91.9 (3.62) min. with X & Y ports 72.1 (2.84) min. without X & Y ports .28 (.011) A A A B B B 46.0 (1.81) 11.1 (.44) 43.6 (1.72) 6.4 (.25) 27.0 (1.06) 32.5 (1.28) 2.4 (.09) 37.3 (1.47) 54.0 (2.13) 50.8 (2.00) 65.1 (2.56) 57.9 (2.28) min. 21.4 (.84) 3.2 (.13) S L L 16.7 (.66) Installation Information NFPA D05H, D05HE Catalog HY14-2500/US Subplate-Manifold.indd, dd C33 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Subplates and Manifolds C Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION Mounting Pattern — NFPA D07, NG16, CETOP 7 TOC Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) O 11.2 (0.441) max. 3 holes 0.56 (0.022) L A B O 23.42 (0.922) max. 4 holes 0.56 (0.022) L A B O 0.288 / 272 x 0.31 min dp. (7.32 / 6.91) (8) 2 holes 0.28 (0.011) L A B ½ – 13 UNC – 2Bx22.22 min th’d dp. (M12) (0.875) 6 holes 0.28 (0.011) S A B 152.4 (6.00) 112.7 (4.44) 100.8 (3.97) 130.2 (5.13) 77.0 (3.03) 29.4 17.5 (1.16) (0.69) 74.6 92.1 (2.94) (3.63) 130.0 (5.12) 4.8 (0.19) 73.0 (2.88) 53.2 (2.09) 94.5 (3.72) 17.5 (0.69) – B – – A – Installation Information NFPA D08 Mounting Pattern — NFPA D08, NG25, CETOP 8 Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Catalog HY14-2500/US Subplate-Manifold.indd, dd C34 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Subplates and Manifolds C Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Technical Information Series PSB TOC Type Plunger type switch Mounting Flange mounting or fitted to a level face Mounting Position No restrictions Operating Pressure Maximum 315 Bar (4560 PSI) Actuating Pressure See performance curves Differential Duty Cycle Maximum 1/s Operating Temp. 0 to 80° C Range (Ambient) (32 to 176° F) Viscosity Range 12 to 400 cSt / mm2/s (56 to 1854 SSU) Filtration Recommend ISO 4406 Code, 18/16/13 or better Electrical Connection Plug-in connector to DIN 43650 Insulation IP 65 (Nema 4) Contact Load Carrying 5 A at 250 VAC; Capacity 1 A at 50 VDC; .02 A at 250 VDC Note: For inductive DC loads a diode should be used to increase service life. General Description Series PSB electrohydraulic pressure switches are high performance devices that provide an electrical signal when sensed pressure rises above or falls below the selected setting. Maximum operating pressure is 315 Bar (4560 PSI) for all models. Operation Sensed pressure acts against a piston and spring plate assembly that is opposed by an adjustable spring force. When the pressure against the piston exceeds that of the adjustable spring, the plate moves and actuates a microswitch. The desired operating pressure is adjusted via a setscrew or hand knob. A tamper resistant keylock option is also available with the setscrew type adjuster. The electric element is a high quality micro switch with snap-action contact. Three terminals permit application as “on”, “off” or “changeover” switch. The electric connection is made with a 3-pole plug-in connector to DIN 43650 with ground. The plug-in connector is also available with an indicator light. Features • Four Separate Adjustable Pressure Range Options — Enables operator to precisely select the desired pressure setting. • Hydraulically Dampened Piston — Provides accurate response and extended service life. • Flange Type Mounting Style — Provides great flexibility for mounting with manifolds, sandwich plates or direct line connections. • Optional Keylock Adjustment — Prevents tampering or unauthorized adjustments in critical applications. • Robust Cast Iron Construction — A rugged, yet compact, product designed to provide long service life in demanding applications. • IP 65 (Nema 4) Class Electrical Protection — Maintains integrity against moisture in spray or splashdown situations. Specifications 1 2 3 Z Catalog HY14-2500/US Subplate-Manifold.indd, dd C35 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Subplates and Manifolds C Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Ordering Information Series PSB Weight: 1.0 kg (2.2 lbs.) Code Operating Pressure Range 040 3 to 40 Bar (45 to 580 PSI) 100 10 to 100 Bar (145 to 1450 PSI) 160 10 to 160 Bar (145 to 2320 PSI) 250 20 to 250 Bar (290 to 3625 PSI) Code Adjustment A Hexagonal socket S Knob with scale Code Voltage G024 Plug-in connector w/light, 24VDC W115 Plug-in connector w/light, 115VAC W230 Plug-in connector w/light, 230VAC Code Connections F1 Flange (front face) U1 Flange (right angle) U2 7/16-20 UNF-2B (front face) Code Locking Option Omit Without lock Z* With lock * Not available with “S” type knob Mounting Bolts (2 each required) F1 U1/U2 Inch 10 x 353 10 x 218 (10-24 x 2.50) (10-24 x 2.00) Metric M5 x 60 M5 x 50 PSB A Electrohydraulic Pressure Switch Operating Pressure Range Adjustment Connections Seal Nitrile Locking Voltage * Option Note: * Tolerance on these dimensions +/- 0.2 ** Tolerance on these dimensions +/- 0.1 7.5 (.30) 15.5 (.61) 31.0 (1.22) 31.0** (1.22) 0.8** (.03) 100.0 (3.94) O 6.8 (.27) Typ. 7.5 (.30) 25.9* (1.02) 31.8** (1.25) 7.0 (.28) 15.5 (.61) 15.5* (.61) 31.0 (1.22) M5 typ. M6 45.0 (1.77) 5.1* (.20) O 5.5 (.22) Typ. 28.5 (1.12) 12.7* (.50) 21.5* (.85) 30.2* (1.19) 40.5* (1.59) 46.0 (1.81) 31.0 (1.22) 31.0 (1.22) 15.5 (.61) 15.5 (.61) 7.0 (.28) 7.5 (.30) M6 M5 Typ.  Metric thread only Sandwich Plate to NG6, NFPA D03 Pattern Allows PSB switches to be used in stacking assemblies with Sandwich style valves. H06PSB-993 — Pressure switch to P connection H06PSB-994 — Pressure switch to A or B or A and B connection Electrical Connections Code Electrical Connections Omit Without plug-in connector N With plug-in connector DIN 43650 L With plug-in connector DIN 43650 and indicator light * Only for the Code “L” Models. Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Catalog HY14-2500/US Subplate-Manifold.indd, dd C36 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Subplates and Manifolds C Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Technical Information Series PSB TOC Lower Trip Point Pvu PSB 160 0 345 30 870 60 1305 90 120 2610 PSI 150 180 Bar 60 120 150 870 1740 2175 180 2610 0 Bar PSI 90 1305 30 345 Upper Trip Point Pvo 1740 2175 Pvo Pvo Pvu Pvu X X PSB 250 0 725 50 1450 100 2175 150 200 4350 PSI 250 300 Bar 100 200 250 1450 2900 3625 300 4350 0 Bar PSI 150 2175 50 725 Upper Trip Point Pvo 2900 3625 PSB 040 0 145 10 290 20 435 30 40 870 PSI 50 60 Bar 20 40 50 290 580 725 60 870 0 Bar PSI 30 435 10 145 Upper Trip Point Pvo 580 725 Lower Trip Point Pvu Pvo Pvu X Lower Trip Point Pvu PSB 100 0 290 20 580 40 870 60 80 1740 PSI 100 120 Bar 40 80 100 580 1160 1450 120 1740 0 Bar PSI 60 870 20 290 Upper Trip Point Pvo 1160 1450 X Pvo Pvu Lower Trip Point Pvu X = Switching Pressure Difference X = Switching Pressure Difference Performance Curves Electrical Connections Connection ‘N’ Connection ‘L’ Catalog HY14-2500/US Subplate-Manifold.indd, dd C37 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Subplates and Manifolds C Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Dimensions Series PSB Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) F1 Mounting Pattern 15.5 (0.61) 15.5 (0.61) M5x10.0 deep (min.) 31.0 (1.22) 31.0 (1.22) P (inlet) O 6.8 (.27) max Mounting bolts M5x60 (2 req’d) 75.1 (2.96) 40.0 (1.57) 40.0 (1.57) 20.0 (0.79) 20.0 (.79) M7 Pressure Lock Adjustment DIN 43650 176.7 (6.96) 159.5 (6.28) 124.5 (4.90) 52.0 (2.05) P inlet 86.0 (3.39) Catalog HY14-2500/US Subplate-Manifold.indd, dd C38 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Subplates and Manifolds C Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Dimensions Series PSB TOC Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) U1 Mounting Pattern Mounting Bolts M5x10 (10-24x.40″) Mounting bolts deep (min.) M5x50 (10-24×2 UNC) (2 req’d) DIN 43650 P inlet 30.0 (1.18) 15.0 (0.59) 40.0 (1.57) 40.0 (1.57) 20.0 (0.79) 20.0 (0.79) 75.1 (2.96) 7/16-20 UNF-2B 87.0 (3.43) 12.0 (0.47) 25.0 (0.98) 1.0 (0.04) 147.0 (5.79) 177.0 (6.97) 52.0 (2.05) P (inlet) O 6.8 (.27) max Catalog HY14-2500/US Subplate-Manifold.indd, dd C39 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Subplates and Manifolds C Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Dimensions Series PSB Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) U2 P inlet 7/16-20 UNF-2B 20.0 (0.79) 20.0 (0.79) 40.0 (1.57) 40.0 (1.57) 75.1 (2.96) 7/16-20 UNF-2B Mounting bolts M5x50 (10-24×2 UNC) (2 req’d) M7 Pressure Adjustment 124.5 (4.90) 52.0 25.0 (2.05) (0.98) DIN 43650 87.0 (3.43) Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC R4V-R6V RS_R RS_M.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Control Valves D D1 Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Contents Series R4V*5, R6V*5…………………..Pressure Relief with Vent Function, Subplate Mounted…………………………… D3 Replaces Series R*R, R*M Replaces Series RS*R, RS*M General Description, Features, Function…………………………………………………………………………………………… D3 Ordering Information………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. D4 – D5 Specifications……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. D6 Performance Curves………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. D7 Dimensions………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. D8 – D15 Series VS…………………………………..Pressure Relief, Direct Operated, Subplate Mounted……………………………. D16 General Description, Features, Specifications, Ordering Information………………………………………………….. D16 Performance Curves…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. D17 Dimensions…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. D18 Series R4U…………………………………Pressure Relief, Subplate Mounted, with Unloading Valve……………………… D19 Replaces Series UR*M Replaces Series US*M General Description, Features, Performance Curves………………………………………………………………………… D19 Ordering Information……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. D20 Specifications……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… D21 Dimensions………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… D22 – D25 Series R4R…………………………………Pressure Reducing…………………………………………………………………………… D26 Replaces Series PR*M General Description, Features, Specifications, Ordering Information………………………………………………….. D26 Performance Curves…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. D27 Dimensions………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… D28 – D29 Series VM…………………………………..Pressure Reducing, Direct Operated, Subplate Mounted………………………. D30 General Description, Features, Ordering Information………………………………………………………………………… D30 Specifications……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… D31 Performance Curves…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. D32 Dimensions………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… D33 – D34 Series R4S…………………………………Sequence, Pilot Operated, Subplate Mounted……………………………………… D36 Replaces Series S*M General Description, Features, Ordering Information………………………………………………………………………… D36 Specifications, Performance Curves………………………………………………………………………………………………. D37 Dimensions………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… D38 – D39 Series VB…………………………………..Sequence, Direct Operated, Subplate Mounted……………………………………. D40 General Description, Features, Specifications, Ordering Information………………………………………………….. D40 Performance Curves…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. D41 Dimensions………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… D42 – D43 Series VBY…………………………………Sequence, Pilot Operated, Subplate Mounted……………………………………… D44 General Description, Features, Specifications, Ordering Information………………………………………………….. D44 Performance Curves……………………………………………………………………………………………………………. D45 – D46 Dimensions………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… D47 – D48 Series R5V…………………………………Pressure Relief, Pilot Operated, SAE Flange……………………………………….. D49 General Description, Operation, Features……………………………………………………………………………………….. D49 Ordering Information……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. D50 Specifications, Performance Curves………………………………………………………………………………………………. D51 Dimensions………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… D52 – D54 PHASE OUT PHASE OUT PHASE OUT PHASE OUT PHASE OUT PHASE OUT Continued on next page R4V-R6V RS_R RS_M.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Control Valves D D2 Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Contents TOC Series R5R…………………………………Pressure Relief, Pilot Operated, SAE Flange……………………………………….. D55 General Description, Features, Ordering Information………………………………………………………………………… D55 Specifications……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… D56 Performance Curves…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. D57 Dimensions………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… D58 – D59 Series R5U…………………………………Unloading, Pilot Operated, SAE Flange………………………………………………. D60 General Description, Features……………………………………………………………………………………………………….. D60 Ordering Information, Performance Curves……………………………………………………………………………………… D61 Specifications……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… D62 Dimensions………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… D63 – D64 Series R5S…………………………………Sequence, Pilot Operated, SAE Flange………………………………………………. D65 General Description, Features, Ordering Information………………………………………………………………………… D65 Specifications, Performance Curves………………………………………………………………………………………………. D66 Dimensions…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. D67 Series R4V…………………………………Pressure Relief, Pilot Operated, In-line Pipe Mounted…………………………… D68 General Description, Operation, Features……………………………………………………………………………………….. D68 Ordering Information, Performance Curves……………………………………………………………………………………… D69 Specifications……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… D70 Dimensions………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… D71 – D73 Series R1E02……………………………..Remote Control Pressure Relief ………………………………………………………… D74 General Description, Features……………………………………………………………………………………………………….. D74 Ordering Information, Specifications, Performance Curves……………………………………………………………….. D75 Dimensions…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. D76 R4V-R6V RS_R RS_M.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Control Valves D D3 Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION General Description TOC Series R4V and R6V pressure relief valves feature a manual adjustment pilot stage which controls a seated type main stage. A vent function with a solenoid operated directional valve is available for circulation at minimum pressure. Features • Pilot operated with manual adjustment. • 2 interfaces: – Subplate, ISO 6264 (DIN 24340 Form D) with VV01 vent valve (R4V) – Subplate, ISO 6264 (DIN 24340 Form E) with CETOP 03 vent valve (R6V) • 3 pressure ranges. • 3 adjustment modes: – Hand knob – Acorn nut with lead seal – Key lock • Remote control via port X. Code 1 Code 9 R6V06 Technical Information Function System pressure in port P is applied via the X gallery to the spring loaded cone in the pilot head. The pilot head controls the pressure in the Z area on top of the main cartridge which is additionally kept close by the main spring. If the pilot pressure exceeds the setting pressure the pilot cone opens and thus limits the pilot pressure. When the system pressure exceeds the pilot pressure plus the spring force, the main cartridge opens to port T and limits the pressure in port P to the adjusted level. Additionally to the relief function, a solenoid operated vent valve connects the Z area to tank. This allows oil circulation from P to T at minimum pressure drop. The vent valve can either be a standard CETOP 03 valves (mounting form E) or a sandwich unit (mounting form D). For both types the vent position can be either at the energized or de‑energized solenoid. Series R4V and R6V (Pilot Operated) R4V-R6V RS_R RS_M.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Control Valves D D4 Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Ordering Information Series R4V and R6V (Pilot Operated) TOC Pressure Relief Valve Maximum Pressure 350 Bar (5075 PSI) Interface R 5 Size Drain Port Pressure Range Adjustment Seal Code Description 1 Nitrile 5 Fluorocarbon Design Series Code Description 03 NG10 06 NG25 10 NG32 Code Description 1 up to 105 Bar (1523 PSI) 3 up to 210 Bar (3045 PSI) 5 up to 350 Bar (5075 PSI) Pilot Oil Drain Line Relief Function V Code Description 4 Subplate Mounting ISO 6264 6 Options Check with Factory Code Description A R4V B R6V Weight: R4V03 2.7 kg (6.0 lbs.) R4V06 4.5 kg (9.9 (lbs.) R4V10 6.0 kg (13.2 lbs.) R6V03 4.5 kg (9.9 lbs.) R6V06 5.8 kg (12.8 lbs.) R6V10 7.8 kg (17.2 lbs.) Code Description 1 Hand Knob 32mm dia. (Standard) 3 Acorn Nut with Lead Seal 4 Key Lock Code Interface Drain Aux Port 3 R4V Y-port NPT 7 R4V Y-port SAE 9 R4V Y-port BSP 9 R6V Y-port BSP Code Description 0 1) Internal 1 2) External from Subplate 2 3) External from Valve Body (Y-port) 1) Only with drain port 3 2) R4V only 3) R6V only R4V-R6V RS_R RS_M.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Control Valves D D5 Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Ordering Information Series R4V and R6V with Vent Function Pressure Relief Valve Maximum Pressure 350 Bar (5075 PSI) Interface R 5 Size Drain Port Pressure Range Adjustment Solenoid Voltage Seal Code Description 1 Nitrile 5 Fluorocarbon Design Series Code Description 03 NG10 06 NG25 10 NG32 Code Description 1 up to 105 Bar (1523 PSI) 3 up to 210 Bar (3045 PSI) 5 up to 350 Bar (5075 PSI) Pilot Oil Drain Line Vent Valve Function Relief Function V Code Description 4 Subplate Mounting ISO 6264 6 Code Description 1 Hand Knob (Standard) 3 Acorn Nut with Lead Seal 4 Key Lock Code Description A R4V B R6V Weight: R4V03 4.4 kg (9.7 lbs.) R4V06 6.2 kg 13.7 (lbs.) R4V10 7.7 kg (17.0 lbs.) R6V03 5.9 kg (13.0 lbs.) R6V06 7.2 kg (15.9 lbs.) R6V10 9.2 kg (20.3 lbs.) Code Description G0R 12V G0Q 24V GAR 98V GAG 205V W30 110V / 50 Hz 120V / 60 Hz W31 230V / 50 Hz 240V / 60 Hz Code Description 09 Solenoid not activated unpress. circulation 11 Solenoid activated unpress. circulation Modifications Code Description 0 1) Internal 1 2) External from Subplate 2 3) External from Valve Body (Y-port) 1) Only with drain port 3 2) R4V only 3) R6V only Code Interface Drain Aux Port 3 R4V Y-port NPT 7 R4V Y-port SAE 9 R4V Y-port BSP 9 R6V Y-port BSP Code Description 031 2) Vent Function w/ Slow Unloading VFM 3) Vent Function w/ Slow Unloading 2) R4V only 3) R6V only R4V-R6V RS_R RS_M.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Control Valves D D6 Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Specifications TOC R4V and R6V General Size NG10 NG25 NG32 Interface Subplate mounting acc. ISO 6264 (DIN 24340) Mounting Position As desired, horizontal mounting preferred Ambient Temperature -20°C to +80°C (-4°F to +176°F) Hydraulic Operating Pressure Ports P or A and X up to 350 Bar (5075 PSI), Port T or B and Y depressurized Pressure Range 105, 210, 350 Bar (1523, 3045, 5075 PSI) Nominal Flow Series R4V 150 LPM (39.7 GPM) 350 LPM (92.6 GPM) 650 LPM (172.0 GPM) Series R6V 250 LPM (66.1 GPM) 500 LPM (132.3 GPM) 650 LPM (172.0 GPM) Fluid Hydraulic oil according to DIN 51524 … 51525 Viscosity Recommended 30 to 50 cSt / mm²/s (139 to 232 SSU) Permitted 20 to 380 cSt / mm²/s (93 to 1761 SSU) Fluid Temperature Recommended +30°C to +50°C (+86°F to +122°F) Maximum -20°C to +70° (-4°F to +158°F) Filtration ISO 4406 (1999), 18/16/13 Series R4V and R6V (Pilot Operated) General Size NG10 NG25 NG32 Interface Subplate mounting acc. ISO 6264 (DIN 24340) Mounting Position As desired, horizontal mounting preferred Ambient Temperature -20°C to +80°C (-4°F to +176°F) Hydraulic Operating Pressure Ports P or A and X up to 350 Bar (5075 PSI), Port T or B and Y depressurized Pressure Range 105, 210, 350 Bar (1523, 3045, 5075 PSI) Nominal Flow Series R4V 150 LPM (39.7 GPM) 350 LPM (92.6 GPM) 650 LPM (172.0 GPM) Series R6V 250 LPM (66.1 GPM) 500 LPM (132.3 GPM) 650 LPM (172.0 GPM) Fluid Hydraulic oil according to DIN 51524 … 51525 Viscosity Recommended 30 to 50 cSt /mm²/s (139 to 232 SSU) Permitted 20 to 380 cSt / mm²/s (93 to 1761 SSU) Fluid Temperature -20°C to +70° (-4°F to +158°F) Filtration ISO 4406 (1999), 18/16/13 Electrical (solenoid) Duty Cycle 100% ED CAUTION: Coil temperature up to 180°C (356°F) Solenoid Connector Connector acc. to EN 175301-803 Protection Class IP65 in accordance with EN 60529 (plugged and mounted) Code G0R G0Q GAR GAG W30 W31 Supply Voltage 12V 24V 98V 205V 110 at 50Hz 230 at 50Hz 120 at 60Hz 240 at 60Hz Supply Tolerance +5…-10 +5…-10 +5…-10 +5…-10 +5…-10 +5…-10 Power Consumption Hold 31W 31W 31W 31W 78W 78W In Rush 31W 31W 31W 31W 264W 264W Switching Frequency 16,000 (DC), 7200 (AC) switchings/hour maximum Wiring Minimum 3 x 1.5 mm² Recommended Wiring Length Maximum 50 m (164 ft.) Recommended R4V and R6V with Vent Function R4V-R6V RS_R RS_M.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Control Valves D D7 Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Performance Curves The performance curves are measured with external drain. For internal drain the tank pressure has to be added to curve. Series R4V and R6V (Pilot Operated) R4V-R6V RS_R RS_M.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Control Valves D D8 Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Dimensions Series R4V (Pilot Operated) TOC R4V-R6V RS_R RS_M.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Control Valves D D9 Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Dimensions Series R4V (Pilot Operated) Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) NG ISO-code B1 B2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 10 6264-06-07-*-97 87.3 33.4 83.0 21.0 – – 62.5 – 29.0 94.8 – 143.0 181.0 144.8 (3.44) (1.31) (3.27) (0.83) – – (2.46) – (1.14) (3.73) – (5.63) (7.13) (5.76) 25 6264-08-11-*-97 105.0 39.7 109.5 29.0 – – 89.0 – 34.7 126.8 – 143.0 181.0 144.8 (4.13) (1.56) (4.31) (1.14) – – (3.50) – (1.37) (4.99) – (5.63) (7.13) (5.76) 32 6264-10-15-*-97 120.0 48.4 120.0 29.0 – – 99.5 – 30.6 144.3 – 143.0 181.0 144.8 (4.72) (1.91) (4.72) (1.14) – – (3.92) – (1.20) (5.68) – (5.63) (7.13) (5.76) NG ISO-code d1max d2max d3 t3 d4 t4 d5 d6 10 6264-06-07-*-97 15.0 7.0 7.1 8.0 M10 16.0 10.8 17.0 (0.59) (0.28) (0.28) (0.31) (0.63) (0.43) (0.67) 25 6264-08-11-*-97 23.4 7.1 7.1 8.0 M10 18.0 10.8 17.0 (0.92) (0.28) (0.28) (0.31) (0.71) (0.43) (0.67) 32 6264-10-15-*-97 32.0 7.1 7.1 8.0 M10 20.0 10.8 17.0 (1.26) (0.28) (0.28) (0.31) (0.79) (0.43) (0.67) NG ISO-code Bolt Kit Nitrile Fuorocarbon 10 6264-06-07-*-97 BK505 4xM10 x 35-DIN 912 12.9 63 Nm S26-58507-0 S26-58507-5 (46.5 lb.-ft.) ±15% 25 6264-08-11-*-97 BK485 4xM10 x 45-DIN 912 12.9 63 Nm S26-58475-0 S26-58475-5 (46.5 lb.-ft.) ±15% 32 6264-10-15-*-97 BK506 6xM10 x 45-DIN 912 12.9 63 Nm S26-58508-0 S26-58508-5 (46.5 lb.-ft.) ±15% Surface Finish NG ISO-code x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 y1 y2 y3 y4 y5 y6 10 6264-06-07-*-97 42.9 35.8 21.5 – 7.2 21.5 0.0 66.7 58.8 33.4 7.9 14.3 – (1.69) (1.41) (0.85) – (0.28) (0.85) (0.00) (2.63) (2.31) (1.31) (0.31) (0.56) – 25 6264-08-11-*-97 60.3 49.2 39.7 – 11.1 20.6 0.0 79.4 73.0 39.7 6.4 15.9 – (2.37) (1.94) (1.56) – (0.44) (0.81) (0.00) (3.13) (2.87) (1.56) (0.25) (0.63) – 32 6264-10-15-*-97 84.2 67.5 59.5 42.1 16.7 24.6 0.0 96.8 92.8 48.4 3.8 21.4 – (3.31) (2.66) (2.34) (1.66) (0.66) (0.97) (0.00) (3.81) (3.65) (1.91) (0.15) (0.84) – Tolerance at X and Y pin holes and screw holes ±0.1, at port holes ±0.2. Seal NG ISO-code Subplate Size 10 6264-06-07-*-97 SPP3M6B910 A, B = 3/4″ BSPP x, y = 1/4″ BSPP 25 6264-08-11-*-97 SPP6M8B910 A, B = 1″ BSPP x, y = 1/4″ BSPP 32 6264-10-15-*-97 SPP10M12B910 A, B = 1 1/2″ BSPP x, y = 1/4″ BSPP R4V-R6V RS_R RS_M.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Control Valves D D10 Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Y: external drain port G 1/8″ Dimensions Series R6V (Pilot Operated) R4V-R6V RS_R RS_M.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Control Valves D D11 Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Dimensions Series R6V (Pilot Operated) NG ISO-code B1 B2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 10 6264-06-09-*-97 80.0 26.9 114.0 27.0 88.0 – 25.0 25.0 52.5 118.5 141.0 – 180.0 29.5 (3.15) (1.06) (4.49) (1.06) (3.46) – (0.98) (0.98) (2.07) (4.67) (5.55) – (7.09) (1.16) 25 6264-08-13-*-97 100.0 35.0 117.5 45.5 91.5 – 25.0 12.0 37.9 124.5 141.0 – 180.0 36.5 (3.94) (1.38) (4.63) (1.79) (3.60) – (0.98) (0.47) (1.49) (4.90) (5.55) – (7.09) (1.44) 32 6264-10-17-*-97 120.0 41.3 123.0 52.0 97.0 – 25.0 13.5 45.0 153.0 141.0 – 180.0 36.5 (4.72) (1.63) (4.83) (2.05) (3.82) – (0.98) (0.53) (1.77) (6.02) (5.55) – (7.09) (1.83) NG ISO-code d1max d2max d3 t3 d4 t4 d5 d6 10 6264-06-09-*-97 14.7 4.8 7.5 10.0 M12 20.0 13.5 20.0 (0.58) (0.19) (0.30) (0.39) (0.79) (0.53) (0.79) 25 6264-08-13-*-97 23.4 6.3 7.5 10.0 M16 27.0 17.5 25.0 (0.92) (0.25) (0.30) (0.39) (1.06) (0.69) (0.98) 32 6264-10-17-*-97 32.0 6.3 7.5 10.0 M18 28.0 20.0 30.0 (1.26) (0.25) (0.30) (0.39) (1.10) (0.79) (1.18) NG ISO-code Bolt Kit Nitrile Fluorocarbon 10 6264-06-09-*-97 BK494 4xM12 x 45-DIN 912 12.9 108 Nm S26-96396-0 S26-96396-5 (79.6 lb.-ft.) ±15% 25 6264-08-13-*-97 BK366 4xM16 x 70-DIN 912 12.9 264 Nm S26-96589-0 S26-96589-5 (194.7 lb.-ft.) ±15% 32 6264-10-17-*-97 BK507 4xM18 x 75-DIN 912 12.9 398 Nm S26-96392-0 S26-96392-5 (293.5 lb.-ft.) ±15% Surface Finish NG ISO-code x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 y1 y2 y3 y4 y5 y6 10 6264-06-09-*-97 53.8 47.5 0.0 – 22.1 – 22.1 53.8 – 26.9 – – – (2.12) (1.87) (0.00) – (0.87) – (0.87) (2.12) – (1.06) – – – 25 6264-08-13-*-97 66.7 55.6 23.8 – 11.1 – 33.4 70.0 – 35.0 – – – (2.63) (2.19) (0.94) – (0.44) – (1.31) (2.76) – (1.38) – – – 32 6264-10-17-*-97 88.9 76.2 31.8 – 12.7 – 44.5 82.6 – 41.3 – – – (3.50) (3.00) (1.25) – (0.50) – (1.75) (3.25) – (1.63) – – – Tolerance at X and Y pin holes and screw holes ±0.1, at port holes ±0.2. Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Seal NG ISO-code Subplate Size 10 6264-06-09-*-97 SPP3R6B910 P, T = 3/4″ BSPP x = 1/4″ BSPP 25 6264-08-13-*-97 SPP6R8B910 P, T = 1 1/4″ BSPP x = 1/4″ BSPP 32 6264-10-17-*-97 SPP10R12B910 P, T = 1 1/2″ BSPP x, y = 1/4″ BSPP R4V-R6V RS_R RS_M.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Control Valves D D12 Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Dimensions Series R4V with Vent Function TOC R4V-R6V RS_R RS_M.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Control Valves D D13 Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Dimensions Series R4V with Vent Function Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) NG ISO-code x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 y1 y2 y3 y4 y5 y6 10 6264-06-07-*-97 42.9 35.8 21.5 – 7.2 21.5 0.0 66.7 58.8 33.4 7.9 14.3 – (1.69) (1.41) (0.85) – (0.28) (0.85) (0.00) (2.63) (2.31) (1.31) (0.31) (0.56) – 25 6264-08-11-*-97 60.3 49.2 39.7 – 11.1 20.6 0.0 79.4 73.0 39.7 6.4 15.9 – (2.37) (1.94) (1.56) – (0.44) (0.81) (0.00) (3.13) (2.87) (1.56) (0.25) (0.63) – 32 6264-10-15-*-97 84.2 67.5 59.5 42.1 16.7 24.6 0.0 96.8 92.8 48.4 3.8 21.4 – (3.31) (2.66) (2.34) (1.66) (0.66) (0.97) (0.00) (3.81) (3.65) (1.91) (0.15) (0.84) – NG ISO-code B1 B2 B3 H1 H2 H3 H4 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 10 6264-06-07-*-97 87.3 33.4 70.0 130.0 21.0 68.5 109.5 29.0 94.8 – 143.0 181.0 165.6 144.8 (3.44) (1.31) (2.76) (5.12) (0.83) (2.70) (4.31) (1.14) (3.73) – (5.63) (7.13) (6.52) (5.70) 25 6264-08-11-*-97 105.0 39.7 70.0 156.5 29.0 95.0 136.0 34.7 126.8 – 143.0 181.0 165.6 144.8 (4.13) (1.59) (2.76) (6.16) (1.14) (3.74) (5.35) (1.37) (4.99) – (5.63) (7.13) (6.52) (5.70) 32 6264-10-15-*-97 120.0 48.4 70.0 167.0 29.0 105.5 146.5 30.6 144.3 – 143.0 181.0 165.6 144.8 (4.72) (1.91) (2.76) (6.57) (1.14) (4.15) (5.77) (1.20) (5.68) – (5.63) (7.13) (6.52) (5.70) NG ISO-code d1max d2max d3 t3 d4 t4 d5 d6 10 6264-06-07-*-97 15.0 7.0 7.1 8.0 M10 16.0 10.8 17.0 (0.59) (0.28) (0.28) (0.31) (0.63) (0.43) (0.67) 25 6264-08-11-*-97 23.4 7.1 7.1 8.0 M10 18.0 10.8 17.0 (0.92) (0.28) (0.28) (0.31) (0.71) (0.43) (0.67) 32 6264-10-15-*-97 32.0 7.1 7.1 8.0 M10 20.0 10.8 17.0 (1.26) (0.28) (0.28) (0.31) (0.79) (0.43) (0.67) Tolerance at X and Y pin holes and screw holes ±0.1, at port holes ±0.2. NG ISO-code Bolt Kit Nitrile Fluorocarbon 10 6264-06-07-*-97 BK505 4xM10 x 35-DIN 912 12.9 63 Nm S26-58507-0 S26-58507-5 (46.5 lb.-ft.) ±15% 25 6264-08-11-*-97 BK485 4xM10 x 45-DIN 912 12.9 63 Nm S26-58475-0 S26-58475-5 (46.5 lb.-ft.) ±15% 32 6264-10-15-*-97 BK506 6xM10 x 45-DIN 912 12.9 63 Nm S26-58508-0 S26-58508-5 (46.5 lb.-ft.) ±15% VV01* S56-40609-0 S56-40609-5 * Please combine seal kit of one size with seal kit of VV01 solenoid for complete seal kit. Surface Finish Seal NG ISO-code Subplate Size 10 6264-06-07-*-97 SPP3M6B910 A, B = 3/4″ BSPP x, y = 1/4″ BSPP 25 6264-08-11-*-97 SPP6M8B910 A, B = 1″ BSPP x, y = 1/4″ BSPP 32 6264-10-15-*-97 SPP10M12B910 A, B = 1 1/2″ BSPP x, y = 1/4″ BSPP R4V-R6V RS_R RS_M.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Control Valves D D14 Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Y: external drain port 1/8″ BSPP Dimensions Series R6V with Vent Function R4V-R6V RS_R RS_M.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Control Valves D D15 Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) TOC NG ISO-code x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 y1 y2 y3 y4 y5 y6 10 6264-06-09-*-97 53.8 47.5 0.0 – 22.1 – 22.1 53.8 – 26.9 – – – (2.12) (1.87) (0.00) – (0.87) – (0.87) (2.12) – (1.06) – – – 25 6264-08-13-*-97 66.7 55.6 23.8 – 11.1 – 33.4 70.0 – 35.0 – – – (2.63) (2.19) (0.91) – (0.44) – (1.31) (2.76) – (1.38) – – – 32 6264-10-17-*-97 88.9 76.2 31.8 – 12.7 – 44.5 82.6 – 41.3 – – – (3.50) (3.00) (1.25) – (0.50) – (1.75) (3.25) – (1.63) – – – NG ISO-code B1 B2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 10 6264-06-09-*-97 80.0 26.9 206.0 27.0 88.0 136.5 25.0 12.0 52.5 118.5 163.8 – 180.0 36.5 (3.15) (1.06) (8.11) (1.06) (3.46) (5.37) (0.98) (0.47) (2.07) (4.67) (6.45) – (7.09) (1.44) 25 6264-08-13-*-97 100.0 35.0 210.0 45.5 91.5 140.0 25.0 12.0 37.9 124.5 163.8 – 180.0 36.5 (3.94) (1.38) (8.27) (1.79) (3.60) (5.51) (0.98) (0.47) (1.49) (4.90) (6.45) – (7.09) (1.44) 32 6264-10-17-*-97 120.0 41.3 215.5 52.0 97.0 145.5 25.0 12.0 45.0 153 163.8 – 180.0 36.5 (4.72) (1.63) (8.48) (2.05) (3.82) (5.73) (0.98) (0.47) (1.77) (6.02) (6.45) – (7.09) (1.44) NG ISO-code d1max d2max d3 t3 d4 t4 d5 d6 10 6264-06-09-*-97 14.7 4.8 7.5 10.0 M12 20.0 13.5 20.0 (0.58) (0.19) (0.30) (0.39) (0.79) (0.53) (0.79) 25 6264-08-13-*-97 23.4 6.3 7.5 10.0 M16 27.0 17.5 25.0 (0.92) (0.25) (0.30) (0.39) (1.06) (0.69) (0.98) 32 6264-10-17-*-97 32.0 6.3 7.5 10.0 M18 28.0 20.0 30.0 (1.26) (0.25) (0.30) (0.39) (1.10) (0.79) (1.18) Tolerance at X and Y pin holes and screw holes ±0.1, at port holes ±0.2. Dimensions Series R6V with Vent Function NG ISO-code Bolt Kit Nitrile Fluorocarbon 10 6264-06-09-*-97 BK494 4xM12 x 45-DIN 912 12.9 108 Nm S26-96395-0 S26-96395-5 (79.6 lb.-ft.) ±15% 25 6264-08-13-*-97 BK366 4xM16 x 70-DIN 912 12.9 264 Nm S26-96589-0 S26-96589-5 (194.7 lb.-ft.) ±15% 32 6264-10-17-*-97 BK507 4xM18 x 75-DIN 912 12.9 398 Nm S26-96392-0 S26-96392-5 (293.5 lb.-ft.) ±15% Seal Surface Finish NG ISO-code Subplate Size 10 6264-06-09-*-97 SPP3R6B910 P, T = 3/4″ BSPP x = 1/4″ BSPP 25 6264-08-13-*-97 SPP6R8B910 P, T = 1 1/4″ BSPP x = 1/4″ BSPP 32 6264-10-17-*-97 SPP10R12B910 P, T = 1 1/2″ BSPP x, y = 1/4″ BSPP VS.indd, dd D16 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Relief Valves D Series VS Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Technical Information TOC General Description Series VS pressure relief valve is a direct operated spool valve for subplate mounting with internal drain to port T. The connection and function is according to ISO 6264. Features • Spool type valve. • Manifold mounting. • 5 pressure ranges. • 2 adjustment modes. Code Description 025 25 Bar (363 PSI) 064 64 Bar (928 PSI) 160 160 Bar (2320 PSI) 210 210 Bar (3045 PSI) 350 350 Bar (5075 PSI) Code Description 06 NFPA D03 / NG6 Pressure Range Size Gage Port VS Pressure Relief Valve Seal Fluorcarbon Weight: 1.3 kg (2.9 lbs.) Ordering Information Adjustment Screw with Hexagon Socket A 06 V Lock Code Description G BSPP 1/4″ M M 12×1.5 Specifiactions Size NFPA D03 / NG6 Mounting Interface ISO 6264 Mounting Position Unrestricted Ambient Temperature Range -20°C to +70°C (-4°F to +158°F) Working Pressure Port P: 350 Bar (5075 PSI) Port T: depressurized Pressure Range 25 Bar (363 PSI) 64 Bar (928 PSI) 160 Bar (2320 PSI) 210 Bar (3045 PSI) 350 Bar (5075 PSI) Nominal Flow 25 LPM (6.6 GPM) Pressure Fluid Hydraulic oil as per DIN 51524 … 525 Fluid Temperature Recommended +30°C to +50°C (+86°F to +122°F) Permitted -20°C to +70°C (-4°F to +158°F) Viscosity Recommended 30 to 50 cSt/mm2/s (139 to 232 SSU) Permitted 20 to 380 cSt / mm2/s (93 to 1761 SSU) Filtration ISO 4406 (1999), 18/16/13 Code Description Omit Normal Z Cylinder Lock Design Series NOTE: Not required when ordering. VS.indd, dd D17 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Relief Valves D Series VS Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Performance Curves 0 0 10 2.6 145 10 290 20 435 30 580 40 PSI Bar 20 5.3 LPM GPM Flow (Q) Pressure pe 25 6.6 pe Min Maximum Setting Pressure 25 Bar (363 PSI) 0 0 10 2.6 290 20 870 60 1160 580 80 40 PSI Bar 20 5.3 LPM GPM Pressure pe 25 6.6 pe min Flow (Q) Maximum Setting Pressure 64 Bar (928 PSI) VS.indd, dd D18 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Relief Valves D Series VS Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Dimensions TOC Fluorocarbon M5x30-4pcs 8.1Nm (6.0 lb.-ft.) SK-VB/VM/VS V Surface Finish Bolt kit DIN912 12.9 0 0000 Gage Port Option C Ø5.5 (0.22) Ø10.0 (0.39) 165.0 (6.5) 36.0 (1.42) 22 Gage Port Option M Port A plug mounted 40.5 (1.59) 5.5 (0.22) 69.0 (2.72) P A B 80.5 (3.17) 19.5 (0.77) 0 0 46.0 (1.81) 50.0 (1.97) Gage Port G 6.4 (0.25) 2.5 (0.10) 165.0 (6.5) 31.0 (1.22) 32.5 (1.28) 46.0 (1.81) Mounting Pattern ISO 6264-03-04-*-97 (NFPA D03, CETOP 3, NG6) Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Bolt Seal R4U.indd, dd D19 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Unloading Valves D Series R4U Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Technical Information General Description Series R4U subplate mounted unloading valves are used to unload a circuit at low pressure. The mechanically adjustable pressure signal to unload the main stage has to be applied to port X. The pressure differential between opening and closing is nominal 15% or 28% of the setting pressure: 15% for pressure ranges 350 Bar (5075 PSI) and 28% for 105 Bar (1523 PSI) and 210 Bar (3045 PSI). Typical applications are to unload the pumps in an accumulator circuit and to unload the low pressure stage of a double pump. In addition, Series R4U with vent function is vented by electrical operation. Features • Pilot operated unloading valve. • 3 pressure ranges. • 2 switching types (series R4U with vent function). • 3 adjustment modes: – Hand knob – Screw with locknut – Key lock Performance Curves 0 20 40 60 80 100 Flow (Q) % 0 Pressure p PSI Bar 30 25 20 15 10 73 5 218 145 2903 363 435 Minimum Pressure Curve The performance curves are measured with external drain. For internal drain the tank pressure has to be added to curve. R4U.indd, dd D20 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Unloading Valves D Series R4U Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Code Description 1 Nitrile 5 Fluorocarbon Weight: R4U03: 2.7 kg (6.0 lbs.) R4U06: 4.5 kg (9.9 lbs.) R4U10: 6.0 kg (13.2 lbs.) Code Description 03 NG10 06 NG25 10 NG32 Code Interface Subplate 4 Mounting ISO 5781 Design Seal Series Pilot Oil Drain Line Maximum Adjustment Pressure 350 Bar (5075 PSI) Unloading Function Pressure Interface Valve Code Description 1 Hand Knob 32mm dia. Std. 3 Acorn Nut with Lead Seal 4 Key Lock R 5 A Options Check with Factory 4 U Valve Size Body Mounting 3 Pressure Range Code Description 1 Internal 2 External from Subplate Code Description 1 up to 105 Bar (1523 PSI) 3 up to 210 Bar (3045 PSI) 5 up to 350 Bar (5075 PSI) Weight: with Vent R4U03: 4.4 kg (9.7 lbs.) R4U06: 6.2 kg (13.7 lbs.) R4U10: 7.7 kg (17.0 lbs.) Vent Valve Function Code Description Omit Standard without Vent Option 09 Solenoid not active unpress. circulation 11 Solenoid activivated unpress. circulation Solenoid Voltage Code Description Omit Standard without Vent Option G0R 12 VDC G0Q 24 VDC GAR 98 VDC GAG 205 VDC W30 110V 50Hz/ 120V 60Hz W31 230V 50Hz/ 240V 60Hz Ordering Information R4U.indd, dd D21 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Unloading Valves D Series R4U Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Specifications General Size NG10 NG25 NG32 Interface Subplate mounting acc. ISO 5781 Mounting Position As desired, horizontal mounting preferred Ambient Temperature -20°C to +80°C (-4°F to +176°F) Hydraulic Operating Pressure Ports A and X up to 350 Bar (5075 PSI), Ports B and Y depressurized Pressure Range 105, 210, 350 Bar (1523, 3045, 5075 PSI) Pressure Differential 15% for pressure range 350 Bar (5075 PSI) 28% for pressure ranges 105 Bar (1523 PSI) and 250 Bar (3625 PSI) Nominal 150 LPM 350 LPM 650 LPM Flow (39.7 GPM) (92.6 GPM) (172.0 GPM) Pressure Fluid Hydraulic oil according to DIN 51524 … 525 Viscosity Recommended 30 to 50 cSt / mm²/s (139 to 232 SSU) Maximum 20 to 380 cSt / mm²/s (93 to 1761 SSU) Pressure Fluid Temperature Recommended + 30°C to +50°C (+86°F to +122°F) Maximum -20°C to +70°C (-4°F to +158°F) Filtration ISO 4406 (1999), 18/16/13 Electrical (solenoid) Duty Cycle 100% ED CAUTION: Coil temperature up to 180°C (356°F) possible Max. Switching Frequency 16,000 (DC), 7200 (AC) Protection Class IP65 in accordance with EN 60529 (plugged and mounted) Code G0R G0Q GAR GAG W30 W31 Supply Voltage 12V 24V 98V 205V 110 at 50Hz 230 at 50Hz 120 at 60Hz 240 at 60Hz Supply Tolerance +5…-10 +5…-10 +5…-10 +5…-10 +5…-10 +5…-10 Power Consumption Hold 31W 31W 31W 31W 78W 78W In Rush 31W 31W 31W 31W 264W 264W Solenoid Connection Connector as per EN 175301-803 Wiring Minimum 3 x 1.5 mm² recommended Wiring Length Maximum 50 m (164 ft.) recommended With Vent Function General Size NG10 NG25 NG32 Interface Subplate mounting acc. ISO 5781 Mounting Position As desired, horizontal mounting preferred Ambient Temperature -20°C to +80°C (-4°F to +176°F) Hydraulic Operating Pressure Ports A and X up to 350 Bar (5075 PSI), Ports B and Y depressurized Pressure Range 105, 210, 350 Bar (1523, 3045, 5075 PSI) Pressure Differential 15% for pressure range 350 Bar (2538 PSI) 28% for pressure ranges 105 Bar (1523 PSI) and 250 Bar (3625 PSI) Nominal 150 LPM 350 LPM 650 LPM Flow (39.7 GPM) (92.6 GPM) (172.0 GPM) Pressure Fluid Hydraulic oil according to DIN 51524 … 525 Viscosity Recommended 30 to 50 cSt / mm²/s (139 to 232 SSU) Maximum 20 to 380 cSt / mm²/s ( 93 to 1761 SSU) Pressure Fluid Temperature Recommended +30°C to +50°C (+86°F to +122°F) Maximum -20°C to +70°C (-4°F to +158°F) Filtration ISO 4406 (1999), 18/16/13 R4U.indd, dd D22 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Unloading Valves D Series R4U Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Dimensions TOC R4U.indd, dd D23 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Unloading Valves D Series R4U Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC NG ISO-code x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 y1 y2 y3 y4 y5 y6 10 5781-06-07-0-00 42.9 35.8 21.5 – 7.2 21.5 31.8 66.7 58.8 33.4 7.9 – – (1.69) (1.41) 0.85) (0.28) (0.85) (1.25) (2.63) (2.31) (1.31) (0.31) 25 5781-08-10-0-00 60.3 49.2 39.7 – 11.1 20.6 44.5 79.4 73.0 39.7 6.4 – – (2.37) (1.94) (1.56) (0.44) (0.81) (1.75) (3.13) (2.87) (1.56) (0.25) 32 5781-10-13-0-00 84.2 67.5 59.5 42.1 16.7 24.6 62.7 96.8 92.8 48.4 3.8 – – (3.31) (2.66) (2.34) (1.66) (0.66) (0.97) (2.47) (3.81) (3.65) (1.91) (0.15) NG ISO-code B1 B2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 10 5781-06-07-0-00 87.3 33.4 83.0 21.0 62.5 – – – 29.0 94.8 – 141.0 181.0 – (3.44) (1.31) (3.27) (0.83) (2.46) (1.14) (3.73) (5.55) (7.13) 25 5781-08-10-0-00 105.0 39.7 109.5 29.0 89.0 – – – 34.7 126.8 – 141.0 181.0 – (4.13) (1.56) (4.31) (1.14) (3.50) (1.37) (4.99) (5.55) (7.13) 32 5781-10-13-0-00 120.0 48.4 120.0 29.0 99.5 – – – 30.6 144.3 – 141.0 181.0 – (4.72) (1.91) (4.72) (1.14) (3.92) (1.20) (5.68) (5.55) (7.13) NG ISO-code d1max d2max d3 t3 d4 t4 d5 d6 10 5781-06-07-0-00 15.0 7.0 7.1 8.0 M10 16.0 10.8 17.0 (0.59) (0.28) (0.28) (0.31) (0.63) (0.43) (0.67) 25 5781-08-10-0-00 23.4 7.1 7.1 8.0 M10 18.0 10.8 17.0 (0.92) (0.28) (0.28) (0.31) (0.71) (0.43) (0.67) 32 5781-10-13-0-00 32.0 7.1 7.1 8.0 M10 20.0 10.8 17.0 (1.26) (0.28) (0.28) (0.31) (0.79) (0.43) (0.67) Tolerance at X and Y pin holes and screw holes ±0.1, at port holes ±0.2. Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Dimensions NG ISO-code Bolt Kit Nitrile Fluorocarbon 10 5781-06-07-0-00 BK505 4xM10 x 35-DIN 912 12.9 63 Nm S26-58507-0 S26-58507-5 (46.5 lb.-ft.) ±15% 25 5781-08-10-0-00 BK485 4xM10 x 45-DIN 912 12.9 63 Nm S26-58475-0 S26-58475-5 (46.5 lb.-ft.) ±15% 32 5781-10-13-0-00 BK506 6xM10 x 45-DIN 912 12.9 63 Nm S26-58508-0 S26-58508-5 (46.5 lb.-ft.) ±15% Surface Finish Seal NG ISO-code Subplate Size 10 5781-06-07-0-00 SPP3M6B910 A, B = 3/4″ BSPP x, y = 1/4″ BSPP 25 5781-08-10-0-00 SPP6M8B910 A, B = 1″ BSPP x, y = 1/4″ BSPP 32 5781-10-13-0-00 SPP10M12B910 A, B = 1 1/2″ BSPP x, y = 1/4″ BSPP R4U.indd, dd D24 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Unloading Valves D Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Dimensions Series R4U with Vent Function TOC R4U.indd, dd D25 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Unloading Valves D Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Series R4U with Vent Function NG ISO-code B1 B2 B3 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 10 5781-06-07-0-00 87.3 33.4 70.0 130.0 21.0 68.5 109.5 – – 29.0 94.8 – 141.0 181.0 165.6 (3.44) (1.31) (2.76) (5.12) (0.83) (2.70) (4.13) (1.14) (3.73) (5.55) (7.13) (6.52) 25 5781-08-10-0-00 105.0 39.7 70.0 156.5 29.0 95.0 136.0 – – 34.7 126.8 – 141.0 181.0 165.6 (4.13) (1.56) (2.76) (6.16) (1.14) (3.74) (5.35) (1.37) (4.99) (5.55) (7.13) (6.52) 32 5781-10-13-0-00 120.0 48.4 70.0 167.0 29.0 105.5 146.5 – – 30.6 144.3 – 141.0 181.0 165.6 (4.72) (1.91) (2.76) (6.57) (1.14) (4.15) (5.77) (1.20) (5.68) (5.55) (7.13) (6.52) Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) NG ISO-code x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 y1 y2 y3 y4 y5 y6 10 5781-06-07-0-00 42.9 35.8 21.5 – 7.2 21.5 31.8 66.7 58.8 33.4 7.9 – – (1.69) (1.41) (0.85) (0.28) (0.85) (1.25) (2.63) (2.31) (1.31) (0.31) 25 5781-08-10-0-00 60.3 49.2 39.7 – 11.1 20.6 44.5 79.4 73.0 39.7 6.4 – – (2.37) (1.94) (1.56) (0.44) (0.81) (1.75) (3.13) (2.87) (1.56) (0.25) 32 5781-10-13-0-00 84.2 67.5 59.5 42.1 16.7 24.6 62.7 96.8 92.8 48.4 3.8 – – (3.31) (2.66) (2.34) (1.66) (0.66) (0.97) (2.47) (3.81) (3.65) (1.91) (0.15) Tolerance at X and Y pin holes and screw holes ±0.1, at port holes ±0.2. 3 NG ISO-code d1max d2max d3 t3 d4 t4 d5 d6 10 5781-06-07-0-00 15.0 7.0 7.1 8.0 M10 16.0 10.8 17.0 (0.59) (0.28) (0.28) (0.31) (0.63) (0.43) (0.67) 25 5781-08-10-0-00 23.4 7.1 7.1 8.0 M10 18.0 10.8 17.0 (0.92) (0.28) (0.28) (0.31) (0.71) (0.43) (0.67) 32 5781-10-13-0-00 32.0 7.1 7.1 8.0 M10 20.0 10.8 17.0 (1.26) (0.28) (0.28) (0.31) (0.79) (0.43) (0.67) NG ISO-code Bolt Kit Nitrile Fluorocarbon 10 5781-06-07-0-00 BK505 4xM10 x 35-DIN 912 12.9 63 Nm S26-58507-0* S26-58507-5* (46.5 lb.-ft.) ±15% 25 5781-08-10-0-00 BK485 4xM10 x 45-DIN 912 12.9 63 Nm S26-58475-0* S26-58475-5* (46.5 lb.-ft.) ±15% 32 5781-10-13-0-00 BK506 6xM10 x 45-DIN 912 12.9 63 Nm S26-58508-0* S26-58508-5* (46.5 lb.-ft.) ±15% VV01 S56-40609-0 S56-40609-5 * Please combine seal kit of one size with seal kit of VV01 DC / AC solenoid for complete seal kit. Surface Finish Dimensions NG ISO-code Subplate Size 10 5781-06-07-0-00 SPP3M6B910 A, B = 3/4″ BSPP x, y = 1/4″ BSPP 25 5781-08-10-0-00 SPP6M8B910 A, B = 1″ BSPP x, y = 1/4″ BSPP 32 5781-10-13-0-00 SPP10M12B910 A, B = 1 1/2″ BSPP x, y = 1/4″ BSPP Seal R4R.indd, dd D26 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Reducing Valves Series R4R D Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC General Description Series R4R pressure reducing valves are used to control the pressure in the secondary part of the hydraulic system. Independent of the primary pressure the secondary pressure is reduced to the pressure setting. In order to avoid undesired motion the valves are normally closed. Size NG10, NG25, NG32 Interface Subplate mounting acc. ISO 5781 Mounting Pos. As desired, horizontal mounting preferred Ambient Temp. -20°C to +80°C (-4°F to +176°F) Max. Oper. Ports A, B and X: Pressure 350 Bar (5075 PSI), Port Y: depressurized Pressure up to 105, 210, 350 Bar Range (1523, 3045, 5075 PSI) Nominal Flow Size NG10: 150 LPM (39.7 GPM) Size NG25: 350 LPM (92.6 GPM) Size NG32: 500 LPM (132.3 GPM) Pressure Fluid Hydraulic oil according to DIN 51524… 51525 Pressure Fluid Recommended: +30C to +50°C Temperature (86°F to +122°F) Maximum: -20°C to +70°C (-4°F to +158°F) Viscosity Recommended: 30 to 50 cSt (mm2/s) Maximum: 20 to 380 cSt (mm2/s) Filtration ISO 4406 (1999), 18/16/13 Specifications Features • Subplate mounting acc. to ISO 5781. • Normally closed to avoid unintended motion. • 3 pressure ranges. • Three adjustment modes: – Hand knob – Acorn nut with lead seal – Key lock B A X Y Code Description 1 Nitrile 5 Fluorocarbon Ordering Information Weight: R4R03: 4.8 kg (10.6 lbs.) R4R06: 7.2 kg (15.9 lbs.) R4R10: 13.5 kg (29.8 lbs.) Code Description 03 NG10 06 NG25 10 NG32 Mounting: Subplate mounting Code Interface Subplate 4 Mounting ISO 5781 Design Seal Series Maximum Adjustment Pilot Oil Pressure 350 Bar (5075 PSI) Reducing Function Pressure Interface Reducing Valve Code Description 1 Hand Knob 32mm dia. Std. 3 Acorn Nut with Lead Seal 4 Key Lock Technical Information R 5 B Options Check with Factory 4 R Size Body Mounting 7 Pressure Range Code Description Pilot Drain 1 Internal External from Y 2 Internal External from Y1 Code Description 1 up to 105 Bar (1523 PSI) 3 up to 210 Bar (3045 PSI) 5 up to 350 Bar (5075 PSI) R4R.indd, dd D27 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Reducing Valves Series R4R D Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Performance Curves R4R03 1) R4R06 1) R4R10 1) Minimum Pressure Curve 0 50 100 13.2 26.5 150 39.7 Flow (Q) 0 73 5 218 145 15 10 290 435 363 PSI 20 30 25 Bar Pressure p LPM GPM Reduced Pressure pA versus Flow Q 0 50 100 13.2 26.5 150 39.7 Flow (Q) 0 1450 725 100 50 2900 2175 200 150 4350 3625 5800 5075 PSI 300 250 400 350 Bar Reduced Pressure pA LPM GPM Reduced Pressure pA versus Flow Q 0 50 100 200 250 13.2 26.5 52.9 66.1 150 300 350 39.7 79.4 92.6 Flow (Q) 0 1450 725 100 50 2900 2175 200 150 4350 3625 5800 5075 PSI 300 250 400 350 Bar Reduced Pressure pA LPM GPM 1) Measured at 350 Bar (5075 PSI) primary pressure pB. R4R.indd, dd D28 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Reducing Valves Series R4R D Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Dimensions TOC R4R.indd, dd D29 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Reducing Valves Series R4R D Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Dimensions Tolerance for all dimensions ±0.2 NG ISO-code x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 y1 y2 y3 y4 y5 y6 10 5781-06-07-0-00 42.9 35.8 21.5 – 7.2 – 31.8 66.7 – 33.4 7.9 – – (1.69) (1.41) (0.85) – (0.28) – (1.25) (2.63) – (1.31) (0.31) – – 25 5781-08-10-0-00 60.3 49.2 39.7 – 11.1 – 44.5 79.4 – 39.7 6.4 – – (2.37) (1.94) (1.56) – (0.44) – (1.75) (3.13) – (1.56) (0.25) – – 32 5781-10-13-0-00 84.2 67.5 59.5 42.1 16.7 – 62.7 96.8 – 48.4 3.8 – – (3.31) (2.66) (2.34) (1.66) (0.66) – (2.47) (3.81) – (1.92) (0.15) – – NG ISO-code B1 B2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L7 10 5781-06-07-0-00 87.3 33.4 83.0 21.0 62.5 – – – 29.0 94.8 60.8 141.0 181.0 38.6 (3.44) (1.31) (3.27) (0.83) (2.46) – – – (1.14) (3.73) (2.39) (5.55) (7.13) (1.52) 25 5781-08-10-0-00 105.0 39.7 109.5 29.0 89.0 – – – 34.7 126.8 60.8 141.0 181.0 38.6 (4.13) (1.56) (4.31) (1.14) (3.50) – – – (1.37) (4.99) (2.39) (5.55) (7.13) (1.52) 32 5781-10-13-0-00 120.0 48.4 120.0 29.0 99.5 – – – 30.6 144.3 60.8 141.0 181.0 38.6 (4.72) (1.91) (4.72) (1.14) (3.92) – – – (1.20) (5.68) (2.39) (5.55) (7.13) (1.52) NG ISO-code d1max d2max d3 t3 d4 t4 d5 d6 10 5781-06-07-0-00 15.0 7.0 7.1 8.0 M10 16.0 10.8 17.0 (0.59) (0.28) (0.28) (0.31) (0.63) (0.43) (0.67) 25 5781-08-10-0-00 23.4 7.1 7.1 8.0 M10 18.0 10.8 17.0 (0.92) (0.28) (0.28) (0.31) (0.71) (0.43) (0.67) 32 5781-10-13-0-00 32.0 7.1 7.1 8.0 M10 20.0 10.8 17.0 (1.26) (0.28) (0.28) (0.31) (0.79) (0.43) (0.67) Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) NG ISO-code Bolt Kit Nitrile Fluorocarbon 10 5781-06-07-0-00 BK505 4xM10 x 35-DIN 912 12.9 63 Nm S26-58507-0 S26-58507-5 (46.5 lb.-ft.) ±15% 25 5781-08-10-0-00 BK485 4xM10 x 45-DIN 912 12.9 63 Nm S26-58475-0 S26-58475-5 (46.5 lb.-ft.) ±15% 32 5781-10-13-0-00 BK506 6xM10 x 45-DIN 912 12.9 63 Nm S26-58508-0 S26-58508-5 (46.5 lb.-ft.) ±15% Surface Finish Seal NG ISO-code Subplate Size 10 5781-06-07-0-00 SPP3M6B910 A, B = 3/4″ BSPP x, y = 1/4″ BSPP 25 5781-08-10-0-00 SPP6M8B910 A, B = 1″ BSPP x, y = 1/4″ BSPP 32 5781-10-13-0-00 SPP10M12B910 A, B = 1 1/2″ BSPP x, y = 1/4″ BSPP VM.indd, dd D30 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Reducing Valves D Series VM Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC NG6 NG6 NG10 NG6 Features • Spool type valve. • Manifold mounting acc. to ISO 5871. • 5 pressure ranges at NG6. • 3 pressure ranges at NG10. • 2 adjustment modes. General Description Series VM direct operated, pressure reducing valve with manual adjustment. Series VM is a direct-controlled, spring loaded 3-way pressure reducing valve, that is open in neutral position. The valve closes the connection from P to A (NG6) or B to A (NG10) when the pre-set pressure is exceeded. If the pressure increases due to an external influence in connection A, the spool moves and opens the connection from A to T (NG6) or A to Y (NG10) until the pre-set pressure is reached. NG10 Ordering Information B Y A A P T Technical Information Adjustment Screw with Hexagon Socket Size V Pressure Reducing Valve Maximum Pressure Setting Seal Fluorocarbon Gage Port Lock Code Description G1) 1/4″ BSPP M M18x1.5 2) M12x1.5 1) Code Description Omit No Lock Z Cylinder Lock Weight: VM*A06 1.3 kg (2.9 lbs.) VM*A10 3.7 kg (8.2 lbs.) M A Code Description 0251) 25 Bar (363 PSI) 064 64 Bar (928 PSI) 1252) 125 Bar (1813 PSI) 1601) 160 Bar (2320 PSI) 210 210 Bar (3045 PSI) 3501) 350 Bar (5075 PSI) Code Description 06 NG6 10 NG10 1) NG6 only 2) NG10 only V 1) NG6 only 2) NG10 only Design Series NOTE: Not required when ordering. VM.indd, dd D31 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Reducing Valves D Series VM Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION General TOC Size NG6 NG10 Interface Subplate mounting acc. ISO 5781 Mounting Position Unrestricted Ambient Temperature -20°C to +70° (-4°F to +158°F) Hydraulic Working Pressure Ports P and A 350 Bar (5075 PSI) Ports A and B 210 Bar (3045 PSI) Port T depressurized Port Y depressurized Pressure Range 25, 64, 160, 210, 350 Bar 64, 125, 210 Bar (363, 928, 2320, 3045, 5075 PSI) (928, 1813, 3045 PSI) Nominal 25 LPM 60 LPM Flow (6.6 GPM) (15.9 GPM) Pressure Fluid Hydraulic oil according to DIN 51524 … 525 Viscosity Recommended 30 to 50 cSt / mm²/s (139 to 232 SSU) Maximum 20 to 380 cSt / mm²/s (93 to 1761 SSU) Pressure Fluid Temperature Recommended +30°C to +50°C (+86°F to +122°F) Permitted -20°C to +70° (-4°F to +158°F) Filtration ISO 4406 (1999), 18/16/13 Specifications VM.indd, dd D32 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Reducing Valves D Series VM Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Performance Curves TOC LPM GPM -15 -10 0 10 20 25 -4 -2.6 0 2.6 5.3 6.6 Flow (Q) 0 Pressure pe PSI Bar 40 20 145 10 290 580 435 30 Maximum Pressure 25 Bar (363 PSI) Setting LPM GPM -15 -10 0 10 20 25 -4 -2.6 0 2.6 5.3 6.6 Flow (Q) 0 Pressure pe PSI Bar 80 40 290 20 580 1160 870 60 Maximum Pressure Bar ( PSI) Setting 64 928 0 120 40 80 160 200 240 1740 580 1160 2320 2900 3480 Pressure pe PSI Bar LPM GPM -15 -10 0 10 20 25 -4 -2.6 0 2.6 5.3 6.6 Flow (Q) Maximum Pressure Bar ( PSI) Setting 160 Bar (2320 PSI) or 210 3045 VM*06 VM*10 10 0 10 7.9 5.3 2.6 0 2.6 5.3 7.9 10.6 13.2 15.9 30 20 20 30 40 50 60 10 30 60 20 50 40 70 145 435 870 290 725 580 1015 LPM GPM Flow (Q) PSI Bar Pressure pe 0 Maximum Pressure Bar ( PSI) Setting 64 928 10 0 10 7.9 5.3 2.6 0 2.6 5.3 7.9 10.6 13.2 15.9 30 20 20 30 40 50 60 120 40 200 160 80 1740 580 2900 2320 1160 LPM GPM Flow (Q) PSI Bar Pressure pe 0 Maximum Pressure Bar ( PSI) Setting 210 3045 VM.indd, dd D33 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Reducing Valves D Series VM Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Dimensions Mounting Pattern ISO 5871-03-04-0-00 (NFPA D03, CETOP 3, NG6) Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Fluorocarbon BK375 4x M5x30 8.1 Nm (6.0 lb.-ft.) SK-VB/VM/VS-V Surface Finish Bolt Kit DIN912 12.9 Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) VM*06 Seal VM.indd, dd D34 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Reducing Valves D Series VM Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Dimensions TOC Fluorocarbon BK389 4x M10x50 65 Nm (47.9 lb.-ft.) SK-VB/VM-A10V Surface Finish Mounting Pattern ISO 5871-06-07-0-00 Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Bolt Kit DIN912 12.9 M10 Y X A B 7.9 (0.31) 7.1 (0.28) 21.4 (0.84) 33.3 66.7 (1.31) (2.63) 58.7 (2.31) 61.0 (2.40) 7.5 (0.30) 84.0 (3.31) min. 92.0 (3.62) max. 14.7 (0.58) 4.8 (0.19) 35.7 (1.41) 31.8 30.5 (1.25) (1.20) 42.9 (1.69) 33.0 (1.30) 66.0 (2.6) 4.5 (0.18) 262.5 (10.33) 189.5 (7.44) 42.9 (1.69) 25.4 (1.00) 90.0 (3.54) 66.7 3.3 (2.63) (1.31) 242.5 (9.55) 219.0 (2.60) 6.0 (0.24) 11.0 (0.43) 2.0 (0.08) 35.0 (1.38) Gage Port M18x1.5 for key removing 258.5 (10.18) for lock removing Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) VM*10 Seal Subplate Size SPP3M6B910 A, B = 3/4″ BSPP x, y = 1/4″ BSPP VM.indd, dd D35 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Notes D Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC R4S.indd, dd D36 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sequence Valves D Series R4S Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Features • Pilot-operated sequence valve. • 3 pressure ranges. • 3 adjustment modes: – Hand knob – Acorn nut with lead seal – Key lock General Description Series R4S pilot operated sequence valves enable a hydraulic system to operate in a pressure sequence. When the system pressure reaches the setting pressure the valve opens and permits flow to the secondary sub-system. Technical Information Ordering Information Code Description 1 Nitrile 5 Fluorocarbon Weight: R4S03: 2.7 kg (6.0 lbs.) R4S06: 4.5 kg (9.0 lbs.) R4S10: 6.0 kg (13.2 lbs.) Code Description 03 NG10 06 NG25 10 NG32 Code Interface Subplate 4 Mounting ISO 5781 Design Seal Series External Drain from Subplate Maximum Adjustment Pressure 350 Bar (5075 PSI) Relief Function Pressure Interface Valve Code Description 1 Hand Knob 32mm dia. Std. 3 Acorn Nut with Lead Seal 4 Key Lock R 4 S 5 A Size Body Mounting 7 Pressure Range Code Description 1 up to 105 Bar (1523 PSI) 3 up to 210 Bar (3045 PSI) 5 up to 350 Bar (5075 PSI) 1 R4S.indd, dd D37 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sequence Valves D Series R4S Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION Specifications TOC General Size NG10 NG25 NG32 Interface Subplate mounting acc. ISO 5781 Mounting Position As desired, horizontal mounting preferred Ambient Temperature -20°C to +80°C (-4°F to +176°F) Hydraulic Operating Pressure Ports A, B and X up to 350 Bar (5075 PSI), Port Y: depressurized Pressure Range up to 105, 210, 350 Bar (1523, 3045, 5075 PSI) Nominal 150 LPM 350 LPM 650 LPM Flow (39.7 GPM) (92.6 GPM) (172.0 GPM) Pressure Fluid Hydraulic oil according to DIN 51524 … 51525 Viscosity Recommended 30 to 50 cSt / mm²/s (139 to 232 SSU) Maximum 20 to 380 cSt / mm²/s (93 to 1761 SSU) Pressure Fluid Temperature Recommended + 30°C to +50°C (+86°F to +122°F) Maximum -20°C to +70° (-4°F to +158°F) Filtration ISO 4406 (1999), 18/16/13 Technical Information Performance Curves Typical pressure curves at closing point P1 = setting pressure P2 = operating pressure Note: Time and pressure underlap depend on the characteristics of a specific system. R4S.indd, dd D38 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sequence Valves D Series R4S Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Dimensions TOC R4S.indd, dd D39 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sequence Valves D Series R4S Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Dimensions NG ISO-code x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 y1 y2 y3 y4 y5 y6 10 5781-06-07-0-00 42.9 35.8 21.5 – 7.2 21.5 31.8 66.7 58.8 33.4 7.9 – – (1.69) (1.41) (0.85) (0.28) (0.85) (1.25) (2.63) (2.31) (1.31) (0.31) 25 5781-08-10-0-00 60.3 49.2 39.7 – 11.1 20.6 44.5 79.4 73.0 39.7 6.4 – – (2.37) (1.94) (1.56) (0.44) (0.81) (1.75) (3.13) (2.87) (1.56) (0.25) 32 5781-10-13-0-00 84.2 67.5 59.5 42.1 16.7 24.6 62.7 96.8 92.8 48.4 3.8 – – (3.31) (2.66) (2.34) (1.66) (0.66) (0.97) (2.47) (3.81) (3.65) (1.91) (0.15) NG ISO-code B1 B2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 10 5781-06-07-0-00 87.3 33.4 83.0 21.0 62.5 – – – 29.0 94.8 – 141.0 181.0 – (3.44) (1.31) (3.27) (0.83) (2.46) (1.14) (3.73) (5.55) (7.13) 25 5781-08-10-0-00 105.0 39.7 109.5 29.0 89.0 – – – 34.7 126.8 – 141.0 181.0 – (4.13) (1.56) (4.31) (1.14) (3.50) (1.37) (4.99) (5.55) (7.13) 32 5781-10-13-0-00 120.0 48.4 120.0 29.0 99.5 – – – 30.6 144.3 – 141.0 181.0 – (4.72) (1.91) (4.72) (1.14) (3.92) (1.20) (5.68) (5.55) (7.13) NG ISO-code d1max d2max d3 t3 d4 t4 d5 d6 10 5781-06-07-0-00 15.0 7.0 7.1 8.0 M10 16.0 10.8 17.0 (0.59) (0.28) (0.28) (0.31) (0.63) (0.43) (0.67) 25 5781-08-10-0-00 23.4 7.1 7.1 8.0 M10 18.0 10.8 17.0 (0.92) (0.28) (0.28) (0.31) (0.71) (0.43) (0.67) 32 5781-10-13-0-00 32.0 7.1 7.1 8.0 M10 20.0 10.8 17.0 (1.26) (0.28) (0.28) (0.31) (0.79) (0.43) (0.67) Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Tolerance at X and Y pin holes and screw holes ±0.1, at port holes ±0.2. NG ISO-code Bolt Kit Nitrile Fluorocarbon 10 5781-06-07-0-00 BK505 4xM10 x 35-DIN 912 12.9 63 Nm S26-58507-0 S26-58507-5 (46.5 lb.-ft.) ±15% 25 5781-08-10-0-00 BK485 4xM10 x 45-DIN 912 12.9 63 Nm S26-58475-0 S26-58475-5 (46.5 lb.-ft.) ±15% 32 5781-10-13-0-00 BK506 6xM10 x 45-DIN 912 12.9 63 Nm S26-58508-0 S26-58508-5 (46.5 lb.-ft.) ±15% Surface Finish Seal NG ISO-code Subplate Size 10 5781-06-07-0-00 SPP3M6B910 A, B = 3/4″ BSPP x, y = 1/4″ BSPP 25 5781-08-10-0-00 SPP6M8B910 A, B = 1″ BSPP x, y = 1/4″ BSPP 32 5781-10-13-0-00 SPP10M12B910 A, B = 1 1/2″ BSPP x, y = 1/4″ BSPP VB.indd, dd D40 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sequence Valves Series VB D Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC General Description Series VB are direct operated pressure relief valves with manual adjustment. Series VB valves can also be used as pressure sequence valves because of the high pressure capability in the outlet port and the external drain port. P A T A B Y T A P B Y A VB*A06* VB*A10* Size NG6, NG10 Interface ISO 5791 Mounting Pos. Unrestricted Ambient Temp. -20°C to +80°C (-4°F to +176°F) Max. Operating Size 6: Ports P and A Pressure 350 Bar (5075 PSI), Port T depressurized Size 10: Ports A and B 315 Bar (4568 PSI), Port Y depressurized Pressure Size 6: 25, 64, 160, 210, 350 Bar Range (363, 928, 2320, 3045, 5075 PSI) Size 10: 64, 125, 210 Bar (928, 1813, 3045 PSI) Nominal Flow Size 6: 25 LPM (6.6 GPM) Size 10: 60 LPM (15.9 GPM) Pressure Fluid Hydraulic oil according to DIN 51524 … 525 Pressure Fluid Recommended: +30C to +50°C Temperature (+86°F to +122°F) Permitted: -20°C to +70°C (-4°F to +158°F) Viscosity Recommended: 30 to 50 cSt (mm2/s) Permitted: 20 to 380 cSt (mm2/s) Filtration ISO 4406 (1999), 18/16/13 Specifications Code Description 06 NG6 10 NG10 Sequence Valve Maximum Pressure Setting Adjustment Screw with Hexagon Socket Size Seal Fluorocarbon Gauge Port Lock Code Description G1) G 1/4″ M M12x1.5 VB A V Code Description 0251) 25 Bar (363 PSI) 064 64 Bar (938 PSI) 1252) 125 Bar (1813 PSI) 1601) 160 Bar (2320 PSI) 210 210 Bar (3045 PSI) 3501) 350 Bar (5075 PSI) Code Description Omit No Lock Z Cylinder Lock 1) only NG6 2) only NG10 Features • Spool valve. • Manifold mounting. • Five pressure ranges at NG6. • Three pressure ranges at NG10. • Two adjustment modes. Ordering Information Weight: VB*A06 1.3 kg (2.9 lbs.) VB*A10 3.7 kg (8.2 lbs.) NG6 NG10 Technical Information 1) only NG6 Design Series NOTE: Not required when ordering. VB.indd, dd D41 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sequence Valves Series VB D Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Performance Curves 0 10 2.6 20 5.3 25 6.6 Flow (Q) 0 145 10 290 20 435 580 PSI 30 40 Bar Pressure pe LPM GPM Pe min Maximum Setting Pressure 25 Bar (363 PSI) 0 10 2.6 20 5.3 25 6.6 Flow (Q) 0 290 20 580 40 870 1160 PSI 60 80 Bar Pressure pe LPM GPM Pe min Setting Pressure 64 Bar (928 PSI) Maximum. 0 10 2.6 20 5.3 25 6.6 Flow (Q) 0 870 60 1740 120 2610 3480 PSI 180 240 Bar Pressure pe LPM GPM Pe min Setting Pressure 160 ( 210 Bar (3045 PSI) Maximum 2320 PSI) or 0 20 5.3 40 10.6 60 15.9 Flow (Q) 0 290 20 580 40 870 1160 PSI 60 80 Bar Pressure pe LPM GPM Pe min Setting Pressure 64 Bar (928 PSI) Maximum 0 20 5.3 40 10.6 60 15.9 Flow (Q) 0 580 40 1740 1160 120 80 2320 2900 PSI 160 200 Bar Pressure pe LPM GPM Pe min Setting Pressure 210 Bar (3045 PSI) Maximum VB*06 VB*10 VB.indd, dd D42 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sequence Valves Series VB D Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Dimensions TOC Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Mounting Pattern ISO 5781-03-04-0-00 (NFPA D03, CETOP 3, NG6) Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) body length 80.0 (3.15) 46.0 (1.81) max. 7.2 (0.28) M5-10 deep (0.20-0.39) Ø4.2×4 deep (0.17×0.16) 12.5 (0.49) 40.5 (1.59) ±0.1 21.5 (0.85) ±0.2 12.7 (0.50) ±0.2 30.2 (1.19) ±0.2 33.0 (1.30) 32.5 (1.28) ±0.1 31.0 (1.22) ±0.1 25.9 (1.02) ±0.2 15.5 (0.61) ±0.2 5.1 (0.20) ±0.2 0.75 (2.95) ±0.1 A T B P VB*06 Surface Finish Bolt Kit BK375 4x M5x30 DIN912 12.9 7.6 Nm (5.6 lb.-ft.) ±15% Fluorocarbon SK-VB/VM/VS V Seal VB.indd, dd D43 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sequence Valves Series VB D Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Dimensions Mounting Pattern ISO 5781-06-07-0-00 Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) A B X Y 25.4 (1.00) 42.9 (1.69) 189.0 (7.44) 33.3 (1.31) 66.7 (2.63) 90.0 (3.54) Ø11.0 (0.43) 2.0 (0.08) Ga ge Port M18x1.5 219.0 242.5 (8.62) 258.5 for lock removing (9.55) (10.18) 262.5 for key removing (10.3) Ø18.0 (0.71) 35.0 (1.38) Ø6.0 (0.24) 66.0 (2.60) 33.0 (1.30) 4.5 (0.18) Surface Finish Bolt Kit BK389 4x M10x50 DIN912 12.9 65 Nm (48 lb.-ft.) ±15% Fluorocarbon SK-VB/VM-A10V Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) VB*10 Seal Subplate Size SPP3M6B910 A, B = 3/4″ BSPP x, y = 1/4″ BSPP VBY.indd, dd D44 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sequence Valves Series VBY D Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC General Description Series VBY pilot operated sequence valves consist of a pilot with manual adjustment and a main part with spool execution. The valve has an external drain. This valve can also be used as a pressure relief valve. Please observe hydraulic connection. Features • Manifold mounting acc. to ISO 5781. • Type VBY with external drain. • Main stage spool type valve. • Pilot stage seated type valve. • 4 pressure ranges. • 2 adjustment modes – Screw with hexagon socket – DIN knob Specifications Code Description A Adjustment Screw with Hexagon Socket H Turning Knob with Cylinder Lock Code Description 064 64 Bar (928 PSI) 160 160 Bar (2320 PSI) 210 210 Bar (3045 PSI) 315 315 Bar (4568 PSI) Code Description 06 NG6 10 NG10 Pressure Range Adjustment Size VBY Pressure Relief Valve Code Description N Nitrile V Fluorocarbon Seal Weight: VBY*06 2.4 kg (5.29 lbs.) VBY*10 4.5 kg (9.92 lbs.) Ordering Information A P T T A P T B Size NG6 NG10 Mounting Pattern ISO 5781 Mounting Position As desired Ambient Temperature -20°C to +80°C (-4°F to +176°F) Operating Pressure, Ports P, A, B up to 315 Bar (4568 PSI) A, B, X up to 315 Bar (4568 PSI) External Drain Port Pressure T up to 100 Bar (1450 PSI) Y up to 100 Bar (1450 PSI) Pressure Range 64, 160, 210, 315 Bar (928, 2320, 3045, 4568 PSI) Pressure Fluid Temperature -20°C to +70°C (-4°F to +158°F) Viscosity Range Recommended 30 to 50 cSt / mm²/s (139 to 232 SSU) Permitted 20 to 380 cSt / mm²/s (93 to 1761 SSU) Filtration ISO 4406 (1999), 18/16/13 Pilot Oil Flow approx. 500 cm³/min approx. 1000 cm³/min A X B Y A X Y B NG6 NG10 NG6 NG10 Technical Information Design Series NOTE: Not required when ordering. VBY.indd, dd D45 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sequence Valves Series VBY D Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Performance Curves VBY*06 p/Q measured at t = 50°C (122°F) and v = 36mm2/s p min e 10 10 2.6 5.3 7.9 10.6 20 30 40 0 0 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 145 290 435 580 725 870 1015 1160 PSI Bar Pressure p LPM GPM Flow (Q) Maximum Setting Range 64 Bar (928 PSI) 2.6 5.3 7.9 10.6 0 0 20 60 100 140 40 80 120 160 180 290 870 1450 2030 580 1160 1740 2320 2610 LPM GPM Pressure p Flow (Q) PSI Bar 10 20 30 40 Maximum Setting Range 160 Bar (2320 PSI) 10 2.6 5.3 7.9 10.6 20 30 40 0 20 60 100 140 180 240 200 290 870 1450 2030 2610 3480 2900 LPM GPM Flow (Q) PSI Bar Pressure p 0 Maximum Setting Range 210 Bar (3045 PSI) 2.6 5.3 7.9 10.6 0 20 60 140 100 180 220 300 260 290 870 2030 1450 2610 3190 4350 3770 Flow (Q) 10 20 30 40 Pressure p 0 PSI Bar LPM GPM Maximum Setting Range 315 Bar (4568 PSI) VBY.indd, dd D46 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sequence Valves Series VBY D Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Performance Curves TOC VBY*10 p/Q measured at t = 50°C (122°F) and v = 36mm2/s 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 5.3 10.6 15.9 21.2 26.1 31.7 32.0 42.3 Flow (Q) 0 0 20 60 100 140 40 80 120 160 180 290 870 1450 2030 580 1160 1740 2320 2610 LPM GPM Pressure p PSI Bar Maximum Setting Range 160 Bar (2320 PSI) 0 Pressure p PSI Bar 240 210 180 150 120 90 60 435 30 1305 870 1740 2175 2610 3045 3480 42.3 160 0 LPM GPM 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 5.3 10.6 15.9 21.2 26.1 31.7 32.0 Flow (Q) Maximum Setting Range 210 Bar (3045 PSI) 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 5.3 10.6 15.9 21.2 26.1 31.7 32.0 42.3 Flow (Q) 0 LPM GPM 0 200 250 50 150 100 300 2900 2030 750 2175 1450 4350 Pressure p PSI Bar Maximum Setting Range 315 Bar (4568 PSI) 42.3 160 0 0 LPM GPM 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 5.3 10.6 15.9 21.2 26.1 31.7 32.0 Flow (Q) Pressure p PSI Bar 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 145 10 435 290 580 725 870 1015 1160 Maximum Setting Range 64 Bar (928 PSI) p min e VBY.indd, dd D47 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sequence Valves Series VBY D Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Dimensions Mounting Pattern ISO 5781-03-04-0-00 (NFPA D03, CETOP 3, NG6) Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) BK375 4x M5x30 7.5 Nm (5.5 lb.-ft.) Nitrile: SK-VB/VM/VS Fluorocarbon: SK-VB/VM/VS V Surface Finish Bolt Kit DIN912 12.9 max. max. 31.0 (1.22) 7.0 (0.28) 13.5 (0.53) 40.5 (1.59) 114.5 (4.51) 0.5 (0.02) 45.0 126.0 (1.77) (4.96) 65.0 (2.56) 13.0 (0.51) 48.0 (1.89) 8.0 (0.31) 22.5 (0.89) 45.0 (1.77) 144.5 (5.69) 175.0 (6.89) 194.0 (7.64) Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) VBY*06 Seal VBY.indd, dd D48 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sequence Valves Series VBY D Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Dimensions TOC Mounting Pattern ISO 5781-06-07-0-00 BK389 4x M10x50 65 Nm (47.9 lb.-ft.) Nitrile: SK-VB/VM-A10 Fluorocarbon: SK-VB/VM-A10V Surface Finish Bolt Kit DIN912 12.9 92.0 (3.62) 6.0 (0.24) 6.0 (0.24) 191.0 (7.52) (cylinder lock) 146.0 (5.75) 83.5 (3.29) 15.0 (0.59) 65.0 (2.56) 1.0 (0.04) 74.0 (2.91) 130.0 (5.12) 80.0 (3.15) 25.4 (1.00) 42.9 (1.69) 4.5 (0.18) 31.8 (1.25) 35.7 (1.41) Pin at VMY Pin at VBY 10.7 (0.42) 14.3 (0.56) 7.9 (0.31) 21.4 (0.84) 7.1 (0.28) 22.5 (0.89) 33.3 (1.31) 58.7 (2.31) 66.7 (2.63) 60.0 (2.36) 149.0 (5.87) max. max. max. 211.0 (8.31) for key removing Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) VBY*10 Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Subplate Size SPP3M6B910 A, B = 3/4″ BSPP x, y = 1/4″ BSPP Seal R5V.indd, dd D49 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Relief Valves Series R5V D Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION General Description TOC Series R5V pilot operated pressure relief valves have a similar design to the subplate mounted R4V series. The SAE flanges allow to mount the valves directly on the outlet flanges of pumps or inlet flanges of actuators to achieve a very compact design. Valves with SAE flanges can also be bolted together to combine functions without the need of a manifold block. Operation The system pressure in Port A is applied to the pilot valve and to the top surface of the main poppet via an orifice in X. The hydraulically balanced main poppet is held against the seat by the main spring. In this state there is no flow through the valve. The adjusted spring force acting on the pilot cone determines the relief pressure. If the pressure in Port A exceeds the set point, the pilot cone is lifted from its seat, releasing a small pilot flow to tank. The flow through the control orifice in X creates a pressure drop which limits the pressure at the top of the main poppet to the set point. The higher system pressure in Port A now lifts the main poppet off its seat and allows flow to Port B. In the resulting float position only enough flow is passed from Port A to Port B to maintain the inlet pressure in Port A at the set point. When the pressure in Port A falls below the set point, the hydraulic balance on the main poppet is restored. The main spring then forces the main poppet to close. R5V 2-Port R5V 2-Port R5V 3-Port R5V 3-Port R5V 2-Port R5V 3-Port Features • Pilot operated with manual adjustment. • R5V with 2-port body: – 3 sizes (SAE 3/4″, 1″, 1-1/4″) – SAE 61 flange • R5V with 3-port body: – 4 sizes (SAE 3/4″, 1″, 1-1/4″, 1-1/2″) – SAE 61 and SAE 62 flange • 3 pressure stages. • 3 adjustment modes: – Hand knob – Acorn nut with lead seal – Key lock • With optional vent function. Technical Information R5V.indd, dd D50 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Relief Valves Series R5V D Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Pressure Relief Valve Pilot Ports Size R5V SAE Interface Pressure Range Code Description 1 up to 105 Bar (1523 PSI) 3 up to 210 Bar (3045 PSI) 5 up to 350 Bar (5075 Bar) Adjustment Code Description 1 Hand Knob 3 Acorn Nut with Lead Seal 4 Key Lock Pilot Oil Design Series A Seal Code Description 1 Nitrile 5 Fluorocarbon Switching Options Type Code Description Omit Standard w/o vent function 09* Solenoid not activ. unpress. circulation 11** Solenoid activated unpress. circulation * Sol. de-energized: open to tank Sol. energized: vent line blocked. ** Sol. de-energized: vent line blocked Sol energized: open to tank. Solenoid Voltage Code Description Omit Standard w/o vent function G0R 12V G0Q 24V GAR 98V GAG 205V W30 110V 50Hz/ 120V 60Hz W31 220V 50Hz/ 240V 60Hz Code Description 06 SAE 3/4″ 08 SAE 1″ 10 SAE 1-1/4″ 12* SAE 1-1/2″ * R5V 3-Port only SAE 61 Maximum Code Size Pressure 3 12 210 Bar (3045 PSI) 4 10 280 Bar (4060 PSI) 5 06/08 350 Bar (5075 PSI) SAE 62 Maximum Code Size Pressure 6* 06/08/ 350 Bar 10/12 (5075 PSI) * R5V 3-Port only. 2-Port Body Code Description 4 No Ports* X1 = 1/4″ NPT 5 Y1 = SAE 4* 3-Port Body Code Description 1 No Ports X1 = 1/4″ NPT 3 Y1**, X1, M = SAE 4 * 2-port for internal drain (pilot oil code 2). ** 3-Port: Y1 only available at external drain (pilot oil code 6). Code Drain Line 2 Internal 6 External from Y1-Port Code Description Omit Standard 008 Vent function with slow unloading Weight: 2-Port 3-Port R5V06 4.0 kg (8.8 lbs.) 3.6 kg (7.9 lbs.) R5V08 4.6 kg (10.1 lbs.) 4.6 kg (10.1 lbs.) R4V10 5.9 kg (13.0 lbs.) 5.2 kg (11.5 lbs.) R5V12 – 8.0 kg (17.6 lbs.) Ordering Information R5V.indd, dd D51 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Relief Valves Series R5V D Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Technical Information Electrical (Solenoid) Duty Ratio 100% Solenoid Connection Connector as per EN175301-803 Protection Class IP65 in accordance with EN60529 (plugged and mounted) Code G0R G0Q GAR GAG W30 W31 Supply Voltage 12V 24V 98V 205V 110V at 50Hz/ 120V at 60Hz 220V at 50Hz/ 240V at 60Hz Tolerance Supply Voltage +5 to -10 +5 to -10 +5 to -10 +5 to -10 ±5 ±5 Power Consumption Hold 31W 31W 31W 31W 78W 78W In Rush 31W 31W 31W 31W 264W 264W Response Time Energized / De-energized AC 20/18ms, DC 46/27 ms Maximum Switching Frequency AC up to 7200 switchings/hour; DC up to 16,000 switchings/hour Coil Insulation Class H (180°C) (356°F) Performance Curves Specifications General Size 06 08 10 12 Mounting Flanged according to SAE 61 / SAE 62 Mounting Position Unrestricted Ambient Temperature Range -20°C to +50°C (-4°F to +122°F) Hydraulic Maximum Operating Pressure SAE 61 Ports A, B 350 Bar (5075 PSI) 350 Bar (5075 PSI) 280 Bar (4060 PSI) 210 Bar (3045 PSI) SAE 61 Port Y1 30 Bar (435 PSI) 30 Bar (435 PSI) 30 Bar (435 PSI) 30 Bar (435 PSI) SAE 62 Ports A, B 350 Bar (5075 PSI) 350 Bar (5075 PSI) 350 Bar (5075 PSI) 350 Bar (5075 PSI) SAE 62 Port Y1 30 Bar (435 PSI) 30 Bar (435 PSI) 30 Bar (435 PSI) 30 Bar (435 PSI) Pressure Ranges 105 Bar (1523 PSI), 210 Bar (3045 PSI), 350 Bar (5075 PSI) Nominal Flow 90 LPM (23.8 GPM) 300 LPM (79.4 GPM) 600 LPM (158.7 GPM) 600 LPM (158.7 GPM) Fluid Hydraulic oil as per DIN 51524 to 51525 Fluid Temperature -20°C to +80°C (-4°F to +176°F) Viscosity Permitted Recommended 10 to 650 cSt / mm2/s (46 to 3013 SSU) 30 cSt / mm2/s (139 SSU) Filtration ISO Class 4406 (1999) 18/16/13 (acc. NAS 1638: 7) R5V.indd, dd D52 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Relief Valves Series R5V D Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) 2-Port Size B1 H1 H2 H3 H4 L1 L2 L3 d1 d2 06 60.0 (2.36) 131.6 (5.18) 37.0 (1.46) 47.6 (1.87) 90.0 (3.54) 24.6 (0.97) 22.2 (0.89) 152.0 (5.98) 19.0 (0.75) 10.5 (0.41) 08 60.0 (2.36) 137.6 (5.42) 45.0 (1.77) 52.4 (2.06) 96.0 (3.78) 26.5 (1.04) 26.2 (1.03) 171.0 (6.73) 25.0 (0.98) 10.5 (0.41) 10 75.0 (2.95) 150.6 (5.93) 48.0 (1.89) 58.7 (2.31) 109.0 (4.29) 34.0 (1.34) 30.2 (1.19) 179.0 (7.05) 32.0 (1.26) 12.5 (0.49) Port Function Port Size R5V06 R5V08 R5V10 A Pressure 3/4″ SAE 61 1″ SAE 61 1-1/4″ SAE 61 B Tank 3/4″ SAE 61 1″ SAE 61 1-1/4″ SAE 61 Y1 External Drain SAE 4 SAE 61 Dimensions Seal Kits Size Nitrile Fluorocarbon 06 S16-91850-0 S16-91850-5 08 S16-91851-0 S16-91851-5 10 S16-91852-0 S16-91852-5 R5V.indd, dd D53 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Relief Valves Series R5V D Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) TOC 3-Port Size B1 B2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 d1 d2 d3 t1 06 60.0 (2.36) 22.2 (0.87) 119.0 (4.69) 28.0 (1.10) 22.2 (0.87) 81.0 (3.19) 41.6 (1.64) 47.6 (1.87) 50.3 (1.98) 47.6 (1.87) 63.0 (2.48) 56.0 (2.20) 152.0 (5.98) 19.0 (0.75) 10.5 (0.41) 19.0 (0.75) 20.0 (0.79) 08 60.0 (2.36) 26.2 (1.03) 141.0 (5.55) 29.0 (1.14) 26.2 (1.03) 103.0 (4.06) 47.0 (1.85) 52.4 (2.06) 55.8 (2.20) 52.4 (2.06) 65.0 (2.56) 58.0 (2.28) 149.0 (5.87) 25.0 (0.98) 10.5 (0.41) 25.0 (0.98) 23.0 (0.91) 10 75.0 (2.95) 30.2 (1.19) 151.0 (5.94) 34.5 (1.36) 30.2 (1.19) 113.0 (4.45) 64.0 (2.52) 58.7 (2.31) 57.8 (2.28) 58.7 (2.31) 61.0 (2.40) 62.0 (2.44) 150.5 (5.93) 32.0 (1.26) 12.5 (0.49) 32.0 (1.26) 22.0 (0.87) 12 80.0 (3.15) 35.7 (1.41) 178.0 (7.01) 34.0 (1.34) 35.7 (1.41) 140.0 (5.51) 73.0 (2.87) 69.8 (2.75) 37.3 (1.47) 69.8 (2.75) 92.5 (3.64) 55.2 (2.17) 171.2 (6.74) 38.0 (1.50) 13.5 (0.53) 38.0 (1.50) 27.0 (1.06) Size B1 B2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 d1 d2 d3 t1 06 60.0 (2.36) 23.8 (0.94) 119.0 (4.69) 28.0 (1.10) 23.8 (0.94) 81.0 (3.19) 41.6 (1.64) 50.8 (2.00) 50.3 (1.98) 50.8 (2.00) 63.0 (2.48) 56.0 (2.20) 152.0 (5.98) 19.0 (0.75) 10.5 (0.41) 19.0 (0.75) 20.0 (0.79) 08 60.0 (2.36) 27.8 (1.09) 141.0 (5.55) 29.0 (1.14) 27.8 (1.09) 103.0 (4.06) 47.0 (1.85) 57.2 (2.25) 55.8 (2.20) 57.2 (2.25) 65.0 (2.56) 58.0 (2.28) 149.0 (5.87) 25.0 (0.98) 12.5 (0.49) 25.0 (0.98) 22.0 (0.87) 10 75.0 (2.95) 31.8 (1.25) 151.0 (5.94) 34.5 (1.36) 31.8 (1.25) 113.0 (4.45) 64.0 (2.52) 66.7 (2.63) 57.8 (2.28) 66.7 (2.63) 61.0 (2.40) 62.0 (2.44) 150.5 (5.93) 32.0 (1.26) 13.5 (0.53) 32.0 (1.26) 24.0 (0.94) 12 80.0 (3.15) 36.5 (1.44) 178.0 (7.01) 34.0 (1.34) 36.5 (1.44) 140.0 (5.51) 73.0 (2.87) 79.4 (3.13) 37.3 (1.47) 79.4 (3.13) 92.5 (3.64) 55.2 (2.17) 171.2 (6.74) 38.0 (1.50) 17.0 (0.67) 38.0 (1.50) 33.0 (1.30) SAE 62 Port Function Port size R5V06 R5V08 R5V10 R5V12 A (2) Pressure 3/4″ SAE 61/62 1″ SAE 61/62 1-1/4″ SAE 61/62 1-1/2″ SAE 61/62 B Tank 3/4″ SAE 61/62 1″ SAE 61/62 1-1/4″ SAE 61/62 1-1/2″ SAE 61/62 X1 External pilot port * SAE 4 Y1 External drain SAE 4 M Pressure gauge SAE 4 * closed when supplied. Dimensions Seal Kits Size Nitrile Fluorocarbon 06 S16-91850-0 S16-91850-5 08 S16-91851-0 S16-91851-5 10 S16-91852-0 S16-91852-5 12 S26-27421-0 S26-27421-5 SAE 61 R5V.indd, dd D54 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Relief Valves Series R5V D Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) with Vent Function Code R5V 2-Port R5V 3-Port Internal Drain External Drain Internal Drain External Drain 11 09 Dimensions Vent Valve Seal Kits Nitrile Fluorocarbon DC Solenoid S26-58515-0 S26-58515-5 AC Solenoid S26-35237-0 S26-35237-5 R5R.indd, dd D55 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Relief Valves D Series R5R Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION General Description TOC Series R5R pilot operated pressure reducing valves have a similar design as the subplate mounted R4R series. The SAE flanges allow to mount the valves directly on the inlet flanges of actuators to achieve a very compact design. Features • Pilot operated with manual adjustment. • Normally closed to avoid unintended motion. • 2-port body with SAE61 flange. • 3 sizes (SAE 3/4″, 1″, 1-1/4″). • 3 pressure stages. • 3 adjustment modes: – Hand knob – Acorn nut with lead seal – Key lock • With optional vent function. • Flow direction B → A. Technical Information Pressure Reducing Valve 2-Port Body X1, Y1 = SAE 4 Size R5R 2 Code Description 06 SAE 3/4″ 08 SAE 1″ 10 SAE 1-1/4″ SAE 61 Interface Code Size Max. Pressure 4 10 280 Bar (4060 PSI) 5 06/08 350 Bar (5075 PSI) Pressure Range Code Description 1 up to 105 Bar (1523 PSI) 3 up to 210 Bar (3045 PSI) 5 up to 350 Bar (5075 Bar) Adjustment Code Description 1 Hand Knob 3 Acorn Nut with Lead Seal 4 Key Lock External Drain from Y1 Port 6 Design Series A Seal Code Description 1 Nitrile 5 Fluorocarbon Options Check with Factory Switching Type Code Description Omit Standard w/o vent function 09* Solenoid not activ. unpress. circulation 11** Solenoid activated unpress. circulation * Sol. de-energized: open to tank Sol. energized: vent line blocked ** Sol. de-energized: vent line blocked Sol energized: open to tank Solenoid Voltage Code Description Omit Standard w/o vent function G0R 12V G0Q 24V GAR 98V GAG 205V W30 110V 50Hz/ 120V 60Hz W31 220V 50Hz/ 240V 60Hz Further options on request. Weight: R5R06 4.0 kg (8.8 lbs.) R5R08 4.6 kg (10.1 lbs.) R5R10 5.9 kg (13.0 lbs.) Ordering Informaton R5R.indd, dd D56 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Relief Valves D Series R5R Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Specifications TOC General Size 06 08 10 Mounting Flanged according to SAE 61 Mounting Position Unrestricted Ambient Temperature Range -20°C to +50°C (-4°F to +122°F) Hydraulic Max. Operating Pressure Ports A,B, X1 350 Bar (5075 PSI) 350 Bar (5075 PSI) 280 Bar (4060 PSI) Port Y1 30 Bar (435 PSI) 30 Bar (435 PSI) 30 Bar (435 PSI) Pressure Ranges 105 Bar (1523 PSI), 210 Bar (3045 PSI), 350 Bar (5075 PSI) Nominal Flow 90 LPM (23.8 GPM) 300 LPM (79.4 GPM) 500 LPM (132.3 GPM) Fluid Hydraulic oil as per DIN 51524 … 51525 Fluid Temperature -20°C to +80°C (-4°F to +176°F) Viscosity Permitted Recommended 10 to 650 cSt / mm2/s (46 to 3013 SSU) 30 cSt / mm2/s (139 SSU) Filtration ISO Class 4406 (1999) 18/16/13 (acc. NAS 1638: 7) Electrical (Solenoid) Duty Ratio 100% Solenoid Connection Connector as per EN175301-803 Protection Class IP65 in accordance with EN60529 (plugged and mounted) Code G0R G0Q GAR GAG W30 W31 Supply Voltage 12V 24V 98V 205V 110V at 50Hz 120V at 60Hz 2200V at 50Hz 240V at 60Hz Tolerance Supply Voltage +5 to -10 +5 to -10 +5 to -10 +5 to -10 ±5 ±5 Power Consumption Hold 31W 31W 31W 31W 78W 78W In Rush 31W 31W 31W 31W 264W 264W Response Time Energized / De-energized AC 20/18ms, DC 46/27 ms Max. Switching Frequency AC up to 7200, DC 70 to 16,000 switchings/hour Coil Insulation Class H (180°C) (356°F) R5R.indd, dd D57 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Relief Valves D Series R5R Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION R5R06* TOC R5R08* R5R10* *Measured at 350 Bar (5075 PSI) primary pressure pB. Performance Curves R5R.indd, dd D58 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Relief Valves D Series R5R Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Port Function Port Size R5R06 R5R08 R5R10 B Inlet Pressure 3/4″ SAE 61 1″ SAE 61 1-1/4″ SAE 61 A Reduced Outlet Pressure 3/4″ SAE 61 1″ SAE 61 1-1/4″ SAE 61 Y1 External Drain SAE 4 X1 Pressure Gauge SAE 4 Size B1 H1 H2 H3 H4 L1 L2 L3 d1 d2 06 60.0 (2.36) 131.6 (5.18) 37.0 (1.46) 47.6 (1.87) 90.0 (3.54) 24.6 (0.97) 22.2 (0.87) 152.0 (5.98) 19.0 (0.75) 10.5 (0.41) 08 60.0 (2.36) 137.6 (5.42) 45.0 (1.77) 52.4 (2.06) 96.0 (3.78) 26.5 (1.04) 26.2 (1.03) 171.0 (6.73) 25.0 (0.98) 10.5 (0.41) 10 75.0 (2.95) 150.6 (5.93) 48.0 (1.89) 58.7 (2.31) 109.0 (4.29) 34.0 (1.34) 30.2 (1.19) 179.0 (7.05) 32.0 (1.26) 12.5 (0.49) Dimensions Seal Kits Size Nitrile Fluorocarbon 06 S16-91850-0 S16-91850-5 08 S16-91851-0 S16-91851-5 10 S16-91852-0 S16-91852-5 R5R.indd, dd D59 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Relief Valves D Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Dimensions Series R5R Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) External Drain Code 11 Code 09 Vent Valve Seal Kits Nitrile Fluorocarbon DC Solenoid S26-58515-0 S26-58515-5 AC Solenoid S26-35237-0 S26-35237-5 with Vent Function R5U.indd, dd D60 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Unloading Valves D Series R5U Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC General Description Series R5U pilot operated, pressure unloading valves have a similar design to the subplate mounted R4U series. The SAE flanges allow to mount the valve directly on the outlet flanges of pumps. A typical application is the unloading of a pump in an accumulator circuit. The combination of an R5U, C5V and R5V on a double pump generates a high pressure / low pressure pump system without the need of a manifold block or piping between the valves. Features • Pilot operated unloading valve. • 3-port body with SAE 61 flange. • 4 sizes (SAE 3/4″, 1″, 1 1/4″, 1 1/2″). • 3 pressure stages. • 3 adjustment modes: – Hand knob – Acorn nut with lead seal – Key lock • With optional vent function. R5U 3-port internal drain High Pressure / Low Pressure System R5U 3-port external drain Technical Information R5U.indd, dd D61 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Unloading Valves D Series R5U Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Performance Curves The performance curves are measured with external drain. For internal drain the tank pressure has to be added to curve. Ordering Information Pressure Unloading Valve 3-Port Body M, Y1, X = SAE 4 Size R5U 3 Code Description 06 SAE 3/4″ 08 SAE 1″ 10 SAE 1-1/4″ 12 SAE 1-1/2″ SAE61 Interface Code Size Max. Pressure 3 12 210 Bar (3045 PSI) 4 10 280 Bar (4060 PSI) 5 06/08 350 Bar (5075 PSI) Pressure Range Pressure Pressure Code Stage Differential 1 up to 105 Bar 28% (1523 PSI) 3 up to 210 Bar 28% (3045 PSI) 5 up to 350 Bar 15% (5075 Bar) Adjustment Code Description 1 Hand Knob 3 Acorn Nut with Lead Seal 4 Key Lock Pilot Oil Design Series A Seal Code Description 1 Nitrile 5 Fluorocarbon Switching Type Code Description Omit Standard w/o vent function 09* Solenoid not activ. unpress. circulation 11** Solenoid activated unpress. circulation * Sol. de-energized: open to tank Sol. energized: vent line blocked ** Sol. de-energized: vent line blocked Sol energized: open to tank Solenoid Voltage Code Description Omit Standard w/o vent function G0R 12V G0Q 24V GAR 98V GAG 205V W30 110V 50Hz/ 120V 60Hz W31 220V 50Hz/ 240V 60Hz Further options on request. Code Pilot Drain 4 External via External port X1 or X2 5 External via Internal port X1 or X2 Weight: R5U06 3.6 kg (7.9 lbs) R5U08 4.6 kg (10.1 lbs.) R5U10 5.2 kg (11.5 lbs.) R5U12 8.0 kg (17.6 lbs.) Technical Information Options Check with Factory R5U.indd, dd D62 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Unloading Valves D Series R5U Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Specifications TOC Electrical Duty Ratio 100% Solenoid Connection Connector as per EN175301-803 Protection Class IP65 in accordance with EN60529 (plugged and mounted) Code G0R G0Q GAR GAG W30 W31 Supply Voltage 12V 24V 98V 205V 110V at 50Hz 120V at 60Hz 220V at 50Hz 240V at 60Hz Tolerance Supply Voltage +5 to -10 +5 to -10 +5 to -10 +5 to -10 ±5 ±5 Power Consumption Hold 31W 31W 31W 31W 78W 78W In Rush 31W 31W 31W 31W 264W 264W Response Time Energized / De-energized AC 20/18ms, DC 46/27 ms Maximum Switching Frequency AC up to 7200 switchings/hour DC up to 16,000 switchings/hour Coil Insulation Class H (180°C) (356°F) General Size 06 08 10 12 Mounting Flanged according to SAE 61 Mounting Position Unrestricted Ambient Temperature -20°C to +50°C (-4°F to +122°F) Hydraulic Maximum Operating Pressure Ports A,B, X 350 Bar (5075 PSI) 350 Bar (5075 PSI) 280 Bar (4060 PSI) 210 Bar (3045 PSI) Ports Y, Y1 30 Bar (435 PSI) 30 Bar (435 PSI) 30 Bar (435 PSI) 30 Bar (435 PSI) Pressure Ranges 105 Bar (1523 PSI), 210 Bar (3045 PSI), 350 Bar (5075 PSI) Nominal Flow 90 LPM (23.8 GPM) 300 LPM (79.4 GPM) 600 LPM (158.7 GPM) 600 LPM (158.7 GPM) Fluid Hydraulic oil as per DIN 51524 … 51525 Fluid Temperature -20°C to +80°C (-4°F to +176°F) Viscosity Permitted Recommended 10 to 650 cSt / mm2/s (46 to 3013 SSU) 30 cSt / mm2/s (139 SSU) Filtration ISO Class 4406 (1999) 18/16/13 (acc. NAS 1638: 7) R5U.indd, dd D63 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Unloading Valves D Series R5U Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) TOC Port Function Port Size R5U06 R5U08 R5U10 R5U12 A (2) Pressure 3/4″ SAE 61 1″ SAE 61 1-1/4″ SAE 61 1-1/2″ SAE 61 B Tank 3/4″ SAE 61 1″ SAE 61 1-1/4″ SAE 61 1-1/2″ SAE 61 X1 External Pilot Port* SAE 4 Y1 External Drain SAE 4 M Pressure Gauge SAE 4 Size B1 B2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 d1 d2 d3 d4 t1 d5 L6 H7 H8 06 60.0 (2.36) 22.2 (0.87) 119.0 (4.69) 28.0 (1.10) 22.2 (0.87) 81.0 (3.19) 41.6 (1.64) 47.6 (1.87) 50.0 (1.98) 47.6 (1.87) 63.0 (2.48) 56.0 (2.20) 152.0 (5.98) 19.0 (0.75) 10.5 (0.41) 19.0 (0.75) 3/8″-16 UNC 20.0 (0.79) 3.0 (0.12) – – – 08 60.0 (2.36) 26.2 (1.03) 141.0 (5.55) 29.0 (1.14) 26.2 (1.03) 103.0 (4.06) 47.0 (1.85) 52.4 (2.06) 55.8 (2.20) 52.4 (2.06) 65.0 (2.56) 58.0 (2.28) 149.0 (5.87) 25.0 (0.98) 10.5 (0.41) 25.0 (0.98) 3/8″-16 UNC 23.0 (0.91) 3.0 (0.12) – – – 10 75.0 (2.95) 30.2 (1.19) 151.0 (5.94) 34.5 (1.36) 30.2 (1.19) 113.0 (4.45) 64.0 (2.52) 58.7 (2.31) 57.8 (2.28) 58.7 (2.31) 61.0 (2.40) 62.0 (2.44) 150.5 (5.93) 32.0 (1.26) 12.5 (0.49) 32.0 (1.26) 7/16″-14 UNC 22.0 (0.87) 3.0 (0.12) – – – 12 80.0 (3.15) 35.7 (1.41) 178.0 (7.01) 34.0 (1.34) 35.7 (1.41) 140.0 (5.51) 73.0 (2.87) 69.8 (2.75) 37.3 (1.47) 69.8 (2.75) 92.5 (3.64) 55.2 (2.17) 171.2 (6.74) 38.0 (1.50) 13.5 (0.53) 38.0 (1.50) 1/2″-13 UNC 27.0 (1.06) 3.0 (0.12) 22.4 (0.88) 27.2 (1.07) 73.0 (2.87) Dimensions * closed when supplied. Seal Kits Size Nitrile Fluorocarbon 06 S16-91850-0 S16-91850-5 08 S16-91851-0 S16-91851-5 10 S16-91852-0 S16-91852-5 12 S26-27421-0 S26-27421-5 R5U.indd, dd D64 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Unloading Valves D Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Dimensions TOC Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Code Internal Drain External Drain 11 09 Series R5U with Vent Function Vent Valve Seal Kits Nitrile Fluorocarbon DC Solenoid S26-58515-0 S26-58515-5 AC Solenoid S26-35237-0 S26-35237-5 R5S.indd, dd D65 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sequence Valves Series R5S D Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION General Description TOC Series R5S pilot operated sequence valves have a similar design to the subplate mounted R4S series. The SAE flanges allow to mount the valve directly on the inlet flanges of actuators or outlet flanges of pumps to achieve a very compact design. Features • Pilot operated with manual adjustment. • 3-port body with SAE61 flange. • 3 sizes (SAE 3/4″, 1″, 1-1/4″). • 3 pressure stages: • 2 adjustment modes: – Hand knob – Acorn nut with lead seal Technical Information Pressure Sequence Valve 3-Port Body Y1, M = SAE 4 Size R5S 3 Code Description 06 SAE 3/4″ 08 SAE 1″ 10 SAE 1-1/4″ Ordering Information SAE 61 Interface Code Size Max. Pressure 4 10 280 Bar (4060 PSI) 5 06/08 350 Bar (5075 PSI) Pressure Range Code Description 1 up to 105 Bar (1523 PSI) 3 up to 210 Bar (3045 PSI) 5 up to 350 Bar (5075 Bar) Adjustment Code Description 1 Hand Knob 3 Acorn Nut with Lead Seal 4 Key Lock External Drain from Y1 Port 6 Design Series A Seal Code Description 1 Nitrile 5 Fluorocarbon Weight: R5S06 3.6 kg (7.9 lbs.) R5S08 4.6 kg (10.1 lbs.) R5S10 5.2 kg (11.5 lbs.) Options Check with Factory R5S.indd, dd D66 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sequence Valves Series R5S D Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Technical Information TOC Performance Curve General Size 06 08 10 Mounting Flanged according to SAE 61 Mounting Position Unrestricted Ambient Temperature Range -20°C to +50°C (-4°F to +122°F) Hydraulic Max. Operating Pressure Ports A,B 350 Bar (5075 PSI) 350 Bar (5075 PSI) 280 Bar (4060 PSI) Ports Y, Y1 30 Bar (435 PSI) 30 Bar (435 PSI) 30 Bar (435 PSI) Pressure Ranges 105 Bar (1523 PSI), 210 Bar (3045 PSI), 350 Bar (5075 PSI) Nominal Flow 90 LPM (23.3 GPM) 300 LPM (79.4 GPM) 600 LPM (158.7 GPM) Fluid Hydraulic oil as per DIN 51524 … 51525 Fluid Temperature -20°C to 80°C (-4°F to 176°F) Viscosity Permitted Recommended 10 to 650 cSt / mm2/s (46 to 3013 SSU) 30 cSt / mm2/s (139 SSU) Filtration ISO Class 4406 (1999) 18/16/13 (acc. NAS 1638: 7) Specifications R5S.indd, dd D67 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Sequence Valves Series R5S D Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) TOC Dimensions Port Function Port Size R5S06 R5S08 R5S10 A (2) Pressure 3/4″ SAE 61 1″ SAE 61 1-1/4″ SAE 61 B Secondary Port 3/4″ SAE 61 1″ SAE 61 1-1/4″ SAE 61 X1 External Pilot Port* SAE 4 Y1 External Drain SAE 4 M Pressure Gauge SAE 4 Size B1 B2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 d1 d2 d3 d4 (option 152) t1 06 60.0 (2.36) 22.2 (0.87) 119.0 (4.69) 28.0 (1.10) 22.2 (0.87) 81.0 (3.19) 41.6 (1.64) 47.6 (1.87) 50.3 (1.98) 47.6 (1.87) 63.0 (2.48) 56.0 (2.20) 152.0 (5.98) 19.0 (0.75) 10.5 (0.41) 19.0 (0.75) 3/8″-16 UNC (M10) 20.0 (0.79) 08 60.0 (2.36) 26.2 (1.03) 141.0 (5.55) 29.0 (1.14) 26.2 (1.03) 103.0 (4.06) 47.0 (1.85) 52.4 (2.06) 55.8 (2.20) 52.4 (2.06) 65.0 (2.56) 58.0 (2.28) 149.0 (5.87) 25.0 (0.93) 10.5 (0.41) 25.0 (0.98) 3/8″-16 UNC (M10) 23.0 (0.91) 10 75.0 (2.95) 30.2 (1.19) 151.0 (5.94) 34.5 (1.36) 30.2 (1.19) 113.0 (4.45) 64.0 (1.52) 58.7 (2.31) 57.8 (2.28) 58.7 (2.31) 61.0 (2.40) 62.0 (2.44) 150.5 (5.93) 32.0 (1.26) 12.5 (0.49) 32.0 (1.26) 7/16″-14 UNC (M12) 22.0 (0.87) SAE 61 * closed when supplied. Seal Kits Size Nitrile Fluorocarbon 06 S16-91850-0 S16-91850-5 08 S16-91851-0 S16-91851-5 10 S16-91852-0 S16-91852-5 R4V.indd, dd D68 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Relief Valves Series R4V D Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Technical Information TOC General Description Series R4V pilot operated, pressure relief valves for in-line mounting have a similar design to the subplate mounted R4V series. For single functions where no manifold blocks are used, the valves can be directly placed in the pipework. The R4V valves are available with 2 ports (L-body) for in-line relief function or with 3 ports (T-body) for relief functions in the bypass. Operation The system pressure in Port A is applied to the pilot valve and to the top surface of the main poppet via an orifice in X. The hydraulically balanced main poppet is held against the seat by the main spring. In this state there is no flow through the valve. The adjusted spring force acting on the pilot cone determines the relief pressure. If the pressure in Port A exceeds the set point, the pilot cone is lifted from its seat, releasing a small pilot flow to tank. The flow through the control orifice in X creates a pressure drop which limits the pressure at the top of the main poppet to the set point. The higher system pressure in Port A now lifts the main poppet off its seat and allows flow to Port B. In the resulting float position only enough flow is passed from Port A to Port B to maintain the inlet pressure in Port A at the set point. When the pressure in Port A falls below the set point, the hydraulic balance on the main poppet is restored. The main spring then forces the main poppet to close. Features • Pilot operated with manual adjustment. • 2 interfaces: – L-body (R4V06-SAE 12, R4V10-SAE 20) – T-body (R4V03-SAE 8, R4V06-SAE 16) • 3 pressure stages. • 3 adjustment modes: – Hand knob – Acorn nut with lead seal – Key lock • With optional vent function. R4V06 L-Body R4V.indd, dd D69 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Relief Valves Series R4V D Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Technical Information Performance Curves* * The performance curves are measured with external drain. For internal drain, the tank pressure has to be added to the curve. Pressure Relief Valve Size Body R4V Max Pressure 350 Bar (5075 PSI) Pressure Range Code Description 1 up to 105 Bar (1523 PSI) 3 up to 210 Bar (3045 PSI) 5 up to 350 Bar (5075 Bar) Adjustment Code Description 1 Hand Knob 3 Acorn Nut with Lead Seal 4 Key Lock Drain Line Design Series A Seal Code Description 1 Nitrile 5 Fluorocarbon Code Description 03 NG10 (SAE 8) 06 NG25 (SAE 16 – T-Body) (SAE 12 – L-Body) 10 NG32 (SAE 20) Code Description 4 R4V03 T-Body R4V06 T-Body B R4V06 L-Body R4V10 L-Body Code Description 0 Internal 2 External from Pilot Head (Y1) 5 Ordering Information Switching Type Code Description Omit Standard w/o vent function 09* Solenoid not activ. unpress. circulation 11** Solenoid activated unpress. circulation * Sol. de-energized: open to tank Sol. energized: vent line blocked ** Sol. de-energized: vent line blocked Sol energized: open to tank Solenoid Voltage (Optional) Code Description Omit Standard w/o vent function G0R 12V G0Q 24V GAR 98V GAG 205V W30 110V 50Hz/ 120V 60Hz W31 220V 50Hz/ 240V 60Hz Weight: R4V03 3.2 kg (7.1 lbs.) R4V06*4 6.6 kg (14.6 lbs.) R4V06*B 3.3 kg (8.2 lbs.) R4V10 5.6 kg (12.3 lbs.) Options Check with Factory R4V.indd, dd D70 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Relief Valves Series R4V D Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Specifications TOC R4V General Size T-Body L-Body 03 (SAE 8) 06 (SAE 16) 06 (SAE 12) 10 (SAE 20) Mounting Threaded Body Mounting Position Unrestricted Ambient Temp. Range -20°C to +50°C (-4°F to +122°F) Hydraulic Max. Operating Pressure Ports A and X up to 350 Bar (5075 PSI); Ports B and Y 30 Bar (435 PSI) Pressure Ranges 105 Bar (1523 PSI), 210 Bar (3045 PSI), 350 Bar (5075 PSI) Nominal Flow 60 LPM (15.9 GPM) 200 LPM (52.9 GPM) 200 LPM (52.9 GPM) 450 LPM (119.0 GPM) Fluid Hydraulic oil as per DIN 51524 … 51525 Fluid Temperature -20°C to +80°C (-4°F to +176°F) Viscosity Permitted Recommended 10 to 650 cSt / mm2/s (46 to 3013 SSU 30 cSt / mm2/s (139 SSU) Filtration ISO Class 4406 (1999) 18/16/13 (acc. NAS 1638: 7) Electrical (Solenoid) Duty Ratio 100% Response Time Energized / De-energized AC: 20/18ms, DC: 46/27 ms Code G0R G0Q GAR GAG W30 W31 Supply Voltage 12V 24V 98V 205V 110V at 50Hz 120V at 60Hz 220V at 50Hz 240V at 60Hz Tolerance Supply Voltage +5 to -10 +5 to -10 +5 to -10 +5 to -10 ±5 ±5 Power Consumption Hold 31W 31W 31W 31W 78W 78W In Rush 31W 31W 31W 31W 264W 264W Maximum Switching Frequency AC up to 7,200 switchings per hour DC up to 16,000 switchings per hour Solenoid Connection Connector as per EN175301-803 Protection Class IP65 in accordance with EN60529 (plugged and mounted) Coil Insulation Class H (180°C) (356°F) R4V with Vent Function General Size T-Body L-Body 03 (SAE 8) 06 (SAE 16) 06 (SAE 12) 10 (SAE 20) Mounting Threaded Body Mounting Position Unrestricted Ambient Temp. Range -20°C to +50°C (-4°F to +122°F) Weight 3.2 kg (7.0 lbs) 6.6 kg (14.5 lbs) 3.3 kg (7.3 lbs) 5.6 kg (12.3 lbs) R4V.indd, dd D71 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Relief Valves Series R4V D Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Dimensions T-Body Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Size Body B1 B2 B3 B4 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8 L1 L2 L3 03 T-body 85.0 (3.35) – – – 27.5 (1.08) 21.0 (0.83) 59.5 (2.34) 97.5 (3.84) – – – – 53.0 (2.09) 92.0 (3.62) – 06 T-body 136.0 (5.35) – – – 38.0 (1.50) 28.0 (1.10) 93.0 (3.66) 131.0 (5.16) – – – – 66.5 (2.62) 117.5 (4.63) – Ports Function Port size R4V03 T-body R4V06 T-body A Pressure (inlet) SAE 8 SAE 16 B Tank (outlet) SAE 8 SAE 16 X1) Ext. Remote Control or Vent Connection SAE 4 Y12) External Drain 1) closed when supplied 2) port Y1 is only available at drain line (code 2) external from the pilot head Seal Kits Size Nitrile Fluorocarbon 06 S26-58507-0 S26-58507-5 08 S26-58475-0 S26-58475-5 10 S26-58508-0 S26-58508-5 R4V.indd, dd D72 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Relief Valves Series R4V D Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Dimensions TOC L-Body Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Size Body B1 B2 B3 B4 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8 L1 L2 L3 06 L-body – 81.0 (3.19) 76.0 (2.99) 43.0 (1.69) – – – – 23.0 (0.91) 51.0 (2.01) 81.0 (3.19) 119.0 (4.69) – – 49.0 (1.93) 10 L-body – 120.7 (4.75) 85.8 (3.38) 77.8 (3.06) – – – – 31.8 (1.25) 50.8 (2.00) 96.0 (3.78) 134.0 (5.78) – – 49.8 (1.96) Ports Function Port size R4V06 L-body R4V10 L-body A Pressure (inlet) SAE 12 SAE 20 B Tank (outlet) SAE 12 SAE 20 X1) Ext. Remote Control or Vent Connection SAE 4 Y12) External Drain 1) closed when supplied 2) port Y1 is only available at drain line (code 2) external from the pilot head Seal Kits Size Nitrile Fluorocarbon 06 S26-58507-0 S26-58507-5 08 S26-58475-0 S26-58475-5 10 S26-58508-0 S26-58508-5 R4V.indd, dd D73 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Relief Valves D Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Dimensions Series R4V with Vent Function Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Code Internal Drain External Drain 11 09 Vent Valve Seal Kits Nitrile Fluorocarbon DC Solenoid S26-58515-0 S26-58515-5 AC Solenoid S26-35237-0 S26-35237-5 R1E02.indd, dd D74 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Relief Valves Series R1E02 D Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC General Description Series R1E02 direct operated, pressure relief valves are seated type valves typically used for remote pressure controls. In applications where the reliabilitiy and simplicity of a hydraulic remote control are preferred to an electrohydraulic system, Series R1E02 is an ideal solution. Typically pilot operated pressure valves or compensators of variable pumps are controlled. Features • Seated type valve. • 3 body variants: – foot mounting – front panel mounting – subplate mounting • 3 pressure ranges. • 3 adjustment modes: – hand knobs – acorn nut with lead seal – adjusting with lock Technical Information damping spool for maximum stability Front Panel Mounting Typical Configuration as Remote Pilot Valve Foot Mounting Front Panel Mounting Subplate Mounting R1E02.indd, dd D75 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Relief Valves Series R1E02 D Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC General Size 1/4″ Interface Foot mounting, Front panel mounting, Subplate mounting Mounting Position Unrestricted Ambient Temperature Range -20°C to +70°C (-4°F to +158°F) Hydraulic Maximum Operating Pressure Port P 350 Bar (5075 PSI); Port T depressurized Pressure Range 105 Bar (1523 PSI), 210 Bar (3045 PSI), 350 Bar (5075 PSI) Fluid Hydraulic oil as per DIN 51524 … 51525 Fluid Temperature -20°C to +70°C (-4°F to +158°F) Nominal Flow 3.8 LPM (1.0 GPM) Minimum Pressure Setting 7 Bar (102 PSI) Viscosity Permitted Recommended 10 to 650 cSt / mm2/s (46 to 3013 SSU) 30 cSt / mm2/s (139 SSU) Filtration ISO Class 4406 (1999) 18/16/13 Pressure Relief Valve R1E02 Pressure Range Seal Nitrile 1 Design Series A Connections G1/4″ 2 Weight: R1E021 2.1 kg (4.6 lbs.) R1E022 2.1 kg (4.6 lbs.) R1E023 1.0 kg (2.2 lbs.) Technical Information Ordering Information Specifications Interface Code Description 1 Foot Mounting 2 Front Panel Mounting 3 Subplate Mounting Code Description 1 up to 105 Bar (1523 PSI) 3 up to 210 Bar (3045 PSI) 5 up to 350 Bar (5075 PSI) Adjustment Code Description 1 Hand Knob Ø32mm 3 Acorn Nut with Lead Seal 4 * Adjusting Device with Lock (Key Order No. 700-70619) * on bodies for subplate mounting use plate S16-64188. Performance Curve Fluid viscosity 35 cSt at 50°C (122°F) ± 5°C (41°F) Options Check with Factory Seal Kit: R1E021 S26-58466-0 R1E022 S26-58466-0 R1E023 S16-91963-0 R1E02.indd, dd D76 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Relief Valves Series R1E02 D Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Dimensions TOC Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Foot Mounting Front Panel Mounting Subplate Mounting Subplate Size 518-00139-0 3/8″ NPT R1E02.indd, dd D77 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Notes D Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC 2F1C.indd, dd E1 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Flow Control and Check Valves E Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION Series 2F1C TOC General Description……………………….. 2-Way Flow Control Valves, Subplate Mounted……………………………. E2 Operation……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… E2 Features………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. E2 Ordering Information……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… E2 Specifications……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. E3 Performance Curves……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. E4 – E6 Dimensions……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………E7 Series C4V General Description……………………….. Direct Operated Check Valves, Subplate Mounted……………………….. E8 Operation……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… E8 Features………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. E8 Ordering Information……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… E8 Specifications……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. E9 Performance Curves………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. E9 Dimensions…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. E10 Series C4V General Description ………………………. Pilot Operated Check Valves, Subplate Mounted……………………….. E12 Operation……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. E12 Features…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. E12 Ordering Information……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. E12 Specifications……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… E13 Performance Curves…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. E13 Dimensions…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. E14 Series C5P General Description……………………….. Pilot Operated Check Valves, SAE Flange………………………………… E15 Operation……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. E15 Features…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. E15 Ordering Information……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. E15 Specifications……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… E16 Performance Curves…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. E16 Dimensions…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. E17 Series C5V General Description……………………….. Direct Operated Check Valves, SAE Flange………………………………. E18 Operation……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. E18 Features…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. E18 Ordering Information……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. E18 Specifications……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… E19 Performance Curves…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. E19 Dimensions…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. E20 Terms of Sale and Warranty Limitations…………………………………………………………………………………………….. E21 Safety Guide………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………E22 – E23 Contents 2F1C.indd, dd E2 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Compensated Flow Control Valves Series 2F1C E Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC General Description Series 2F1C 2-way flow control valves provide pressure and viscosity compensated flow from port A to port B. The counter direction is blocked (standard) or can be open via an integral reverse flow check valve (optional). Operation The compensator spool is located in front of the metering spool. The metering spool is closed in the neutral position to avoid undesired initial actuator motion. The oil flow to open the metering spool has to pass a needle valve (not shown in the sectional drawing). The needle valve can be adjusted from the front panel to set the response time of the 2F1C. The metering spool is adjusted by the main control knob. The key lock has three positions: Lock: Adjustment is locked. Adjust: Full adjustment is permitted. Trim: Fine adjustment of ±5% is possible. Features • 2 way flow control valve. • Subplate mounting according to ISO 6263. • Excellent fine adjustment. • Adjustable response time. • Closed in neutral position. • Optional reverse flow check valve. • 2 sizes: NG10 (3/8″), NG16 (3/4″). Technical Information Weight: 2F1C02 6.0 kg (13.2 lbs.) 2F1C03 9.0 kg (19.8 lbs.) 2-Way Flow Control Valve Size Adjustment Knob with Lock Design Series Options Check with Factory 2F1C Code Description 02 NG10 (3/8″) 03 NG16 (3/4″) Code Description 0 Without Check C With Check Seal 01 B Fluorocarbon Reverse Flow Check 5 Ordering Information 2F1C.indd, dd E3 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Compensated Flow Control Valves Series 2F1C E Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION Size NG10 NG16 TOC Actuator Manual flow rate adjustment Mounting Type ISO 6263 Mounting Position Unrestricted Fluid Temperature +70°C (+158°F) Maximum Ambient Temprature -25°C to +50°C (-13°F to +122°F) Viscosity Range 2.8 to 400 cSt / mm2/s (13 to 1854 SSU) Filtration ISO 4406 (1999); 18/16/13 (meet NAS 1638:7 Maximum Pressure Difference See Diagram Maximum Operating Pressure Port A Port B 2F1C02 14 – 280 Bar (203 – 4060 PSI) 0 – 270 Bar (0 – 3915 PSI) 2F1C03 14 – 350 Bar (203 – 5075 PSI) 0 – 340 Bar (0 – 4930 PSI) Flow Direction A–B B–A Flow control function Blocked or free flow through check valve Specifications 2F1C.indd, dd E4 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Compensated Flow Control Valves Series 2F1C E Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA Performance Curves TOC 2F1C02 2F1C03 Fluid viscosity 40 cSt at 50°C (122°F) 2F1C.indd, dd E5 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Compensated Flow Control Valves Series 2F1C E Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC 2F1C02 2F1C03 Performance Curves Fluid viscosity 40 cSt at 50°C (122°F) 2F1C.indd, dd E6 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Compensated Flow Control Valves Series 2F1C E Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC 2F1C02 2F1C03 Performance Curves Fluid viscosity 40 cSt at 50°C (122°F) 2F1C.indd, dd E7 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Pressure Compensated Flow Control Valves Series 2F1C E Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) TOC Size ISO-code x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 y1 y2 y3 y4 y5 02 6263-AM-07-2-A 76.2 (3.00) 79.4 (3.13) 9.5 (0.37) 44.5 (1.75) 19.0 (0.75) – 82.5 (3.25) 23.8 (0.94) 30.2 (1.19) 41.3 (1.63) 39.7 (1.56) 03 6263-AK-06-2-A 101.6 (4.00) 103.2 (4.06) 20.6 (0.81) 52.4 (2.06) 31.8 (1.25) 0.8 (0.03) 101.6 (4.00) 28.6 (1.13) 15.1 (0.59) 75.4 (2.97) 26.2 (1.03) Size ISO-code B1 B2 H1 H2 H3 L1 L2 d1 d2 d3 d4 02 6263-AM-07-2-A 101.6 (4.00) 38.1 (1.50) 119.6 (4.71) 87.4 (3.44) 6.4 (0.25) 95.2 (3.75) 47.6 (1.87) 6.4 (0.25) 57.2 (2.25) 8.7 (0.34) 14.2 (0.56) 03 6263-AK-06-2-A 123.8 (4.87) 42.9 (1.69) 121.4 (4.78) 89.2 (3.51) 6.4 (0.25) 123.8 (4.87) 61.9 (2.44) 9.5 (0.37) 57.2 (2.25) 10.5 (0.41) 22.4 (0.88) Size ISO-Code Bolt Kit DIN912 12.9 Surface Finish 02 6263-AM-07-2-A BK-700-70842-8 4xM8x100 31.8 Nm (23.5 lb.-ft.) ±15% S26-98617-5 03 6263-AK-06-2-A BK395 4xM10x100 63 Nm (46.5 lb.-ft.) ±15% Dimensions Fluorocarbon Seal Valve Subplate Size 2F1C02 518-00115-0 3/8″ NPT Side Ported 2F1C03 518-00118-0 1/2″ NPT Side Ported C4V-DO.indd, dd E8 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Check Valves Series C4V (Direct Operated) E Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC General Description Series C4V direct operated check valves valves allow free flow from A to B. The counter direction is blocked. Series C4V valves are equipped with a leak-free seat type cartridge. Operation The pressure arising in port A lifts the poppet from the valve seat and releases the flow to B. In the counter direction, the spring and the pressure on top of the cartridge hold the poppet onto the seat and block the flow. Features • High flow, low pressure drop design. • Minimal internal leakage. • Six crack pressure options. C4V10 C4V06 Technical Information Direct Operated Check Valve Design Series C4V B Ordering Information Size Code Description 03 NG10 06 NG25 10 NG32 Maximum Pressure 350 Bar (5075 PSI) 5 Code Description C4V03 C4V06 / C4V10 1 2.8 Bar (40.6 PSI) 3.5 Bar (50.8 PSI) 2 0.5 Bar (7.3 PSI) 0.5 Bar (7.3 PSI) 3 0.3 Bar (4.4 PSI) 0.3 Bar (4.4 PSI) 4 2.2 Bar (31.9 PSI) 2.2 Bar (31.9 PSI) 5 — 9.0 Bar (130.5 PSI) 6 1.2 Bar (17.4 PSI) 1.2 Bar (17.4 PSI) 7 3.0 Bar (43.5 PSI) — Seal Code Description 1 Nitrile 5 Fluorocarbon Weight: C4V03 2.8 kg (6.2 lbs) C4V06 4.6 kg (10.1 lbs.) C4V10 6.1 kg (13.5 lbs.) Subplate Mounting 3 Approximate Cracking Pressure 0 Options Check with Factory C4V-DO.indd, dd E9 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Check Valves Series C4V (Direct Operated) E Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION Specifications TOC General Size NG10 NG25 NG32 Subplate Mounting ISO 5781 Mounting Position Unrestricted Ambient Temperature Range -20°C to +80°C (-4°F to +176°F) Hydraulic Maximum Operating Pressure 350 Bar (5075 PSI) Pressure Range 105 Bar (1523 PSI), 210 Bar (3045 PSI), 350 Bar (5075 PSI) Nominal Flow 150 LPM (39.7 GPM) 270 LPM (71.4 GPM) 450 LPM (119.0 GPM) Fluid Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 Viscosity Recommended Permitted 30 to 50 cSt / mm2/s (139 to 232 SSU) 20 to 380 cSt / mm2/s (93 to 1761 SSU) Fluid Temperature Recommended Permitted +30°C to +50°C (86°F to +122°F) -20°C to +70°C (-4°F to +158°F) Filtration ISO Class 4406 (1999) 18/16/13 (meet NAS 1638:7) Technical Information Performance Curve C4V-DO.indd, dd E10 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Check Valves E Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Dimensions Series C4V (Direct Operated) Tolerance for all dimensions ±0.2 mm (0.01 inches) NG ISO-code x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 y1 y2 B1 B2 H1 H2 H3 L1 L2 10 5781-06-07-0-00 42.9 (1.69) 35.8 (1.41) – 7.2 (0.28) 31.8 (1.25) 66.7 (2.63) 33.4 (1.31) 87.3 (3.44) 33.4 (1.31) 83.0 (3.27) 21.0 (0.83) 45.0 (1.77) 29.0 1.14) 94.8 (3.73) 25 5781-08-10-0-00 60.3 (2.37) 49.2 (1.94) – 11.1 (0.44) 44.5 (1.75) 79.4 (3.13) 39.7 (1.56) 105.0 (4.13) 39.7 (1.56) 109.5 (4.31) 29.0 (1.14) 71.5 (2.81) 34.7 (1.37) 126.8 (4.99) 32 5781-10-13-0-00 84.2 (3.31) 67.5 (2.66) 42.1 (1.66) 16.7 (0.66) 62.7 (2.47) 96.8 (3.81) 48.4 (1.91) 120.0 (4.72) 48.4 (1.91) 120.0 (4.72) 29.0 (1.14) 82.0 (3.23) 30.6 (1.20) 144.3 (5.68) NG ISO-code d1max d2 t1 d3 t2 d4 d5 10 5781-06-07-0-00 15.0 (0.59) 7.1 (0.28) 8.0 (0.31) M10 16.0 (0.63) 10.8 (0.43) 17.0 (0.67) 25 5781-08-10-0-00 23.4 (0.92) 7.1 (0.28) 8.0 (0.31) M10 18.0 (0.71) 10.8 (0.43) 17.0 (0.67) 32 5781-10-13-0-00 32.0 (1.26) 7.1 (0.28) 8.0 (0.31) M10 20.0 (0.79) 10.8 (0.43) 17.0 (0.67) NG ISO-code Bolt Kit Nitrile Fluorocarbon Surface finish 10 5781-06-07-0-00 BK505 4xM10 x 35 DIN 912 12.9 68 Nm (50.2 lb-ft) ±15% S16-39362-0 S16-39362-5 25 5781-08-10-0-00 BK485 4xM10 x 45 DIN 912 12.9 68 Nm (50.2 lb-ft) ±15% S16-39364-0 S16-39364-5 32 5781-10-13-0-00 BK506 6xM10 x 45 DIN 912 12.9 68 Nm (50.2 lb-ft) ±15% S16-39366-0 S16-39366-5 Seal C4V-DO.indd, dd E11 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Notes E Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC C4V-PO.indd, dd E12 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Check Valves Series C4V (Pilot Operated) E Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC General Description Series C4V hydraulically pilot operated check valves allow free flow from A to B. The counter-flow direction is blocked. When pressure is applied to control port X, the ring chamber flow from B to A is released. Up to four different pilot control ratios are available (see Ordering Information). Check valves allow free flow from A to B. The counter direction is blocked. The C4V series are equipped with a leak-free seat type cartridge. Operation When no pressure is applied to the X-port, the flow from B to A is blocked, because the pressure in B is also in effect on top of the poppet. Pressurizing the X port relieves the area on top of the poppet to the drain port and allows flow from B to A. The seat design of the C4V valve series provides leakfree separation of port A and B in the closed position. Features • High flow, low pressure drop design. • Minimal internal leakage. must be connected to tank Technical Information Ordering Information Code Description 1 1:1 3 3:1 8 8:1 9 10:1 Pilot Operated Check Valve Design Series C4V B Size Code Description 03 NG10 06 NG25 10 NG32 Maximum Pressure 350 Bar (5075 PSI) 5 Code Description Flow A to B Flow A to B C4V03 C4V06 / C4V10 2 1.0 Bar (14.5 PSI) 1.0 Bar (14.5 PSI) 4 4.0 Bar (58.0 PSI) 3.5 Bar (50.8 PSI) 6 2.0 Bar (29.0 PSI) 2.2 Bar (31.9 PSI) Flow B to A Flow B to A C4V03 C4V06 / C4V10 2 1.5 Bar (21.8 PSI) 1.7 Bar (24.7 PSI) 4 5.5 Bar (79.8 PSI) 6.0 Bar (87.0 PSI) 6 3.0 Bar (43.5 PSI) 3.8 Bar (55.1 PSI) Seal Code Description 1 Nitrile 5 Fluorocarbon Weight: C4V03 2.8 kg (6.2 lbs) C4V06 4.6 kg (10.1 lbs.) C4V10 6.1 kg (13.5 lbs.) Y1 Port G1/4″ 9 Approximate Cracking Pressure Opening Ratio Options Check with Factory C4V-PO.indd, dd E13 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Check Valves Series C4V (Pilot Operated) E Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Technical Information Performance Curve Specifications General Size NG10 NG25 NG32 Subplate Mounting ISO 5781 Mounting Position Unrestricted Ambient Temperature Range -20°C to +80°C (-4°F to +176°F) Hydraulic Maximum Operating Pressure 350 Bar (5075 PSI) Nominal Flow 150 LPM (39.7 GPM) 270 LPM (71.4 GPM) 450 LPM (119.0 GPM) Fluid Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 Viscosity Recommended Permitted 30 to 50 cSt / mm2/s (139 to 232 SSU) 20 to 380 cSt / mm2/s (93 to 1761 SSU) Fluid Temperature Recommended Permitted +30C° to +50°C (86°F to +122°F) -20°C to +70°C (-4°F to +158°F) Filtration ISO Class 4406 (1999) 18/16/13 (meet NAS 1638:7) C4V-PO.indd, dd E14 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Check Valves Series C4V (Pilot Operated) E Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Dimensions Tolerance for all dimensions ±0.2 mm (0.01 inches) NG ISO-code B1 B2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 10 5781-06-07-0-00 87.3 (3.44) 33.4 (1.31) 83.0 (3.27) 21.0 (0.83) 62.5 (2.46) – – – 29.4 (1.16) 95.2 (3.75) 43.7 (1.72) 111.0 (4.37) 5.0 (0.20) – 25 5781-08-10-0-00 105 (4.13) 39.7 (1.56) 109.5 (4.31) 29.0 (1.14) 89.0 (3.50) – – – 35.1 (1.38) 127.2 (5.01) 43.7 (1.72) 111.0 (4.37) 5.0 (0.20) – 32 5781-10-13-0-00 120 (4.72) 48.4 (1.91) 120.0 (4.72) 29.0 (1.14) 99.5 (3.92) – – – 31.0 (1.22) 144.7 (5.70) 43.7 (1.72) 111.0 (4.37) 5.0 (0.20) – NG ISO-code d1max d2max d3 t3 d4 t4 d5 d6 10 5781-06-07-0-00 15.0 (0.59) 7.0 (0.28) 7.1 (0.28) 8.0 (0.31) M10 16.0 (0.63) 10.8 (0.43) 17.0 (0.67) 25 5781-08-10-0-00 23.4 (0.92) 7.1 (0.28) 7.1 (0.28) 8.0 (0.31) M10 18.0 (0.71) 10.8 (0.43) 17.0 (0.67) 32 5781-10-13-0-00 32.0 (1.26) 7.1 (0.28) 7.1 (0.28) 8.0 (0.31) M10 20.0 (0.79) 10.8 (0.43) 17.0 (0.67) NG ISO-code x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 y1 y2 y3 y4 y5 y6 10 5781-06-07-0-00 42.9 (1.69) 35.8 (1.41) – – 7.2 (0.28) 21.5 (0.85) 31.8 (1.25) 66.7 (2.63) 58.8 (2.31) 33.4 (1.31) – – – 25 5781-08-10-0-00 60.3 (2.37) 49.2 (1.94) – – 11.1 (0.44) 20.6 (0.81) 44.5 (1.75) 79.4 (3.13) 73.0 (2.87) 39.7 (1.56) – – – 32 5781-10-13-0-00 84.2 (3.31) 67.5 (2.66) – 42.1 (1.66) 16.7 (0.66) 24.6 (0.97) 62.7 (2.47) 96.8 (3.81) 92.8 (3.65) 48.4 (1.91) – – – NG ISO-code Bolt Kit Nitrile Fluorocarbon Surface finish 10 5781-06-07-0-00 BK505 4xM10 x 35 DIN 912 12.9 68 Nm (50.2 lb-ft) ±15% S16-39362-0 S16-39362-5 25 5781-08-10-0-00 BK485 4xM10 x 45 DIN 912 12.9 68 Nm (50.2 lb-ft) ±15% S16-39364-0 S16-39364-5 32 5781-10-13-0-00 BK506 6xM10 x 45 DIN 912 12.9 68 Nm (50.2 lb-ft) ±15% S16-39366-0 SS16-39366-5 Seal NG ISO-code Subplate Size 10 5781-06-07-0-00 SPP3M6B910 A, B = 3/4″ BSPP x, y = 1/4″ BSPP 25 5781-08-10-0-00 SPP6M8B910 A, B = 1″ BSPP x, y = 1/4″ BSPP 32 5781-10-13-0-00 SPP10M12B910 A, B = 1 1/2″ BSPP x, y = 1/4″ BSPP C5P.indd, dd E15 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Check Valves Series C5P (Pilot Operated) E Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION General Description TOC Series C5P pilot operated check valves have a similar design to the subplate mounted C5V series. The SAE flanges allow to mount directly on the flanges of actuators to achieve a very compact design. Operation When no pressure is applied to the X-port, the flow from B to A is blocked, because the pressure in B is also in effect on top of the poppet. Pressurizing the X port relieves the area on top of the poppet to the drain port and allows flow from B to A. The seat design of the C5P valve series provides leakfree separation of port A and B in the closed position. Features • Pilot operated check valve. • 2-port body with SAE 61 flange. • 3 sizes (SAE 3/4″, 1″, 1 1/4″). • 4 opening ratios. • Valves with position control are available on request. Technical Information Weight: C5P06 3.9 kg (8.6 lbs.) C5P08 4.4 kg (9.7 lbs.) C5P10 5.7 kg (12.6 lbs.) Pilot Operated Check Valve Size SAE 61 Interface Pilot Ports Options Check with Factory C5P Code Description 06 SAE 3/4″ 08 SAE 1″ 10 SAE 1 1/4″ Code Description 4 280 Bar (4060 PSI) Size 10 (SAE 61) 5 350 Bar (5075 PSI) Sizes 06/08 (SAE 61) Opening Ratio Code Description 1 Nitrile 5 Fluorocarbon Design Seal Series A Code Description 1 Pilot Operated 1:1 Ratio 3 Pilot Operated 3:1 Ratio 8 Pilot Operated 8:1 Ratio 9 Pilot Operated 10:1 Ratio 2 Cracking Pressure Code Size Flow A–B Flow B–A 2 06 1.0 Bar (14.5 PSI) 1.5 Bar (21.8 PSI) 08/10 1.0 Bar (14.5 PSI) 1.7 Bar (24.7 PSI) 4 06 4.0 Bar (58.0 PSI) 5.5 Bar (79.8 PSI) 08/10 3.5 Bar (50.8 PSI) 6.0 Bar (87.0 PSI) 6 06 2.0 Bar (29.0 PSI) 3.0 Bar (43.5 PSI) 08/10 2.2 Bar (31.9 PSI) 3.8 Bar (55. 1 PSI) X1 and Y1 = SAE 4 Ordering Information C5P.indd, dd E16 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Check Valves Series C5P (Pilot Operated) E Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Specifications General Size 06 (3/4″) 08 (1″) 10 (1 1/4″) Mounting 2-port in-line flange SAE 61 Mounting Position Unrestricted Ambient Temprature -20°C to +50°C (-4°F to +122°F) Hydraulic Maximum Operating Pressure Ports A, B Port Y1 350 Bar (5075 PSI) 30 Bar (435 PSI) 350 Bar (5075 PSI) 30 Bar (435 PSI) 280 Bar (4060 PSI) 30 Bar (435 PSI) Nominal Flow 180 LPM (47.6 GPM) 360 LPM (95.2 GPM) 600 LPM (158.7 GPM) Fluid Hydraulic oil in accordance with DIN 51524…51525 Fluid Temperature -20°C to +80°C (-4°F to +176°F) Viscosity Permitted Recommended 10 to 650 cSt / mm2/s (46 to 3013 SSU) 30 cSt / mm2/s (139 SSU) Filtration ISO 4406 (1999) 18/16/13 (acc. NAS 1638:7) Technical Information C5P06 C5P08 C5P10 Performance Curves C5P.indd, dd E17 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Check Valves Series C5P (Pilot Operated) E Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) TOC Dimensions Ports Series L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 B1 H1 H2 H3 H4 D1 D2 C5P06 22.2 (0.87) 95.8 (3.77) 119.8 4.72) 137.0 (5.39) 67.3 (2.65) 60.0 (2.36) 37.0 (1.46) 47.6 (1.87) 90.0 (3.54) 128.0 (5.04) 19.0 (0.75) 10.5 (0.41) C5P08 26.2 (1.03) 112.9 (4.44) 139.4 (5.49) 137.0 (5.39) 67.3 (2.65) 60.0 (2.36) 45.0 (1.77) 52.4 (2.06) 96.0 (3.78) 134.0 (5.28) 25.0 (0.93) 10.5 (0.41) C5P10 30.2 (1.19) 112.9 (4.44) 146.9 (5.78) 137.0 (5.39) 67.3 (2.65) 75.0 (2.95) 48.0 (1.39) 58.7 (2.31) 109.0 (4.29) 147.0 (5.79) 32.0 (1.26) 12.5 (0.49) Port Function Port Size C5P06 C5P08 C5P10 A Inlet or Outlet 3/4″ SAE 61 1″ SAE 61 1 1/4″ SAE 61 B Outlet or Inlet 3/4″ SAE 61 1″ SAE 61 1 1/4″ SAE 61 X1 External Pilot Port SAE 4 Y1 External Pilot Drain SAE 4 Dimensions Seal Kits NG Nitrile Fluorocarbon 06 S26-59404-0 S26-59404-5 08 S26-59405-0 S26-59405-5 10 S26-59406-0 S26-59406-5 C5V.indd, dd E18 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Check Valves E Series C5V (Direct Operated) Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC General Description Series C5V direct operated check valves provide free flow in one direction and block the flow in the counter direction. The SAE flanges allow to mount the C5V directly on the pressure port of pumps for protection against pressure shocks from the system. Operation The ball is held on its seat by a spring under zero pressure condition. When flow is increased to the cracking pressure, free flow is allowed from port A to port B. Blocked flow is created when operating pressure and spring on Port B exceed pressure on port A. Features • Direct operated check valve. • SAE 61 and SAE 62 flanges. • 4 sizes (SAE 3/4″, 1″, 1 1/4″, 1 1/2″). • 3 springs. • 2 different seal configurations. Technical Information Code Description 1 Nitrile 5 Fluorocarbon Code Description Omit Standard 019* C5V10 for M14 Mounting Screws Direct Operated Check Valve Size Flange Body Sealing Seal Options C5V Design Series Code Description 06 SAE 3/4″ 08 SAE 1″ 10 SAE 1 1/4″ 12 SAE 1 1/2″ Code Description 3 SAE 61 6 SAE 62 Cracking Pressure B Code Description 0 0.5 Bar (7 PSI) 1 1.0 Bar (15 PSI) 2 2.0 Bar (29 PSI) Code Description 1 Sealing for Port A 2* Sealing for Ports A and X 3 Without Sealing * For combination with R5U Unloading Valve (SAE 61 only). * For SAE 62 only. Weight: C5V06 0.6 kg (1.3 lbs.) C5V08 0.9 kg (2.0 lbs.) C5V10 1.3 kg (2.9 lbs.) C5V12 1.8 kg (4.0 lbs.) Ordering Information C5V.indd, dd E19 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Check Valves E Series C5V (Direct Operated) Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION Specifications TOC General Size 06 (3/4″) 08 (1″) 10 (1 1/4″) 12 (1 1/2″) Mounting 2-port in-line flange SAE 61 and SAE 62 Mounting Position Unrestricted Ambient Temprature -20°C to +50°C (-4°F to +122°F) Hydraulic Maximum Operating Pressure SAE 61 SAE 62 350 Bar (5075 PSI) 420 Bar (6090 PSI) 350 Bar (5075 PSI) 420 Bar (6090 PSI) 280 Bar (4060 PSI) 420 Bar (6090 PSI) 210 Bar (3045 PSI) 420 Bar (6090 PSI) Nominal Flow 100 LPM (26.5 GPM) 200 LPM (52.9 GPM) 400 LPM (105.8 GPM) 750 LPM (198.4 GPM) Fluid Hydraulic oil in accordance with DIN 51524…51525 Fluid Temperature -20°C to +80°C (-4°F to +176°F) Viscosity Permitted Recommended 10 to 650 cSt / mm2/s (46 to 3013 SSU) 30 cSt / mm2/s (139 SSU) Filtration ISO 4406 (1999) 18/16/13 (acc. NAS 1638:7) Technical Information C5V06 C5V10 C5V12 C5V08 Performance Curves C5V.indd, dd E20 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Check Valves E Series C5V (Direct Operated) Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**) Series Nominal Size L1 L2 L3 H1 H2 H3 B1 D1 D2 D3 + 0.8 D4 C5V06 3/4″ SAE 61 48.0 (1.89) 22.2 (0.87) 27.2 (1.07) 64.0 (2.52) 47.6 (1.87) 22.4 (0.88) 45.0 (1.77) 10.5 (0.41) Ø3.0 (0.12) 19.0 (0.75) 19.0 (0.75) SAE 62 48.0 (1.89) 23.8 (0.94) 27.2 (1.07) 64.0 (2.52) 50.8 (2.00) 22.4 (0.88) 45.0 (1.77) 10.5 (0.41) – 19.0 (0.75) 19.0 (0.75) C5V08 1″ SAE 61 60.0 (2.36) 26.2 (1.03) 27.2 (1.07) 74.0 (2.91) 52.4 (2.06) 22.4 (0.88) 45.0 (1.77) 10.5 (0.41) Ø3.0 (0.12) 25.0 (0.98) 25.0 (0.98) SAE 62 60.0 (2.36) 27.8 (1.09) 27.2 (1.07) 74.0 (2.91) 57.2 (2.25) 22.4 (0.88) 45.0 (1.77) 12.5 (0.49) – 25.0 (0.98) 25.0 (0.98) C5V10 1 1/4″ SAE 61 68.0 (2.68) 30.2 (1.19) 27.2 (1.07) 85.0 (3.35) 58.7 (2.31) 22.4 (0.88) 50.0 (1.97) 12.5 (0.49) Ø3.0 (0.12) 32.0 (1.26) 32.0 (1.26) SAE 62 68.0 (2.68) 31.8 (1.25) 27.2 (1.07) 85.0 (3.35) 66.7 (2.63) 22.4 (0.88) 50.0 (1.97) 13.5* (0.53) – 32.0 (1.26) 32.0 (1.26) C5V12 1 1/2″ SAE 61 80.0 (3.15) 35.7 (1.41) 27.2 (1.07) 104.0 (4.09) 69.8 (2.75) 22.4 (0.88) 50.0 (1.97) 13.5 (0.53) Ø3.0 (0.12) 42.0 (1.65) 38.0 (1.50) SAE 62 80.0 (3.15) 36.5 (1.44) 27.2 (1.07) 104.0 (4.09) 79.4 (3.13) 22.4 (0.88) 50.0 (1.97) 17.0 (0.67) – 42.0 (1.65) 38.0 (1.50) * D1 = 15 (0.59) at option code 019 for M14 mounting screws. Dimensions Seal Kits NG Nitrile Fluorocarbon 3 S26-75409-0 S26-75409-5 6 S26-75410-0 S26-75410-5 10 S26-75411-0 S26-75411-5 12 S26-75412-0 S26-75412-5 offerofsale.indd, dd E21 Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Terms of Sale with Warranty Limitations E 11. Buyer’s Obligation; Rights of Seller. To secure payment of all sums due or otherwise, Seller shall retain a security interest in the goods delivered and this agreement shall be deemed a Security Agreement under the Uniform Commercial Code. Buyer authorizes Seller as its attorney to execute and file on Buyer’s behalf all documents Seller deems necessary to perfect its security interest. Seller shall have a security interest in, and lien upon, any property of Buyer in Seller’s possession as security for the payment of any amounts owed to Seller by Buyer. 12. Improper Use and Indemnity. Buyer shall indemnify, defend, and hold Seller harmless from any claim, liability, damages, lawsuits, and costs (including attorney fees), whether for personal injury, property damage, patent, trademark or copyright infringement or any other claim, brought by or incurred by Buyer, Buyer’s employees, or any other person, arising out of: (a) improper selection, improper application or other misuse of Products purchased by Buyer from Seller; (b) any act or omission, negligent or otherwise, of Buyer; (c) Seller’s use of patterns, plans, drawings, or specifications furnished by Buyer to manufacture Product; or (d) Buyer’s failure to comply with these terms and conditions. Seller shall not indemnify Buyer under any circumstance except as otherwise provided. 13. Cancellations and Changes. Orders shall not be subject to cancellation or change by Buyer for any reason, except with Seller’s written consent and upon terms that will indemnify, defend and hold Seller harmless against all direct, incidental and consequential loss or damage. Seller may change product features, specifications, designs and availability with notice to Buyer. 14. Limitation on Assignment. Buyer may not assign its rights or obligations under this agreement without the prior written consent of Seller. 15. Entire Agreement. This agreement contains the entire agreement between the Buyer and Seller and constitutes the final, complete and exclusive expression of the terms of the agreement. All prior or contemporaneous written or oral agreements or negotiations with respect to the subject matter are herein merged. 16. Waiver and Severability. Failure to enforce any provision of this agreement will not waive that provision nor will any such failure prejudice Seller’s right to enforce that provision in the future. Invalidation of any provision of this agreement by legislation or other rule of law shall not invalidate any other provision herein. The remaining provisions of this agreement will remain in full force and effect. 17. Termination. This agreement may be terminated by Seller for any reason and at any time by giving Buyer thirty (30) days written notice of termination. In addition, Seller may by written notice immediately terminate this agreement for the following: (a) Buyer commits a breach of any provision of this agreement (b) the appointment of a trustee, receiver or custodian for all or any part of Buyer’s property (c) the filing of a petition for relief in bankruptcy of the other Party on its own behalf, or by a third party (d) an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (e) the dissolution or liquidation of the Buyer. 18. Governing Law. This agreement and the sale and delivery of all Products hereunder shall be deemed to have taken place in and shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Ohio, as applicable to contracts executed and wholly performed therein and without regard to conflicts of laws principles. Buyer irrevocably agrees and consents to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the courts of Cuyahoga County, Ohio with respect to any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this agreement. Disputes between the parties shall not be settled by arbitration unless, after a dispute has arisen, both parties expressly agree in writing to arbitrate the dispute. 19. Indemnity for Infringement of Intellectual Property Rights. Seller shall have no liability for infringement of any patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade dress, trade secrets or similar rights except as provided in this Section. Seller will defend and indemnify Buyer against allegations of infringement of U.S. patents, U.S. trademarks, copyrights, trade dress and trade secrets (“Intellectual Property Rights”). Seller will defend at its expense and will pay the cost of any settlement or damages awarded in an action brought against Buyer based on an allegation that a Product sold pursuant to this Agreement infringes the Intellectual Property Rights of a third party. Seller’s obligation to defend and indemnify Buyer is contingent on Buyer notifying Seller within ten (10) days after Buyer becomes aware of such allegations of infringement, and Seller having sole control over the defense of any allegations or actions including all negotiations for settlement or compromise. If a Product is subject to a claim that it infringes the Intellectual Property Rights of a third party, Seller may, at its sole expense and option, procure for Buyer the right to continue using the Product, replace or modify the Product so as to make it noninfringing, or offer to accept return of the Product and return the purchase price less a reasonable allowance for depreciation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Seller shall have no liability for claims of infringement based on information provided by Buyer, or directed to Products delivered hereunder for which the designs are specified in whole or part by Buyer, or infringements resulting from the modification, combination or use in a system of any Product sold hereunder. The foregoing provisions of this Section shall constitute Seller’s sole and exclusive liability and Buyer’s sole and exclusive remedy for infringement of Intellectual Property Rights. 20. Taxes. Unless otherwise indicated, all prices and charges are exclusive of excise, sales, use, property, occupational or like taxes which may be imposed by any taxing authority upon the manufacture, sale or delivery of Products. 21. Equal Opportunity Clause. For the performance of government contracts and where dollar value of the Products exceed $10,000, the equal employment opportunity clauses in Executive Order 11246, VEVRAA, and 41 C.F.R. §§ 60-1.4(a), 60-741.5(a), and 60-250.4, are hereby incorporated. 6/09 1. Terms and Conditions. Seller’s willingness to offer Products, or accept an order for Products, to or from Buyer is expressly conditioned on Buyer’s assent to these Terms and Conditions and to the terms and conditions found on-line at www.parker. com/saleterms/. Seller objects to any contrary or additional term or condition of Buyer’s order or any other document issued by Buyer. 2. Price Adjustments; Payments. Prices stated on the reverse side or preceding pages of this document are valid for 30 days. After 30 days, Seller may change prices to reflect any increase in its costs resulting from state, federal or local legislation, price increases from its suppliers, or any change in the rate, charge, or classification of any carrier. The prices stated on the reverse or preceding pages of this document do not include any sales, use, or other taxes unless so stated specifically. Unless otherwise specified by Seller, all prices are F.O.B. Seller’s facility, and payment is due 30 days from the date of invoice. After 30 days, Buyer shall pay interest on any unpaid invoices at the rate of 1.5% per month or the maximum allowable rate under applicable law. 3. Delivery Dates; Title and Risk; Shipment. All delivery dates are approximate and Seller shall not be responsible for any damages resulting from any delay. Regardless of the manner of shipment, title to any products and risk of loss or damage shall pass to Buyer upon tender to the carrier at Seller’s facility (i.e., when it’s on the truck, it’s yours). Unless otherwise stated, Seller may exercise its judgment in choosing the carrier and means of delivery. No deferment of shipment at Buyers’ request beyond the respective dates indicated will be made except on terms that will indemnify, defend and hold Seller harmless against all loss and additional expense. Buyer shall be responsible for any additional shipping charges incurred by Seller due to Buyer’s changes in shipping, product specifications or in accordance with Section 13, herein. 4. Warranty. Seller warrants that the Products sold hereunder shall be free from defects in material or workmanship for a period of eighteen months from the date of delivery to Buyer. The prices charged for Seller’s products are based upon the exclusive limited warranty stated above, and upon the following disclaimer: DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY: THIS WARRANTY COMPRISES THE SOLE AND ENTIRE WARRANTY PERTAINING TO PRODUCTS PROVIDED HEREUNDER. SELLER DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS AND IMPLIED, INCLUDING MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. 5. Claims; Commencement of Actions. Buyer shall promptly inspect all Products upon delivery. No claims for shortages will be allowed unless reported to the Seller within 10 days of delivery. No other claims against Seller will be allowed unless asserted in writing within 60 days after delivery or, in the case of an alleged breach of warranty, within 30 days after the date within the warranty period on which the defect is or should have been discovered by Buyer. Any action based upon breach of this agreement or upon any other claim arising out of this sale (other than an action by Seller for any amount due to Seller from Buyer) must be commenced within thirteen months from the date of tender of delivery by Seller or, for a cause of action based upon an alleged breach of warranty, within thirteen months from the date within the warranty period on which the defect is or should have been discovered by Buyer. 6. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. UPON NOTIFICATION, SELLER WILL, AT ITS OPTION, REPAIR OR REPLACE A DEFECTIVE PRODUCT, OR REFUND THE PURCHASE PRICE. IN NO EVENT SHALL SELLER BE LIABLE TO BUYER FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF, OR AS THE RESULT OF, THE SALE, DELIVERY, NON-DELIVERY, SERVICING, USE OR LOSS OF USE OF THE PRODUCTS OR ANY PART THEREOF, OR FOR ANY CHARGES OR EXPENSES OF ANY NATURE INCURRED WITHOUT SELLER’S WRITTEN CONSENT, EVEN IF SELLER HAS BEEN NEGLIGENT, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHER LEGAL THEORY. IN NO EVENT SHALL SELLER’S LIABILITY UNDER ANY CLAIM MADE BY BUYER EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCTS. 7. Contingencies. Seller shall not be liable for any default or delay in performance if caused by circumstances beyond the reasonable control of Seller. 8. User Responsibility. The user, through its own analysis and testing, is solely responsible for making the final selection of the system and Product and assuring that all performance, endurance, maintenance, safety and warning requirements of the application are met. The user must analyze all aspects of the application and follow applicable industry standards and Product information. If Seller provides Product or system options, the user is responsible for determining that such data and specifications are suitable and sufficient for all applications and reasonably foreseeable uses of the Products or systems. 9. Loss to Buyer’s Property. Any designs, tools, patterns, materials, drawings, confidential information or equipment furnished by Buyer or any other items which become Buyer’s property, may be considered obsolete and may be destroyed by Seller after two consecutive years have elapsed without Buyer placing an order for the items which are manufactured using such property. Seller shall not be responsible for any loss or damage to such property while it is in Seller’s possession or control. 10. Special Tooling. A tooling charge may be imposed for any special tooling, including without limitation, dies, fixtures, molds and patterns, acquired to manufacture Products. Such special tooling shall be and remain Seller’s property notwithstanding payment of any charges by Buyer. In no event will Buyer acquire any interest in apparatus belonging to Seller which is utilized in the manufacture of the Products, even if such apparatus has been specially converted or adapted for such manufacture and notwithstanding any charges paid by Buyer. Unless otherwise agreed, Seller shall have the right to alter, discard or otherwise dispose of any special tooling or other property in its sole discretion at any time. Offer of Sale The items described in this document and other documents and descriptions provided by Parker Hannifin Corporation, Hydraulics Group, and its authorized distributors (“Seller”) are hereby offered for sale at prices to be established by Seller. This offer and its acceptance by any customer (“Buyer”) shall be governed by all of the following Terms and Conditions. Buyer’s order for any item described in its document, when communicated to Seller verbally, or in writing, shall constitute acceptance of this offer. All goods or work described will be referred to as “Products”. Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC E E22 Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Parker Safety Guide for Selecting and Using Hydraulic Valves and Related Accessories WARNING: Failure or improper selection or improper use of Parker Hydraulic Valve Division (HVD) Valves or related accessories (“Products”) can cause death, personal injury and property damage. Possible consequences of failure or improper use of these Products include but are not limited to: ■ Valves or parts thereof thrown off at high speed ■ Contact with fluid that may be hot, cold, toxic or otherwise injurious ■ High velocity fluid discharge ■ Injuries resulting from injection, inhalation or exposure to fluids ■ Explosion or burning of the conveyed fluid ■ Injury from handling a heavy item (dropped, awkward lift) ■ Contact with suddenly moving or falling objects controlled by the Valve ■ Electric shock from improper handling of solenoid connections ■ Injections by high-pressure fluid discharge ■ Injury from slip or fall on spilled or leaked fluid Before selecting or using any of these Products, it is important that you read and follow the instructions below. In general, the Products are not approved for in-flight aerospace applications. Consult the factory for the few that are FAA approved. 1.0 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS 1.1 Scope: This safety guide provides instructions for selecting and using (including assembling, installing and maintaining) these Products. For convenience all items in this guide are called “Valves”. This safety guide is a supplement to and is to be used in conjunction with the specific Parker catalogs for the specific Valves and/or accessories being considered for use. See item 1.6 below for obtaining those catalogs. 1.2 Fail-Safe: Valves can and do fail without warning for many reasons. Design all systems and equipment in a fail-safe mode, so that failure of the Valve or Valve Assembly will not endanger persons or property. 1.3 Safety Devices: Never disconnect, override, circumvent or otherwise disable any safety lockout on any system whether powered by HVD Valves or any motion control system of any manufacturer. (e.g. Automatic shut-off on a riding lawn mower should the operator get out of the seat). 1.4 Distribution: Provide a copy of this safety guide to each person that is responsible for selecting or using HVD Valve Products. Do not select HVD Valves without thoroughly reading and understanding this safety guide as well as the specific Parker catalogs for the Products considered or selected. 1.5 User Responsibility: Due the wide variety of operating conditions and applications for Valves, HVD and its distributors do not represent or warrant that any particular Valve is suitable for any specific system. This safety guide does not analyze all technical parameters that must be considered in selecting a product. The user, through its own analysis and testing is solely responsible for: ■ Making the final selection of the Valve ■ Assuring that the user’s requirements are met and that the application presents no health or safety hazards. ■ Providing all appropriate health and safety warnings on the equipment on which the Valves are used. ■ Assuring compliance with all applicable government and industry standards. 1.6 Additional Questions: Call the appropriate Parker technical service department if you have any questions or require any additional information. See the Parker publication for the product being considered or used, or call 1-800-CPARKER, or go to www.parker.com , for the telephone numbers of the appropriate technical service department. For additional copies of this or any other Parker Safety Guide go to www.parker.com and click on the safety button on the opening page. Catalogs and/or catalog numbers for the various HVD Valve Products can be obtained by calling HVD at 440-366-5100. Phone numbers and catalog information is also available on the Parker website, www.parker.com . 2.0 VALVE SELECTION INSTRUCTIONS 2.1 Pressure: Valve selection must be made so that the maximum working pressure of the Valve is equal to or greater than the maximum system pressure. Surge, impulse or peak transient pressures in the system must be below the maximum working pressure of the Valve. Surge, impulse and peak pressures can usually be determined by sensitive electrical instrumentation that measures and indicates pressures at millisecond intervals. Mechanical pressure gauges indicate only average pressure and cannot be used to determine surge, impulse or peak transient pressures. Burst pressure ratings if given or known are for manufacturing purposes only and are not an indication that the Product can be used in applications at the burst pressure or otherwise above the maximum working pressure. 2.2 Temperature: The fluid temperature must be regulated or controlled so that the operating viscosity of the fluid is maintained at a level specified for the particular Valve product. Such ranges are given in the product catalogs or can be obtained from the appropriate customer service department for the particular Valve product. 2.3 Fluid Compatibility: The fluid conveyed in Valves has direct implications on the Valve selection. The fluid must be chemically compatible with the Valve component materials. Elastomer seals, brass, cast iron, aluminum for example all are potentially affected by certain fluids. Additionally, fluid selection affects the performance of various Valves. Considerations relative to fluid selection are outlined in the specific HVD Valve product catalog. Of particular importance is that the fluid be for hydraulic use, contain the proper additives and wear inhibitors. See 1.6 “Additional Questions” above for information to obtain such HVD catalogs. 2.4 Changing Fluids: If a system requires a different fluid, it should be done with the guidance in number 2.3 above. Additionally, it may be necessary to flush the system (including the Valves) to remove any of the previous fluid. Consult the Parker Valve Division for guidance. 2.5 Size: Transmission of power by means of pressurized fluid varies with pressure and rate of flow. The size of the components must be adequate to keep pressure losses to a minimum and avoid damage due to heat generation or excessive fluid velocity. 2.6 Placement: Installation of Valves must take into account the orientation of the Valve and the proximity of the Valve to other parts of the system. This includes but is not limited to closeness to hot and cold areas, access for servicing and operation as well as orientation for proper connectors. 2.7 Ports: Connection of Valves in systems can be by threaded ports, sub-base surfaces, flanges and manifolds. In all cases, the proper fitting, surface or mounting hardware must be selected to properly seal and contain the system fluid so as to avoid the adverse conditions listed in the initial warning box above. Specifically, if using threaded ports, the designer must make sure that the mating fitting is of the compatible thread. Also, the instructions provided by the connector hardware supplier must be read and understood so as to properly assemble the connector. The Parker Safety Guide for using Hose, Tubing and Fittings and Related Accessories is but one reference to this end. 2.8 Environment: Care must be taken to insure that the Valve and Valve Assemblies are either compatible with or protected from the environment (that is, surrounding conditions) to which they are exposed. Environmental conditions including but not limited to ultraviolet radiation, sunlight, heat, ozone, moisture, water, salt water, chemicals and air pollutants can cause degradation and premature failure. 2.9 Electric Power: For Valves requiring electric power for control, it is imperative that the electricity be delivered at the proper voltage, current and wattage requirements. To obtain the proper control requirements please refer to the respective Parker product catalog for the specific Valve that is intended for use. If further guidance is required, call the appropriate technical service department identified in the respective Parker product catalog. 2.10 Specifications and Standards: When selecting Valves, government, industry and Parker specifications and recommendations must be reviewed and followed as applicable. 2.11 Accessories: All accessories used in conjunction with any Parker Valve product must be rated to the same requirements of the Valve including but not limited to pressure, flow, material compatibility, power requirements. All of these items must be examined as stated in the “VALVE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS” paragraph 3.0. (continued on next page) E E23 Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC 3.0 VALVE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3.1 Component Inspection: Prior to use, a careful examination of the Valve(s) must be performed. The Valve intended for use must be checked for correct style, size, catalog number and external condition. The Valve must be examined for cleanliness, absence of external defects or gouges, cracked or otherwise deformed parts or missing items. The mounting surface or port connections must be protected and free of burrs, scratches, corrosion or other imperfections. Do NOT use any item that displays any signs of nonconformance. In addition, any accessory including but not limited to fittings, bolt kits, hoses, sub bases, manifolds, and electrical connectors must be subjected to the same examination. 3.2 Handling Valves: Many Valves whether HVD Valves or of another manufacturer can be large, bulky or otherwise difficult to handle. Care must be taken to use proper lifting techniques, tools, braces, lifting belts or other aids so as not to cause injury to the user, any other person or to property. 3.3 Filtration: Fluid cleanliness is a necessity in any hydraulic system. Fluid filters must be installed and maintained in the system to provide the required level of fluid cleanliness. Filters can be placed in the inlets, pressure lines and return lines. The level of cleanliness required is specified in the HVD product catalog for the specific Valve(s) selected or intended for use. For additional information on Filter selection contact Parker Filter Division at 800-253-1258 or 419-644-4311. 3.4 Servo Valves: Application of Servo Valves in general requires knowledge and awareness of “closed loop control theory” and the use of electronic controls for successful and safe operation. Individuals who do not have such experience or knowledge must gain training before use of such Products. Parker offers both classroom training as well as manuals to assist in gaining this knowledge. These aids can be obtained by contacting Hydraulic Valve Division at 440-366-5100, calling the general Parker help line 800-CPARKER or going to the Parker web site at www.parker.com. 3.5 Accessory Ratings: All accessories used in combination with the selected or intended Valve product must be rated and compatible with the selected Valve. Specifically, the items must be of equal or greater rating including but not limited to pressure, flow, power, size, port style, thread connectors and material. 3.6 Connection Styles: It is the responsibility of the user of the Parker product to properly select connectors and accessories that match the connections on the sub plate, Valve, flange or threaded connection or manifold. It is also the responsibility of the installer to possess adequate skill and knowledge including but not limited to thread preparation, torque technique, hose assembly and inspection, tube preparation and assembly, and fitting installation. Parker Tube Fitting Division (www.parker. com/tfd) catalog 4300 and Parker Hose Products (www.parkerhose.com) catalog 4400 describe some basic technical information relative to proper fitting assembly. 3.7 Electrical Connections: All electrical connections must be made to the applicable codes and local safety requirements. 3.8 Gauges and Sensors: The user must install sufficient gauges and sensors in the system so as to be able to determine the condition of the system. This includes but is not limited to pressure gauges, flow meters, temperature sensors and site gauges. These are of utmost importance should removal or disassembly of a Valve, portion of a Valve or portion of the system become necessary. Refer to “VALVE MAINTENANCE AND REPLACEMENT INSTRUCTIONS” for details and especially item 4.8. 3.9 System Checkout: Once installed, the Valve installation must be tested to insure proper operation and that no external leakage exists. All safety equipment must be in place including but not limited to safety glasses, helmets, ear protection, splash guards, gloves, coveralls and any shields on the equipment. All air entrapment must be eliminated and the system pressurized to the maximum system pressure (at or below the Valve maximum working pressure) and checked for proper function and freedom from leaks. Personnel must stay out of potentially hazardous areas while testing and using. 4.0 VALVE MAINTENANCE AND REPLACEMENT INSTRUCTIONS 4.1 Maintenance Program: Even with proper installation, Valves and Valve System life may be significantly reduced without a continuing maintenance program. The severity of the application and risk potential must determine the frequency of the inspection and the replacement of the Products so that Products are replaced before any failure occurs. A maintenance program must be established and followed by the user and, at a minimum, must include instructions 4.2 through 4.10. An FMEA (Failure Mode and Effects Analysis) is recommended in determining maintenance requirements. 4.2 Visual Inspection-Valves: Any of the following conditions require immediate shut down and replacement of the Valve. ■ Evidence that the Valve is in partial dis-assembly. ■ Visible crack or suspicion of a crack in the Valve housing or bent, cracked or otherwise damaged solenoid. ■ Missing or partially extending drive pin on a flow control knob. ■ Missing, loose components, obstructions or other condition impeding the motion or function of the manual knob, lever, foot pedal or other mechanical operator of a hydraulic Valve. ■ Any evidence of burning or heat induced discoloration. ■ Blistered, soft, degraded or loose cover of any kind. ■ Loose wire or electrical connector. 4.3 Visual Inspection-Other: The following conditions must be tightened, repaired, corrected or replaced as required. 1. Fluid on the ground must be cleaned immediately. Also, the source of the fluid must be determined prior to running the equipment again. 2. Leaking port or excessive external dirt build-up. 3. System fluid level is too low or air is entrapped or visible in the reservoir. 4. Equipment controlled by the Valve or Valve assembly has been losing power, speed, efficiency 4.4 Filter Maintenance: System filters must be maintained and kept in proper working order. The main service requirement is periodic replacement of the filter element or screen. Contact Parker Filter Division at 800-253-1258 or 419-644-4311 for further filter maintenance details. 4.5 Functional Test: See “System Checkout” number 3.9 above in “VALVE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS”. 4.6 Replacement Intervals: Valves and Valve Systems will eventually age and require replacement. Seals especially should be inspected and replaced at specific replacement intervals based on previous experience, government or industry recommendations, or when failures could result in unacceptable downtime, damage or injury risk. At a minimum seals must be replaced whenever service is rendered to a Valve product. 4.7 Adjustments, Control Knobs, and Other Manual Controls: System Pressure and Flow are typically adjusted by knobs and/or handles. A set-screw or lock-nut secures the adjustment device so as to maintain the desired setting. This set-screw or lock-nut must first be loosened prior to making any adjustments and re-tightened after adjustment on the HVD Valve. All adjustments must be made in conjunction with pressure gauges and/or flow meters (or by watching the speed of the actuator in the case of setting flow only). See paragraph “Gauges and Sensors” above in the section “VALVE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS’. Under no circumstances should any control knob, adjustment stem, handle, foot pedal or other actuating device be forced beyond the mechanical stop(s) on the Valve. For example, the Parker Safety Notice Bulletin HY14-3310-B1/US for HVD Colorflow Valves specifically restricts the adjustment torque to “hand adjust” or “less than 10 ft/lbs” if it cannot be adjusted by hand. Failure to adhere to this may force the knob beyond the stop point allowing it to be ejected at high speed resulting in death, personal injury and property damage. For complete safety instructions on HVD Colorflow Valves, copies of Safety Notice Bulletin HY14-3310-B1/US can be obtained directly from the Hydraulic Valve Division at 440-366-5100 or from the Parker web site at www.parker.com by selecting the “Safety” button. Parker help line 800-CPARKER is on call 24/7 as well should there be any question about the use of a HVD Valve. Additionally, when making adjustments, always adjust the Valve with all parts of your body to the side of the Valve (that is, the knob is not pointing toward you or anyone else). 4.8 High pressure Warning: Hydraulic power is transmitted by high-pressure fluids through hoses, fittings and valves, pumps and actuators. This condition can be dangerous and potentially lethal and, therefore, extreme caution must be exercised when working with fluids under pressure. From time to time, hoses, Valves, tubes or fittings fail if they are not replaced at proper time intervals. Typically these failures are the result of some form of misapplication, abuse, wear, or failure to perform proper maintenance. When such failure occurs, generally the high pressure fluid inside escapes in a stream which may or may not be visible to the user. Under no circumstances should the user attempt to locate the leak by “feeling” with their hands or any other part of their body. High-pressure fluids can and will penetrate the skin and cause severe tissue damage and possible loss of limb or life. Even seemingly minor hydraulic fluid injection injuries must be treated immediately by a physician with knowledge of the tissue damaging properties of hydraulic fluid. If a hose, tube, fitting or Valve failure occurs, immediately shut down the equipment and leave the area until pressure has been completely released from the system. Simply shutting down the pump may or may not eliminate the pressure in the system. It may take several minutes or even hours for the pressure to be relieved so that the leak area can be examined safely. Once the pressure has been reduced to zero, the suspected leaking item can be taken off the equipment and examined. It must always be replaced if a failure has occurred. Never attempt to patch or repair a connector (especially a hose) or Valve that has failed. Consult the nearest Parker distributor or the appropriate Parker division for component replacement information. Never touch or examine a failed hydraulic component unless it is obvious that the item no longer contains fluid under pressure. SG HY14-1000, 2/12/07 notes.indd, dd Parker Hannifin Corporation Hydraulic Valve Division Elyria, Ohio, USA Catalog HY14-2500/US Notes Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC Covering the Industrial and Mobile markets, each catalog is paired with an interactive DVD. Call for your comprehensive guides today. 1-800-C-Parker. Mobile Hydraulics Bulletin HY19-1012/US Industrial Hydraulics Bulletin HY01-1001/US Motors Power Units Pumps Valves and Controls Electronics/Remote Controls Filtration Compact Hydraulics Cylinders Full line of high and low speed motors provides power up to 15,000 in-lbs of torque. Broad line of energyefficient hydraulic pumps that includes piston, vane and gear pumps. The most complete line of standard, pre-engineered, cataloged hydraulic power units in the industry. Hydraulic valves for virtually every hydraulic equipment application, from simple to precise control. Parker’s unique IQAN approach combines sturdy, well-tested hardware with intelligent, flexible computing power. Pressure and return line filters enhances machine life, reduces maintenance and lowers costs. Self-contained with a motor, gear pump, reservoir, internal valving, load hold checks and relief valves. Standard and custom hydraulic cylinders for industrial and mobile applications. Industry leader in the design and manufacture of hydraulic rack and pinion, and vane style rotary actuators. Piston, bladder and diaphragm type accumulators, gas bottles and KleenVent reservoir isolators. Parker Chelsea leads the industry for engineering, innovation and performance in auxiliary power systems. Solutions for complex circuits that include threaded cartridge valves integrated into a single manifold. www.parker.com/accumulator www.parker.com/oildyne www.parker.com/hydcyl www.parker.com/iqan www.parker.com/hydraulicfilter www.parker.com/hcs www.parker.com/pumpmotor www.parker.com/chelsea www.parker.com/pumpmotor www.parker.com/mobpump www.parker.com/actuator www.parker.com/hydraulicvalve Rotary Actuator Accumulators Power Take Off Extensive Hydraulic Product Offering Integrated Hydraulic Circuits Return to ALPHA TOC Return to SECTION TOC Your Local Authorized Parker Distributor Catalog HY14-2500/US, Parker Hannifin Corporation 7.5M, 12/11, RRD Hydraulic Valve Division 520 Ternes Avenue Elyria, Ohio 44035 USA Tel: 440-366-5100 Fax: 440-366-5253 www.parker.com/hydraulicvalve © 2011 Parker Hannifin Corporation Parker Hydraulics International Sales Offices North America Hydraulics Group Headquarters 6035 Parkland Boulevard Cleveland, OH 44124-4141 USA Tel: 216-896-3000 Fax: 216-896-4031 Parker Canada Division 160 Chisholm Drive Milton, Ontario, L9T 3G9 Canada Tel: 905-693-3000 Fax: 905-876-1958 Mexico Parker Hannifin de México Industrial Hydraulic Sales Eje Uno Norte No. 100 Parque Industrial Toluca 2000 Toluca, Edo. de Mexico CP 50100 Tel: 52 72 2275 4200 Fax: 52 72 2279 9308 Europe Hydraulics Group Headquarters La Tuilière 6 CH-1163 Etoy, Switzerland Tel: 41 21 821 8500 Fax: 41 21 821 8580 Latin America Parker Hannifin Ind. e Com. Ltda Hydraulics Division Av. Frederico Ritter, 1100 94930-000 Cachoeirinha RS, Brazil Tel: 55 51 3470 9144 Fax: 55 51 3470 9215 Parker Hannifin Argentina S.A.I.C. Stephenson 2711 1667-Tortuguitas-Malvinas Argentinas Pcia. de Buenos Aires, Argentina Tel: 54 3327 44 4129 Fax: 54 3327 44 4199 Pan American Division 7400 NW 19th Street, Suite A Miami, FL 33126 USA Tel: 305-470-8800 Fax: 305-470-8808 Industrial Sales Central Region 1042 Maple Avenue Unit 331 Lisle, IL 60532 USA Tel: 630-964-0796 Great Lakes Region 6035 Parkland Boulevard Cleveland, OH 44124-4141 USA Tel: 216-896-3000 Fax: 216-896-4031 Gulf Region 20002 Standing Cypress Drive Spring, TX 77379 USA Tel: 817-473-4431 Fax: 888-227-9454 Southwest Region 700 S. 4th Avenue Mansfield, TX 76063 USA Tel: 817-473-4431 Fax: 888-227-9454 Mid Atlantic & Southeast Regions 1225 Old Alpharetta Rd Suite 290 Alpharetta, GA 30005 USA Tel: 770-619-9767 Fax: 770-619-9806 Midwest Region 8145 Lewis Road Minneapolis, MN 55427 USA Tel: 763-513-3535 Fax: 763-544-3418 Northeast Region P.O. Box 396 Pine Brook, NJ 07058 USA Tel: 973-227-2565 Fax: 973-227-2467 Northwest Region 6458 North Basin Avenue Portland, OR 97217 USA Tel: 503-283-1020 Fax: 866-611-7308 Pacific and Plains Region 8460 Kass Drive Buena Park, CA 90621 USA Tel: 714-228-2509 Fax: 714-228-2511 Mobile Sales Mobile Sales Organization and Global Sales 850 Arthur Avenue Elk Grove Village, IL 60007 USA Tel: 847-258-6200 Fax: 847-258-6299 Asia Pacific Parker Hannifin Shanghai Ltd. 280 Yunqiao Road, Jin Qiao Export Processing Zone Shanghai 201206, China Tel: 86 21 2899 5000 Fax: 86 21 5834 8975 Parker Hannifin Hong Kong Ltd. Suites 01-04, 20/F, Tower 2, The Gateway, Harbour City, Tsimshatsui, Hong Kong Tel: 852 2428 8008 Fax: 852 2480 4256 Parker Hannifin Korea Ltd. 18F KAMCO Yangjae Tower 949-3 Dogok1-dong, Gangnam-gu Seoul, 135-860, Korea Tel: 82 2 559 0408 Fax: 82 2 556 8187 Parker Hannifin India Pvt Ltd. Plot No. EL-26, MIDC, TTC Industrial Area Mahape, Navi Mumbai, 400 709, India Tel: 91 22 6513 7081 Fax: 91 22 2768 6841 Parker Hannifin Australia Parker Hannifin Pty Ltd. 9 Carrington Road Castle Hill, NSW 2154, Australia Tel: 612 9634 7777 Fax: 612 9842 5111 South Africa Parker Hannifin Africa Pty Ltd 10 Berne Avenue Aeroport Kempton Park 1620, Republic of South Africa Tel: 19 610 700 Fax: 13 927 213 Return to SECTION TOC Return to ALPHA TOC